IMC GLOBAL INC
10-K, 2000-03-28
AGRICULTURAL CHEMICALS
Previous: FNB FINANCIAL CORP /PA/, 10-K, 2000-03-28
Next: EOG RESOURCES INC, DEF 14A, 2000-03-28



===========================================================================
                    SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                          Washington, D.C.  20549

                                 FORM 10-K

     X  ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES
        EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

                   For the year ended December 31, 1999
                       Commission file number 1-9759

                              IMC GLOBAL INC.
          (Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

                  Delaware                        36-3492467
       (State or other jurisdiction of         (I.R.S. Employer
       incorporation or organization)        Identification No.)

              2100 Sanders Road                     60062
            Northbrook, Illinois                  (Zip Code)
       (Address of principal executive
                  offices)

    Registrant's telephone number, including area code:  (847) 272-9200
        Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class                   Name of each exchange on which registered
- -------------------                   -----------------------------------------
Common Stock, par value $1 per share  New York and Chicago Stock Exchanges
Preferred Share Purchase Rights       New York and Chicago Stock Exchanges
Warrants to Purchase Common Stock     New York Stock Exchange

     Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:  NONE

Indicate  by  check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed  all  reports
required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange  Act
of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the
Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject  to
such filing requirements for the past 90 days.
Yes   X     No
   -------     -------

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to  Item
405  of  Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained,
to  the  best of Registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information
statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K  or  any
amendment to this Form 10-K.  [    ]

State the aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates
of  the Registrant:  $1,820,529,072 as of February 15, 2000.  Market  value
is  based  on  the  February 15, 2000 closing price of Registrant's  common
stock as reported on the New York Stock Exchange Composite Transactions for
such date.

APPLICABLE  ONLY  TO CORPORATE REGISTRANTS: Indicate the number  of  shares
outstanding   of  each  of  the  Registrant's  classes  of  common   stock:
114,477,296  shares, excluding 10,686,276 treasury shares as of  March  15,
2000.

                    DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

1. Portions of the Registrant's Annual Report to Shareholders for the year
   ended December 31, 1999 (Parts I, Item 1 and Part II, Items 6, 7, 7a
   and 8)
2. Portions of the Registrant's definitive proxy statement dated March 17,
   2000 issued in conjunction with the Annual Meeting of Stockholders
   (Part III, Items 10, 11, 12 and 13)

===========================================================================
                          1999 FORM 10-K CONTENTS


Item                                                             Page
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------

Part I:

1.   Business
      Company Profile                                               1
      Business Unit Information                                     2
      Factors Affecting Demand                                     12
      Other Matters                                                12
      Executive Officers of the Registrant                         13
2.   Properties                                                    14
3.   Legal Proceedings                                             15
4.   Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders           16

Part II:

5.   Market for the Registrant's Common Stock and Related          16
     Stockholder Matters
6.   Selected Financial Data                                       17
7.   Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
     Condition and Results of Operations                           17

7a.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about                17
     Market Risk

8.   Financial Statements and Supplementary Data                   17
9.   Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on
     Accounting and Financial Disclosure                           17

Part III:

10.  Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant            17
11.  Executive Compensation                                        17
12.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and           17
     Management
13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions                18

Part IV:

14.  Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules and Reports           18
     on Form 8-K
Signatures                                                         24


PART I.

Item 1.Business.(1)

      COMPANY PROFILE

      IMC  Global  Inc.  (Company or IMC) is one  of  the  world's  leading
      producers  and  distributors of crop nutrients to  the  international
      agricultural  community  and  one of the foremost  manufacturers  and
      distributors  of  animal feed ingredients to the worldwide  industry.
      The  Company  mines, processes and distributes potash in  the  United
      States  and Canada and is the majority joint venture partner in  IMC-
      Agrico  Company  (IMC-Agrico),  a  leading  producer,  marketer   and
      distributor  of phosphate crop nutrients and animal feed ingredients.
      The  Company  also mines, processes and distributes salt products  in
      the  United States, Canada and Europe to the following markets: water
      conditioning,  agricultural, industrial, consumer  deicing  and  food
      and  road  deicing salt. The Company's current operational  structure
      consists  of  four  continuing business units  corresponding  to  its
      major  product  lines, as follows: IMC Phosphates  (Phosphates),  IMC
      Potash  (Potash),  IMC  Salt (Salt) and IMC  Feed  Ingredients  (Feed
      Ingredients).  As  a  result  of  the  planned  divestiture  of   IMC
      Chemicals  (Chemicals), all financial information  for  Chemicals  is
      reflected  as  discontinued operations.  In early 2000,  the  Company
      decided  to  explore strategic options, including  divestiture  or  a
      joint  venture, for the Salt business unit and a production  facility
      located in Ogden, Utah.

      IMC  and Phosphate Resource Partners Limited Partnership (PLP),  have
      a  56.5  percent  and  43.5  percent, respectively,  direct  economic
      interest in IMC-Agrico over the term of the joint venture.  IMC  owns
      51.6 percent of the outstanding PLP limited partnership units.  As  a
      result,  the  Company's total interest in IMC-Agrico is approximately
      78.9 percent.

      The  three  major nutrients required for plant growth are phosphorus,
      contained  in  phosphate rock; potassium, contained  in  potash;  and
      nitrogen.    Phosphorus  plays  a  key  role  in  the  photosynthesis
      process.    Potassium   is   an  important   regulator   of   plants'
      physiological functions.  Nitrogen is an essential element  for  most
      organic compounds in plants.  These elements occur naturally  in  the
      soil  but  need  to be replaced as crops remove them from  the  soil.
      Currently,  no  viable  substitutes exist  to  replace  the  role  of
      phosphate, potash and nitrogen in the development and maintenance  of
      high-yield crops. Salt serves several high volume applications  where
      there  is either no substitute or no economical substitute. It is  an
      essential  nutrient for animal health and is used  universally  as  a
      food  seasoning,  as  a  food preservative  and  as  an  additive  to
      livestock  feed  products. It also is the primary  material  used  to
      provide  safe  highways,  walkways  and  parking  lots.  It  is  used
      extensively  in  manufacturing many chemicals where it  is  the  most
      economical  source of both sodium and chlorine. Another large  volume
      application  is  for both industrial and consumer water  conditioning
      where  it  removes other minerals and hence "softens"  or  conditions
      water.

      The  Company  believes  that it is one of the  most  efficient  North
      American  producers of concentrated phosphates, potash,  animal  feed
      ingredients   and   salt.    IMC's  business  strategy   focuses   on
      maintaining  and growing its leading position as a crop nutrient  and
      animal  feed  producer  and  distributor through  extensive  customer
      service,  efficient  distribution  and  transportation  as  well   as
      supplying  products  worldwide  at  competitive  prices,  largely  by
      capitalizing  on  economies of scale and state-of-the-art  technology
      to reduce costs.

      For  additional information on the Company's business structure,  see
      Note  4,  "Discontinued  Operations," Note 5,  "Other  Divestitures,"
      Note 6, "Acquisitions" and Note 18, "Subsequent Events," of Notes  to
      Consolidated  Financial  Statements included  in  Part  II,  Item  8,
      "Financial Statements and Supplementary Data," of this Annual  Report
      on Form 10-K, which is incorporated herein by reference.

      BUSINESS UNIT INFORMATION

      The  amounts  and  relative proportions of net  sales  and  operating
      earnings  contributed  by  the business units  of  the  Company  have
      varied  from year to year and may continue to do so in the future  as
      a  result  of  changing business, economic, competitive  and  weather
      conditions as well as technological developments.

      In  1999, the Company implemented a Company-wide rightsizing  program
      (Rightsizing  Program) which was designed to simplify and  focus  the
      core   businesses  through  a  facilities  optimization   and   asset
      rightsizing  program.   In  1998, the Company  initiated  a  plan  to
      improve  profitability (Project Profit).  The initiative  of  Project
      Profit  consisted primarily of a restructuring of operations  at  the
      Phosphates business unit.

      For  additional  information on the Rightsizing Program  and  Project
      Profit,  see  Part II, Item 7, "Management's Discussion and  Analysis
      of  Financial  Condition and Results of Operations," of  this  Annual
      Report on Form 10-K, which is incorporated herein by reference.

      The  following business unit discussion should be read in conjunction
      with  the  information  contained in Part II, Item  7,  "Management's
      Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and  Results  of
      Operations,"  and  Note  17,  "Operating  Segments,"  of   Notes   to
      Consolidated  Financial Statements included in Part II,  Item  8,  of
      this  Annual  Report  on Form 10-K, which is incorporated  herein  by
      reference.

      Phosphates
      ----------
      Net  sales for Phosphates were $1,332.4 million, $1,572.8 million and
      $1,484.8  million  for the years ended December 31,  1999,  1998  and
      1997,  respectively.  Phosphates is a leading United States miner  of
      phosphate  rock,  one  of  the primary  raw  materials  used  in  the
      production  of  concentrated phosphates, with 18.0  million  tons  of
      annual   capacity.   Phosphates  is  also  a  leading  United  States
      producer  of  concentrated  phosphates with  an  annual  capacity  of
      approximately four million tons of phosphoric acid (P2O5).   P2O5  is
      an  industry  term indicating a product's phosphate content  measured
      chemically   in   units   of   phosphorous  pentoxide.    Phosphates'
      concentrated  phosphate  products  are  marketed  worldwide  to  crop
      nutrient manufacturers, distributors and retailers.

      Phosphates'  facilities, which produce concentrated  phosphates,  are
      located  in  central  Florida  and Louisiana.   Its  annual  capacity
      represents   approximately  31  percent  of   total   United   States
      concentrated  phosphate  production capacity  and  approximately  ten
      percent  of  world  capacity.   The  Florida  concentrated  phosphate
      facilities  consist of two plants: New Wales and South  Pierce.   The
      New  Wales complex is the largest concentrated phosphate plant in the
      world  with  an  estimated annual capacity of  1.9  million  tons  of
      phosphoric  acid  (P2O5  equivalent).  New Wales  primarily  produces
      three  forms of concentrated phosphates: diammonium phosphate  (DAP),
      monoammonium  phosphate  (MAP) and merchant  grade  phosphoric  acid.
      The  South Pierce plant produces phosphoric acid and granular  triple
      superphosphate   (GTSP).    A   third   facility,   Nichols,    which
      manufactured  phosphoric  acid, DAP  and  granular  MAP  (GMAP),  was
      permanently  closed as part of the Rightsizing Program  and  will  be
      dismantled.

      The  Louisiana  concentrated phosphate facilities  consist  of  three
      plants:  Uncle Sam, Faustina and Taft.  The Uncle Sam plant  produces
      phosphoric  acid,  which is then shipped to  the  Faustina  and  Taft
      plants where it is used to produce DAP and GMAP.  The Faustina  plant
      manufactures  phosphoric  acid, DAP,  GMAP  and  ammonia.   The  Taft
      facility   manufactures   DAP  and  GMAP.    Concentrated   phosphate
      operations  are managed in order to balance Phosphates'  output  with
      customer  needs.  Phosphates suspended phosphoric acid production  at
      its  Faustina  facility in November 1999 and suspended production  at
      its  Taft  facility  in  July  1999 in  response  to  reduced  market
      demands.

      Summarized  below  are  descriptions of the principal  raw  materials
      used  in  the production of concentrated phosphates: phosphate  rock,
      sulphur and ammonia.

      Phosphate Rock
      All  of  the  Company's phosphate mines and related mining operations
      are  located  in central Florida. Phosphates extracts  phosphate  ore
      through  surface mining after removal of a ten to 50  foot  layer  of
      sandy   overburden  and  then  processes  the  ore  at  one  of   its
      beneficiation  plants where the ore goes through washing,  screening,
      sizing  and flotation procedures designed to separate it from  sands,
      clays   and  other  foreign  materials.   In  conjunction  with   the
      Rightsizing  Program  and  Project Profit,  the  Company  permanently
      closed  two  phosphate mines during 1999, Payne  Creek  and  Noralyn,
      respectively.    As  a  result  of  the  permanent   mine   closures,
      Phosphates   currently   maintains  four  operational   mines.    The
      Rightsizing  Program  and Project Profit,  as  they  pertain  to  the
      facilities  optimization  program and  strategic  mining  plan,  were
      developed  to  maximize  available  resources,  lower  the  cost   of
      producing   rock  and  enhance  the  management  of  phosphate   rock
      inventory.

      Phosphates'  rock  production volume was 16.4 million  tons  for  the
      year  ended December 31, 1999 and 20.0 million tons for each  of  the
      years  ended  December 31, 1998 and 1997.  Anticipated production  in
      2000  will  be  less  than  the average of  the  prior  three  years.
      Although  Phosphates sells phosphate rock to other crop nutrient  and
      animal  feed  ingredient manufacturers, it primarily  uses  phosphate
      rock  internally in the production of concentrated phosphates.   Tons
      used   internally,  primarily  in  the  manufacture  of  concentrated
      phosphates,  totaled 13.4 million, 14.8 million and 14.1 million  for
      the  years  ended  December 31, 1999, 1998  and  1997,  respectively,
      representing 82 percent, 74 percent and 70 percent, respectively,  of
      total  tons  produced.   Rock  shipments  to  customers  totaled  4.8
      million,  5.0  million  and  4.6 million tons  for  the  years  ended
      December 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997, respectively.

      Phosphates estimates its proven reserves to be 493.3 million tons  of
      phosphate  rock  as of December 31, 1999.  Phosphates controls  these
      reserves  through  ownership, long-term lease,  royalty  or  purchase
      option  agreements.   Reserve grades range  from  58  percent  to  78
      percent  bone phosphate of lime (BPL), with an average  grade  of  66
      percent  BPL.   BPL is the standard industry term used to  grade  the
      quality  of  phosphate rock.  The phosphate rock mined by  Phosphates
      in  the  last  three years averaged 65 percent BPL, which  management
      believes  is typical for phosphate rock mined in Florida during  this
      period.    Phosphates   estimates  its  reserves   based   upon   the
      performance  of  exploration core drilling as well as  technical  and
      economic  analyses  to determine that reserves so classified  can  be
      economically mined at market prices estimated to prevail  during  the
      next five years.

      Phosphates  also  owns or controls phosphate rock  resources  in  the
      southern   extension  of  the  central  Florida  phosphate   district
      (Resources).   Resources  are  mineralized  deposits  that   may   be
      economically    recoverable;   however,   additional   geostatistical
      analyses,  including  further  explorations,  permitting  and  mining
      feasibility  studies,  are  required  before  such  deposits  may  be
      classified  as  reserves.   Based upon its  preliminary  analyses  of
      these  Resources, Phosphates believes that these mineralized deposits
      differ   in   physical  and  chemical  characteristics   from   those
      historically  mined by Phosphates but are similar to certain  of  the
      reserves being mined in current operations.  These Resources  contain
      estimated  recoverable phosphate rock of approximately 113.0  million
      tons.   Some of these Resources are located in what may be classified
      as  preservational wetland areas under standards set forth in current
      county,   state  and  federal  environmental  protection   laws   and
      regulations,  and consequently, the Company's ability to  mine  these
      Resources may be restricted.

      Sulphur
      A   significant  portion  of  Phosphates'  sulphur  requirements   is
      provided  by  the  sulphur subsidiary of McMoRan Exploration  Company
      (MMR)  under  a  supply  agreement  with  the  Company.   Phosphates'
      remaining  sulphur  requirements are provided  by  market  contracts.
      Additionally,  in  late 1999, the Company, CF  Industries,  Inc.  and
      Cargill  Fertilizer  executed a letter of  intent  to  form  a  joint
      venture  that will remelt sulphur for use at their respective Florida
      phosphate fertilizer operations.

      Ammonia
      Phosphates'  ammonia  needs  are supplied  by  its  Faustina  ammonia
      production  facility and by world suppliers, primarily  under  annual
      and  multi-year contracts.  Production from the Faustina plant, which
      has  an  estimated  annual  capacity of  560,000  tons  of  anhydrous
      ammonia,   is   used  internally  to  produce  certain   concentrated
      phosphates.

      Sales and Marketing
      Domestically,  Phosphates sells its concentrated phosphates  to  crop
      nutrient  manufacturers,  distributors and  retailers.   The  Company
      also  uses  concentrated phosphates internally for the production  of
      animal  feed  ingredients (see Feed Ingredients).  Virtually  all  of
      Phosphates'  export  sales of phosphate crop nutrients  are  marketed
      through  the  Phosphate  Chemicals Export Association  (PhosChem),  a
      Webb-Pomerene  Act  organization, which the  Company  administers  on
      behalf   of  itself  and  three  other  member  companies.   PhosChem
      believes  that its sales represent approximately 51 percent of  total
      United States exports of concentrated phosphates. The countries  that
      account  for  the largest amount of PhosChem's sales of  concentrated
      phosphates  include China, Australia, India, Japan  and  Brazil.   In
      1999,   Phosphates'  exports  to  Asia  were  44  percent  of   total
      shipments, with China representing 29 percent of those shipments.

      The   table   below  shows  Phosphates'  shipments  of   concentrated
      phosphates in thousands of dry product tons, primarily DAP:
      <TABLE>
      <CAPTION>

                                           1999        1998        1997
                                        Tons    %   Tons    %   Tons   %
                                        ----   ---  ----   ---  ----  ---
       <S>                             <C>      <C>  <C>   <C>   <C>    <C>
       Domestic
       Customers                       2,552   38   2,373   32   2,065   29
       Captive, to other business
        units                             92    1     563    8     615    9
                                       -----  ---   -----  ---   -----  ---
                                       2,644   39   2,936   40   2,680   38

       Export                          4,055   61   4,377   60   4,425   62
                                       -----  ---   -----  ---   -----  ---
       Total shipments                 6,699  100   7,313  100   7,105  100
                                       =====  ===   =====  ===   =====  ===
     </TABLE>

      As  of December 31, 1999, Phosphates had contractual commitments from
      non-affiliated customers for the shipment of concentrated  phosphates
      and  phosphate rock amounting to approximately 2.7 million  tons  and
      4.7   million  tons,  respectively,  in  2000.   Captive  sales  have
      decreased  in  1999 as a result of the sale of the  IMC  AgriBusiness
      business  unit  (AgriBusiness) in April 1999.  However,  since  April
      1999,  sales  to  AgriBusiness  have  been  reflected  as  sales   to
      customers.

      Competition
      Phosphates  operates  in a highly competitive global  market.   Among
      the  competitors  in  the global phosphate crop nutrient  market  are
      domestic  and  foreign  companies, as  well  as  foreign  government-
      supported  producers.   Phosphate  crop  nutrient  producers  compete
      primarily  based  on price and, to a lesser extent,  product  quality
      and innovation.

      Feed Ingredients
      ----------------
      Net  sales  for Feed Ingredients were $173.5 million, $164.4  million
      and  $163.5 million for the years ended December 31, 1999,  1998  and
      1997, respectively.

      Feed  Ingredients  is  one  of  the world's  foremost  producers  and
      marketers  of  phosphate-based animal feed ingredients with  a  total
      annual  capacity approaching 800,000 tons.  In the fourth quarter  of
      1999, Feed Ingredients completed construction of an expansion of  its
      deflourinated  phosphate (Multifos(Registered  Trademark))  capacity.
      The  expansion increases capacity for Multifos(Registered  Trademark)
      to  200,000 tons annually, which is approximately 25 percent of total
      capacity.   The  principal production facilities of Feed  Ingredients
      are  located adjacent to, and utilize raw materials from, Phosphates'
      concentrated phosphate complex at New Wales.

      Sales and Marketing
      Feed   Ingredients   supplies  phosphate  and  potassium-based   feed
      ingredients  for poultry and livestock to markets in  North  America,
      Latin  America  and  Asia.  Feed Ingredients  sources  phosphate  and
      potassium  raw  materials  from the Company's  respective  production
      facilities.  Feed Ingredients has a strong brand position in  a  $1.0
      billion   global  market  with  products  such  as  Biofos(Registered
      Trademark),    Dynafos(Registered   Trademark),   Multifos(Registered
      Trademark),   Dyna-K(Registered  Trademark)  and  Dynamate(Registered
      Trademark).

      The  table  below shows Feed Ingredients' shipments of phosphate  and
      potassium-based feed ingredients in thousands of tons:
      <TABLE>
      <CAPTION>
                                   1999         1998        1997
                                Tons    %    Tons   %    Tons    %
                                ----   ---   ----  ---   ----   ---
       <S>                      <C>    <C>   <C>   <C>   <C>    <C>
       Domestic                 767     84   724    85    708    86
       Export                   147     16   129    15    116    14
                                ---    ---   ---   ---    ---   ---
       Total shipments          914    100   853   100    824   100
                                ===    ===   ===   ===    ===   ===

      </TABLE>
      As   of   December   31,  1999,  Feed  Ingredients  had   contractual
      commitments  from  non-affiliated  customers  for  the  shipment   of
      phosphate  feed  and  feed  grade  potassium  products  amounting  to
      approximately 0.6 million tons in 2000.

      Competition
      Feed  Ingredients  operates in a competitive  global  market.   Major
      integrated producers of feed phosphates and feed grade potassium  are
      located in the United States and Europe.  Many smaller producers  are
      located  in emerging markets around the world.  Many of these smaller
      producers  are not manufacturers of phosphoric acid and are  required
      to  purchase  this raw material on the open market.   Competition  in
      this global market is driven by price, quality and service.

      Potash
      ------
      Net  sales  for the Potash business unit were $692.1 million,  $700.1
      million  and  $617.4 million for the years ended December  31,  1999,
      1998 and 1997, respectively.

      Potash  mines, processes and distributes potash in the United  States
      and  Canada.  The term "potash" applies generally to the common salts
      of  potassium.  Potash's  products are  marketed  worldwide  to  crop
      nutrient manufacturers, distributors and retailers and are also  used
      in  the  manufacture of mixed crop nutrients and, to a lesser extent,
      animal  feed  ingredients (see Feed Ingredients).  Potash's  products
      are  also  used  for  icemelter and water  softener  regenerant  (see
      Salt).  Potash  also  sells potash to customers for  industrial  use.
      Potash  operates four potash mines in Canada as well as three  potash
      mines  and  a  solar evaporation facility in the United  States.   In
      early  2000,  the  Company  decided  to  explore  strategic  options,
      including  divestiture or a joint venture, for the solar  evaporation
      facility.   With  a total capacity in excess of ten million  tons  of
      product  per  year, management believes that Potash  is  one  of  the
      leading  private-enterprise potash producers in the world.  In  1999,
      these  operations accounted for approximately nine percent  of  world
      capacity on a K2O basis(2).

      Canadian Operations
      Potash's  four mines in Canada produce muriate of potash  exclusively
      and  are located in the province of Saskatchewan, Canada.  Two potash
      mines  are  interconnected at Esterhazy,  one  is  located  at  Belle
      Plaine  and one is located at Colonsay.  The combined annual capacity
      of  these  four mines is approximately eight million tons.  Esterhazy
      and  Colonsay  utilize  shaft  mining  while  Belle  Plaine  utilizes
      solution  mining technology.  Traditional potash shaft  mining  takes
      place  underground  at  depths of over 3,000  feet  where  continuous
      mining  machines cut out the ore face and move jagged chunks  of  ore
      to  conveyor  belts.  The ore is then crushed, moved to storage  bins
      and  then  hoisted to refineries above ground.  In contrast, Potash's
      solution  mining  process  involves  heated  water  which  is  pumped
      through  a  "cluster"  to dissolve the potash  in  the  ore  bed.   A
      cluster  consists of a series of boreholes drilled  into  the  potash
      ore  by  a  portable, all-weather, electric drilling rig.  A separate
      distribution  center at each cluster controls the  brine  flow.   The
      solution  containing  dissolved  potash  and  salt  is  pumped  to  a
      refinery  where  sodium chloride, a co-product of  this  process,  is
      separated  from  the  potash  through  the  use  of  evaporation  and
      crystallization techniques.  Concurrently, solution is pumped into  a
      130  acre  cooling pond where additional crystallization  occurs  and
      the  resulting  product is recovered via a floating dredge.   Refined
      potash  is  dewatered,  dried  and sized.   The  Canadian  operations
      produce  26  different potash products, including industrial  grades,
      many through proprietary processes.

      Potash  Corporation  of  Saskatchewan  Inc.  (PCS)  controls  several
      potash-producing  properties  located in  the  vicinity  of  Potash's
      Esterhazy  mines.  Under a long-term contract with PCS,  the  Company
      mines  and refines these reserves for a fee plus a pro rata share  of
      production costs.  The specified quantities of potash to be  produced
      for  PCS  may, at the option of PCS, amount to an annual  maximum  of
      1,050,000  tons  and  the  minimum is 500,000  tons  per  year.   The
      current  contract extends through June 30, 2001 and is  renewable  at
      the option of PCS for five additional five-year periods.

      Potash  controls  the rights to mine 323,070 acres of  potash-bearing
      land  in Saskatchewan.  This land, of which 72,964 acres have already
      been  mined  or abandoned, contains over 4.6 billion tons  of  potash
      mineralization (calculated after estimated extraction losses)  at  an
      average  grade of approximately 21 percent K2O.  The Company believes
      that  this ore is sufficient to support current operations  for  more
      than  a century and will yield more than 1.4 billion tons of finished
      product with a K2O content of approximately 61 percent.

      Potash's  mineral  rights in Saskatchewan consist  of  123,953  acres
      owned  in fee, 175,959 acres leased from the province of Saskatchewan
      and   23,158  acres  leased  from  other  parties.   All  leases  are
      renewable   by  the  Company  for  successive  terms  of  21   years.
      Royalties,   established   by   regulation   of   the   province   of
      Saskatchewan,  amounted to approximately $9.1 million,  $9.8  million
      and $8.2 million in 1999, 1998 and 1997, respectively.

      Since  December 1985, the Company has experienced an inflow of  water
      into  one  of  its  two  interconnected potash  mines  at  Esterhazy,
      Saskatchewan.   As  a result, the Company has incurred  expenditures,
      certain  of which, due to their nature, have been  capitalized  while
      others  have  been charged to expense, to control the inflow.   Since
      the  initial  discovery of the inflow, the Company has been  able  to
      meet  all  sales  obligations  from production  at  the  mines.   The
      Company  has  considered  alternatives  to  the  operational  methods
      employed  at Esterhazy.  However, the procedures utilized to  control
      the  water  inflow have proven successful to date,  and  the  Company
      currently  intends  to continue conventional shaft  mining.   Despite
      the  relative  success of these measures, there can be  no  assurance
      that  the amounts required for remedial efforts will not increase  in
      future  years  or  that  the  water  inflow,  risk  to  employees  or
      remediation costs will not increase to a level which would cause  the
      Company to change its mining process or abandon the mines.

      Potash's  underground mine operations are presently  insured  against
      business  interruption and risk from catastrophic  perils,  including
      collapse,  floods  and other property damage with  the  exception  of
      flood  coverage  at  Esterhazy.  Due  to  the  ongoing  water  inflow
      problem  at  Esterhazy, underground operations at this  facility  are
      currently  not  insurable for water incursion problems.   Like  other
      potash  producers' shaft mines, the Colonsay mine is also subject  to
      the  risks  of  inflow  of  water as a result  of  its  shaft  mining
      operations.

      The  Saskatchewan Department of Environmental and Resource Management
      (Saskatchewan  Department)  has published regulations  requiring  all
      potash   mine  operators  to  submit  facility  decommissioning   and
      reclamation plans for approval by the Saskatchewan Department and  to
      provide  assurances  that  the plans will be  carried  out  when  the
      facility  is  closed.   See "Other Matters - Environmental  Matters,"
      for further detail.

      United States Operations
      Potash has three United States potash facilities: the Carlsbad  shaft
      mine  located  in  Carlsbad, New Mexico;  the  Hersey  solution  mine
      located  in  Hersey,  Michigan; and the  solar  evaporation  facility
      located in Ogden, Utah.

      The  Carlsbad  mine  has an annual production capacity  of  over  1.7
      million  tons of finished product.  The reserves are of three  types:
      (1)  sylvinite, a mixture of potassium chloride and sodium  chloride,
      the  same as the ore mined in Saskatchewan; (2) langbeinite, a double
      sulphate  of potassium and magnesium; and (3) a mixed ore, containing
      both  potassium  chloride and langbeinite.  At this  time,  only  the
      sylvinite and langbeinite ores are mined.

      Continuous underground mining methods are utilized for 95 percent  of
      the  ore extraction with conventional underground mining methods used
      for  the  remaining five percent. In the continuous mining  sections,
      drum  type  mining machines are used to cut sylvinite and langbeinite
      ore  from  the face.  Mining heights are as low as four and  one-half
      feet.   In  the  conventional areas, a wide ore face is undercut  and
      holes  drilled to accept explosive charges.  Ore from both continuous
      and  conventional sections is loaded onto conveyors,  transported  to
      storage  areas  and then hoisted above ground for further  processing
      at the refinery.

      Three  types of potash are produced at the Carlsbad refinery: muriate
      of  potash,  which is the primary source of potassium  for  the  crop
      nutrient  industry;  double  sulphate of  potash  magnesia,  marketed
      under   the   brand  name  K-Mag(Registered  Trademark),   containing
      significant  amounts  of sulphur, potassium and magnesium,  with  low
      levels  of  chloride;  and  sulphate  of  potash,  supplying  a  high
      concentration of potassium with low levels of chloride.

      At  the  Carlsbad facility, potash is mined and refined  from  60,364
      acres  of reserves that are controlled under long-term leases.  These
      reserves  contain an estimated total of 223.3 million tons of  potash
      mineralization  (calculated  after estimated  extraction  losses)  in
      four  mining beds evaluated at thicknesses ranging from four and one-
      half  feet to in excess of 11 feet.  At average refinery rates, these
      ore  reserves  are estimated to be sufficient to yield  16.0  million
      tons  of  concentrate  from sylvinite with an  average  grade  of  60
      percent K2O and 41.1 million tons of langbeinite concentrate with  an
      average  grade  of approximately 22 percent K2O.  At projected  rates
      of   production,  management  estimates  that  Potash's  reserves  of
      sylvinite  and  langbeinite are sufficient to support operations  for
      more  than  25  years  and  27  years,  respectively.   Pursuant   to
      potassium  mineral  lease arrangements with the  federal  government,
      the  State  of  New Mexico and other third parties, the Company  paid
      royalties  of  $3.4 million, $3.5 million and $3.3 million  in  1999,
      1998 and 1997, respectively.

      Potash  made  mine modifications and constructed a new  state-of-the-
      art,  world  class  langbeinite refinery at Carlsbad  at  a  cost  of
      approximately $77.0 million which began production during  1999.  The
      production  capacity  at the Carlsbad facility was  increased  by  35
      percent   as  a  result  of  constructing  the  new  K-Mag(Registered
      Trademark) processing plant.

      Production  was discontinued at the Western Ag facility during  1999.
      This  facility, which is adjacent to Carlsbad, was acquired in  1997.
      Western  Ag had an annual capacity of 400,000 tons of double  sulfate
      of  potash  magnesia  that  was marketed  under  the  brand  name  K-
      Mag(Registered  Trademark). The underground  mine  was  connected  to
      Carlsbad  during the year with the ore directed to the new  refinery.
      By  consolidating the process operations of Western Ag and  Carlsbad,
      substantial  cost  reductions  were  realized  as  well  as  improved
      process efficiency.

      At  Hersey, Michigan, Potash operates a solution mining facility with
      annual potash production capacity of approximately 160,000 tons,  and
      annual  salt capacity of approximately 300,000 tons.  The  salt  from
      this  facility  is marketed by Salt (see Salt).  At Hersey,  Potash's
      mineral  rights consist of 1,093 acres owned in fee and 10,537  acres
      controlled under long-term leases.  These lands contain an  estimated
      300.0  million tons of potash mineralization contained  in  two  beds
      ranging  in thickness from 14 to 30 feet.  Management estimates  that
      these  reserves  are  sufficient  to  yield  62.0  million  tons   of
      concentrate  from sylvinite with an average grade of 60 percent  K2O.
      At  current  rates  of  production, management estimates  that  these
      reserves  are  sufficient to support operations  for  more  than  300
      years.

      The   solar  evaporation  facility,  located  west  of  Ogden,  Utah,
      utilizes  solar  energy and nearly 60,000 acres of evaporation  ponds
      to   manufacture  sulfate  of  potash,  sodium  chloride  (salt)  and
      magnesium  chloride  from the brines of the Great  Salt  Lake.   This
      facility  has the capacity to annually produce approximately  450,000
      tons  of  sulfate of potash, in excess of 300,000 tons  of  magnesium
      chloride  and over one million tons of salt.  Sulfate of  potash  and
      solid  magnesium chloride hexahydrate for industrial applications  is
      marketed  by Potash's sales force while the salt and liquid magnesium
      chloride,  which is primarily used for dust control, ice control  and
      some  industrial  uses,  is marketed by the  Salt  sales  force  (see
      Salt).   At  the Ogden facility, Potash's mineral rights  consist  of
      1,499  acres  owned in fee and 117,244 acres controlled  under  long-
      term  leases with the State of Utah.  The leases continue  in  effect
      so  long  as  the salts are produced or the State of Utah receives  a
      minimum  royalty  and rent.  Management estimates that  reserves  are
      adequate  to  support current capacity for more than  a  century  and
      yield  more than 49.0 million tons of sulfate of potash product  with
      a K2O content of approximately 50 percent.

      Sales and Marketing
      Potash's North American potash sales are made through Potash's  sales
      force.   North   American  agricultural  sales   are   primarily   to
      independent  accounts,  co-operatives and large  regional  fertilizer
      buyers   while   non-agricultural  sales  are  primarily   to   large
      industrial  accounts  and  the animal feed  industry.   Additionally,
      potash  is used as an ingredient in icemelter and as a water softener
      regenerant.

      Potash is sold throughout the world, with Potash's largest amount  of
      sales  outside  of  North  America made to  China,  Japan,  Malaysia,
      Korea,  Australia,  New Zealand and Latin America.   Potash  is  also
      used  internally by the Salt business unit as a major  ingredient  in
      its  icemelter  products. The Salt business unit also markets  potash
      as  a  water  softener  regenerant along with  its  traditional  salt
      products  (see  Salt).  Potash's exports from Canada, except  to  the
      United  States,  are  made through Canpotex  Limited  (Canpotex),  an
      export  association  of Saskatchewan potash producers.   In  general,
      Canpotex  sales  are allocated among the producer  members  based  on
      production  capacity.   The Company currently supplies  approximately
      35  percent of Canpotex's requirements.  Potash exports from Carlsbad
      are  sold through the Company's sales force.  In 1999, 83 percent  of
      the  potash produced by Potash was sold as crop nutrients,  while  17
      percent was sold for non-agricultural uses.

      The table below shows Potash's shipments of potash in thousands of
      tons:
      <TABLE>
      <CAPTION>
                                           1999        1998        1997
                                        Tons    %   Tons    %   Tons   %
                                        ----   ---  ----   ---  ----  ---
       <S>                              <C>    <C>  <C>   <C>   <C>   <C>
       Domestic
       Customers                        4,938   61   4,623   55   5,097   57
       Captive, to other business
        units                             416    5   1,116   13   1,306   15
                                        -----  ---   -----  ---   -----  ---
                                        5,354   66   5,739   68   6,403   72

       Export                           2,756   34   2,663   32   2,538   28
                                        -----  ---   -----  ---   -----  ---
       Total shipments                  8,110  100   8,402  100   8,941  100
                                        ====== ===   =====  ===   =====  ===
      </TABLE>
      As of December 31, 1999, Potash had contractual commitments from non-
      affiliated  customers  for  the  shipment  of  potash  amounting   to
      approximately  2.9  million  tons  in  2000.   Captive   sales   have
      decreased  in 1999 as a result of the sale of AgriBusiness  in  April
      1999.   However,  since April 1999, sales to AgriBusiness  have  been
      reflected as sales to customers.

      Competition
      Potash  is  a commodity available from many sources and consequently,
      the  market  is  highly  competitive.   In  addition  to  the  Potash
      business  unit, there are four North American producers: two  in  the
      United  States  and  two  in Canada, one of which  may  have  greater
      production  capacity  than  Potash.   Through  its  participation  in
      Canpotex, the Potash business unit competes outside of North  America
      with  various  independent potash producers and consortia  and  other
      export  organizations, including state-owned organizations.  Potash's
      principal methods of competition, with respect to the sale of  potash
      include:  pricing;  offering consistent,  high-quality  products  and
      superior  service; as well as developing new industrial and  consumer
      uses for potash.

      Salt
      ----
      Concurrent  with the Harris Chemical Group, Inc. (Harris) acquisition
      in  April 1998 (Harris Acquisition), the Company established the Salt
      business  unit.   Net sales for Salt were $321.7 million  and  $177.4
      million  for  the  year ended December 31, 1999 and the  nine  months
      ended December 31, 1998, respectively.

      The  Salt  business unit mines, produces, processes  and  distributes
      salt  in  North  America  and  Europe.   The  products  are  marketed
      primarily in the United States, Canada and the United Kingdom.   Salt
      is  used in a variety of applications, including as a deicer for both
      highway  and  consumer  use;  an  ingredient  in  the  production  of
      chemicals  for  paper  bleaching and  plastic  production;  a  flavor
      enhancer  and  preservative in food; an ingredient  and  nutrient  in
      animal  feeds;  and  an essential component in  both  industrial  and
      consumer  water  softeners.   The demand for  salt  has  historically
      remained  relatively  stable  during  economic  cycles  due  to   its
      relatively  low  cost  and high value in a  large  variety  of  uses.
      However, demand in the highway deicing market is affected by  changes
      in  winter  weather.   Approximately  50  percent  of  Salt's  annual
      revenues  are  generated  from December through  March  when  highway
      deicing is at its peak.

      Production Operations
      Salt has a production capacity of approximately 15.0 million tons  of
      salt.   Production  activities are currently  conducted  at  fourteen
      facilities,  five  located  in the United States,  seven  located  in
      Canada and two located in the United Kingdom.

      Summarized  below are the three processing methods  used  to  produce
      salt. Salt utilizes all three methods.

      Rock Salt Mining
      The  Company employs a drill and blast mining technique at  its  rock
      salt  mines.   Mining  machinery moves salt from  the  salt  face  to
      conveyor belts where it is then crushed and screened.  Salt  is  then
      hoisted to the surface where it is loaded onto shipping vessels.

      Mechanical Evaporation
      The  mechanical evaporation method involves subjecting salt-saturated
      brine  to  vacuum pressure and heat to precipitate  salt.   The  salt
      brine is obtained from underground salt deposits through a series  of
      wells.   The resulting product has both a high purity and  a  uniform
      physical shape.

      Solar Evaporation
      The  solar  evaporation method is used in areas of  the  world  where
      high  salinity  brines  are  available and where  weather  conditions
      provide  for  a  high natural evaporation rate. The brine  is  pumped
      into  a  series of large open ponds where sun and wind evaporate  the
      water   and   crystallize  the  salt,  which  is  then   mechanically
      harvested.

      United States Operations
      Salt's  central  and midwestern United States general trade  customer
      base  is  served  by  mechanical evaporation  plants  in  Kansas  and
      Tennessee.  Additionally, salt is produced as a co-product by  Potash
      in  its  Michigan operations.  The Cote Blanche, Louisiana rock  salt
      mine  serves  chemical customers in the southern and  western  United
      States  as  well  as highway deicing customers through  a  series  of
      depots   located  along  the  Mississippi  and  Ohio   Rivers.    The
      evaporation plants, rock salt mine and co-product production  have  a
      combined  annual  production capacity of  3.3  million  tons.  Salt's
      solar  evaporation  facility located in Ogden, Utah  is  the  largest
      solar  salt  production  site  in the United  States.  This  facility
      principally  serves  the  western general  trade  markets,  but  also
      provides   salt  for  chemical  applications  and  highway   deicing.
      Production  capacity  is  currently  only  limited  by  demand.   The
      Company  also  owns  and  operates two salt packaging  facilities  in
      Illinois and Wisconsin which also serve customers in the central  and
      midwestern United States as well as parts of the northeastern  United
      States.

      Canadian Operations
      Salt   is   produced   at  seven  different  locations   in   Canada.
      Mechanically   evaporated  salt  is  produced  at  three   facilities
      strategically  located  throughout Canada: Amherst,  Nova  Scotia  in
      eastern  Canada;  Goderich,  Ontario in central  Canada;  and  Unity,
      Saskatchewan  in  western Canada.  From the  Goderich,  Ontario  rock
      salt mine, Salt also serves the highway deicing market in Canada  and
      the  Great  Lakes  region  of the United States.   The  Company  also
      produces salt as a co-product from its Esterhazy, Colonsay and  Belle
      Plaine  potash facilities which serve both the general trade and  the
      highway deicing markets.  The evaporation plants, the rock salt  mine
      and  other  production facilities have a combined annual capacity  of
      7.4 million tons.

      United Kingdom Operations
      Salt's United Kingdom customer base is served by two facilities  with
      a  combined annual production capacity of 2.9 million tons.   Highway
      deicing  customers throughout the United Kingdom are  served  by  the
      Winsford  rock  salt  mine in west central England.   Also,  in  west
      central  England  is  the Weston Point mechanical  evaporation  plant
      servicing  the  general trade and chemical customers  in  the  United
      Kingdom as well as continental Europe.

      Sales and Marketing
      The  Company  separates  sales of salt into three  major  market  seg
      ments:  general  trade,  highway deicing and  chemical.  The  general
      trade   segment   is  Salt's  largest  segment  and   accounted   for
      approximately  50  percent  of  1999 sales.   This  segment  includes
      consumer   applications  such  as  table  salt,  water  conditioning,
      consumer   ice   control,  food  and  meat  processing,  agricultural
      applications,  including  feed  mixes,  as  well  as  a  variety   of
      industrial  applications  such as oil refining  and  drilling,  metal
      processing and tanning.

      Salt  has  maintained  a significant presence in  the  general  trade
      business  over  recent  years due to its strong  focus  on:  (i)  the
      midwestern  region of the United States; (ii) all of Canada  and  the
      United  Kingdom; (iii) its distribution network to the grocery trade;
      and   (iv)  its  relationships  with  large  distributors  of   water
      conditioning  salt.  In order to continue to expand  its  volume  and
      profitability  in  the general trade segment, Salt  has  focused  its
      efforts   on  improving  its  marketing  programs.   These   programs
      include:  (i) differentiating various brand names through promotional
      activities; (ii) developing an exclusive distributor network  in  the
      United  States;  and  (iii) consolidating the  product  offerings  to
      customers with products available from the Potash business unit.

      The  general trade market is driven by strong customer relationships.
      Sales  in  the  general trade segment occur through  retail  channels
      such  as  grocery;  building supply and hardware  stores;  automotive
      stores;  feed  suppliers;  as  well as  industrial  manufacturers  in
      various  industries.  Distribution in the general  trade  segment  is
      channeled  through a direct sales force located in various  parts  of
      Salt's  service  territories,  who  sell  products  to  distributors,
      dealers  and  end-users.   The Company also maintains  a  network  of
      brokers  who sell table salt, consumer deicing and water conditioning
      products.   These  brokers  service wholesalers,  chain  grocers  and
      retailers as well as the food service industry.

      Highway   deicing   constitutes  Salt's   second   largest   segment,
      accounting   for  approximately  40  percent  of  1999  salt   sales.
      Principal  customers are states, provinces, counties,  municipalities
      and  road  maintenance contractors that purchase bulk  salt  for  ice
      control  on  public  roadways.  Highway salt is  sold  mostly  via  a
      tendered  bid  contract  system  with  price,  product  quality   and
      delivery  being  the  primary  market  factors  when  purchasers  are
      selecting   a  supplier.  Supply  contracts  generally  are   awarded
      annually on the basis of tendered bids once the purchaser is  assured
      that  the  minimum requirements for purity, service and delivery  can
      be   met.   The  bidding  process  eliminates  the  need  to   invest
      significant  time and effort in marketing and advertising.   Location
      of  the  source  of  salt  and  distribution  outlets  also  play   a
      significant  role in determining a supplier.  Salt's  North  American
      operations  have an extensive network of approximately 80 depots  for
      storage  and  distribution of highway deicing salt.  The majority  of
      these  depots  are  located on the Great Lakes  and  the  Mississippi
      River system.

      Winter  weather variability is the most significant factor  affecting
      salt  sales for deicing applications because mild winters reduce  the
      need  for salt used in ice and snow control.  Unusually mild or harsh
      weather  can  significantly affect Salt's sales  and  earnings.   The
      vast majority of North American deicing sales are made in Canada  and
      the  northern United States where winter weather is generally harsher
      than in other parts of North America.

      The  chemical  segment  accounted for approximately  ten  percent  of
      Salt's  1999  salt  sales.   Principal  customers  are  producers  of
      intermediate  chemical  products used in pulp bleaching  and  plastic
      production  that do not have a captive source of brine.  Distribution
      into  the chemical market is made primarily through long-term  supply
      agreements,  which  are  negotiated  privately.  Price,  service  and
      product quality are the major market requirements.

      The table below shows Salt's shipments of salt in thousands of tons:
      <TABLE>
      <CAPTION>

                                            1999       1998(a)    1997(a)
                                         Tons    %    Tons   %   Tons   %
                                         ----   ---   ----  ---  ----  ---
       <S>                               <C>    <C>   <C>  <C>   <C>   <C>
       Domestic
       Customers                         9,872   86   4,893   85     -    -
       Captive, to other business units     11    -       6    -     -    -
                                        ------  ---   -----  --- -----  ---
                                         9,883   86   4,899   85     -    -

       Export/Foreign                    1,628   14     862   15     -    -
                                        ------  ---   -----  --- -----  ---
       Total shipments                  11,511  100   5,761  100     -    -
                                        ======  ===   =====  === =====  ===

     (a)Acquired as part of the Harris Acquisition in April 1998.

     </TABLE>

      Competition
      Salt  has significant competition in each of the markets in which  it
      operates.  In North America, three other large, nationally recognized
      companies compete against Salt in production and marketing  of  rock,
      evaporated  and  solar salt. In addition, there are  several  smaller
      regional  producers of evaporated and solar salt.  In  spite  of  the
      high  relative  cost of transportation in the distribution  of  salt,
      there  are  also  several importers of salt. Most  of  these  imports
      impact  the  eastern seaboard where IMC has a minimum  position.   In
      the  United  Kingdom, there is one other large domestic  producer  of
      evaporated  salt,  several  small local producers  as  well  as  some
      imports  from continental Europe. There are two other companies  that
      produce  rock  salt  -  one  in northern England  and  the  other  in
      Ireland.  There  are  no significant imports of rock  salt  into  the
      United  Kingdom.  Salt also exports salt from the United  Kingdom  to
      Scandinavia  and  continental Europe and  competes  with  many  other
      European producers.

      FACTORS AFFECTING DEMAND

      The  Company's results of operations historically have reflected  the
      effects  of  several external factors which are beyond the  Company's
      control  and  have  in  the  past produced significant  downward  and
      upward  swings  in  operating results. Revenues are highly  dependent
      upon  conditions in the North American agriculture industry  and  can
      be  affected  by  crop  failure, changes in  agricultural  production
      practices,   government  policies  and  weather.   Furthermore,   the
      Company's  crop  nutrients business is seasonal to the  extent  North
      American  farmers  and agricultural enterprises  purchase  more  crop
      nutrient  products  during the spring and fall.  The  Company's  salt
      business  is  seasonal and it can be significantly  affected  by  the
      severity  of winter weather in North America and the United  Kingdom.
      A  high  percentage of Salt's income is derived in the first and  the
      fourth  quarter  of each year when sales of salt for deicing  is  the
      greatest.

      The  Company's  foreign operations and investments,  and  any  future
      international  expansion  by the Company,  are  subject  to  numerous
      risks, including fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates  and
      controls;  expropriation and other economic, political and regulatory
      policies  of  local  governments; and  laws  and  policies  affecting
      foreign   trade  and  investment.   Due  to  economic  and  political
      factors, customer needs can change dramatically from year to year.

      OTHER MATTERS

      Environmental Matters
      ---------------------
      Information  regarding  environmental  matters  of  the  Company   is
      included  in  Part II, Item 7, "Management's Discussion and  Analysis
      of  Financial  Condition and Results of Operations," of  this  Annual
      Report on Form   10-K, which is incorporated herein by reference.

      Employees
      ---------
      The  Company had 8,976 employees as of December 31, 1999.   The  work
      force  consisted of 2,802 salaried, 6,167 hourly and seven  temporary
      or part-time employees.

      Labor Relations
      ---------------
      Within  North  America,  the  Company has  15  collective  bargaining
      agreements  with the affiliated local chapters of four  international
      unions.   As  of December 31, 1999, approximately 90 percent  of  the
      hourly   work   force   was   covered  under  collective   bargaining
      agreements.    Two  plant  closure  negotiations  were   successfully
      completed  in 1999 at the Hutchinson, Kansas and Western Ag/Carlsbad,
      New  Mexico facilities.  Eight agreements covering 56 percent of  the
      union  hourly  workforce will expire in 2000.  The  Company  has  not
      experienced  a  significant  work  stoppage  in  recent   years   and
      considers its labor relations to be good.

      EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

      The  ages and five-year employment history of the Company's executive
      officers as of March 15, 2000 was as follows:

      Robert F. Clark
      ---------------
      Age  57.   Senior Vice President of the Company since April 1999  and
      President  of  Salt  since joining the Company in  April  1998  as  a
      result  of  the  Harris Acquisition.  From 1993  to  1998  Mr.  Clark
      served  as  President  of  Great Salt Lake Minerals,  a  division  of
      Harris Chemical Group, Inc.

      Steven J. Demetriou
      -------------------
      Age  41.  Senior Vice President of the Company since October 1999 and
      President of Phosphates since June 1999, when he joined the  Company.
      Prior   to  joining  the  Company,  Mr.  Demetriou  served  as   Vice
      President,  Global Specialty Resins and President, Cytec Asia-Pacific
      of  Cytec  Industries,  Inc., a manufacturer of specialty  materials,
      principally  aerospace materials, from December 1997  to  June  1999.
      From  July  1996  to  December 1997, Mr.  Demetriou  served  as  Vice
      President,  Global Adhesives Business, for Exxon Chemical Company,  a
      manufacturer   of   basic  petrochemicals,  including   olefins   and
      aromatics,  and a supplier of specialty rubbers and of additives  for
      fuels  and  lubricants.  From July 1993 to July 1996,  Mr.  Demetriou
      was  Director,  Europe  Olefins and Aromatics  Marketing,  for  Exxon
      Chemical Company.

      E. Paul Dunn, Jr.
      -----------------
      Age  46.   Vice President and Treasurer of the Company since  joining
      the  Company  in  May 1998.  Prior to joining the Company,  Mr.  Dunn
      served  as  Vice  President, Finance and Information  Technology  for
      GATX  Terminals  Corporation, a provider  of  storage,  handling  and
      transportation of petroleum and chemical commodities,  from  1995  to
      1998.   He also served as Treasurer of GATX Corporation from 1990  to
      1995.

      C. Steven Hoffman
      -----------------
      Age  51.   Senior  Vice  President of  the  Company  since  1990  and
      President, International since September 1998.  From 1995  to  August
      1998,  Mr. Hoffman served as Senior Vice President, International  of
      the Company.

      John U. Huber
      -------------
      Age  61.  Executive Vice President of the Company since October  1999
      and  President  of Potash since joining the Company  in  March  1996.
      Mr.  Huber  also served as President of IMC Phosphates from September
      1998 to May 1999.  Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Huber served  as
      Executive Vice President of The Vigoro Corporation from June 1993  to
      March 1996.

      Mary Ann Hynes
      --------------
      Age  52.   Senior Vice President and General Counsel of  the  Company
      since  joining  the  Company  in July 1999.   Prior  to  joining  the
      Company,  Ms.  Hynes  served as Vice President, General  Counsel  and
      Secretary  of Sundstrand Corporation, a designer and manufacturer  of
      aerospace and industrial technology-based components,  from  1998  to
      July  1999.   From  1997 to 1998 Ms. Hynes served as General  Counsel
      and  Assistant  Secretary  of Wolters Kluwer  U.S.  Corporation,  the
      parent   company   of   numerous  technical  print   and   electronic
      publishers. From 1980 to 1996 Ms. Hynes served as General Counsel  of
      CCH   Incorporated,  a  global  provider  of  tax  and  business  law
      information through publications and software.

      J. Bradford James
      -----------------
      Age  53.  Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the
      Company  since  October  1999.  Mr.  James  served  as  Senior   Vice
      President  and  Chief Financial Officer of the Company from  February
      1998  to  September 1999.  Prior to joining the Company  in  February
      1998,   Mr.  James  served  as  Executive  Vice  President   of   USG
      Corporation,  a  manufacturer  and  distributor  of  residential  and
      industrial building materials, from 1995 through 1997.

      Stephen P. Malia
      ----------------
      Age  45.  Senior Vice President, Human Resources of the Company since
      joining  the Company in January 2000.  Prior to joining the  Company,
      Mr.  Malia served as Vice President, Human Resources-Exterior Systems
      Business   for   Owens  Corning,  a  manufacturer  of  consumer   and
      industrial  building  materials  and  composite  systems,  from  1997
      through  1999 and Vice President, Human Resources-Planning,  Staffing
      and Development from 1995 through 1997.

      Carolyn W. Merritt
      ------------------
      Age  53.   Senior Vice President, Environment, Health and  Safety  of
      the   Company  since  August  1998.   Ms.  Merritt  served  as   Vice
      President, Environment, Health and Safety from March 1996  to  August
      1998.   Prior  to  joining the Company, Ms. Merritt  served  as  Vice
      President,  Environmental  Affairs for The  Vigoro  Corporation  from
      July 1994 to March 1996.

      Douglas A. Pertz
      ----------------
      Age  45.  President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company  since
      October  1999.  From October 1998 to October 1999, Mr.  Pertz  served
      as  President and Chief Operating Officer of the Company.  From  1995
      to  1998,  Mr. Pertz served as President and Chief Executive  Officer
      and  as  a  director of Culligan Water Technologies, Inc., a  leading
      manufacturer  and  distributor of water  purification  and  treatment
      products.   From  1994  until January 1995,  he  was  Corporate  Vice
      President  and Group Executive of the Danaher Corporation  (Danaher),
      a   manufacturer  of  products  in  the  tool,  process/environmental
      controls and transportation industries and was also President,  Chief
      Executive  Officer  and a director of Danaher's  subsidiaries,  Matco
      Tools,  a  manufacturer  of hand tools, and  Hennessy  Industries,  a
      manufacturer of transportation equipment.

      Anne M. Scavone
      ---------------
      Age  36.   Vice President and Controller of the Company  since  April
      1996.   Ms.  Scavone served as Director, Joint Venture Finances  from
      April  1995  to April 1996 and as Joint Venture Financial Coordinator
      from April 1993 to April 1995.

      All  of  the Company's executive officers are elected annually,  with
      the  terms of the officers listed above to expire in April 2000.   No
      "family  relationships," as that term is defined in  Item  401(d)  of
      Regulation S-K, exist among any of the listed officers.

Item 2.Properties.

      Information  regarding the plant and properties  of  the  Company  is
      included  in  Part  I, Item 1, "Business," of this Annual  Report  on
      Form 10-K.

Item 3.Legal Proceedings.(1)

      Potash Antitrust Litigation
      ---------------------------
      The  Company  was a defendant, along with other Canadian  and  United
      States  potash  producers, in a class action antitrust lawsuit  filed
      in  federal  court  in 1993.  The plaintiffs alleged  a  price-fixing
      conspiracy  among North American potash producers beginning  in  1987
      and  continuing until the filing of the complaint.  The class  action
      complaint   against  all  defendants,  including  the  Company,   was
      dismissed by summary judgment in January 1997.  The summary  judgment
      dismissing  the  case was appealed by the plaintiffs  to  the  United
      States  Court  of Appeals for the Eighth Circuit (Court of  Appeals).
      The  Court  of  Appeals in a divided opinion (2 to  1)  rendered  its
      decision  reversing  the  grant of summary  judgment  as  to  certain
      defendants, including the Company, and affirming as to certain  other
      defendants.   The  dissent  strongly  disagreed  with  the   majority
      opinion,  stating  that the majority had erred in not  affirming  the
      dismissal  of  the  case  as  to all defendants.   According  to  the
      dissent,  all  of  the defendants were entitled to summary  judgment.
      The  Company, along with the other defendants remaining in the  case,
      obtained  a  rehearing of the case from the entire Court  of  Appeals
      and  the decision of the Court of Appeals was vacated.  The case  was
      reargued  before the entire Court of Appeals on September  13,  1999,
      and  the  Court of Appeals found that the class had failed to present
      evidence  of  collusion  sufficient to  create  a  genuine  issue  of
      material fact and affirmed the dismissal of the complaint by  summary
      judgment.

      In  addition, in 1993 and 1994, class action antitrust lawsuits  with
      allegations  similar  to those made in the federal  case  were  filed
      against  the  Company  and other Canadian and  United  States  potash
      producers  in state courts in Illinois and California.  The  Illinois
      case  was  dismissed for failure to state a claim.  In the California
      litigation, all proceedings have been stayed pending the decision  of
      the Court of Appeals.

      FTX Merger Litigation
      ---------------------
      In  August 1997, five identical class action lawsuits were  filed  in
      Chancery  Court in Delaware by unitholders of PLP.  Each  case  named
      the  same defendants and broadly alleged that Freeport-McMoRan,  Inc.
      (FTX) and FMRP Inc. (FMRP) had breached fiduciary duties owed to  the
      public  unitholders of PLP.  The Company was alleged  to  have  aided
      and  abetted these breaches of fiduciary duty.  In November 1997,  an
      amended  class action complaint was filed with respect to all  cases.
      The  amended complaint named the same defendants and raised the  same
      broad  allegations.  The defendants' moved the court to  dismiss  the
      amended  complaint in November 1998, and the cases were dismissed  in
      May 1999.

      In  May 1998, the Company and PLP (collectively, Plaintiffs) filed  a
      lawsuit  (IMC  Action)  in Delaware Chancery  Court  against  certain
      former  directors  of FTX (Director Defendants), and  MMR,  a  former
      affiliate   of  FTX.   The  Plaintiffs  alleged  that  the   Director
      Defendants,  as  the  directors  of  PLP's  administrative   managing
      general  partner FTX, owed duties of loyalty to PLP and  its  limited
      partnership  unitholders.  The Plaintiffs further  alleged  that  the
      Director  Defendants breached their duties by causing  PLP  to  enter
      into  a  series  of  interrelated non-arm's-length transactions  with
      MMR.   The  Plaintiffs  also alleged that  MMR  knowingly  aided  and
      abetted  and  conspired with the Director Defendants to breach  their
      fiduciary  duties.   On  behalf of the PLP  public  unitholders,  the
      Plaintiffs  sought  to  reform  or rescind  the  contracts  that  PLP
      entered  into with MMR and to recoup the monies expended as a  result
      of  PLP's  participation in those agreements. On November  10,  1999,
      the  Plaintiffs  and MMR announced a settlement  of  the  IMC  Action
      pursuant  to which MMR agreed to purchase PLP's 47.0 percent interest
      in  the  Company's multi-year oil and natural gas exploration program
      with  MMR, which includes three producing oil and gas fields plus  an
      inventory of exploration prospects and leases, for a total  of  $32.0
      million.

      In  May  1998,  Jacob Gottlieb filed an action (Gottlieb  Action)  on
      behalf  of himself and all other PLP unitholders against the Director
      Defendants,  MMR and IMC asserting the same claims that IMC  asserted
      in  the  IMC Action.  Because IMC and PLP had already asserted  these
      claims,  in  July  1998  IMC filed a motion to dismiss  the  Gottlieb
      Action.   The court has not set a briefing schedule for IMC's  motion
      to  dismiss, and plaintiff has made no substantial activity  in  this
      case  within the past year.  IMC has recently been advised  that  the
      plaintiff intends to withdraw the complaint without prejudice.

      For   information  on  environmental  proceedings,   see   Note   16,
      "Contingencies,"  of  Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial   Statements
      included  in  Part II, Item 8, of this Annual Report  on  Form  10-K,
      which is incorporated herein by reference.

      Other
      -----
      In  the ordinary course of its business, the Company is and will from
      time  to  time be involved in other legal proceedings of a  character
      normally  incident  to its business.  The Company believes  that  its
      potential  liability  in  any such pending or threatened  proceedings
      will  not  have a material adverse effect on the financial  condition
      or results of operations of the Company.

Item 4.Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders.

      There  were  no  matters  submitted to a vote  of  security  holders,
      through  the solicitation of proxies or otherwise, during  the  three
      months ended December 31, 1999.

PART II.

Item 5.Market for the Registrant's Common Stock and Related Stockholder
       Matters.

      <TABLE>

      Common Stock Prices and Dividends
      <CAPTION>

                                               Quarter
                               --------------------------------------
       1999                     First     Second      Third    Fourth
       --------------------------------------------------------------
       <S>                      <C>        <C>        <C>       <C>
       Dividends per common
        share                  $  0.08    $  0.08   $  0.08   $  0.08

       Common stock prices:
       High                    $22.313    $27.125   $20.125   $17.063
       Low                      18.000     17.375    14.313    12.750

                                               Quarter
                               ---------------------------------------
       1998                     First     Second      Third    Fourth
       ---------------------------------------------------------------

       Dividends per common
        share                  $  0.08    $  0.08   $  0.08   $  0.08

       Common stock prices:
       High                    $39.500    $39.125   $30.375   $27.312
       Low                      28.562     29.375    17.812    18.125

      </TABLE>

      The  Company's common stock is traded on the New York Stock  Exchange
      and  the  Chicago Stock Exchange under the symbol IGL.  As  of  March
      15,  2000,  the  Company  had  114,477,296  shares  of  common  stock
      outstanding,  excluding  10,686,276 treasury  shares.   Common  stock
      prices  are  from  the  composite tape for New  York  Stock  Exchange
      issues  as  reported in The Wall Street Journal.   As  of  March  15,
      2000,  the  number of registered holders of common stock as  reported
      by  the  Company's registrar was 10,399.  However, an  indeterminable
      number  of  stockholders  beneficially own shares  of  the  Company's
      common  stock  through investment funds and brokers.   For  the  year
      ended  December  31, 1999, the Company paid cash dividends  of  $36.6
      million.

Item 6.Selected Financial Data.

      For  information  related to the years 1995  through  1999  contained
      under  the heading "Five Year Comparison," reference is made to  page
      73  of  the Company's 1999 Annual Report to Stockholders incorporated
      herein by reference.

Item 7.Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
      Results of Operations.

      Reference  is  made  to  "Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis  of
      Financial  Condition and Results of Operations," appearing  on  pages
      27  through  40  of the Company's 1999 Annual Report to  Stockholders
      incorporated herein by reference.

Item 7a.Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk.

      Reference  is made to "Market Risk," of "Management's Discussion  and
      Analysis   of   Financial  Condition  and  Results  of   Operations,"
      appearing  on  page  35  of  the  Company's  1999  Annual  Report  to
      Stockholders incorporated herein by reference.

Item 8.Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

      Reference  is made to the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements
      and  Notes  thereto appearing on pages 42 through 71 of the Company's
      1999  Annual Report to Stockholders, together with the report thereon
      of  Ernst & Young LLP dated January 31, 2000, appearing on page 41 of
      such  Annual  Report and the information contained under the  heading
      "Quarterly Results (unaudited)," appearing on page 72 of such  Annual
      Report incorporated herein by reference.

Item 9.Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and
      Financial Disclosure.

      None.

PART III.

Item 10.Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant.

      The  information  contained under the headings "The Annual  Meeting--
      Election  of  Directors" and "Beneficial Ownership of Common  Stock--
      Section  16(a)  Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance,"  included
      in  the  Company's  definitive Proxy Statement for  the  2000  Annual
      Meeting  of  Stockholders  and the information  contained  under  the
      heading  "Executive Officers of the Registrant," in Part I,  Item  1,
      hereof is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 11.Executive Compensation.

      The information under the heading "Policies Relating to the Board  of
      Directors  - Compensation of Directors" and "Executive Compensation,"
      included  in  the Company's definitive Proxy Statement for  the  2000
      Annual Meeting of Stockholders is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 12.Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management.

      The  information  under the heading "Beneficial Ownership  of  Common
      Stock," included in the Company's definitive Proxy Statement for  the
      2000  Annual  Meeting  of  Stockholders  is  incorporated  herein  by
      reference.

Item 13.Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.

      The  information under the heading "Executive Compensation," included
      in  the  Company's  definitive Proxy Statement for  the  2000  Annual
      Meeting of Stockholders is incorporated herein by reference.

PART IV.

Item 14.Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules and Reports on Form 8-K.

      (a) (1)  Consolidated  financial  statements filed  as  part  of  this
               report  are  listed under Part II, Item 8,  of  this  Annual
               Report on Form 10-K.

          (2)  All  schedules  for  which provision is made  in  the  applicable
               accounting   regulations   of  the   Securities   and   Exchange
               Commission  are  not required under the related instructions  or
               are inapplicable, and therefore have been omitted.

          (3)  The  exhibits listed in the following index have previously  been
               filed  with the Securities and Exchange Commission or are  being
               filed as part of this report.



                                                                    Filed
                                                   Incorporated     with
                                                   Herein by        Electronic
Exhibit No.   Description                          Reference to     Submission
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.i.(a)     Restated       Certificate       of                        X
            Incorporation,   as   amended   and
            restated through January 6, 1998

3.i.(b)     Certificate of Designations for the   Exhibit A to
            Series D Junior Participating         Exhibit 3 to the
            Preferred Stock                       Current Report on
                                                  Form 8-K dated
                                                  May 27, 1999*

3.ii.       Amended and Restated By-Laws          Exhibit 3 to the
                                                  Current Report on
                                                  Form 8-K dated
                                                  May 27, 1999*

3.iii.      Rights  Agreement  dated  May   27,   Exhibit 4 to the
            1999, with The First National  Bank   Current Report on
            of     Chicago    (including    the   Form 8-K dated
            Shareholder Rights Plan)              May 27, 1999*

4.ii.(a)    Indenture,  dated as  of  July  17,   Exhibit 4.1 to
            1997,  between IMC Global Inc.  and   the Company's
            The  Bank of New York, relating  to   Report on Form 8-
            the   issuance  of  6.875%   Senior   K dated July 23,
            Debentures  due  July   15,   2007;   1997*
            7.30%    Senior   Debentures    due
            January 15, 2028; and 6.55%  Senior
            Notes due January 15, 2005

4.ii.(b)    Indenture,  dated as of  August  1,   Exhibit 4.10 to
            1998,  between IMC Global Inc.  and   the Registration
            The  Bank of New York, relating  to   Statement No. 333-
            the  issuance of 6.625%  Notes  due   63503
            2001;  7.40% Notes due 2002; 7.625%
            Notes  due  2005; 6.50%  Notes  due
            2003;  and  7.375%  Debentures  due
            2018

4.ii.(c)    Amended   and  Restated   Five-Year                        X
            Credit  Agreement,  dated   as   of
            December  8, 1999 among IMC  Global
            Inc.,  a  Delaware corporation,  as
            borrower,       the       financial
            institutions  parties thereto,  and
            Bank    of   America,   N.A.,    as
            Administrative Agent

10.i.(a)    Agreement  dated  June  27,   1985,   Exhibit 10.6
            supplementing,     amending     and   Amendment No. 2
            continuing Potash Resource  Payment   to Registration
            Agreement  dated October 15,  1979,   Statement No. 33-
            between   Mallinckrodt   and    the   22914
            Province of Saskatchewan

10.i.(b)    Mining   and  Processing  Agreement   Exhibit 10.7 to
            dated  January  31,  1978,  between   Registration
            Potash  Corporation of Saskatchewan   Statement No. 33-
            Inc.  and International Minerals  &   17091
            Chemical (Canada) Global Limited

10.i.(c)    Memorandum  of  Agreement   as   of   Exhibit 10.51 to
            December 21, 1990, amending  Mining   the Annual Report
            and    Processing   Agreement    of   on Form 10-K for
            January  31,  1978, between  Potash   the Fiscal Year
            Corporation  of  Saskatchewan  Inc.   Ended June 30,
            and   International   Minerals    &   1991*
            Chemical (Canada) Global Limited

10.i.(d)    Division   of  Proceeds   Agreement   Exhibit 10.52 to
            dated  December 21,  1990,  between   the Annual Report
            Potash  Corporation of Saskatchewan   on Form 10-K for
            Inc.  and International Minerals  &   the Fiscal Year
            Chemical (Canada) Global Limited      Ended June 30,
                                                  1991
10.i.(e)    Form  of   Partnership   Agreement,   Exhibit 10.29 to
            dated  as  of  July  1,  1993,   as   the Company's
            further amended and restated as  of   Annual Report on
            May  26,  1995, between  IMC-Agrico   Form 10-K for the
            GP    Company,    Agrico    Limited   Fiscal Year Ended
            Partnership   and   IMC-Agrico   MP   June 20, 1995*
            Inc., including definitions

10.i.(f)    Form of Parent Agreement, dated  as   Exhibit 10.30 to
            of   July   1,  1993,  as   further   the Company's
            amended and restated as of May  26,   Annual Report on
            1995,     between    IMC     Global   Form 10-K for the
            Operations  Inc.,  Freeport-McMoRan   Fiscal Year Ended
            Resource     Partners,      Limited   June 30, 1995*
            Partnership, Freeport-McMoRan  Inc.
            and IMC-Agrico Company

10.i.(g)    Amendment,   Waiver  and   Consent,   Exhibit 10.31 to
            dated  May  26,  1995,  among   IMC   the Company's
            Global  Inc.; IMC Global Operations   Annual Report on
            Inc.;  IMC-Agrico GP Company;  IMC-   Form 10-K for the
            Agrico    MP,    Inc.;   IMC-Agrico   Fiscal Year Ended
            Company;   Freeport-McMoRan   Inc.;   June 30, 1995*
            Freeport-McMoRan           Resource
            Partners, Limited Partnership;  and
            Agrico, Limited Partnership

10.i.(h)    Agreement  and  Plan  of   Complete   Exhibit 10.32 to
            Liquidation and Dissolution,  dated   the Company's
            May  26,  1995,  among  IMC  Global   Annual Report on
            Operations   Inc.,  IMC-Agrico   GP   Form 10-K for the
            Company, and IMC-Agrico MP, Inc.      Fiscal Year Ended
                                                  June 30, 1995*

10.i.(i)    Agreement    Under    the    Parent   Exhibit 10.63 to
            Agreement, dated as of January  23,   the Company's
            1996,  among IMC Global  Inc.;  IMC   Quarterly Report
            Global  Operations Inc.;  Freeport-   on Form 10-Q for
            McMoRan  Resource Partners, Limited   the Quarterly
            Partnership;       Freeport-McMoRan   Period Ended
            Inc.;  and  IMC-Agrico  Company,  a   December 31,
            Delaware general partnership          1995*

10.i.(j)    Amendment  and Agreement Under  the   Exhibit 10.64 to
            Partnership Agreement, dated as  of   the Company's
            January 23, 1996, by and among IMC-   Quarterly Report
            Agrico  GP Company; Agrico, Limited   on Form 10-Q for
            Partnership; IMC-Agrico  MP,  Inc.;   the Quarterly
            IMC Global Operations Inc. and IMC-   Period Ended
            Agrico Company                        December 31,
                                                  1995*

10.i.(k)    Registration    Rights    Agreement   Exhibit 99.6 to
            dated  as  of March 1,  1996  among   the Company's
            IMC  Global Inc. and certain former   Quarterly Report
            stockholders    of    The    Vigoro   on Form 10-Q for
            Corporation                           the Quarterly
                                                  Period Ended
                                                  March 31, 1996*

10.iii.(a)** 1996      Long-Term     Performance   Exhibit 10.77 to
             Incentive Plan                        the Company's
                                                   Quarterly Report
                                                   on Form 10-Q for
                                                   the Quarterly
                                                   Period Ended
                                                   September 30,
                                                   1996*

10.iii.(b)** 1988 Stock Option & Award Plan,  as   Exhibit B to
             amended and restated                  Proxy Statement
                                                   dated March 25,
                                                   1999*

10.iii.(c)** 1994 Stock Option Plan for Non-       Exhibit 4(a) to
             Employee Directors                    Registration
                                                   Statement No. 33-
                                                   56911

10.iii.(d)** Supplemental Benefit Plan             Exhibit 10.12 to
                                                   Registration
                                                   Statement No. 33-
                                                   17091

10.iii.(e)** Supplemental    Defined     Benefit   Exhibit 10.7 to
             Executive   Retirement   Plan,   as   Registration
             amended through June 30, 1992         Statement No. 33-
                                                   17091

10.iii.(f)** Management     Compensation     and   Exhibit 10.14 to
             Benefit   Assurance   Program,   as   the Company's
             amended through August 17, 1995       Annual Report on
                                                   Form 10-K for the
                                                   Fiscal Year Ended
                                                   June 30, 1996*

10.iii.(g)** Form   of   Trust  Agreement   with   Exhibit 10.33 to
             Wachovia  Bank & Trust  Co.,  N.A.,   the Company's
             as amended through August 15, 1991    Annual Report on
                                                   Form 10-K for the
                                                   Fiscal Year Ended
                                                   June 30, 1992*

10.iii.(h)** Employment  Agreement dated  as  of   Exhibit 10.62 to
             January   29,   1998  between   IMC   the Company's
             Global  Inc. and Robert E.  Fowler,   Annual Report on
             Jr.                                   Form 10-K for the
                                                   Year Ended
                                                   December 31, 1997*

10.iii.(i)** Employment  Agreement dated  as  of   Exhibit 10.1 to
             September  15,  1998  between   IMC   the Company's
             Global Inc. and Douglas A. Pertz      Quarterly Report
                                                   on Form 10-Q for
                                                   the Quarterly
                                                   Period Ended
                                                   September 30,
                                                   1998*

10.iii.(j)** 1998  Stock  Option Plan  for  Non-   Exhibit 10.7 to
             Employee Directors                    the Company's
                                                   Current Report on
                                                   Form 8-K dated
                                                   May 14, 1998*

10.iii.(k)** Non-competition Agreement dated  as   Exhibit 10.81 to
             of   August  1,  1998  between  IMC   the Company's
             Global  Inc.  and  Robert  M.   Van   Annual Report on
             Patten                                Form 10-K for the
                                                   Year Ended
                                                   December 31, 1998*

10.iii.(l)** Severance  Agreement  dated  as  of   Exhibit 10.83 to
             August  1, 1998 between IMC  Global   the Company's
             Inc. and Robert M. Van Patten         Annual Report on
                                                   Form 10-K for the
                                                   Year Ended
                                                   December 31, 1998*

10.iii.(m)** Form  of  IMC Global Inc. and  IMC-                        X
             Agrico   MP,   Inc.  1998   Defined
             Contribution           Supplemental
             Executive Retirement Plan

10.iii.(n)** Form  of  IMC Global Inc. and  IMC-                        X
             Agrico  MP,  Inc. 1998 Supplemental
             Retirement  Plan, Restoration  Plan
             and Excess Benefit Plan Trust

10.iii.(o)** Retirement Agreement dated  October   Exhibit 10.1 to
             7,  1999  between IMC  Global  Inc.   the Company's
             and Robert E. Fowler, Jr.             Quarterly Report
                                                   on Form 10-Q for
                                                   the Quarterly
                                                   Period Ended
                                                   September 30,
                                                   1999*

10.iii.(p)** Form    of    Executive   Severance                        X
             Agreement  between IMC Global  Inc.
             and  S.J.  Demetriou, C.S. Hoffman,
             M.A.  Hynes, J.B. James, S.P. Malia
             and C.W. Merritt

10.iii.(q)** Employment  Agreement  dated   July                        X
             13,  1999  between IMC Global  Inc.
             and E. Paul Dunn

10.iii.(r)** "Gross-up"  Agreement  dated   July                        X
             13,  1999  between IMC Global  Inc.
             and E. Paul Dunn

10.iii.(s)** IMC     Global    Inc.     Deferred                        X
             Compensation  Plan for Non-Employee
             Directors

10.iii.(t)** Form  of  IMC Global Inc. and  IMC-                        X
             Agrico MP, Inc. Restoration Plan

10.iii.(u)** IMC   Global  Inc.  Voluntary  Non-                        X
             Qualified   Deferred   Compensation
             Plan

10.iii.(v)** First  amendment to the IMC  Global                        X
             Inc. 1998 Restoration Plan

12           Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges                         X

13           The  portions of IMC Global  Inc.'s                        X
             1999  Annual Report to Stockholders
             which        are       specifically
             incorporated by reference

18           Letter    Regarding    Change    in                        X
             Accounting Principle

21           Subsidiaries of the Registrant                             X

23           Consent  of  Ernst  &  Young   LLP,                        X
             Independent Auditors

24           Power of Attorney                                          X

27           Financial Data Schedule                                    X

*   SEC File No. 1-9759.
**  Denotes management contract or compensatory plan.

    (b)  Reports on Form 8-K.

         The Company filed a Current Report on Form 8-K for December 7, 1999,
         to report, under "Item 5, Other Events," the issuance of a press
         release on December 7, 1999.

    (c)  Exhibits

         See exhibit index listed at Item 14(a)(3) hereof.

    (d)  Financial statements and schedules and summarized financial
         information of 50 percent or less owned persons are omitted as
         none of such persons are individually, or in the aggregate,
         significant under the tests specified in Regulation S-X under
         Article 3.09 of general instructions to the financial statements.

                                SIGNATURES

Pursuant  to  the  requirements of Section 13 or 15(d)  of  the  Securities
Exchange  Act  of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this  report  to  be
signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

                                      IMC GLOBAL INC.
                                      (Registrant)

                                      /s/    Douglas A. Pertz
                                      --------------------------
                                      Douglas A. Pertz
                                      Chief Executive Officer
                                      and President
Date:  March 28, 2000

Pursuant  to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,  this
report  has  been signed below by the following persons on  behalf  of  the
Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated:

          *              Chairman and Director                 March 28, 2000
- ---------------------
Joseph P. Sullivan

/s/ Douglas A. Pertz     Chief Executive Officer (principal    March 28, 2000
- ---------------------    executive officer), President
Douglas A. Pertz         (principal operating officer) and
                         Director

/s/ J. Bradford James    Executive Vice President and Chief    March 28, 2000
- ---------------------    Financial Officer (principal
J. Bradford James        financial officer)

/s/ Anne M. Scavone      Vice President and Controller         March 28, 2000
- ---------------------    (principal accounting officer)
Anne M. Scavone

        *                Director                              March 28, 2000
- ---------------------
Raymond F. Bentele

        *                Director                              March 28, 2000
- ---------------------
Rod F. Dammeyer

        *                Director                              March 28, 2000
- ---------------------
James M. Davidson

        *                Director                              March 28, 2000
- ---------------------
Harold H. MacKay

        *                Director                              March 28, 2000
- ---------------------
David B. Mathis

        *                Director                              March 28, 2000
- ---------------------
Donald F. Mazankowski

        *                Director                              March 28, 2000
- ---------------------
Richard L. Thomas

        *                Director                              March 28, 2000
- ---------------------
Pamela B. Strobel

*By:        /s/ Rose Marie Williams
            ------------------------
               Rose Marie Williams
               Attorney-in-fact


- -------------------------------

(1)All  statements,  other  than statements of  historical  fact  contained
   within  this  Form  10-K constitute "forward-looking statements"  within
   the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995.

   Factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from  those
   expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements include, but  are
   not  limited to, the following: general business and economic conditions
   and  governmental  policies  affecting  the  agricultural  industry   in
   localities   where  the  Company  or  its  customers  operate;   weather
   conditions;  the  impact  of competitive products;  pressure  on  prices
   realized  by  the Company for its products; constraints on  supplies  of
   raw  materials used in manufacturing certain of the Company's  products;
   capacity  constraints  limiting  the  production  of  certain  products;
   difficulties  or  delays  in the development,  production,  testing  and
   marketing  of  products; difficulties or delays  in  receiving  required
   governmental   and  regulatory  approvals;  market  acceptance   issues,
   including the failure of products to generate anticipated sales  levels;
   difficulties  in  integrating  acquired  businesses  and  in   realizing
   related  cost savings and other benefits; the effects of and  change  in
   trade,   monetary,   environmental  and  fiscal   policies,   laws   and
   regulations;  foreign exchange rates and fluctuations  in  those  rates;
   the  costs  and  effects of legal proceedings, including  environmental,
   and  administrative  proceedings  involving  the  Company;  success   in
   implementing   the   Company's   various   initiatives   including   the
   divestiture   of   Chemicals   and   achieving   successful    strategic
   alternatives  for  the  Salt  business unit and  a  production  facility
   located  in  Ogden, Utah; and other risk factors reported from  time  to
   time in the Company's Securities and Exchange Commission reports.



(2)Since  the amount of potassium in the common salts of potassium  varies,
   the  industry  has  established  a common  standard  of  measurement  by
   defining   a  product's  potassium  content,  or  grade,  in  terms   of
   equivalent  percentages of potassium oxide (K2O).  A K2O  equivalent  of
   60  percent, 50 percent and 22 percent is the customary minimum standard
   for  muriate of potash, sulphate of potash and double sulphate of potash
   magnesia products, respectively.





                                                            Exhibit 3.1.(a)


                       CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
                                    OF
                              IMC GLOBAL INC.
             (as amended and restated though January 6, 1998)

                               ARTICLE FIRST

     The name of the corporation is IMC Global Inc.

                              ARTICLE SECOND

      The  address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State
of  Delaware is 1209 Orange Street in the City of Wilmington, County of New
Castle.   The  name  of  the registered agent of the  Corporation  at  such
address is The Corporation Trust Company.

                               ARTICLE THIRD

      The  purpose  of the Corporation is to engage in any  lawful  act  or
activity  for  which  corporations  may  be  organized  under  the  General
Corporation  law  of  the State of Delaware either  alone  or  with  others
through  wholly or partially owned subsidiaries, as a partner  (limited  or
general)  in any partnership, as a joint venturer in any joint venture,  or
otherwise.

                              ARTICLE FOURTH

      The  aggregate  number  of shares which the  Corporation  shall  have
authority to issue is 312,000,000 divided into 12,000,000 shares of  Series
Preferred  Stock,  $1.00  par  value per share  (hereafter  called  "Series
Preferred  Stock", and 300,000,000 shares of Common Stock, $1.00 par  value
per  share (hereafter called "Common Stock").  All of such shares shall  be
issued  as  fully-paid and non-assessable shares, and the  holders  thereof
shall not be liable for any further payments in respect thereto.

     The designations, powers, preferences and rights of the shares of each
class and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof shall  be
as follows:

                        (a) SERIES PREFERRED STOCK

      The  Board of Directors of the Corporation is authorized, subject  to
limitations prescribed by law and the provisions of this ARTICLE FOURTH, to
provide  for  the issuance of the shares of the Series Preferred  Stock  in
series,  and  by  filing  a certificate pursuant to  the  Delaware  General
Corporation Law, to establish from time to time the number of shares to  be
included  in  each  such  series,  and  to  fix  the  designation,  powers,
preferences  and  rights  of  the  shares  of  each  such  series  and  the
qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof.  Shares of any  series
of  Series Preferred Stock which shall be issued and thereafter acquired by
the  Corporation  through  purchase, redemption,  exchange,  conversion  or
otherwise,  shall  return to the status of authorized but  unissued  Series
Preferred  Stock unless otherwise provided in the resolution or resolutions
of  the Board of Directors.  Unless otherwise provided in the resolution or
resolutions  of the Board of Directors providing for the issuance  thereof,
the  number  of  authorized  shares of stock of  any  such  series  may  be
increased  or  decreased (but not below the number of shares  thereof  then
outstanding)  by resolution or resolutions of the Board of  Directors.   In
case  the  number  of shares of any such series of Series  Preferred  Stock
shall  be  decreased, the shares representing such decrease  shall,  unless
otherwise  provided  in  the  resolution or resolutions  of  the  Board  of
Directors  providing  for  the  issuance  thereof,  resume  the  status  of
authorized but unissued Series Preferred Stock, undesignated as to series.

                             (b) COMMON STOCK

     1.   Dividends.     Subject to the rights of each series of the Series
Preferred  Stock,  dividends may be declared and  paid  or  set  apart  for
payment upon the Common Stock out of any assets or funds of the Corporation
legally available for the payment of dividends.

      2.    Voting  Rights.  Except as otherwise  expressly  provided  with
respect to any series of the Series Preferred Stock, the Common Stock shall
have the exclusive right to vote for the election of directors and for  all
other purposes, each holder of the Common Stock being entitled to one  vote
for each share thereof held.

     3.   Liquidation.   Upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of
the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, and after the holders of
the  Series Preferred Stock of each series shall have been paid in full the
amount  to  which  they  respectively  shall  be  entitled,  or  an  amount
sufficient  to pay the aggregate amount to which the holders of the  Series
Preferred  Stock of each series shall be entitled shall have been deposited
with a bank or trust company having its principal office in the Borough  of
Manhattan, The City of New York, and having capital, surplus and  undivided
profits  of  a least Twenty-Five Million Dollars ($25,000,000) as  a  trust
fund  for  the benefit of the holders of such Series Preferred  Stock,  the
remaining  net assets of the Corporation shall be distributed pro  rata  to
the  holders of the Common Stock in accordance with their respective rights
and  interests,  to the exclusion of the holders of such  Series  Preferred
Stock.

                          (c) GENERAL PROVISIONS

      A  consolidation or merger of the Corporation with  or  into  another
Corporation or Corporations or a sale, whether for cash, shares  of  stock,
securities or properties, of all or substantially all of the assets of  the
Corporation  shall  not  be  deemed  or  construed  to  be  a  liquidation,
dissolution  or  winding up of the Corporation within the meaning  of  this
Article.

     No holder of Common Stock or Series Preferred Stock of the Corporation
shall  be  entitled,  as such, as a matter of right, to  subscribe  for  or
purchase  any part of any new or additional issue of stock of any class  or
series  whatsoever  or of securities convertible into stock  of  any  class
whatsoever, whether now or hereafter authorized and whether issued for cash
or other consideration, or by way of dividend.

            (d) JUNIOR PARTICIPATING PREFERRED STOCK, SERIES C:

      SECTION  1.      Designation and Amount.  The shares of  this  series
shall  be  designated as "Junior Participating Preferred Stock,  Series  C"
(the "Series C Preferred Stock") and the number of shares constituting  the
Series C Preferred Stock shall be 3,000,000.  Such number of shares may  be
increased  or decreased by resolution of the Board of Directors;  provided,
that  no  decrease shall reduce the number of shares of Series C  Preferred
Stock to a number less than the number of shares then outstanding plus  the
number  of  shares reserved for issuance upon the exercise  of  outstanding
options,  rights  or  warrants or upon the conversion  of  any  outstanding
securities  issued by the Corporation convertible into Series  C  Preferred
Stock.

SECTION 2.     Dividends and Distributions.

      (A)  Subject to the rights of the holders of any shares of any series
of  Preferred  Stock or any other stock ranking prior and superior  to  the
Series  C Preferred Stock with respect to dividends, the holders of  shares
of  Series C Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, when, as and  if
declared by the Board of Directors out of funds legally available  for  the
purpose, quarterly dividends payable in cash on the thirtieth day of March,
June,  September and December in each year (each such date being   referred
to  herein as a "Quarterly Dividend Payment Date"), commencing on the first
Quarterly  Dividend Payment Date after the first issuance  of  a  share  or
fraction of a share of Series C Preferred Stock, in an amount (if any)  per
share rounded to the nearest cent), subject to the provision for adjustment
hereinafter set forth, equal to 100 times the aggregate per share amount of
all  cash  dividends, and 100 times the aggregate per share amount (payable
in  kind)  of all non-cash dividends or other distributions, other  than  a
dividend payable in shares of Common Stock, par value $1.00 per share  (the
"Common Stock"), of the Company or a subdivision of the outstanding  shares
of  Common Stock (by reclassification or otherwise), declared on the Common
Stock  since the immediately preceding Quarterly Dividend Payment Date  or,
with  respect to the first Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, since the first
issuance  of any share or fraction of a share of Series C Preferred  Stock,
In  the event the Corporation shall at any time declare or pay any dividend
on  the  Common  Stock  payable in shares of  Common  Stock,  or  effect  a
subdivision  or combination or consolidation of the outstanding  shares  of
Common  Stock  (by  reclassification or otherwise  than  by  payment  of  a
dividend  in  shares of Common Stock) into a greater or  lesser  number  of
shares  of Common Stock, then in each such case the amount to which holders
of  shares of Series C Preferred Stock were entitled immediately  prior  to
such  event  under the preceding sentence shall be adjusted by  multiplying
such  amount by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of  shares
of   Common  Stock  outstanding  immediately  after  such  event  and   the
denominator  of  which is the number of shares of Common  Stock  that  were
outstanding immediately prior to such event.

      (B)  The Corporation shall declare a dividend or distribution on  the
Series  C  Preferred  Stock as provided in paragraph (A)  of  this  Section
immediately  after  it declares a dividend or distribution  on  the  Common
Stock (other than a dividend payable in shares of Common Stock).

      (C)   Dividends due pursuant to paragraph (A) of this  Section  shall
begin  to  accrue  and  be cumulative on outstanding  shares  of  Series  C
Preferred Stock from the Quarterly Dividend Payment Date next preceding the
date  of  issue of such shares, unless the date of issue of such shares  is
prior to the record date for the first Quarterly Dividend Payment Date,  in
which case dividends on such shares shall begin to accrue from the date  of
issue  of  such shares, or unless the date of issue is a Quarterly Dividend
Payment  Date  or is a date after the record date for the determination  of
holders  of  shares  of  Series C Preferred Stock  entitled  to  receive  a
quarterly  dividend  and before such Quarterly Dividend  Payment  Date,  in
either  of  which  events  such dividends shall  begin  to  accrue  and  be
cumulative  from such Quarterly Dividend Payment Date.  Accrued but  unpaid
dividends shall not bear interest.  Dividends paid on the shares of  Series
C Preferred Stock in an amount less than the total amount of such dividends
at  the time accrued and payable on such shares shall be allocated pro rata
on  a  share-by-share basis among all such shares at the time  outstanding.
The  Board  of  Directors may fix a record date for  the  determination  of
holders of shares of Series C Preferred Stock entitled to receive a payment
of  a dividend or distribution declared thereon, which record date shall be
not more than 60 days prior to the date fixed for the payment thereof.

      SECTION  3.      Voting  Rights. The holders of shares  of  Series  C
Preferred Stock shall have the following voting rights:

      (A)   Subject to the provision for adjustment hereinafter set  forth,
each share of Series C Preferred Stock shall entitle the holder thereof  to
100  votes  on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders  of  the
Corporation.  In the event the Corporation shall at any time declare or pay
any  dividend  on  the Common Stock payable in shares of Common  Stock,  or
effect  a  subdivision or combination or consolidation of  the  outstanding
shares of Common Stock (by reclassification or otherwise than by payment of
a  dividend in shares of Common Stock) into a greater or lesser  number  of
shares  of  Common Stock, then in each such case the number  of  votes  per
share  to which holders of shares of Series C Preferred Stock were entitled
immediately  prior  to  such event shall be adjusted  by  multiplying  such
number  by  a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of  shares  of
Common  Stock outstanding immediately after such event and the  denominator
of  which  is  the  number of shares of Common Stock that were  outstanding
immediately prior to such event.

      (B)   Except  as  otherwise provided in the Restated  Certificate  of
Incorporation   of  the  Company,  including  any  other   Certificate   of
Designations creating a series of Preferred Stock or any similar stock,  or
by  law,  the holders of shares of Series C Preferred Stock and the holders
of  shares  of Common Stock and any other capital stock of the  Corporation
having  general  voting rights shall vote together  as  one  class  on  all
matters submitted to a vote of stockholders of the Corporation.

      (C)   Except  as set forth herein, or as otherwise provided  by  law,
holders of Series C Preferred Stock shall have no special voting rights and
their consent shall not be required (except to the extent they are entitled
to  vote  with holders of Common Stock as set forth herein) for taking  any
corporate action.

     SECTION 4.     Certain Restrictions.

     (A)   Whenever quarterly dividends or other dividends or distributions
payable  on the Series C Preferred Stock as provided in Section  2  are  in
arrears,  thereafter  and  until  all  accrued  and  unpaid  dividends  and
distributions,  whether or not declared, on shares of  Series  C  Preferred
Stock outstanding shall have been paid in full, the Corporation shall not:

     (i)  declare or pay dividends, or make any other distributions, on any
shares of stock ranking junior (either as to dividends or upon liquidation,
dissolution or winding up) to the Series C Preferred Stock;

     (ii) declare or pay dividends, or make any other distributions, on any
shares  of  stock  ranking  on a parity (either as  to  dividends  or  upon
liquidation, dissolution or winding up) with the Series C Preferred  Stock,
except dividends paid ratably on the Series C Preferred Stock and all  such
parity stock on which dividends are payable or in arrears in proportion  to
the  total  amounts  to  which the holders of  all  such  shares  are  then
entitled; or

     (iii)      redeem  or purchase or otherwise acquire for  consideration
shares  of  any  stock  ranking junior (either  as  to  dividends  or  upon
liquidation,  dissolution or winding up) to the Series C  Preferred  Stock,
provided that the Corporation may at any time redeem, purchase or otherwise
acquire shares of any such junior stock in exchange for shares of any stock
of  the  Corporation ranking junior (as to dividends and upon  dissolution,
liquidation or winding up) to the Series C Preferred Stock.

     (B)    The  Corporation  shall  not  permit  any  subsidiary  of   the
Corporation to purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration  any  shares
of  stock  of the Corporation unless the Corporation could, under paragraph
(A)  of  this Section 4, purchase or otherwise acquire such shares at  such
time and in such manner.

   SECTION 5. Reacquired Shares.

   Any  shares of Series C Preferred Stock purchased or otherwise  acquired
by  the Corporation in any manner whatsoever shall be retired and cancelled
promptly  after the acquisition thereof.  All such shares shall upon  their
cancellation become authorized but unissued shares of Preferred  Stock  and
may  be reissued as part of a new series of Preferred Stock subject to  the
conditions  and restrictions on issuance set forth herein, in the  Restated
Certificate  of Incorporation of the Company, including any Certificate  of
Designations creating a series of Preferred Stock or any similar  stock  or
as otherwise required by law.

   SECTION 6. Liquidation, Dissolution or Winding Up.

   Upon  any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation  the
holders  of shares of Series C Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive
an  aggregate  amount  per share, subject to the provision  for  adjustment
hereinafter  set  forth,  equal to 100 times the  aggregate  amount  to  be
distributed per share to holders of shares of Common Stock plus  an  amount
equal  to  any accrued and unpaid dividends.  In the event the  Corporation
shall  at any time declare or pay any dividend on the Common Stock  payable
in  shares  of  Common  Stock, or effect a subdivision  or  combination  or
consolidation   of   the   outstanding   shares   of   Common   Stock   (by
reclassification or otherwise than by payment of a dividend  in  shares  of
Common  Stock)  into a greater or lesser number of shares of Common  Stock,
then  in each such case the aggregate amount to which holders of shares  of
Series  C  Preferred Stock were entitled immediately prior  to  such  event
under  the preceding sentence shall be adjusted by multiplying such  amount
by  a  fraction  the numerator of which is the number of shares  of  Common
Stock outstanding immediately after such event and the denominator of which
is  the  number of shares of Common Stock that were outstanding immediately
prior to such event.

   SECTION 7. Consolidation, Merger, etc.

   In  case  the  Corporation shall enter into any  consolidation,  merger,
combination  or other transaction in which the shares of Common  Stock  are
exchanged  for or changed into other stock or securities, cash  and/or  any
other  property,  then in any such case each share of  Series  C  Preferred
Stock  shall  at  the same time be similarly exchanged or changed  into  an
amount  per share, subject to the provision for adjustment hereinafter  set
forth,  equal to 100 times the aggregate amount of stock, securities,  cash
and/or any other property (payable in kind), as the case may be, into which
or  for  which each share of Common Stock is changed or exchanged.  In  the
event the Corporation shall at any time declare or pay any dividend on  the
Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock, or effect a subdivision  or
combination or consolidation of the outstanding shares of Common Stock  (by
reclassification or otherwise than by payment of a dividend  in  shares  of
Common  Stock)  into a greater or lesser number of shares of Common  Stock,
then  in each such case the amount set forth in the preceding sentence with
respect  to  the  exchange or change of shares of Series C Preferred  Stock
shall  be  adjusted by multiplying such amount by a fraction, the numerator
of  which  is  the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately
after  such event and the denominator of which is the number of  shares  of
Common Stock that were outstanding immediately prior to such event.

   SECTION 8. Amendment.

   The  Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation shall  not
be  amended  in  any manner, including in a merger or consolidation,  which
would alter, change or repeal the powers, preferences or special rights  of
the  Series  C Preferred Stock so as to affect them adversely  without  the
affirmative  vote of the holders of a least two-thirds of  the  outstanding
shares of Series C Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class.

                               ARTICLE FIFTH
   The  business  and affairs of the Corporation shall be  managed  by  the
Board  of Directors, and the directors need not be elected by ballot unless
required by the By-Laws of the Corporation.

                               ARTICLE SIXTH
     Action  shall  be  taken by stockholders of the  Corporation  only  at
annual or special meetings of stockholders, and stockholders may not act by
written consent.  Special meetings of the Corporation may be called only as
provided in the By-Laws.

                              ARTICLE SEVENTH
     The  following provisions are inserted for the regulation and  conduct
of  the affairs of the Corporation, and it is expressly provided that  they
are intended to be in furtherance and not in limitation or exclusion of the
powers conferred by statute:

(a)  The  Board  of Directors is expressly authorized to  adopt,  amend  or
repeal the By-Laws of the Corporation.

(b)  Subject  to the provisions of the By-Laws, meeting of the stockholders
and  directors of the Corporation for all purposes may be held at any place
within the State of Delaware and, unless otherwise provided by law, at  any
place without such State.

(c)  All corporate powers, including the sale, mortgage, hypothecation  and
pledge  of  the  whole  or  any part of the corporate  property,  shall  be
exercised by the Board of Directors, except as otherwise expressly provided
by law.

(d)  The  Corporation may have one or more offices within  or  without  the
State of Delaware and may keep the books of the Corporation, subject to the
provisions  of the laws of the State of Delaware, at such place  or  places
within  or  without the State of Delaware as the Board of  Directors  shall
from time to time determine.

(e)  The Board of Directors shall from time to time decide whether  and  to
what  extent  and at what times and under what conditions and  requirements
the accounts and books of the Corporation, or any of them, except the stock
book,  shall  be  open  to  the  inspection of  the  stockholders,  and  no
stockholder  shall  have right to inspect any books  or  documents  of  the
Corporation except as conferred by the laws of the State of Delaware or  as
authorized by the Board of Directors.

(f)  The  Board of Directors shall have power from time to time to fix  and
determine  and  vary the amount of the working capital of the  Corporation,
and  to direct and determine the use and disposition of any surplus or  net
profits over and above the capital stock paid in; and in its discretion the
Board  of  Directors  may  use and apply any such  surplus  or  accumulated
profits  in  purchasing  or  acquiring bonds or other  obligations  of  the
Corporation, to such extent and in such manner and upon such terms  as  the
Board of Directors shall deem expedient.

(g)  Directors  elected by holders of stock of the Corporation  entitle  to
vote generally in the election of directors may be removed at any time by a
majority vote of such stockholders, provided that such removal may only  be
for cause.  Directors elected by any class of stock, voting separately as a
class,  may  be  removed  only by a majority vote  of  such  class,  voting
separately  as  a  class, so long as the voting power of such  class  shall
continue, provided such removal may only be for a cause.

                              ARTICLE EIGHTH

   The  Corporation  shall  indemnify each  officer  and  director  of  the
Corporation  to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law,  except  as
may  be otherwise provided in the Corporation's By-Laws, and in furtherance
hereof  the  Board  of  Directors  is expressly  authorized  to  amend  the
Corporation's  By-Laws  from  time to time  to  give  full  effect  hereto,
notwithstanding possible self-interest of the Directors in the action being
taken.   The  modification  or  repeal of this  ARTICLE  EIGHTH  shall  not
adversely  affect the right to indemnification of any officer  or  director
hereunder  with  respect  to any act or omission occurring  prior  to  such
modification or repeal.

                               ARTICLE NINTH

      (a)   The  number  of  directors  of the  Corporation,  exclusive  of
directors,  if any, to be elected by the holders of one or more  series  of
Series Preferred Stock, shall be not less than five nor more than eighteen.
Subject to such limitation, such number may be fixed by the By-Laws, or  by
action  of the stockholders or of the Board of Directors under the specific
provisions of a By-Law adopted by the stockholders.  The directors  of  the
Corporation shall be divided into three classes, as nearly equal in  number
as  practicable.  The term of office of the first class shall expire at the
first  annual meeting of stockholders succeeding the initial classification
of  directors, the term of office of the second class shall expire  at  the
second annual meeting succeeding such classification and the term of office
of the third class shall expire at the third annual meeting succeeding such
classification.  At each annual meeting, directors to replace  those  whose
terms  of  office  expire at such annual meeting shall be elected  to  hold
office  until  the third succeeding annual meeting or until  his  successor
shall  be  elected and qualify or until his earlier death,  resignation  or
removal.    If  the  number  of  directors  is  changed,  the   number   of
directorships shall be apportioned among the classes as to make each  class
as nearly equal in size as practicable.

     (b)  Any vacancies on the Board of Directors occurring for any reason,
or  any  newly  created directorships resulting from any  increase  in  the
number  of  directors,  shall  be filled by the  Board  of  Directors,  the
appointee  to  any such vacancy to serve for the unexpired portion  of  the
term  of the director whose leaving the Board created the vacancy, and  the
appointee to any newly created directorship to be assigned by the Board  to
such  class of the Board so as to make the classes as nearly equal in  size
as practicable.

                               ARTICLE TENTH

      (a)   The affirmative vote of the holders of not less than a majority
of  the  Voting Stock (as hereinafter defined) of the Corporation shall  be
required  before  the  Corporation may purchase any outstanding  shares  of
Common Stock of the Corporation at a price known by the Corporation  to  be
above  Market  Price (as hereinafter defined) from a person  known  by  the
Corporation to be a Selling Stockholder (a hereinafter defined), unless the
purchase is made by the Corporation on the same terms and as a result of  a
duly authorized offer to purchase any and all of the outstanding shares  of
Common Stock of the Corporation.

     (b)  For purposes of this ARTICLE TENTH:

      (1)   The  term "Voting Stock" shall mean the outstanding  shares  of
stock of the Corporation entitled to vote in elections of directors of  the
Corporation considered as one class.

     (2)  The majority vote required by Section (a), when applicable, shall
be  in addition to any lesser vote or no vote required or permitted by  law
or  this  Certificate of Incorporation exclusive of this ARTICLE TENTH  and
the  shares of the Selling Stockholder shall, for this purpose, be  counted
as having abstained regardless of how they have been voted.

      (3)   The  term  "Market Price" shall mean the highest  closing  sale
price, during the thirty (30) day period immediately preceding the date  in
question,  of  a  share  of  the Common Stock of  the  Corporation  on  the
Composite Tape for New York Stock Exchange Issues, or, if such stock is not
quoted  on  the  Composite Tape or is not listed on such Exchange,  on  the
principal United States securities exchange registered under the Securities
Exchange  Act of 1934 on which such stock is listed, or, if such  stock  is
not  listed  on  any such exchange, the highest closing bid quotation  with
respect  to  a  share  of  such stock during the  thirty  (30)  day  period
preceding  the  date in question on the National Association of  Securities
Dealers, Inc.  Automated Quotations System or any system then in use, or if
no  such  quotations are available, the fair market value on  the  date  in
question of a share of such stock.

      (4)  The term "Selling Stockholder" shall mean and include any person
who  or  which is the beneficial owner of in the aggregate more than  three
percent  (3%) of the outstanding shares of Common Stock of the  Corporation
and  who  or  which has purchased or agreed to purchase any of such  shares
within  the  most  recent two-year period (other than any  stockholder  who
owned  in  excess of 50% of the voting power of the capital  stock  of  the
Corporation  on  the  date  of  the filing of  this  Amended  and  Restated
Certificate of Incorporation).

      (5)   A  "person"  shall  mean  any  individual,  firm,  partnership,
Corporation or other entity.

      (6)  A person shall be the "beneficial owner" of any shares of Common
Stock of the Corporation:

      (i)   which  such person or any of its Affiliates or  Associates  (as
hereinafter defined) beneficially owns, directly or indirectly; or

      (ii)  which  such person or any of its Affiliates or  Associates  has
(a)  the right to acquire (whether such right is conditional or exercisable
immediately or only after the passage of time), pursuant to any  agreement,
arrangement  or  understanding or upon the exercise of  conversion  rights,
exchange  rights, warrants or options, or otherwise, or (b)  the  right  to
vote pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding; or

     (iii)     which are beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by any
other  person with which such person or any of its Affiliates or Associates
has  any  agreement,  arrangement  or  understanding  for  the  purpose  of
acquiring, holding, voting or disposing thereof.

      (7)   The terms "Affiliate" and "Associate" shall have the respective
meanings  ascribed  to such terms in Rule 12b-2 of the  General  Rules  and
Regulations under the Securities Act of 1934, as in effect on July 1, 1984.

      (8)   For  the purposes of determining whether a person is a  Selling
stockholder, the number of shares of Common Stock deemed to be  outstanding
and  the  number of shares beneficially owned by the person  shall  include
shares  respectively deemed owned through application of paragraph  (6)  of
this  Section  (b) but shall not include any other shares of  Common  Stock
which   may   be  issuable  pursuant  to  any  agreement,  arrangement   or
understanding, or upon exercise of conversion rights, warrants or  options,
or  otherwise,  or shares of the Selling Stockholder whose  acquisition  of
more  than three percent of the outstanding shares of Common Stock  of  the
Corporation within the most recent two-year period results from other  than
a purchase or agreement to purchase or vote shares of the Corporation.

      (9)   Nothing  contained in this ARTICLE TENTH shall be construed  to
relieve  any Selling Stockholders from any fiduciary obligation imposed  by
law.

     (10) The Board of Directors of the Corporation shall have the power to
determine  the  application  of  or compliance  with  this  ARTICLE  TENTH,
including,  without  limitation,  (a)  whether  a  person  is   a   Selling
Stockholder; (b) whether a person is an Affiliate or Associate of  another;
(c)  whether  Section  (a)  is or has become applicable  in  respect  of  a
proposed  transaction; (d) what is the Market Price and whether a price  is
above  Market  Price; and (e) when or whether a purchase  or  agreement  to
purchase  any  share  or  shares of Common Stock  of  the  Corporation  has
occurred and when or whether a person has become a beneficial owner of  any
share or shares of Common Stock of the Corporation.  Any decision or action
taken  by  the Board of Directors arising out of or in connection with  the
construction,  interpretation and effect of this ARTICLE  TENTH  shall  lie
within their absolute discretion and shall be conclusive and binding except
in circumstances involving bad faith.

                             ARTICLE ELEVENTH

SECTION 1.  Vote Required for Certain Business Combinations.

      (a)   Higher Vote for Certain Business Combinations.  In addition  to
any  affirmative vote required by law or this Certificate of Incorporation,
and  except  as otherwise expressly provided in Section 2 of  this  ARTICLE
ELEVENTH, any transaction or contract which involves or includes:

      (i)  any merger or consolidation of the Corporation or any Subsidiary
(as   hereinafter   defined)  with  (a)  any  Interested  Stockholder   (as
hereinafter defined) or (b) any other Corporation (whether or not itself an
Interested  Stockholder)  which is, or after such merger  or  consolidation
would   be,   an  Affiliate  (as  hereinafter  defined)  of  an  Interested
Stockholder; or

     (ii) the issuance or transfer by the Corporation or any Subsidiary (in
one  transaction  or  a series of transactions) to or with  any  Interested
Stockholder or any Affiliate of any Interested Stockholder of any assets of
the Corporation or any Subsidiary having an aggregate Fair Market Value  of
$50 million or more; or

      (iii)      the  issuance  or  transfer  by  the  Corporation  or  any
Subsidiary  (in  one  transaction  or a  series  of  transactions)  of  any
securities   of  the  Corporation  or  any  Subsidiary  to  any  Interested
Stockholder or any Affiliate of any Interested Stockholder in exchange  for
cash,  securities  (to  the extent the acquisition thereof  does  not  come
within  the  requirements  of  ARTICLE  TENTH)  or  other  property  (or  a
combination  thereof) having an aggregate Fair Market Value of $50  million
or more; or

      (iv)  the  adoption  of any plan or proposal for the  liquidation  or
dissolution  of the Corporation proposed by or on behalf of any  Interested
Stockholder or any Affiliate of any Interested Stockholder; or

      (v)   any reclassification of securities (including any reverse stock
split),   or  recapitalization  of  the  Corporation,  or  any  merger   or
consolidation of the Corporation with any of its Subsidiaries or any  other
transaction  (whether  or  not  with or  into  or  otherwise  involving  an
Interested  Stockholder) which has the effect, directly or  indirectly,  of
increasing the proportionate share of the outstanding shares of  any  class
of  Equity  Security  (as hereinafter defined) of the  Corporation  or  any
Subsidiary  which  is  directly  or  indirectly  owned  by  any  Interested
Stockholder  or any Affiliate of any Interested Stockholder: shall  require
the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 80% of the voting power  of
the then outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to
vote  generally  in the election of directors (the "Voting Stock"),  voting
together  as  a  single  class.  Such affirmative vote  shall  be  required
notwithstanding  the fact that no vote may be required, or  that  a  lesser
percentage  may be specified by law or in any agreement with  any  national
securities exchange or this Certificate of Incorporation exclusive of  this
ARTICLE ELEVENTH.

      (b)   Definition  of  "Business  Combination".   The  term  "Business
Combination"  used in this ARTICLE ELEVENTH shall mean any  transaction  or
contract which is referred to in any one or more of clauses (i) through (v)
of paragraph (a) of this Section 1.

     SECTION 2.     When Higher Vote is Not Required.

The  provisions  of  Section  1  of this  ARTICLE  ELEVENTH  shall  not  be
applicable  to  any  particular  Business Combination,  and  such  Business
Combination shall require only such affirmative vote as is required by  law
and any other provision of this Certificate of Incorporation, if all of the
conditions specified in either of the following paragraphs (a) or  (b)  are
met:

(a)   Approval  by  Directors.  The Business Combination  shall  have  been
approved  by  a  majority  of the Disinterested Directors  (as  hereinafter
defined).

(b)   Price  and  Procedure Requirements.  All of the following  conditions
shall have been met:

      (i)   The aggregate amount of the cash and the Fair Market Value  (as
hereinafter  defined), as of the date of the consummation of  the  Business
Combination, of consideration other than cash to be received per  share  by
holders  of  Common Stock in such Business Combination shall  be  at  least
equal to the higher of the following:

      (a)   (if  applicable)  the highest per share  price  (including  any
brokerage commissions, transfer taxes and soliciting dealers' fees) paid by
the  Interested Stockholder for any shares of Common Stock acquired  by  it
(1)  within  the  two-year period immediately prior  to  the  first  public
announcement  of  the  terms  of  the proposed  Business  Combination  (the
"Announcement  Date")  or (2) in the transaction  in  which  it  became  an
Interested stockholder, whichever is higher; or

      (b)   the  Fair  Market  Value  per share  of  Common  Stock  on  the
Announcement Date or on the date on which the Interested Stockholder became
an  Interested Stockholder (such latter date is referred to in this ARTICLE
ELEVENTH as the "Determination Date"), whichever is higher.

     (ii) The aggregate amount of the cash and the Fair Market Value, as of
the  date of the consummation of the Business Combination, of consideration
other  than cash to be received per share by holders of shares of any other
class of outstanding Voting Stock shall be at least equal to the higher  of
the   following   (it  being  intended  that  the  requirements   of   this
paragraph  (b)(ii) shall be required to be met with respect to every  class
of  outstanding Voting Stock, whether or not the Interested Stockholder has
previously acquired any shares of a particular class of Voting Stock):

      (a)   (if  applicable)  the highest per share  price  (including  any
brokerage commissions, transfer taxes and soliciting dealers' fees) paid by
the  Interested  Stockholder for any shares of such class of  Voting  Stock
acquired  by  it (1) within the two-year period immediately  prior  to  the
Announcement  Date  or  (2)  in  the transaction  in  which  it  became  an
Interested Stockholder, whichever is higher;

      (b)   (if  applicable) the highest preferential amount per  share  to
which  the holders of shares of such class of Voting Stock are entitled  in
the  event  of  any  voluntary or involuntary liquidation,  dissolution  or
winding up of the Corporation; and

      (c)  the Fair Market Value per share of such class of Voting Stock on
the Announcement Date or on the Determination Date, whichever is higher.

      (iii)     The consideration to be received by holders of a particular
class of outstanding Voting Stock (including Common Stock) shall be in cash
or  in the same form as the Interested Stockholder has previously paid  for
shares  of  such class of Voting Stock.  If the Interested Stockholder  has
paid  for  shares  of  any  class of Voting Stock  with  varying  forms  of
consideration,  the form of consideration for such class  of  Voting  Stock
shall  be  either  cash or the form used to acquire the largest  number  of
shares of such class of Voting Stock previously acquired by it.  The  price
determined  in  accordance  with  paragraph  (b)(i)  and  (b)(ii)  of  this
Section  2 shall be subject to appropriate adjustment in the event  of  any
stock dividend, stock split, combination of shares of similar event.

      (iv)  After  such  Interested Stockholder has  become  an  Interested
Stockholder  and  prior  to the consummation of such Business  Combination:
(a)  except as approved by a majority of the Disinterested Directors, there
shall  have been no failure to declare and pay at the regular date therefor
any full quarterly dividends (whether or not cumulative) on any outstanding
stock  having  preference over the Common Stock as  to  dividends  or  upon
liquidation; (b) there shall have been (1) no reduction in the annual  rate
of  dividends paid on the Common Stock (except as necessary to reflect  any
subdivision of the Common Stock), except as approved by a majority  of  the
Disinterested  Directors,  and  (2) an increase  in  such  annual  rate  of
dividends  as  necessary  to  reflect any reclassification  (including  any
reverse  stock  split),  recapitalization, reorganization  or  any  similar
transaction  which  has  the effect of reducing the number  of  outstanding
shares  of the Common Stock, unless the failure so to increase such  annual
rate is approved by a majority of the Disinterested Directors; and (c) such
Interested  Stockholder shall not have become the beneficial owner  of  any
additional  shares  of Voting Stock or securities convertible  into  Voting
Stock  except  as part of the transaction which results in such  Interested
Stockholder becoming an Interest Stockholder.

(v)    After   such  Interested  Stockholder  has  become   an   Interested
Stockholder,  such  Interested Stockholder  shall  not  have  received  the
benefit, directly or indirectly (except proportionately as stockholder), of
any  loans,  advances, guarantees, ledges or other financial assistance  or
any  tax  credits  or  other tax advantages provided  by  the  Corporation,
whether in anticipation of or in connection with such Business Combinations
or otherwise.

(vi)  A  proxy  or  information statement describing the proposed  Business
Combination and complying with the requirements of the Securities  Exchange
Act  of  1934  and the rules and regulations thereunder (or any  subsequent
provisions  replacing such Act, rules or regulations) shall  be  mailed  to
public  stockholders  of  the Corporation at least  30-days  prior  to  the
consummation  of such Business Combination (whether or not  such  proxy  or
information  statement is required to be mailed pursuant  to  such  Act  or
subsequent provisions).

SECTION   3.    Certain  Definitions.  For  the  purpose  of  this  ARTICLE
                ELEVENTH:

     A.   "Person" shall mean any individual, firm, Corporation or other entity.

     B.   "Interested Stockholder" shall mean any person (other than (i) the
Corporation, (ii) any Subsidiary or (iii) any stockholder who on the date
of the filing of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation is
then the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of 50% or more of the
voting power of the outstanding Voting Stock who or which:

     (i)    is the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of 20% or more
of the voting power of the outstanding Voting Stock; or

     (ii)   is  an Affiliate of the Corporation and at any time within  the
two-year  period  immediately  prior  to  the  date  in  question  was  the
beneficial  owner,  directly or indirectly, of 20% or more  of  the  voting
power of the then outstanding Voting Stock; or

     (iii)   is an assignee of or has otherwise succeeded to any shares  of
Voting  Stock which were at any time within the two-year period immediately
prior  to  the  date  in  question beneficially  owned  by  any  Interested
Stockholder,  if such assignment or succession shall have occurred  in  the
course  of a transaction or series of transactions not involving  a  public
offering within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933.

     C.   A person shall be a "beneficial owner" of any Voting Stock:

(i)   which  such  person  or  any  of its  Affiliates  or  Associates  (as
hereinafter defined) beneficially owns directly or indirectly; or

(ii)  which such person or any of its Affiliates or Associates has (a)  the
right  to  acquire (whether such right is exercisable immediately  or  only
after  the  passage  of  time), pursuant to any agreement,  arrangement  or
understanding  or upon the exercise of conversion rights, exchange  rights,
warrants or options, or otherwise, or (b) the right to vote pursuant to any
agreement, arrangement or understanding;

(iii)   which are beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by any  other
person  with  which such person or any of its Affiliates or Associates  has
any  agreement, arrangement or understanding for the purpose of  acquiring,
holding, voting or disposing of any shares of Voting Stock.

     D.    For the purpose of determining whether a person is an Interested
Stockholder pursuant to paragraph B of this Section 3, the number of shares
of  Voting Stock deemed to be outstanding shall include shares deemed owned
through  application of paragraph C of this Section 3 but shall not include
any  other  shares of Voting Stock which may be issuable  pursuant  to  any
agreement,  arrangement  or understanding, or upon exercise  of  conversion
rights, warrants or options, or otherwise.

     E.    "Affiliate"  or  "Associate" shall have the respective  meanings
ascribed  to  such terms in Rule 12b-2 of the General Rules and Regulations
under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as in effect on July 1, 1984.

     F.    "Subsidiary"  means any Corporation of which a majority  of  any
class  of  Equity  Security  is  owned,  directly  or  indirectly,  by  the
Corporation, provided, however, that for the purposes of the definition  of
Interested Stockholder set forth in paragraph B of this Section 3, the term
"Subsidiary"  shall  mean only a Corporation of which a  majority  of  each
class  of  Equity  Security  is  owned,  directly  or  indirectly,  by  the
Corporation.

     G.    "Fair Market Value" means: (i) in the case of stock, the highest
closing sale price during the 30-day period immediately preceding the  date
in  question  of a share of such stock on the Composite Tape for  New  York
Stock  Exchange  issues, or, if such stock is not quoted on  the  Composite
Tape,  or  the New York Stock Exchange, or, if such stock is not listed  on
such   Exchange,  on  the  principal  United  States  securities   exchange
registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 on which such stock is
listed,  or,  if  such  stock is not listed on any  exchange,  the  highest
closing bid quotation with respect to a share of such stock during the  30-
day  period  preceding the date in question on the National Association  of
Securities Dealers, Inc. Automated Quotations System or any system then  in
use,  or if no such quotations are available, the fair market value on  the
date  in  question  of  a  share  of  such  stock  as  determined  by   the
Disinterested  Directors in good faith; and (ii) in the  case  of  property
other  than  cash or stock, the fair market value of such property  on  the
date  in  question  as  determined  by  a  majority  of  the  Disinterested
Directors.

     H.   In the event of any Business Combination in which the Corporation
survives, the phrase "consideration other than cash to be received" as used
in  paragraph  (b)(i) and (ii) of Section 2 of this ARTICLE ELEVENTH  shall
include  the share of Common Stock and/or the shares of any other class  of
outstanding Voting Stock retained by the holders of such shares.

     I.   "Equity Security" shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in
Section  3(a)(11) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as in  effect  on
July 1, 1984.

     J.    "Disinterested  Director" means  any  member  of  the  Board  of
Directors  who is unaffiliated with the Interested Stockholder  and  was  a
member  of  the  Board of Directors prior to the time that  the  Interested
Stockholder  became  an  Interested Stockholder, and  any  successor  of  a
Disinterested Director who is unaffiliated with the Interested  Stockholder
and  is  recommended to succeed a Disinterested Director by a  majority  of
Disinterested Directors then on the Board of Directors.

  SECTION 4.  Powers of the Board of Directors.

  The  Board  of  Directors shall have the power to interpret  all  of  the
terms   and  provisions  of  this  ARTICLE  ELEVENTH,  including,   without
limitation, and on the basis of information known to the Board of Directors
after reasonable inquiry (A) whether a person is an Interested Stockholder,
(B)  the number of shares of Voting Stock beneficially owned by any person,
(C)  whether a person is an Affiliate or Associate of another, (D)  whether
the  assets which are the subject of any Business Combination have, or  the
consideration to be received for the issuance or transfer of securities  by
the  Corporation  or  any Subsidiary in any Business  Combination  has,  an
aggregate Fair Market Value of $50 million or more.

  SECTION   5.   No   Effect   on  Fiduciary  Obligations   of   Interested
Stockholders.

  Nothing  contained in this ARTICLE ELEVENTH shall be construed to relieve
any Interested Stockholder from any fiduciary obligations imposed by law.

  SECTION 6.  Amendment, Repeal, etc.

  Notwithstanding   any   other   provisions   of   this   Certificate   of
Incorporation  or the By-Laws (and notwithstanding the fact that  a  lesser
percentage  may  be specified by law, this Certificate of Incorporation  or
the By-Laws or otherwise) the affirmative vote or consent of the holders of
80%  or  more of the outstanding Voting Stock voting together as  a  single
class,  shall  be  required to amend or repeal,  or  adopt  any  provisions
inconsistent with, this ARTICLE ELEVENTH or any provision hereof.

                              ARTICLE TWELFTH

  To  the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation  Law
as  the  same  exists  or  may hereafter be amended,  a  director  of  this
Corporation shall not be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders  for
monetary  damages  for  breach  of  fiduciary  duty  as  a  director.   The
modification  or  repeal  of  this ARTICLE TWELFTH  shall  not  affect  the
restriction  hereunder of a director's personal liability for  any  breach,
act or omission occurring prior to such modification or repeal.





                                                           Exhibit 4.ii.(c)

Execution Copy

                               $650,000,000

                      AMENDED AND RESTATED FIVE-YEAR
                             CREDIT AGREEMENT


                                dated as of

                             December 8, 1999


                                   among


                             IMC GLOBAL INC.,


                      Various Financial Institutions,


                           ROYAL BANK OF CANADA,
                          as Documentation Agent,

                          SUNTRUST BANK, ATLANTA,
                        as Co-Documentation Agent,

                         THE CHASE MANHATTAN BANK,
                           as Syndication Agent,

                               BANK ONE, NA,
                         as Co-Syndication Agent,

                                    and

                          BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,
                          as Administrative Agent




                      BANC OF AMERICA SECURITIES LLC,
                    Lead Arranger and Sole Book Manager

                             TABLE OF CONTENTS


                                                                       Page


                                 ARTICLE 1
                                DEFINITIONS


     SECTION 1.01.  Definitions                                          1
     SECTION 1.02.  Accounting Terms and Determinations                 12
     SECTION 1.03.  Types of Borrowing                                  13

                                 ARTICLE 2
                                THE CREDITS


     SECTION 2.01.  Commitments to Lend                                 13
     SECTION 2.02.  Notice of Committed Borrowings                      14
     SECTION 2.03.  Bid Rate Borrowings                                 14
     SECTION 2.04.  Notice to Banks; Funding of Loans                   18
     SECTION 2.05.  Registry; Notes                                     19
     SECTION 2.06.  Maturity of Loans                                   19
     SECTION 2.07.  Interest Rates                                      19
     SECTION 2.08.  Fees                                                21
     SECTION 2.09.  Optional Termination or Reduction of Commitments    22
     SECTION 2.10.  Method of Electing Interest Rates                   22
     SECTION 2.11.  Scheduled Termination of Commitments                23
     SECTION 2.12.  Optional Prepayments                                23
     SECTION 2.13.  General Provisions as to Payments                   24
     SECTION 2.14.  Funding Losses                                      24
     SECTION 2.15.  Computation of Interest and Fees                    25
     SECTION 2.16.  Letters of Credit                                   25
     SECTION 2.17.  Regulation D Compensation                           28
     SECTION 2.18.  Takeout of Swingline Loans                          28
     SECTION 2.19.  Foreign Costs                                       29

                                 ARTICLE 3
                                CONDITIONS


     SECTION 3.01.  Effectiveness                                       30
     SECTION 3.02.  Borrowings and Issuance of Letters of Credits       31
     SECTION 3.03.  First Borrowing by or Issuance of Letter of Credit
                     for Each Eligible Subsidiary                       31

                                 ARTICLE 4
                      REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES


     SECTION 4.01.  Corporate Existence and Power                       32
     SECTION 4.02.  Corporate and Governmental Authorization; No
                     Contravention                                      32
     SECTION 4.03.  Binding Effect                                      32
     SECTION 4.04.  Financial Information                               32
     SECTION 4.05.  Litigation                                          33
     SECTION 4.06.  Compliance with Laws                                33
     SECTION 4.07.  Environmental Matters                               34
     SECTION 4.08.  Taxes                                               34
     SECTION 4.09.  Subsidiaries                                        34
     SECTION 4.10.  Regulatory Restrictions on Borrowing                34
     SECTION 4.11.  Full Disclosure                                     34
     SECTION 4.12.  Year 2000                                           35

                                 ARTICLE 5
                                 COVENANTS


     SECTION 5.01.  Information                                         35
     SECTION 5.02.  Payment of Obligations                              37
     SECTION 5.03.  Maintenance of Property; Insurance                  37
     SECTION 5.04.  Conduct of Business and Maintenance of Existence    37
     SECTION 5.05.  Compliance with Laws                                38
     SECTION 5.06.  Inspection of Property, Books and Records           38
     SECTION 5.07.  Mergers and Sales of Assets                         38
     SECTION 5.08.  Use of Proceeds                                     39
     SECTION 5.09.  Negative Pledge                                     39
     SECTION 5.10.  Debt of Subsidiaries                                40
     SECTION 5.11.  Transactions with Affiliates                        40
     SECTION 5.12.  Leverage Ratio                                      40

                                 ARTICLE 6
                                 DEFAULTS


     SECTION 6.01.  Events of Default                                   41
     SECTION 6.02.  Notice of Default                                   43
     SECTION 6.03.  Cash Cover                                          43

                                 ARTICLE 7
                         THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT


     SECTION 7.01.  Appointment and Authorization                       44
     SECTION 7.02.  Administrative Agent and Affiliates                 44
     SECTION 7.03.  Action by Administrative Agent                      44
     SECTION 7.04.  Consultation with Experts                           44
     SECTION 7.05.  Liability of Administrative Agent                   44
     SECTION 7.06.  Indemnification                                     45
     SECTION 7.07.  Credit Decision                                     45
     SECTION 7.08.  Successor Administrative Agent                      45
     SECTION 7.09.  Agents' Fees                                        45
     SECTION 7.10.  Other Agents                                        46

ARTICLE 8
CHANGE IN CIRCUMSTANCES


     SECTION 8.01.  Basis for Determining Interest Rate Inadequate
                     or Unfair                                          46
     SECTION 8.02.  Illegality                                          46
     SECTION 8.03.  Increased Cost and Reduced Return                   47
     SECTION 8.04.  Taxes                                               48
     SECTION 8.05.  Base Rate Loans Substituted for Affected
                     Fixed Rate Loans                                   50
     SECTION 8.06.  Substitution of Bank                                51

                                 ARTICLE 9
          REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF ELIGIBLE SUBSIDIARIES


     SECTION 9.01.  Corporate Existence and Power                       51
     SECTION 9.02.  Corporate and Governmental Authorization;
                     Contravention                                      51
     SECTION 9.03.  Binding Effect                                      51
     SECTION 9.04.  Taxes                                               52

                                ARTICLE 10
                                 GUARANTY


     SECTION 10.01.  The Guaranty                                       52
     SECTION 10.02.  Guaranty Unconditional                             52
     SECTION 10.03.  Discharge Only Upon Payment In Full;
                      Reinstatement In Certain Circumstances            53
     SECTION 10.04.  Waiver by the Company                              53
     SECTION 10.05.  Subrogation                                        53
     SECTION 10.06.  Stay of Acceleration                               53

                                ARTICLE 11
                               MISCELLANEOUS


     SECTION 11.01.  Notices                                            54
     SECTION 11.02.  No Waivers                                         54
     SECTION 11.03.  Expenses; Indemnification                          54
     SECTION 11.04.  Sharing of Set-offs                                55
     SECTION 11.05.  Amendments and Waivers                             55
     SECTION 11.06.  Successors and Assigns                             56
     SECTION 11.07.  Collateral                                         57
     SECTION 11.08.  Confidentiality                                    57
     SECTION 11.09.  Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction          58
     SECTION 11.10.  Counterparts; Integration                          58
     SECTION 11.11.  Waiver of Jury Trial                               58
     SECTION 11.12.  Effect of Amendment and Restatement;
                      Resignation of Resigning Agent                    58


PRICING SCHEDULE

SCHEDULE I     Existing Letters of Credit

EXHIBIT A -    Note
EXHIBIT B -    Form of Bid Rate Quote Request
EXHIBIT C -    Form of Invitation for Bid Rate Quotes
EXHIBIT D -    Form of Bid Rate Quote
EXHIBIT E-1 -  Opinion of Special Counsel for the Company
EXHIBIT E-2 -  Opinion of General Counsel of the Company
EXHIBIT F -    Opinion of Mayer, Brown & Platt, Special Counsel for the
                Administrative Agent
EXHIBIT G -    Assignment and Assumption Agreement
EXHIBIT H -    Form of Election to Participate
EXHIBIT I -    Form of Election to Terminate
EXHIBIT J -    Matters to be covered in Opinion of Counsel for Eligible
                Subsidiaries
EXHIBIT K -    Form of Notice of Borrowing
EXHIBIT L -    Form of Notice of Interest Rate Election


                      AMENDED AND RESTATED FIVE-YEAR
                             CREDIT AGREEMENT

       AMENDED  AND  RESTATED  FIVE-YEAR  CREDIT  AGREEMENT  dated  as   of
December  8,  1999 among IMC GLOBAL INC., a Delaware corporation  (together
with  its successors, the "Company"), various financial institutions, ROYAL
BANK  OF  CANADA,  as Documentation Agent, SUNTRUST BANK, ATLANTA,  as  Co-
Documentation Agent, THE CHASE MANHATTAN BANK, as Syndication  Agent,  BANK
ONE,   NA,  as  Co-Syndication  Agent,  and  BANK  OF  AMERICA,  N.A.,   as
Administrative Agent.

      WHEREAS,  the  Company,  the  financial institutions  listed  on  the
signature  pages hereof and Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New  York,  as
administrative  agent  (in  such  capacity, the  "Resigning  Administrative
Agent"),  are parties to a Five-Year Credit Agreement dated as of  December
15,  1997  (as  amended  prior  to the date hereof,  the  "Existing  Credit
Agreement"); and

      WHEREAS, the signatories hereto have agreed (a) to amend the Existing
Credit  Agreement  in certain respects, including (i)  appointing  Bank  of
America,   N.A.   as  Administrative  Agent  in  place  of  the   Resigning
Administrative Agent, (ii) revising certain definitions and (iii) adding  a
utilization  fee, and (b) to restate the Existing Credit Agreement  in  its
entirety pursuant hereto;

     NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto agree as follows:

                            ARTICLE DEFINITIONS
1.1.       SECTION   Definitions .  The following terms, as used  herein,
     have the following meanings:
1.2.
1.3.      "Acquisition" means an acquisition by the Company or any of its
Consolidated Subsidiaries of a company, a division, a location or a line of
business or of all or substantially all of the assets of any of the
foregoing.
1.4.
1.5.      "Administrative Agent" means Bank of America, N.A. in its
capacity as administrative agent for the Banks hereunder, and its
successors in such capacity.
1.6.
1.7.      "Administrative Questionnaire" means, with respect to each Bank,
the administrative questionnaire in the form submitted to such Bank by the
Administrative Agent and submitted to the Administrative Agent (with a copy
to the Company) duly completed by such Bank.
1.8.
1.9.      "Affiliate" means (i) any Person that directly, or indirectly
through one or more intermediaries, controls the Company (a "Controlling
Person") or (ii) any Person (other than the Company or a Subsidiary) which
is controlled by or is under common control with a Controlling Person.  As
used herein, the term "control" means possession, directly or indirectly,
of the power to vote 10% or more of any class of voting securities of a
Person or to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of
a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract
or otherwise.
1.10.
1.11.      "Agent" means any one of the Administrative Agent, the
Documentation Agent, the Co-Documentation Agent, the Syndication Agent or
the Co-Syndication Agent, and "Agents" means any two or more of the
foregoing.
1.12.
1.13.      "Agrico" means IMC-Agrico Company, a Delaware general
partnership, and its successors.
1.14.
1.15.      "Applicable Lending Office" means, with respect to any Bank, (i)
in the case of its Domestic Loans, its Domestic Lending Office, (ii) in the
case of its Euro-Dollar Loans, its Euro-Dollar Lending Office, (iii) in the
case of its Bid Rate Loans, its Bid Rate Lending Office and (iv) in the
case of its Swingline Loans, its Swingline Lending Office.
1.16.
1.17.      "Approved Officer" means the president, the chief financial
officer, the acting chief financial officer, the treasurer, a vice
president, an assistant treasurer or the controller of the Company or such
other representative of the Company as may be designated by any one of the
foregoing with the consent of the Administrative Agent.
1.18.
1.19.      "Assignee" has the meaning set forth in Section 11.06(c).
1.20.
1.21.      "Bank" means each bank or other financial institution listed on
the signature pages hereof, each Assignee which becomes a Bank pursuant to
Section 11.06(c), and their respective successors.
1.22.
1.23.      "Base Rate" means, for any day, a rate per annum equal to the
higher of (i) the Prime Rate for such day and (ii) the sum of 1/2 of 1%
plus the Federal Funds Rate for such day.
1.24.
1.25.      "Base Rate Loan" means a Syndicated Loan which bears interest at
the Base Rate pursuant to the applicable Notice of Committed Borrowing or
Notice of Interest Rate Election or the provisions of Article 8.
1.26.
1.27.      "Benefit Arrangement" means at any time an employee benefit plan
within the meaning of Section 3(3) of ERISA which is not a Plan or a
Multiemployer Plan and which is maintained or otherwise contributed to by
any member of the ERISA Group.
1.28.
1.29.      "Bid Rate (General)" has the meaning set forth in Section
2.03(d).
1.30.
1.31.      "Bid Rate (General) Auction" means a solicitation of Bid Rate
Quotes setting forth Bid Rates (General) pursuant to Section 2.03.
1.32.
1.33.      "Bid Rate (General) Loan" means a loan made or to be made by a
Bank pursuant to a Bid Rate (General) Auction.
1.34.      "Bid Rate (Indexed) Auction" means a solicitation of Bid Rate
Quotes setting forth Bid Rate (Indexed) Margins based on the London
Interbank Offered Rate pursuant to Section 2.03.
1.35.
1.36.      "Bid Rate (Indexed) Loan" means a loan made or to be made by a
Bank pursuant to a Bid Rate (Indexed) Auction (including such a loan
bearing interest at the Base Rate pursuant to Section 8.01(a)).
1.37.
1.38.      "Bid Rate (Indexed) Margin" has the meaning set forth in Section
2.03(d).
1.39.
1.40.      "Bid Rate Lending Office" means, as to each Bank, its Domestic
Lending Office or such other office, branch or affiliate of such Bank as it
may hereafter designate as its Bid Rate Lending Office by notice to the
Company and the Administrative Agent; provided that any Bank may from time
to time by notice to the Company and the Administrative Agent designate
separate Bid Rate Lending Offices for its Bid Rate (Indexed) Loans, on the
one hand, and its Bid Rate (General) Loans, on the other hand, in which
case all references herein to the Bid Rate Lending Office of such Bank
shall be deemed to refer to either or both of such offices, as the context
may require.
1.41.
1.42.      "Bid Rate Loan" means a Bid Rate (Indexed) Loan or a Bid Rate
(General) Loan.
1.43.
1.44.      "Bid Rate Quote" means an offer by a Bank to make a Bid Rate
Loan in accordance with Section 2.03.
1.45.
1.46.      "Borrower" means the Company or any Eligible Subsidiary, as the
context may require, and their respective successors, and "Borrowers" means
all of the foregoing.  References to "the Borrower" in connection with any
Loan or Letter of Credit are to the Borrower to which such Loan is or is to
be made or at whose request such Letter of Credit is or is to be issued.
As the context may permit, the terms  "Borrower" and "Borrowers" include
the Company in its capacity as guarantor of the obligations of the other
Borrowers hereunder.
1.47.
1.48.      "Borrowing" has the meaning set forth in Section 1.03.
1.49.
1.50.      "Co-Documentation Agent" means SunTrust Bank, Atlanta in its
capacity as co-documentation agent for the Banks hereunder, and its
successors in such capacity.
1.51.
1.52.      "Commitment" means (i) with respect to each Bank listed on the
signature pages hereof, the amount set forth opposite the name of such Bank
on the signature pages hereof, and (ii) with respect to each Assignee which
becomes a Bank pursuant to Section 11.06(c), the amount of the Commitment
thereby assumed by it, in each case as such amount may from time to time be
reduced pursuant to Section 2.09 or 11.06(c) or increased pursuant to
Section 11.06(c).
1.53.
1.54.      "Committed Loan" means a Syndicated Loan or a Swingline Loan.
1.55.
1.56.      "Company" has the meaning set forth in the introductory
paragraph.
1.57.      "Consolidated Net Worth" means at any date the consolidated
shareholders' equity of the Company and its Consolidated Subsidiaries
determined as of such date (other than any amount attributable to stock
which is required to be redeemed or is redeemable at the option of the
holder, if certain events or conditions occur or exist or otherwise).
1.58.
1.59.      "Consolidated Subsidiary" means, for any Person, at any date any
Subsidiary or other entity the accounts of which would be consolidated with
those of such Person in its consolidated financial statements if such
statements were prepared as of such date; unless otherwise specified
"Consolidated Subsidiary" means a Consolidated Subsidiary of the Company.
1.60.
1.61.      "Co-Syndication Agent" means Bank One, NA in its capacity as co-
syndication agent for the Banks hereunder, and its successors in such
capacity.
1.62.
1.63.      "Debt" of any Person means at any date, without duplication, (i)
all obligations of such Person for borrowed money, (ii) all obligations of
such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar
instruments, (iii) all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred
purchase price of property or services, except trade accounts payable and
similar items arising in the ordinary course of business, (iv) all
obligations of such Person as lessee which are capitalized in accordance
with generally accepted accounting principles, (v) all non-contingent
obligations (and, for purposes of Section 5.09 and the definition of
Material Financial Obligations, all contingent obligations) of such Person
to reimburse any bank or other Person in respect of amounts paid under a
letter of credit or similar instrument, (vi) all Debt secured by a Lien on
any asset of such Person, whether or not such Debt is otherwise an
obligation of such Person, provided that the amount of such Debt treated as
Debt of such Person solely pursuant to this clause (vi) shall not exceed
the greater of the book value or the fair market value of the collateral,
and (vii) all Debt of others Guaranteed by such Person.  For purposes of
clause (v) above, a reimbursement obligation in respect of a letter of
credit or similar instrument is contingent unless and until there shall
have been a drawing under such letter of credit or instrument.
1.64.
1.65.      "Default" means any condition or event which constitutes an
Event of Default or which with the giving of notice or lapse of time or
both would, unless cured or waived, become an Event of Default.
1.66.
1.67.      "Derivatives Obligations" of any Person means all obligations of
such Person in respect of any rate swap transaction, basis swap, forward
rate transaction, commodity swap, commodity option, equity or equity index
swap, equity or equity index option, bond option, interest rate option,
foreign exchange transaction, cap transaction, floor transaction, collar
transaction, currency swap transaction, cross-currency rate swap
transaction, currency option or any other similar transaction (including
any option with respect to any of the foregoing transactions) or any
combination of the foregoing transactions.
1.68.
1.69.      "Documentation Agent" means Royal Bank of Canada in its capacity
as documentation agent in respect of this Agreement.
1.70.      "Domestic Business Day" means any day except a Saturday, Sunday
or other day on which commercial banks in New York City, Charlotte or
Chicago are authorized by law to close.
1.71.
1.72.      "Domestic Lending Office" means, as to each Bank, its office
located at its address set forth in its Administrative Questionnaire (or
identified in its Administrative Questionnaire as its Domestic Lending
Office) or such other office as such Bank may hereafter designate as its
Domestic Lending Office by notice to the Company and the Administrative
Agent.
1.73.
1.74.      "Effective Date" means the date this Agreement becomes effective
in accordance with Section 3.01.
1.75.
1.76.      "Election to Participate" means an Election to Participate
substantially in the form of Exhibit H hereto.
1.77.
1.78.      "Election to Terminate" means an Election to Terminate
substantially in the form of Exhibit I hereto.
1.79.
1.80.      "Eligible Subsidiary" means any Substantially-Owned Consolidated
Subsidiary of the Company as to which an Election to Participate shall have
been delivered to the Administrative Agent and as to which an Election to
Terminate shall not have been delivered to the Administrative Agent.  Each
such Election to Participate and Election to Terminate shall be duly
executed on behalf of such Consolidated Subsidiary and the Company in such
number of copies as the Administrative Agent may request.  The delivery of
an Election to Terminate shall not affect any obligation of an Eligible
Subsidiary theretofore incurred.  The Administrative Agent shall promptly
give notice to the Banks of the receipt of any Election to Participate or
Election to Terminate.
1.81.
1.82.      "Environmental Laws" means any and all federal, state, local and
foreign statutes, laws, regulations, ordinances, rules, judgments, orders,
decrees, permits, concessions, grants, franchises, licenses, agreements or
other governmental restrictions relating to the environment or to
emissions, discharges or releases of pollutants, contaminants, chemicals,
or industrial, toxic or hazardous substances or wastes into the environment
including, without limitation, ambient air, surface water, ground water, or
land, or otherwise relating to the manufacture, processing, distribution,
use, treatment, storage, disposal, transport, or handling of pollutants,
contaminants, chemicals, or industrial, toxic or hazardous substances or
wastes.
1.83.
1.84.      "ERISA" means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of
1974, as amended, or any successor statute.
1.85.
1.86.      "ERISA Group" means the Company, any Subsidiary and all members
of a controlled group of corporations and all trades or businesses (whether
or not incorporated) under common control which, together with the Company
or any Subsidiary, are treated as a single employer under Section 414 of
the Internal Revenue Code.
1.87.
1.88.      "Euro-Dollar Business Day" means any Domestic Business Day on
which commercial banks are open for international business (including
dealings in dollar deposits) in London.
1.89.
1.90.      "Euro-Dollar Lending Office" means, as to each Bank, its office,
branch or affiliate located at its address set forth in its Administrative
Questionnaire (or identified in its Administrative Questionnaire as its
Euro-Dollar Lending Office) or such other office, branch or affiliate of
such Bank as it may hereafter designate as its Euro-Dollar Lending Office
by notice to the Company and the Administrative Agent.
1.91.
1.92.      "Euro-Dollar Loan" means a Syndicated Loan which bears interest
at a Euro-Dollar Rate pursuant to the applicable Notice of Committed
Borrowing or Notice of Interest Rate Election.
1.93.
1.94.      "Euro-Dollar Margin" means a rate per annum determined in
accordance with the Pricing Schedule.
1.95.
1.96.      "Euro-Dollar Rate" means a rate of interest determined pursuant
to Section 2.07(b) on the basis of a London Interbank Offered Rate.
1.97.
1.98.      "Euro-Dollar Reference Banks" means the principal London offices
of Royal Bank of Canada, The Chase Manhattan Bank and Bank of America, N.A.
1.99.
1.100.     "Euro-Dollar Reserve Percentage" has the meaning set forth in
Section 2.17.
1.101.
1.102.     "Events of Default" has the meaning set forth in Section 6.01.
1.103.
1.104.     "Existing Credit Agreement" has the meaning set forth in the
recitals.
1.105.
1.106.     "Existing Harris Debt" means Debt of Harris Chemical North
America, Inc., a Delaware corporation, under its outstanding $250,000,000
10.25% Senior Secured Discount Notes and its outstanding $335,000,000
10.75% Senior Subordinated Notes.
1.107.
1.108.     "Existing Letters of Credit" means the letters of credit
identified in Schedule I.
1.109.
1.110.     "Federal Funds Rate" means, for any day, the rate per annum
(rounded upwards, if necessary, to the nearest 1/100th of 1%) equal to the
weighted average of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with
members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers on
such day, as published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on the
Domestic Business Day next succeeding such day, provided that (i) if such
day is not a Domestic Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day
shall be such rate on such transactions on the next preceding Domestic
Business Day as so published on the next succeeding Domestic Business Day,
and (ii) if no such rate is so published on such next succeeding Domestic
Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be the average rate
quoted to Bank of America, N.A. (or its successor as Administrative Agent)
on such day on such transactions as determined by the Administrative Agent.
1.111.
1.112.     "Fixed Rate Loans" means Euro-Dollar Loans, Swingline Loans or
Bid Rate Loans (excluding Swingline Loans or Bid Rate (Indexed) Loans
bearing interest at the Base Rate) or any combination of the foregoing.
1.113.
1.114.     "Group of Loans" means at any time a group of Loans consisting
of (i) all Loans to a single Borrower which are Base Rate Loans at such
time or (ii) all Euro-Dollar Loans to a single Borrower having the same
Interest Period at such time, provided that, if a Committed Loan of any
particular Bank is converted to or made as a Base Rate Loan pursuant to
Article 8, such Loan shall be included in the same Group or Groups of Loans
from time to time as it would have been if it had not been so converted or
made.
1.115.
1.116.     "Guarantee" by any Person means any obligation, contingent or
otherwise, of such Person directly or indirectly guaranteeing any Debt of
any other Person, provided that the term Guarantee shall not include
endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business.
The term "Guarantee" used as a verb has a corresponding meaning.
1.117.
1.118.     "Harris Chemical Acquisition" means, collectively, the merger of
Harris Chemical Group with and into IMC Merger Sub Inc., a wholly-owned
Subsidiary of the Company, with Harris Chemical Group as the survivor
thereof, pursuant to the certain Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated
December 11, 1997, by and among the Company, IMC Merger Sub, Inc. and
Harris Chemical Group, and the acquisition, directly or indirectly, by the
Company of all of the outstanding shares of Harris Chemical Australia Pty
Limited pursuant to the Sale and Purchase Agreement made as of December 11,
1997 among Prudential Asset Management Asia Limited, DGHA Persons and
Trusts named therein, Search Investment NV, Harris Chemical Australia Pty
Limited, Marsupial L.L.C., Marsupial-II L.L.C., Soda Ash (L) BHD, Manager
Shareholders named therein and the Company.
1.119.
1.120.     "Harris Chemical Group" means Harris Chemical Group, Inc., a
Delaware corporation.
1.121.
1.122.     "IMC Inorganic Chemicals Inc." means IMC Inorganic Chemicals
Inc., a Delaware corporation, formerly known as Harris Chemical Group, Inc.
1.123.
1.124.     "Indemnitee" has the meaning set forth in Section 11.03(b).
1.125.
1.126.     "Interest Period" means:  (1) with respect to each Euro-Dollar
Loan, the period commencing on the date of borrowing specified in the
applicable Notice of Borrowing or on the date specified in an applicable
Notice of Interest Rate Election and ending one, two, three or six, or, if
deposits of a corresponding maturity are available to each Bank in the
London interbank market, nine or twelve, months thereafter, as the Borrower
may elect in such notice; provided that:
1.127.
  (a)   any Interest Period which would otherwise end on a day which is not a
     Euro-Dollar  Business  Day shall be extended to  the  next  succeeding
     Euro-Dollar Business Day unless such Euro-Dollar Business Day falls in
     another calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the
     next preceding Euro-Dollar Business Day; and

  (a)   any Interest Period which begins on the last Euro-Dollar Business Day
     of  a  calendar  month (or on a day for which there is no  numerically
     corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period)
     shall end on the last Euro-Dollar Business Day of a calendar month;

     (2) with respect to each Swingline Loan, the period commencing on  the
date  of  borrowing  specified in the applicable Notice  of  Borrowing  and
ending  such  number of days thereafter (but not more than  10  Euro-Dollar
Business Days) as the Borrower may elect in such notice; provided that  any
Interest  Period which would otherwise end on a day which is  not  a  Euro-
Dollar  Business  Day shall be extended to the next succeeding  Euro-Dollar
Business Day;

      (3)  with  respect  to  each  Bid Rate  (Indexed)  Loan,  the  period
commencing on the date of borrowing specified in the applicable  Notice  of
Borrowing  and ending such number of months thereafter (but not  less  than
one  month)  as  the  Borrower may elect in accordance with  Section  2.03;
provided that:

           (a) any Interest Period which would otherwise end on a day which
is  not a Euro-Dollar Business Day shall be extended to the next succeeding
Euro-Dollar  Business  Day unless such Euro-Dollar Business  Day  falls  in
another calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the
next preceding Euro-Dollar Business Day; and

           (b)  any  Interest Period which begins on the  last  Euro-Dollar
     Business  Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there  is  no
     numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such
     Interest Period) shall end on the last Euro-Dollar Business Day  of  a
     calendar month; and

    (4) with respect to each Bid Rate (General) Loan, the period commencing
on  the  date of borrowing specified in the applicable Notice of  Borrowing
and ending such number of days thereafter (but not less than 7 days) as the
Borrower  may  elect  in accordance with Section 2.03;  provided  that  any
Interest  Period  which  would otherwise end  on  a  day  which  is  not  a
Euro-Dollar  Business  Day  shall  be  extended  to  the  next   succeeding
Euro-Dollar  Business Day; and provided further that  any  Interest  Period
which  would  otherwise end after the Termination Date  shall  end  on  the
Termination Date.

     "Internal  Revenue Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of  1986,  as
amended, or any successor statute.

     "Issuing  Bank"  means  Morgan Guaranty Trust  Company  of  New  York,
Suntrust  Bank,  Atlanta,  Bank  of America,  N.A.,  Cooperatieve  Centrale
Raiffeisen-Boerenleenbank B.A., "Rabobank International", New York  Branch,
Royal Bank of Canada, Harris Trust and Savings Bank and any other Bank that
may agree to issue letters of credit hereunder, in each case as issuer of a
Letter of Credit hereunder.

     "Letter  of  Credit" means a letter of credit to be issued  or  issued
hereunder by the Issuing Bank in accordance with Section 2.16.

     "Letter  of Credit Liabilities" means, for any Bank and at  any  time,
such  Bank's ratable participation in the sum of (x) the amounts then owing
by the Borrower in respect of amounts drawn under Letters of Credit and (y)
the  aggregate  amount  then available for drawing  under  all  Letters  of
Credit.

     "Lien"  means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien,  pledge,
charge  or security interest, or any other type of preferential arrangement
that  has the practical effect of creating a security interest, in  respect
of  such  asset.   For the purposes of this Agreement, the Company  or  any
Subsidiary shall be deemed to own subject to a Lien any asset which it  has
acquired  or holds subject to the interest of a vendor or lessor under  any
conditional  sale  agreement,  capital  lease  or  other  title   retention
agreement relating to such asset.

     "Loan"  means  a Committed Loan or a Bid Rate Loan and  "Loans"  means
Committed Loans or Bid Rate Loans or any combination of the foregoing.

     "London  Interbank Offered Rate" has the meaning set forth in  Section
2.07(b).

     "Material Adverse Effect" means a material adverse effect upon (i) the
financial  condition,  operations or properties  of  the  Company  and  its
Consolidated  Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or (ii) the  ability  of  the
Company  to perform under, or the ability of the Banks to enforce repayment
of  the  Loans  and  the  other  obligations of  the  Company  under,  this
Agreement.

     "Material Financial Obligations" means a principal or face  amount  of
Debt  and/or  payment  or  collateralization  obligations  in  respect   of
Derivatives  Obligations  of  the  Company  and/or  one  or  more  of   its
Subsidiaries,  arising  in one or more related or  unrelated  transactions,
exceeding in the aggregate $100,000,000.

     "Material  Plan"  means at any time a Plan or Plans  having  aggregate
Unfunded Liabilities in excess of $100,000,000.

    "Material Subsidiary" means, at any date, (i) any Subsidiary having (x)
at  least  5%  of  the  total consolidated assets of the  Company  and  its
Consolidated  Subsidiaries (determined as of the last  day  of  the  fiscal
quarter of such Person most recently ended on or prior to such date) or (y)
at  least  5% of Consolidated EBITDA (as defined in Section 5.12)  for  the
four  consecutive fiscal quarters most recently ended on or prior  to  such
date or (ii) collectively, any one or more Subsidiaries having (x) at least
10%  of  the  total consolidated assets of the Company and its Consolidated
Subsidiaries (determined as of the last day of the fiscal quarter  of  such
Persons  most recently ended on or prior to such date) or (y) at least  10%
of  Consolidated  EBITDA  for  the four consecutive  fiscal  quarters  most
recently ended on or prior to such date.

    "Moody's" means Moody's Investors Service, Inc.

    "Multiemployer Plan" means at any time an employee pension benefit plan
within  the meaning of Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA to which any  member  of
the ERISA Group either (i) is then making or accruing an obligation to make
contributions  or  (ii)  has  within the preceding  five  plan  years  made
contributions,  including for these purposes any Person which  was  at  the
time such contribution was made a member of the ERISA Group.

    "Notes" means promissory notes of the Borrower, in the form required by
Section 2.05, evidencing the obligation of the Borrower to repay the Loans,
and "Note" means any one of such promissory notes issued hereunder.

    "Notice of Borrowing" means a Notice of Committed Borrowing (as defined
in  Section 2.02) or a Notice of Bid Rate Borrowing (as defined in  Section
2.03(f)), in either case in substantially the form of Exhibit K.

    "Notice of Interest Rate Election" has the meaning set forth in Section
2.10(a).

    "Notice of Issuance" has the meaning set forth in Section 2.16(b).

     "Parent" means, with respect to any Bank, any Person controlling  such
Bank.

    "Participant" has the meaning set forth in Section 11.06(b).

     "PBGC"  means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or  any  entity
succeeding to any or all of its functions under ERISA.

     "Person"  means  an  individual, a corporation,  a  limited  liability
company,  a  partnership, an association, a trust or any  other  entity  or
organization, including a government or political subdivision or an  agency
or instrumentality thereof.

    "Plan" means at any time an employee pension benefit plan (other than a
Multiemployer Plan) which is covered by Title IV of ERISA or subject to the
minimum  funding standards under Section 412 of the Internal  Revenue  Code
and either (i) is maintained, or contributed to, by any member of the ERISA
Group  for  employees of any member of the ERISA Group or (ii) has  at  any
time within the preceding five years been maintained, or contributed to, by
any Person which was at such time a member of the ERISA Group for employees
of any Person which was at such time a member of the ERISA Group.

    "PLP" means Phosphate Resource Partners Limited Partnership, a Delaware
limited partnership, and its successors.

     "Pricing  Schedule" means the schedule annexed hereto  denominated  as
such.

     "Prime Rate" means the rate of interest publicly announced by Bank  of
America,  N.A. in Charlotte, North Carolina from time to time as its  Prime
Rate.   Each change in the Prime Rate shall be effective from and including
the day such change is publicly announced.

     "Quarterly Payment Date" means the last Domestic Business Day of  each
March, June, September and December.

     "Regulation  U"  means Regulation U of the Board of Governors  of  the
Federal Reserve System, as in effect from time to time.

     "Required Banks" means at any time Banks having more than 50%  of  the
aggregate amount of the Commitments or, if the Commitments shall have  been
terminated,  holding  more  than 50% of the sum  of  the  aggregate  unpaid
principal  amount  of  the  Loans  and  the  aggregate  Letter  of   Credit
Liabilities.

    "Resigning Agent" has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

     "Revolving  Credit  Period" means the period from  and  including  the
Effective Date to but not including the Termination Date.

    "S&P" means Standard & Poor's Rating Services, a division of The McGraw-
Hill Companies, Inc.

     "Series E Preferred Stock" means the shares of preferred stock of  The
Vigoro  Corporation, a Delaware corporation and wholly-owned Subsidiary  of
the Company, par value $100 per share, designated Series E.

     "Subsidiary" means, as to any Person, any corporation or other  entity
of  which  securities or other ownership interests having  ordinary  voting
power  to  elect  a  majority of the board of directors  or  other  persons
performing  similar functions are at the time directly or indirectly  owned
by such Person; unless otherwise specified, "Subsidiary" means a Subsidiary
of the Company.

     "Substantial Assets" means assets sold or otherwise disposed of  in  a
single transaction or a series of related transactions representing 25%  or
more  of  the  consolidated  assets of the  Company  and  its  Consolidated
Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

     "Substantially-Owned Consolidated Subsidiary" means  any  Consolidated
Subsidiary  at  least  80% of the Voting Stock of  which  is  at  the  time
directly or indirectly owned by the Company; provided that Agrico shall  be
deemed a Substantially-Owned Consolidated Subsidiary for so long as it is a
Consolidated Subsidiary.

     "Swingline  Bank" means Bank of America, N.A., Suntrust Bank,  Atlanta
and any other Bank that may agree to make Swingline Loans hereunder.

     "Swingline Lending Office" means, as to any Swingline Bank, its office
located  at  its address set forth in its Administrative Questionnaire  (or
identified  in  its  Administrative Questionnaire as its Swingline  Lending
Office) or such other office as such Swingline Bank may hereafter designate
as  its  Swingline  Lending  Office by  notice  to  the  Borrower  and  the
Administrative Agent.

     "Swingline  Loan" means a loan made by the Swingline Bank pursuant  to
Section 2.01(b).

     "Swingline  Takeout  Loan" means a Base Rate  Loan  made  pursuant  to
Section 2.18.

     "Syndicated  Loan"  means a Loan made by a Bank  pursuant  to  Section
2.01(a);  provided  that, if any loan or loans (or  portions  thereof)  are
combined or subdivided pursuant to a Notice of Interest Rate Election,  the
term  "Syndicated  Loan"  shall  refer to  the  combined  principal  amount
resulting  from  such  combination or to each  of  the  separate  principal
amounts resulting from such subdivision, as the case may be.

     "Syndication Agent" means The Chase Manhattan Bank in its capacity  as
syndication agent in respect of this Agreement.

     "Termination Date" means December 15, 2002, or, if such day is  not  a
Euro-Dollar Business Day, the next preceding Euro-Dollar Business Day.

     "United  States"  means  the United States of America,  including  the
States  and  the  District of Columbia, but excluding its  territories  and
possessions.

    "Unfunded Liabilities" means, with respect to any Plan at any time, the
amount  (if  any)  by which (i) the value of all benefit liabilities  under
such  Plan,  determined on a plan termination basis using  the  assumptions
prescribed  by  the PBGC for purposes of Section 4044 of  ERISA  (or  other
applicable standard), exceeds (ii) the fair market value of all Plan assets
allocable  to  such  liabilities under Title IV  of  ERISA  (excluding  any
accrued  but  unpaid contributions), all determined as  of  the  then  most
recent  valuation  date for such Plan, but only to  the  extent  that  such
excess  represents a potential liability of a member of the ERISA Group  to
the PBGC or any other Person under Title IV of ERISA.

     "Unrefunded  Swingline  Loan" has the meaning  set  forth  in  Section
2.18(b).

     "Voting  Stock"  means  capital stock  issued  by  a  corporation,  or
equivalent  interests  in  any  other Person,  the  holders  of  which  are
ordinarily,  in  the absence of contingencies, entitled  to  vote  for  the
election  of  directors (or persons performing similar functions)  of  such
Person, even if the right so to vote has been suspended by the happening of
such a contingency.

1.1.      SECTION   Accounting Terms and Determinations.  Unless otherwise
specified herein, all accounting terms used herein shall be interpreted,
all accounting determinations hereunder shall be made, and all financial
statements required to be delivered hereunder shall be prepared in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles as in effect from
time to time, applied on a basis consistent in all material respects
(except for changes concurred in by the Company's independent public
accountants) with the most recent audited consolidated financial statements
of the Company and its Consolidated Subsidiaries delivered to the Banks;
provided that, if the Company notifies the Administrative Agent that the
Company wishes to amend any covenant in Article 5 to eliminate the effect
of any change in generally accepted accounting principles on the operation
of such covenant (or if the Administrative Agent notifies the Company that
the Required Banks wish to amend Article 5 for such purpose), then the
Company's compliance with such covenant shall be determined on the basis of
generally accepted accounting principles in effect immediately before the
relevant change in generally accepted accounting principles became
effective, until either such notice is withdrawn or such covenant is
amended in a manner satisfactory to the Company and the Required Banks, and
the parties hereto agree to enter into negotiations in good faith in order
to amend such provisions in a credit-neutral manner so as to reflect
equitably such changes with the desired result that the criteria for
evaluating the financial condition and performance of the Company and its
Consolidated Subsidiaries shall be the same after such changes as if such
changes had not been made.
1.2.
1.3.      SECTION   Types of Borrowings .  The term "Borrowing" denotes the
aggregation of Loans of one or more Banks to be made to a single Borrower
pursuant to Article 2 on a single date and for a single Interest Period.
Borrowings are classified for purposes of this Agreement either by
reference to the pricing of Loans comprising such Borrowing (e.g., a "Fixed
Rate Borrowing" is a Euro-Dollar Borrowing, a Swingline Borrowing or a Bid
Rate Borrowing (excluding any such Borrowing consisting of Swingline Loans
or Bid Rate (Indexed) Loans bearing interest at the Base Rate), and a "Euro-
Dollar Borrowing" is a Borrowing comprised of Euro-Dollar Loans) or by
reference to the provisions of Article 2 under which participation therein
is determined (i.e., a "Syndicated Borrowing" is a Borrowing under Section
2.01 in which all Banks participate in proportion to their Commitments,
while a "Bid Rate Borrowing" is a Borrowing under Section 2.03 in which the
Bank participants are determined on the basis of their bids in accordance
therewith).
1.4.

                            ARTICLE THE CREDITS
1.1.    SECTION    Commitments to Lend.  (a) Syndicated Loans.  During  the
  Revolving  Credit Period, each Bank severally agrees, on  the  terms  and
  conditions  set  forth in this Agreement, to make loans to  any  Borrower
  pursuant to this subsection (a) from time to time in amounts such that the
  aggregate principal amount of Committed Loans by such Bank, together with
  its  Letter of Credit Liabilities and its participating interests in  any
  Unrefunded Swingline Loans, at any one time outstanding to all  Borrowers
  shall not exceed the amount of its Commitment.  Each Borrowing under this
  subsection (a) (other than a Swingline Takeout Borrowing) shall be in  an
  aggregate  principal  amount of $10,000,000 or  any  larger  multiple  of
  $1,000,000 (except that any such Borrowing may be in the aggregate amount
  available  in  accordance with Section 3.02(b) and except that  any  such
  Borrowing  to  refund  a  Swingline Loan or  to  fund  the  reimbursement
  obligation  in respect of a Letter of Credit may be in the  exact  amount
  required for such purpose) and shall be made from the several Banks ratably
  in  proportion  to  their respective Commitments.  Within  the  foregoing
  limits, any Borrower may borrow under this subsection (a), repay or, to the
  extent  permitted by Section 2.12, prepay Loans and reborrow at any  time
  during the Revolving Credit Period under this subsection (a).

     (b) Swingline Loans.  From time to time prior to the Termination Date,
each  Swingline Bank agrees, on the terms and conditions set forth in  this
Agreement,  to  make loans to any Borrower pursuant to this subsection  (b)
from  time to time in amounts such that (i) the aggregate principal  amount
of  its  Committed Loans together with its Letter of Credit Liabilities  at
any  one  time outstanding to all Borrowers shall not exceed the amount  of
its  Commitment and (ii) the aggregate principal amount of Swingline  Loans
at any time outstanding shall not exceed $25,000,000.  Within the foregoing
limits, any Borrower may borrow under this subsection (b), repay or, to the
extent  permitted by Section 2.12, prepay Loans and reborrow  at  any  time
during the Revolving Credit Period under this subsection (b); provided that
the proceeds of a Swingline Borrowing may not be used, in whole or in part,
to  refund  any  prior  Swingline Borrowing.   Each  Borrowing  under  this
subsection (b) shall be in an aggregate principal amount of $500,000 or any
larger  multiple of $250,000 (except that any such Borrowing may be in  the
aggregate amount available in accordance with Section 2.01(a)).

  1.1.      SECTION  Notice of Committed Borrowings.  The Borrower shall give
     the Administrative Agent notice (a "Notice of Committed Borrowing") not
     later than 11:00 A.M. (New York City time) on (x) the date of each Base
     Rate  Borrowing  or Swingline Borrowing and (y) the third  Euro-Dollar
     Business Day before each Euro-Dollar Borrowing, specifying:
1.2.
           (a)   the  date  of such Borrowing, which shall  be  a  Domestic
     Business  Day  in  the case of a Base Rate Borrowing  or  a  Swingline
     Borrowing  or a Euro-Dollar Business Day in the case of a  Euro-Dollar
     Borrowing;

          (b)  the aggregate amount of such Borrowing;

           (c)   whether  the  Loans comprising such Borrowing  are  to  be
     Swingline  Loans  or Syndicated Loans, and, in the case  of  Swingline
     Loans, the applicable Swingline Banks;

           (d)   in  the case of a Syndicated Borrowing, whether the  Loans
     comprising such Borrowing are to bear interest initially at  the  Base
     Rate or a Euro-Dollar Rate; and

           (e)   in  the  case of a Euro-Dollar Borrowing  or  a  Swingline
     Borrowing,  the  duration  of the initial Interest  Period  applicable
     thereto,  subject  to  the provisions of the  definition  of  Interest
     Period.

1.1.   SECTION   Bid Rate Borrowings .  The Bid Rate Option.  In addition
to Committed Borrowings pursuant to Section 2.01, any Borrower may, as set
forth in this Section, request the Banks to make offers to make Bid Rate
Loans to the Borrower.  The Banks may, but shall have no obligation to,
make such offers and the Borrower may, but shall have no obligation to,
accept any such offers in the manner set forth in this Section.
1.2.
1.3.      (b)  Bid Rate Quote Request.  When a Borrower wishes to request
offers to make Bid Rate Loans under this Section, it shall transmit to the
Administrative Agent by telex or facsimile transmission a Bid Rate Quote
Request substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto so as to be received
no later than 11:00 A.M. (New York City time) on (x) the fifth Euro-Dollar
Business Day prior to the date of Borrowing proposed therein, in the case
of a Bid Rate (Indexed) Auction or (y) the Domestic Business Day next
preceding the date of Borrowing proposed therein, in the case of a Bid Rate
(General) Auction (or, in either case, such other time or date as the
Borrower and the Administrative Agent shall have mutually agreed and shall
have notified to the Banks not later than the date of the Bid Rate Quote
Request for the first Bid Rate (Indexed) Auction or Bid Rate (General)
Auction for which such change is to be effective) specifying:
1.4.
1.5.           (i)  the proposed date of Borrowing, which shall be a
Euro-Dollar Business Day,
1.6.
1.7.           (ii) the aggregate amount of such Borrowing, which shall be
$10,000,000 or a larger multiple of $1,000,000,
1.8.
1.9.           (iii)     the duration of the Interest Period applicable
thereto, subject to the provisions of the definition of Interest Period,
and
1.10.
1.11.               (iv) whether the Bid Rate Quotes requested are to set
forth a Bid Rate (Indexed) Margin or a Bid Rate (General).
1.12.       The Borrower may request offers to make Bid Rate Loans for more
than one Interest Period in a single Bid Rate Quote Request.

      (c)  Invitation for Bid Rate Quotes.  Promptly upon receipt of a  Bid
Rate  Quote  Request, the Administrative Agent shall send to the  Banks  by
telex   or  facsimile  transmission  an  Invitation  for  Bid  Rate  Quotes
substantially  in the form of Exhibit C hereto, which shall  constitute  an
invitation by the Borrower to each Bank to submit Bid Rate Quotes  offering
to  make the Bid Rate Loans to which such Bid Rate Quote Request relates in
accordance with this Section.

      (d)  Submission and Contents of Bid Rate Quotes.   (i) Each Bank  may
submit  a  Bid  Rate Quote containing an offer or offers to make  Bid  Rate
Loans  in  response to any Invitation for Bid Rate Quotes.  Each  Bid  Rate
Quote must comply with the requirements of this subsection (d) and must  be
submitted to the Administrative Agent by telex or facsimile transmission at
its  offices specified in or pursuant to Section 11.01 not later  than  (x)
2:00 P.M. (New York City time) on the fourth Euro-Dollar Business Day prior
to  the  proposed  date of Borrowing, in the case of a Bid  Rate  (Indexed)
Auction  or  (y)  10:00 A.M. (New York City time) on the proposed  date  of
Borrowing, in the case of a Bid Rate (General) Auction (or, in either case,
such  other time or date as the Borrower and the Administrative Agent shall
have  mutually agreed and shall have notified to the Banks not  later  than
the  date  of  the Bid Rate Quote Request for the first Bid Rate  (Indexed)
Auction  or  Bid  Rate (General) Auction for which such  change  is  to  be
effective);  provided that Bid Rate Quotes submitted by the  Administrative
Agent (or any affiliate of the Administrative Agent) in the capacity  of  a
Bank  may  be  submitted, and may only be submitted, if the  Administrative
Agent or such affiliate notifies the Borrower of the terms of the offer  or
offers contained therein not later than (x) 1:00 P.M. (New York City  time)
on  the  fourth  Euro-Dollar Business Day prior to  the  proposed  date  of
Borrowing,  in  the case of a Bid Rate (Indexed) Auction or (y)  9:45  A.M.
(New  York City time) on the proposed date of Borrowing, in the case  of  a
Bid  Rate  (General) Auctions.  Subject to Articles 3 and 6, any  Bid  Rate
Quote  so made shall be irrevocable except with the written consent of  the
Administrative Agent given on the instructions of the Borrower.

     (ii) Each Bid Rate Quote shall be in substantially the form of Exhibit
D hereto and shall in any case specify:

               (A)  the proposed date of Borrowing,

                (B)   the  principal amount of the Bid Rate Loan for  which
          each such offer is being made, which principal amount (w) may  be
          greater than or less than the Commitment of the quoting Bank, (x)
          must  be  $5,000,000 or a larger multiple of $1,000,000, (y)  may
          not  exceed  the  principal amount of Bid  Rate  Loans  for  each
          Interest  Period for which offers were requested and (z)  may  be
          subject to an aggregate limitation as to the principal amount  of
          Bid  Rate Loans for which offers being made by such quoting  Bank
          may be accepted,

               (C)  in the case of a Bid Rate (Indexed) Auction, the margin
          above or below the applicable London Interbank Offered Rate  (the
          "Bid Rate (Indexed) Margin") offered for each such Bid Rate Loan,
          expressed as a percentage (specified to the nearest 1/10,000th of
          1%) to be added to or subtracted from such base rate,

                (D)   in the case of a Bid Rate (General) Auction, the rate
          of interest per annum (specified to the nearest 1/10,000th of 1%)
          (the  "Bid Rate (General)") offered for each such Bid Rate  Loan,
          and

               (E)  the identity of the quoting Bank.

A  Bid  Rate Quote may set forth up to five separate offers by the  quoting
Bank  with  respect  to  each  Interest Period  specified  in  the  related
Invitation for Bid Rate Quotes.

     (iii)     Any Bid Rate Quote shall be disregarded if:

                (A)   it is not substantially in conformity with Exhibit  D
          hereto  or  does not specify all of the information  required  by
          subsection 2.03(d)(ii);

               (B)  it contains qualifying, conditional or similar language
          beyond that contemplated by Exhibit D (other than a qualification
          or condition as to minimum amount);

                (C)   it proposes terms other than or in addition to  those
          set forth in the applicable Invitation for Bid Rate Quotes; or

                (D)   it  arrives  after the time set forth  in  subsection
          2.03(d)(i).

      (e)  Notice to Borrower.  The Administrative Agent shall promptly but
in  no  event later than (i) 5:00 P.M. (New York City time) on  the  fourth
Euro-Dollar  Business Day prior to the proposed date of Borrowing,  in  the
case  of  a  Bid Rate (Indexed) Auction or (ii) 10:30 A.M. (New  York  City
time)  on  the  proposed  date of Borrowing, in the  case  of  a  Bid  Rate
(General)  Auction  (or, in either case such other  time  or  date  as  the
Borrower and the Administrative Agent shall have mutually agreed and  shall
have  notified to the Banks not later than the date of the Bid  Rate  Quote
Request  for  the  first Bid Rate (Indexed) Auction or Bid  Rate  (General)
Auction  for  which such change is to be effective) notify the Borrower  of
the  terms  (x)  of  any Bid Rate Quote submitted by  a  Bank  that  is  in
accordance  with subsection (d) and (y) of any Bid Rate Quote that  amends,
modifies  or  is  otherwise inconsistent with a  previous  Bid  Rate  Quote
submitted  by  such Bank with respect to the same Bid Rate  Quote  Request.
Any  such subsequent Quote shall be disregarded by the Administrative Agent
unless  such  subsequent Quote is submitted solely to  correct  a  manifest
error  in  such  former Quote.  The Administrative Agent's  notice  to  the
Borrower  shall  specify (A) the aggregate principal amount  of  Loans  for
which  offers have been received for each Interest Period specified in  the
related  Bid  Rate Quote Request, (B) the respective principal amounts  and
Bid  Rate (Indexed) Margins or Bid Rates (General), as the case may be,  so
offered  and  (C)  if  applicable, limitations on the  aggregate  principal
amount of Bid Rate Loans for which offers in any single Bid Rate Quote  may
be accepted.

      (f)   Acceptance and Notice by Borrower.  Not later than  11:00  A.M.
(New York City time) on (x) the third Euro-Dollar Business Day prior to the
proposed date of Borrowing, in the case of a Bid Rate (Indexed) Auction  or
(y)  the  proposed date of Borrowing, in the case of a Bid  Rate  (General)
Auction  (or,  in either case, such other time or date as the Borrower  and
the Administrative Agent shall have mutually agreed and shall have notified
to  the Banks not later than the date of the Bid Rate Quote Request for the
first  Bid  Rate (Indexed) Auction or Bid Rate (General) Auction for  which
such   change  is  to  be  effective),  the  Borrower  shall   notify   the
Administrative Agent of its acceptance or non-acceptance of the  offers  so
notified to it pursuant to subsection (e).  In the case of acceptance, such
notice  (a  "Notice  of  Bid Rate Borrowing") shall specify  the  aggregate
principal amount of offers for each Interest Period that are accepted.  The
Borrower may accept any Bid Rate Quote in whole or in part; provided that:

           (i)   the  aggregate principal amount of each Bid Rate Borrowing
     may not exceed the applicable amount set forth in the related Bid Rate
     Quote Request,

           (ii)  the  principal amount of each Bid Rate Borrowing  must  be
     $10,000,000 or a larger multiple of $1,000,000, and

           (iii)     acceptance of offers may only be made on the basis  of
     ascending  Bid Rate (Indexed) Margins or Bid Rates (General),  as  the
     case may be.

     (g)  Allocation by Administrative Agent.  If offers are made by two or
more Banks with the same Bid Rate (Indexed) Margins or Bid Rates (General),
as  the  case  may  be, for a greater aggregate principal amount  than  the
amount  in  respect  of  which such offers are  accepted  for  the  related
Interest Period, the principal amount of Bid Rate Loans in respect of which
such  offers  are  accepted shall be allocated by the Administrative  Agent
among such Banks as nearly as possible (in multiples of $1,000,000, as  the
Administrative Agent may deem appropriate) in proportion to  the  aggregate
principal  amounts  of such offers.  Determinations by  the  Administrative
Agent  of the amounts of Bid Rate Loans shall be conclusive in the  absence
of manifest error.

1.1.      SECTION   Notice to Banks; Funding of Loans .  (a) Upon receipt
of a Notice of Borrowing, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify
each Bank of the contents thereof and of such Bank's share (if any) of such
Borrowing and such Notice of Borrowing shall not thereafter be revocable by
the Borrower.
1.2.
1.3.      (b)  Not later than 1:00 P.M. (New York City time) on the date of
each Borrowing, each Bank participating therein shall (except as provided
in subsection (c) of this Section) make available its share of such
Borrowing, in Federal or other funds immediately available in New York
City, to the Administrative Agent at its address specified in or pursuant
to Section 11.01.  Unless the Administrative Agent determines that any
applicable condition specified in Article 3 has not been satisfied, the
Administrative Agent will make the funds so received from the Banks
available to the Borrower at the Administrative Agent's aforesaid address
not later than 2:30 P.M. (New York City time) on the date of such
Borrowing.
1.4.      (c)  Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice
from a Bank prior to the time of any Borrowing that such Bank will not make
available to the Administrative Agent such Bank's share of such Borrowing,
the Administrative Agent may assume that such Bank has made such share
available to the Administrative Agent on the date of such Borrowing in
accordance with subsection (b) of this Section 2.04 and the Administrative
Agent may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Borrower
on such date a corresponding amount.  If and to the extent that such Bank
shall not have so made such share available to the Administrative Agent,
such Bank and, if such Bank shall not have made such payment within two
Domestic Business Days of demand therefor, the Borrower severally agree to
repay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand such corresponding
amount together with interest thereon, for each day from the date such
amount is made available to the Borrower until the date such amount is
repaid to the Administrative Agent, at (i) in the case of the Borrower, a
rate per annum equal to the higher of the Federal Funds Rate and the
interest rate applicable thereto pursuant to Section 2.07 and (ii) in the
case of such Bank, the Federal Funds Rate.  If such Bank shall repay to the
Administrative Agent such corresponding amount, such amount so repaid shall
constitute such Bank's Loan included in such Borrowing for purposes of this
Agreement.
1.5.
1.6.      (d)  The failure of any Bank to make the Loan to be made by it as
part of any Borrowing shall not relieve any other Bank of its obligation,
if any, hereunder to make a Loan on the date of such Borrowing, but no Bank
shall be responsible for the failure of any other Bank to make a Loan to be
made by such other Bank.
1.7.
1.8.      SECTION   Registry; Notes .  (a) The Administrative Agent shall
maintain a register (the "Register") on which it will record the Commitment
of each Bank, each Loan made by such Bank and each repayment of any Loan
made by such Bank.  Any such recordation by the Administrative Agent on the
Register shall be presumptively correct, absent manifest error.  Failure to
make any such recordation, or any error in such recordation, shall not
affect the Borrowers' obligations hereunder.
1.9.
1.10.          (b)  Each Borrower hereby agrees that, promptly upon the
request of any Bank at any time, such Borrower shall deliver to such Bank a
duly executed Note, in substantially the form of Exhibit A hereto, payable
to the order of such Bank and representing the obligation of such Borrower
to pay the unpaid principal amount of the Loans made to such Borrower by
such Bank, with interest as provided herein on the unpaid principal amount
from time to time outstanding.
1.11.
1.12.          (c)  Each Bank shall record the date, amount and maturity of
each Loan made by it and the date and amount of each payment of principal
made by the Borrower with respect thereto, and each Bank receiving a Note
pursuant to this Section, if such Bank so elects in connection with any
transfer or enforcement of any Note, may endorse on the schedule forming a
part thereof appropriate notations to evidence the foregoing information
with respect to each such Loan then outstanding; provided that the failure
of such Bank to make any such recordation or endorsement shall not affect
the obligations of the Borrowers hereunder or under the Notes.  Such Bank
is hereby irrevocably authorized by the Borrowers so to endorse any Note
and to attach to and make a part of any Note a continuation of any such
schedule as and when required.
1.13.
1.14.          SECTION   Maturity of Loans .  (a) Each Syndicated Loan
shall mature, and the principal amount thereof shall be due and payable
(together with accrued and unpaid interest thereon), on the Termination
Date.
1.15.
1.16.          (b)  Each Swingline Loan included in any Swingline Borrowing
and each Bid Rate Loan included in any Bid Rate Borrowing shall mature, and
the principal amount thereof shall be due and payable (together with
accrued and unpaid interest thereon), on the last day of the Interest
Period applicable to such Borrowing.
1.17.
1.18.          SECTION  Interest Rates .  (a) Each Base Rate Loan shall
bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof, for each day
from the date such Loan is made until it becomes due, at a rate per annum
equal to the Base Rate for such day.  Such interest shall be payable
quarterly in arrears on each Quarterly Payment Date, at maturity and, with
respect to the principal amount of any Base Rate Loan converted to a Euro-
Dollar Loan, on the date such Base Rate Loan is so converted.  Any overdue
principal of or overdue interest on any Base Rate Loan shall bear interest,
payable on demand, for each day until paid at a rate per annum equal to the
sum of 2% plus the Base Rate for such day.
1.19.
1.20.          (b)  Each Euro-Dollar Loan shall bear interest on the
outstanding principal amount thereof, for each day during each Interest
Period applicable thereto, at a rate per annum equal to the sum of the
Euro-Dollar Margin for such day plus the London Interbank Offered Rate
applicable to such Interest Period.  Such interest shall be payable for
each Interest Period on the last day thereof and, if such Interest Period
is longer than three months, at intervals of three months after the first
day thereof.
1.21.
1.22.          The "London Interbank Offered Rate" applicable to any
Interest Period means the average (rounded upward, if necessary, to the
next higher 1/16 of 1%) of the respective rates per annum at which deposits
in dollars are offered to each of the Euro-Dollar Reference Banks in the
London interbank market at approximately 11:00 A.M. (London time) two Euro-
Dollar Business Days before the first day of such Interest Period in an
amount approximately equal to the principal amount of the Loan of such Euro-
Dollar Reference Bank to which such Interest Period is to apply and for a
period of time comparable to such Interest Period.  If any Euro-Dollar
Reference Bank does not furnish a timely quotation, the Administrative
Agent shall determine the relevant interest rate on the basis of the
quotation furnished by the remaining Euro-Dollar Reference Banks or, if
none of such quotations is available on a timely basis, the provisions of
Section 8.01 shall apply.
1.23.
1.24.          (c)  Any overdue principal of or overdue interest on any
Euro-Dollar Loan shall bear interest, payable on demand, for each day from
and including the date payment thereof was due to but excluding the date of
actual payment, at a rate per annum equal to the sum of 2% plus the higher
of (i) the sum of the Euro-Dollar Margin for such day plus the London
Interbank Offered Rate applicable to such Loan at the date such payment was
due and (ii) the Base Rate for such day.
1.25.
1.26.          (d)  Each Swingline Loan shall bear interest on the
outstanding principal amount thereof, for each day during the Interest
Period applicable thereto, at a rate per annum equal to the Base Rate for
such day or such other rate as may be from time to time determined by
mutual agreement between the Swingline Bank making such Loan and the
Borrower.  Interest on each Swingline Loan shall be payable at the maturity
of such Loan.  Any overdue principal of or overdue interest on any
Swingline Loan shall bear interest, payable on demand, for each day until
paid at a rate per annum equal to the sum of 2% plus the Base Rate for such
day; provided that if and to the extent the failure to pay such principal
or interest when due was attributable to default by a Bank in making a Loan
which such Bank was obligated to make hereunder, such interest shall accrue
at a rate per annum equal to the Base Rate from and including the date such
payment was due to but not including the first Domestic Business Day
thereafter and shall accrue at a rate per annum equal to the sum of 2% plus
the Base Rate from and including such first succeeding Domestic Business
Day until paid.
1.27.
1.28.          (e)  Subject to Section 8.01(a), each Bid Rate (Indexed)
Loan shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof, for
the Interest Period applicable thereto, at a rate per annum equal to the
sum of the London Interbank Offered Rate for such Interest Period
(determined in accordance with Section 2.07(b) as if each Euro-Dollar
Reference Bank were to participate in the related Bid Rate (Indexed)
Borrowing ratably in proportion to its Commitment) plus (or minus) the Bid
Rate (Indexed) Margin quoted by the Bank making such Loan in accordance
with Section 2.03.  Each Bid Rate (General) Loan shall bear interest on the
outstanding principal amount thereof, for the Interest Period applicable
thereto, at a rate per annum equal to the Bid Rate (General) quoted by the
Bank making such Loan in accordance with Section 2.03.  Such interest shall
be payable for each Interest Period on the last day thereof and, if such
Interest Period is longer than three months, at intervals of three months
after the first day thereof.  Any overdue principal of or overdue interest
on any Bid Rate Loan shall bear interest, payable on demand, for each day
until paid at a rate per annum equal to the sum of 2% plus the Base Rate
for such day.
1.29.
1.30.          (f)  The Administrative Agent shall determine each interest
rate applicable to the Loans hereunder.  The Administrative Agent shall
give prompt notice to the Borrower and the participating Banks of each rate
of interest so determined, and its determination thereof shall be
conclusive in the absence of manifest error.
1.31.
1.32.          SECTION   Fees .  (a) Facility Fee.  The Company shall pay
to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Bank a facility fee at
the Facility Fee Rate (determined daily in accordance with the Pricing
Schedule).  Such facility fee shall accrue (i) from and including the
earlier of the date hereof and the Effective Date to but excluding the date
of termination of the Commitments in their entirety, on the daily aggregate
amount of the Commitments (whether used or unused) and (ii) from and
including such date of termination to but excluding the date the Loans and
Letter of Credit Liabilities shall be repaid in their entirety, on the
daily average aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Loans and
Letter of Credit Liabilities.
1.33.
1.34.          (b)  Letter of Credit Fees.  Each Borrower shall pay (i) to
the Administrative Agent for the account of the Banks ratably a letter of
credit fee accruing daily on the aggregate amount then available for
drawing under all outstanding Letters of Credit issued at its request at a
rate per annum equal to the Euro-Dollar Margin and (ii) to each Issuing
Bank a letter of credit fronting fee accruing daily on the aggregate amount
then available for drawing under all Letters of Credit issued by such
Issuing Bank issued at its request at a rate per annum mutually agreed from
time to time by the Borrowers and such Issuing Bank.
1.35.
1.36.          (c)  Utilization Fees.  For any day on which the aggregate
outstanding principal amount of the Loans is equal to or greater than 25%
of the aggregate amount of the Commitments, the Company shall pay to the
Administrative Agent for the account of each Bank a utilization fee for
such day computed at a rate per annum equal to the Utilization Fee Rate
(determined daily in accordance with the Pricing Schedule) on the principal
amount of such Bank's Loans.  Such utilization fee shall accrue (for any
day on which applicable) from and including the Effective Date to the date
on which the Commitments are terminated, and thereafter until all Loans are
paid in full.
1.37.
1.38.          (d)  Payments.  Accrued fees under this Section shall be
payable quarterly in arrears on each Quarterly Payment Date and upon the
date of termination of the Commitments in their entirety (and, thereafter,
on demand until the Loans and Letter of Credit Liabilities shall be repaid
in their entirety).
1.39.
1.40.          SECTION   Optional Termination or Reduction of Commitments .
The Company may, upon notice to the Administrative Agent not later than
11:00 A.M. (New York City time) on any Domestic Business Day, (i) terminate
the Commitments at any time, if no Loans or Letter of Credit Liabilities
are outstanding at such time (after giving effect to any contemporaneous
prepayment of the Loans in accordance with Section 2.12) or (ii) ratably
reduce from time to time by an aggregate amount of $25,000,000 or any
larger multiple of $1,000,000 the aggregate amount of the Commitments in
excess of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Loans and
Letter of Credit Liabilities.
1.41.
1.42.          SECTION   Method of Electing Interest Rates .  (a) The Loans
included in each Syndicated Borrowing shall bear interest initially at the
type of rate specified by the Borrower in the applicable Notice of
Committed Borrowing.  Thereafter, the Borrower may from time to time elect
to change or continue the type of interest rate borne by each Group of
Loans (subject in each case to the provisions of Article 8 and the last
sentence of this subsection (a)), as follows:
1.43.
1.44.               (i)  if such Loans are Base Rate Loans, the Borrower
may elect to convert such Loans to Euro-Dollar Loans as of any Euro-Dollar
Business Day; and
1.45.
1.46.               (ii) if such Loans are Euro-Dollar Loans, the Borrower
may elect to convert such Loans to Base Rate Loans or elect to continue
such Loans as Euro-Dollar Loans for an additional Interest Period, subject
to Section 2.14 in the case of any such conversion or continuation
effective on any day other than the last day of the then current Interest
Period applicable to such Loans.
1.47.
1.48.          Each such election shall be made by delivering a notice in
substantially the form of Exhibit L (a "Notice of Interest Rate Election")
to the Administrative Agent not later than 11:00 A.M. (New York City time)
on the third Euro-Dollar Business Day before the conversion or continuation
selected in such notice is to be effective.  A Notice of Interest Rate
Election may, if it so specifies, apply to only a portion of the aggregate
principal amount of the relevant Group of Loans, provided that (i) such
portion is allocated ratably among the Loans comprising such Group and (ii)
the portion to which such notice applies, and the remaining portion to
which it does not apply, are each $10,000,000 or any larger multiple of
$1,000,000.
1.49.
1.50.          (b)  Each Notice of Interest Rate Election shall specify:
1.51.
          (i)  the Group of Loans (or portion thereof) to which such notice
     applies;

          (ii) the date on which the conversion or continuation selected in
     such notice is to be effective, which shall comply with the applicable
     clause of subsection 2.10(a) above;

          (iii)     if the Loans comprising such Group are to be converted,
     the  new  type of Loans and, if the Loans being converted  are  to  be
     Fixed  Rate Loans, the duration of the next succeeding Interest Period
     applicable thereto; and

           (iv) if such Loans are to be continued as Euro-Dollar Loans  for
     an  additional  Interest  Period,  the  duration  of  such  additional
     Interest Period.

      Each  Interest Period specified in a Notice of Interest Rate Election
shall  comply  with the provisions of the definition of the term  "Interest
Period".

      (c)  Promptly after receiving a Notice of Interest Rate Election from
the Borrower pursuant to subsection 2.10(a) above, the Administrative Agent
shall  notify each Bank of the contents thereof and such notice  shall  not
thereafter  be  revocable by the Borrower.  If no Notice of  Interest  Rate
Election is timely received prior to the end of an Interest Period for  any
Group  of  Loans,  the Borrower shall be deemed to have elected  that  such
Group  of Loans be converted to Base Rate Loans as of the last day of  such
Interest Period.

      (d)   An  election by the Borrower to change or continue the rate  of
interest  applicable to any Group of Loans pursuant to this  Section  shall
not constitute a "Borrowing" subject to the provisions of Section 3.02.

1.1.        SECTION   Scheduled Termination of Commitments .  The
Commitments shall terminate on the Termination Date, and any Loans then
outstanding (together with accrued and unpaid interest thereon) shall be
due and payable on such date.
1.2.
1.3.      SECTION   Optional Prepayments .  (a) Subject in the case of any
Fixed Rate Borrowing to Section 2.14, the Borrower may upon notice to the
Administrative Agent not later than 11:00 A.M. (New York City time) on any
Domestic Business Day prepay on such Domestic Business Day any Group of
Base Rate Loans, any Swingline Borrowing or any Bid Rate Borrowing bearing
interest at the Base Rate pursuant to Section 8.01(a) and upon at least
three Euro-Dollar Business Days' notice to the Administrative Agent not
later than 11:00 A.M. (New York City time) prepay any Group of Euro-Dollar
Loans, in each case in whole at any time, or from time to time in part in
amounts aggregating $10,000,000 or any larger multiple of $1,000,000, by
paying the principal amount to be prepaid together with accrued interest
thereon to the date of prepayment.  Each such optional prepayment shall be
applied to prepay ratably the Loans of the several Banks included in such
Group or Borrowing.
1.4.
1.5.      (b)  Except as provided in subsection 2.12(a), the Borrower may
not prepay all or any portion of the principal amount of any Bid Rate Loan
prior to the maturity thereof.
1.6.
1.7.      (c)  Upon receipt of a notice of prepayment pursuant to this
Section, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Bank of the
contents thereof and of such Bank's share (if any) of such prepayment and
such notice shall not thereafter be revocable by the Borrower.
1.8.
1.9.      SECTION   General Provisions as to Payments .  (a) Each payment
of principal of, and interest on, the Loans and of fees hereunder shall be
made not later than 2:30 P.M. (New York City time) on the date when due, in
Federal or other funds immediately available in New York City, to the
Administrative Agent at its address referred to in Section 11.01.  The
Administrative Agent will promptly distribute to each Bank its ratable
share of each such payment received by the Administrative Agent for the
account of the Banks.  Whenever any payment of principal of, or interest
on, the Base Rate Loans, Swingline Loans or Letter of Credit Liabilities or
of fees shall be due on a day which is not a Domestic Business Day, the
date for payment thereof shall be extended to the next succeeding Domestic
Business Day.  Whenever any payment of principal of, or interest on, the
Euro-Dollar Loans shall be due on a day which is not a Euro-Dollar Business
Day, the date for payment thereof shall be extended to the next succeeding
Euro-Dollar Business Day unless such Euro-Dollar Business Day falls in
another calendar month, in which case the date for payment thereof shall be
the next preceding Euro-Dollar Business Day.  Whenever any payment of
principal of, or interest on, the Bid Rate Loans shall be due on a day
which is not a Euro-Dollar Business Day, the date for payment thereof shall
be extended to the next succeeding Euro-Dollar Business Day.  If the date
for any payment of principal is extended by operation of law or otherwise,
interest thereon shall be payable for such extended time.
1.10.
1.11.          (b)  Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received
notice from a Borrower prior to the date on which any payment is due from
such Borrower to the Banks hereunder that such Borrower will not make such
payment in full, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Borrower has
made such payment in full to the Administrative Agent on such date and the
Administrative Agent may, in reliance upon such assumption, cause to be
distributed to each Bank on such due date an amount equal to the amount
then due such Bank.  If and to the extent that such Borrower shall not have
so made such payment, each Bank shall repay to the Administrative Agent
forthwith on demand such amount distributed to such Bank together with
interest thereon, for each day from the date such amount is distributed to
such Bank until the date such Bank repays such amount to the Administrative
Agent, at the Federal Funds Rate.
1.12.
1.13.          SECTION   Funding Losses .  If a Borrower makes any payment
of principal with respect to any Fixed Rate Loan or any Euro-Dollar Loan is
converted to a Base Rate Loan or continued as a Euro-Dollar Loan for a new
Interest Period (pursuant to Article 2, 6 or 8 or otherwise) on any day
other than the last day of an Interest Period applicable thereto, or if a
Borrower fails to borrow, prepay, convert or continue any Fixed Rate Loans
after notice has been given to any Bank in accordance with Section 2.04(a),
2.10(c) or 2.12(c) (other than by reason of a default by the Bank demanding
payment hereunder), such Borrower shall reimburse each Bank within 15 days
after written demand from such Bank for any resulting loss or reasonable
expense incurred by it (or by an existing or prospective Participant in the
related Loan, but not to exceed the loss and expense which would have been
incurred by such Bank had no participations been granted by it), including
(without limitation) any loss incurred in obtaining, liquidating or
employing deposits from third parties, but excluding loss of profit or
margin for the period after any such payment or conversion or failure to
borrow, prepay, convert or continue, provided that such Bank shall have
delivered to such Borrower a certificate setting forth in reasonable detail
the calculation of the amount of such loss or expense, which certificate
shall be presumptively correct in the absence of manifest error.
1.14.
1.15.          SECTION   Computation of Interest and Fees .  Interest based
on the Prime Rate hereunder shall be computed on the basis of a year of 365
days (or 366 days in a leap year) and paid for the actual number of days
elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day).  All other
interest and all fees shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days
and paid for the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but
excluding the last day).
1.16.
1.17.          SECTION   Letters of Credit .  (a) Subject to the terms and
conditions hereof, each Issuing Bank agrees to issue Letters of Credit
hereunder from time to time before the sixth Domestic Business Day
preceding the Termination Date upon the request of any Borrower; provided
that, immediately after each Letter of Credit is issued (i) the aggregate
amount of the Letter of Credit Liabilities plus the aggregate outstanding
amount of all Loans shall not exceed the aggregate amount of the
Commitments and (ii) the aggregate Letter of Credit Liabilities shall not
exceed $100,000,000.  On the Effective Date, each of the Existing Letters
of Credit shall be deemed to be a Letter of Credit issued at the request of
the Company hereunder, and shall from and after such date be governed by
the provisions of this Agreement as fully as if the same had been issued
pursuant hereto on the Effective Date.  Upon the date of issuance by an
Issuing Bank of a Letter of Credit (or on the Effective Date, in the case
of the Existing Letters of Credit), the Issuing Bank shall be deemed,
without further action by any party hereto, to have sold to each Bank, and
each Bank shall be deemed, without further action by any party hereto, to
have purchased from the Issuing Bank, a participation in such Letter of
Credit and the related Letter of Credit Liabilities in the proportion its
Commitment bears to the aggregate Commitments.
1.18.
1.19.          (b)  The Borrower shall give an Issuing Bank notice at least
three Domestic Business Days prior to the requested issuance of a Letter of
Credit specifying the date such Letter of Credit is to be issued, and
describing the terms of such Letter of Credit and the nature of the
transactions to be supported thereby (such notice, including any such
notice given in connection with the extension of a Letter of Credit, a
"Notice of Issuance").  Upon receipt of a Notice of Issuance, the Issuing
Bank shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent, and the Administrative
Agent shall promptly notify each Bank of the contents thereof and of the
amount of such Bank's participation in such Letter of Credit.  The issuance
by the Issuing Bank of each Letter of Credit shall, in addition to the
conditions precedent set forth in Article 3, be subject to the conditions
precedent that such Letter of Credit shall be in such form and contain such
terms as shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Issuing Bank and that the
Borrower shall have executed and delivered such other instruments and
agreements relating to such Letter of Credit as the Issuing Bank shall have
reasonably requested.  The Borrower shall also pay to the Issuing Bank for
its own account issuance, drawing, amendment and extension charges in the
amounts and at the times as agreed between the Borrower and the Issuing
Bank.  The extension or renewal of any Letter of Credit shall be deemed to
be an issuance of such Letter of Credit, and if any Letter of Credit
contains a provision pursuant to which it is deemed to be extended unless
notice of termination is given by the Issuing Bank, the Issuing Bank shall
timely give such notice of termination unless it has theretofore timely
received a Notice of Issuance and the other conditions to issuance of a
Letter of Credit have also theretofore been met with respect to such
extension.
1.20.
1.21.          (c)  No Letter of Credit shall have a term extending or
extendible beyond the fifth Domestic Business Day preceding the Termination
Date.
1.22.
1.23.          (d)  Upon receipt from the beneficiary of any Letter of
Credit of any notice of a drawing under such Letter of Credit, the Issuing
Bank shall notify the Administrative Agent and the Administrative Agent
shall promptly notify the Borrower and each other Bank as to the amount to
be paid as a result of such demand or drawing and the payment date.  The
Borrower shall be irrevocably and unconditionally obligated forthwith to
reimburse the Issuing Bank for any amounts paid by the Issuing Bank upon
any drawing under any Letter of Credit, without presentment, demand,
protest or other formalities of any kind.  In the event of a drawing under
a Letter of Credit, the Borrower shall, unless it gives not less than one
Domestic Business Day's notice to the Administrative Agent to the contrary,
be deemed to have timely given a Notice of Borrowing for a Base Rate
Borrowing on the date of such drawing in the exact amount due the Issuing
Bank hereunder on such date, and the Administrative Agent shall apply the
proceeds of such Borrowing to make payment thereof.
1.24.
1.25.          (e)  All such amounts paid by the Issuing Bank and remaining
unpaid by the Borrower shall bear interest, payable on demand, for each day
until paid at a rate per annum equal to the Base Rate for such day plus, if
such amount remains unpaid for more than one Domestic Business Day, 2%;
provided that if and to the extent the failure to pay such principal or
interest when due is attributable to default by a Bank in making a Loan
which such Bank was obligated to make hereunder, such interest shall accrue
at a rate per annum equal to the Base Rate from and including the date such
payment was due to but not including the first Domestic Business Day
thereafter and shall accrue at a rate per annum equal to the sum of 2% plus
the Base Rate from and including such first succeeding Domestic Business
Day until paid.  In addition, each Bank will pay to the Administrative
Agent, for the account of the Issuing Bank, immediately upon the Issuing
Bank's demand at any time during the period commencing after such drawing
until reimbursement therefor in full by the Borrower, an amount equal to
such Bank's ratable share of such drawing (in proportion to its
participation therein), together with interest on such amount for each day
from the date of the Issuing Bank's demand for such payment (or, if such
demand is made after 12:00 Noon (New York City time) on such date, from the
next succeeding Domestic Business Day) to the date of payment by such Bank
of such amount at a rate of interest per annum equal to the Federal Funds
Rate.  The Issuing Bank will pay to each Bank ratably all amounts received
from the Borrower for application in payment of its reimbursement
obligations in respect of any Letter of Credit, but only to the extent such
Bank has made payment to the Issuing Bank in respect of such Letter of
Credit pursuant hereto.
1.26.
1.27.          (f)  The obligations of each Borrower and Bank under
subsections 2.16(d) and 2.16(e) above shall be absolute, unconditional and
irrevocable, and shall be performed strictly in accordance with the terms
of this Agreement, under all circumstances whatsoever, including without
limitation the following circumstances:
1.28.
1.29.               (i)  the use which may be made of the Letter of Credit
by, or any acts or omission of, a beneficiary of a Letter of Credit (or any
Person for whom the beneficiary may be acting);
1.30.
1.31.               (ii) the existence of any claim, set-off, defense or
other rights that such Borrower may have at any time against a beneficiary
of a Letter of Credit (or any Person for whom the beneficiary may be
acting), the Banks (including the Issuing Bank), any other Borrower or any
other Person, whether in connection with this Agreement or the Letter of
Credit or any document related hereto or thereto or any unrelated
transaction;
1.32.
1.33.               (iii)     any statement or any other document presented
under a Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent or invalid in any
respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect
whatsoever;
1.34.
1.35.               (iv) payment under a Letter of Credit to the
beneficiary of such Letter of Credit against presentation to the Issuing
Bank of a draft or certificate that does not comply with the terms of the
Letter of Credit; and
1.36.
1.37.               (v)  any other act or omission to act or delay of any
kind by any Bank (including the Issuing Bank), the Administrative Agent or
any other Person or any other event or circumstance whatsoever that might,
but for the provisions of this subsection (v), constitute a legal or
equitable discharge of such Borrower's or Bank's obligations hereunder;
provided however that nothing in this subsection 2.16(f) shall relieve the
Issuing Bank, the Administrative Agent or any other Bank of legal
responsibility it would otherwise have for the consequences of its own
gross negligence or willful misconduct.

      (g)   Each  Borrower hereby indemnifies and holds harmless each  Bank
(including each Issuing Bank) and the Administrative Agent from and against
any  and  all liabilities, losses, damages, costs or out-of-pocket expenses
which  such Bank or the Administrative Agent may incur (including,  without
limitation,  any  liabilities,  losses,  damages,  costs  or  out-of-pocket
expenses which an Issuing Bank may incur by reason of or in connection with
the failure of any other Bank to fulfill or comply with its obligations  to
such Issuing Bank hereunder (but nothing herein contained shall affect  any
rights  the Borrower may have against such defaulting Bank)), and  none  of
the  Banks  (including the Issuing Banks) nor the Administrative Agent  nor
any  of  their officers or directors or employees or agents shall be liable
or  responsible,  by  reason of or in connection  with  the  execution  and
delivery  or transfer of or payment or failure to pay under any  Letter  of
Credit issued at the request of such Borrower, including without limitation
any of the circumstances enumerated in subsection 2.16(f) above, as well as
(i)  any error, omission, interruption or delay in transmission or delivery
of  any  messages, by mail, cable, telegraph, telex or otherwise, (ii)  any
loss or delay in the transmission of any document required in order to make
a drawing under a Letter of Credit, and (iii) any consequences arising from
causes beyond the control of the Issuing Bank, including without limitation
any  government acts, or any other circumstances whatsoever  in  making  or
failing  to  make payment under such Letter of Credit; provided  that  such
Borrower  shall  not  be required to indemnify the  Issuing  Bank  for  any
claims,  damages, losses, liabilities, costs or expenses, and the  Borrower
shall have a claim for direct damage suffered by it, to the extent found by
a  court  of competent jurisdiction to have been caused by (x) the  willful
misconduct or gross negligence of the Issuing Bank in determining whether a
request  presented under any such Letter of Credit complied with the  terms
of such Letter of Credit or (y) the Issuing Bank's failure to pay under any
such  Letter  of Credit after the presentation to it of a request  strictly
complying with the terms and conditions of such Letter of Credit.   Nothing
in  this  subsection  2.16(g) is intended to limit the obligations  of  any
Borrower  under any other provision of this Agreement.  To the  extent  any
Borrower does not indemnify an Issuing Bank as required by this subsection,
the Banks agree to do so ratably in accordance with their Commitments.

1.1.      SECTION   Regulation D Compensation .  In the event that a Bank
is required to maintain reserves of the type contemplated by the definition
of "Euro-Dollar Reserve Percentage", such Bank may require the Borrower to
pay, contemporaneously with each payment of interest on the Euro-Dollar
Loans, additional interest on the related Euro-Dollar Loan of such Bank at
a rate per annum determined by such Bank up to but not exceeding the excess
of (i) (A) the applicable London Interbank Offered Rate divided by (B) one
minus the Euro-Dollar Reserve Percentage over (ii) the applicable London
Interbank Offered Rate.  Any Bank wishing to require payment of such
additional interest (x) shall so notify the Borrower and the Administrative
Agent, in which case such additional interest on the Euro-Dollar Loans of
such Bank shall be payable to such Bank at the place indicated in such
notice with respect to each Interest Period commencing at least three
Euro-Dollar Business Days after the giving of such notice and (y) shall
furnish to the Borrower at least three Euro-Dollar Business Days prior to
each date on which interest is payable on the Euro-Dollar Loans of such
Borrower an officer's certificate setting forth the amount to which such
Bank is then entitled under this Section 2.17 (which shall be consistent
with such Bank's good faith estimate of the level at which the related
reserves are maintained by it).  Each such notification shall  be
accompanied by such information as the Borrower may reasonably request.
1.2.
1.3.      "Euro-Dollar Reserve Percentage" means for any day that
percentage (expressed as a decimal) which is in effect on such day, as
prescribed by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (or any
successor) for determining the maximum reserve requirement for a member
bank of the Federal Reserve System in New York City with deposits exceeding
five billion dollars in respect of "Eurocurrency liabilities" (or in
respect of any other category of liabilities which includes deposits by
reference to which the interest rate on Euro-Dollar Loans is determined or
any category of extensions of credit or other assets which includes loans
by a non-United States office of any Bank to United States residents).
1.4.
1.5.      SECTION   Takeout of Swingline Loans .  (a) In the event that any
Swingline Loan shall not be repaid in full at or prior to the maturity
thereof the Administrative Agent shall, on behalf of the Borrower (each
Borrower hereby irrevocably directing and authorizing the Administrative
Agent so to act on its behalf), give a Notice of Borrowing requesting the
Banks, including the Swingline Bank, to make a Base Rate Borrowing on the
maturity date of such Swingline Loan in an amount equal to the unpaid
principal amount of such Swingline Loan.  Each Bank will make the proceeds
of its Base Rate Loan included in such Borrowing available to the
Administrative Agent for the account of the Swingline Bank which made such
Swingline Loan on such date in accordance with Section 2.04.  The proceeds
of such Base Rate Borrowing shall be immediately applied to repay such
Swingline Loan.
1.6.
1.7.      (b)  If, for any reason, a Base Rate Borrowing may not be (as
determined by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion), or is not,
made pursuant to subsection (a) above to refund a Swingline Loan as
required by said subsection, then, effective on the date such Borrowing
would otherwise have been made, each Bank severally, unconditionally and
irrevocably agrees that it shall purchase an undivided participating
interest in such Swingline Loan (an "Unrefunded Swingline Loan") in an
amount equal to the amount of the Loan which otherwise would have been made
by such Bank pursuant to subsection (a), which purchase shall be funded by
the time such Loan would have been required to be funded pursuant to
Section 2.04 by transfer to the Administrative Agent, for the account of
the Swingline Bank, in immediately available funds, of the amount of its
participation.
1.8.
1.9.      (c)  Whenever, at any time after the Swingline Bank has received
from any Bank payment in full for such Bank's participating interest in a
Swingline Loan, the Swingline Bank (or the Administrative Agent on its
behalf) receives any payment on account thereof, the Swingline Bank (or the
Administrative Agent, as the case may be) will promptly distribute to such
Bank its participating interest in such payment (appropriately adjusted, in
the case of interest payments, to reflect the period of time during which
such Bank's participating interest was outstanding and funded); provided,
however, that in the event that such payment is subsequently required to be
returned, such Bank will return to the Swingline Bank (or the
Administrative Agent, as the case may be) any portion thereof previously
distributed by the Swingline Bank (or the Administrative Agent, as the case
may be) to it.
1.10.
1.11.          (d)  Each Bank's obligation to purchase and fund
participating interests pursuant to this Section shall be absolute and
unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including,
without limitation:  any setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other
right which such Bank or the Borrower may have against any Swingline Bank,
or any other Person for any reason whatsoever; the occurrence or
continuance of a Default or the failure to satisfy any of the conditions
specified in Article 3; any adverse change in the condition (financial or
otherwise) of any Borrower; any breach of this Agreement by any Borrower or
any Bank; or (v) any other circumstance, happening or event whatsoever,
whether or not similar to any of the foregoing.
1.12.
1.13.          SECTION   Foreign Costs .  (a) If the cost to any Bank of
making or maintaining any Loan or of issuing or participating in any Letter
of Credit is increased, or the amount of any sum received or receivable by
any Bank (or its Applicable Lending Office) is reduced by an amount deemed
by such Bank to be material, by reason of the fact that the Borrower of
such Loan or Letter of Credit is incorporated in, or conducts business in,
a jurisdiction outside the United States of America, such Borrower shall
indemnify such Bank for such increased cost or reduction within 15 days
after demand by such Bank (with a copy to the Administrative Agent).  A
certificate of such Bank claiming compensation under this subsection (a)
and setting forth the additional amount or amounts to be paid to it
hereunder shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error.
1.14.
1.15.          (b)  Each Bank will promptly notify the Company and the
Administrative Agent of any event of which it has knowledge that will
entitle such Bank to additional compensation pursuant to subsection (a) and
will designate a different Applicable Lending Office if, in the judgment of
such Bank, such designation will avoid the need for, or reduce the amount
of, such compensation and will not be otherwise disadvantageous to such
Bank.
1.16.

                             ARTICLE CONDITIONS
1.1.      SECTION   Effectiveness .  This Agreement shall become effective,
and  all  loans  outstanding under the Existing Credit Agreement  shall  be
deemed  to  be  Loans  hereunder, on the date that each  of  the  following
conditions shall have been satisfied (or waived in accordance with  Section
11.05):

     (a)       receipt by the Administrative Agent of evidence that counterparts
     hereof have been signed by each Borrower, the Resigning Agent and  the
     Required Banks (it being understood that the Administrative Agent may rely
     on telegraphic, telecopy, telex or other written confirmation from any
     party of execution of a counterpart hereof by such party);

     (a)       receipt by the Administrative Agent of an opinion of (i) Kirkland
     & Ellis, special counsel for the Company, substantially in the form of
     Exhibit E-1 hereto and (ii) Mary Ann Hynes, General Counsel of the Company,
     substantially in the form of Exhibit E-2 hereto, and in each case covering
     such additional matters relating to the transactions contemplated hereby as
     the Required Banks may reasonably request;

     (a)       receipt by the Administrative Agent of an opinion of Mayer, Brown
     & Platt, special counsel for the Administrative Agent, substantially in the
     form of Exhibit F hereto and covering such additional matters relating to
     the transactions contemplated hereby as the Required Banks may reasonably
     request; and

     (a)       receipt by the Administrative Agent of all documents it may have
     reasonably requested prior to the date hereof relating to the existence of
     the Company, the corporate authority for and the validity of this Agreement
     and  the Notes, and any other matters relevant hereto, all in form and
     substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent;

provided  that this Agreement shall not become effective or be  binding  on
any  party hereto unless all of the foregoing conditions are satisfied  not
later  than December 24, 1999; and provided further that the provisions  of
Sections   2.08,   2.09,  2.14  and  11.03  shall  become  effective   upon
satisfaction   of   the  condition  specified  in  clause   3.01(a).    The
Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Company and the Banks of the
Effective  Date,  and such notice shall be conclusive and  binding  on  all
parties hereto.

1.1.       SECTION   Borrowings and Issuance of Letters of Credits  .   The
obligation of any Bank to make a Loan on the occasion of any Borrowing  and
the  obligation of the Issuing Bank to issue (or renew or extend  the  term
of)  any  Letter of Credit is subject to the satisfaction of the  following
conditions;  provided  that  if  such  Borrowing  is  a  Swingline  Takeout
Borrowing,  only  the conditions set forth in clauses 3.02(a)  and  3.02(b)
must be satisfied:
1.2.
     (a)       receipt by the Administrative Agent of a Notice of Borrowing as
     required by Section 2.02 or 2.03 or receipt by the Issuing Bank of a Notice
     of Issuance as required by Section 2.16, as the case may be;

     (a)       the fact that, immediately after such Borrowing or issuance of
     such  Letter of Credit, the sum of the aggregate outstanding principal
     amount  of  the  Loans and the aggregate amount of  Letter  of  Credit
     Liabilities will not exceed the aggregate amount of the Commitments, the
     aggregate outstanding principal amount of Swingline Loans will not exceed
     $25,000,000 and the aggregate amount of Letter of Credit Liabilities will
     not exceed $100,000,000;

     (a)       the fact that, immediately after such Borrowing or issuance of
     such Letter of Credit, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing;
     and

     (a)       the fact that the representations and warranties (other than (i)
     the representation and warranty set forth in Section 4.04(b) in the case of
     a  Borrowing which does not result in an increase in the  sum  of  the
     aggregate  outstanding principal amount of the Loans and the aggregate
     Letter of Credit Liabilities, (ii) the representation and warranty set
     forth in Section 4.04(a) and (iii) the representations and warranties set
     forth in Section 4.12 in the case of a Borrowing after December 31, 2000)
     of the Borrower and, if the Borrower is not the Company, of the Company
     contained in this Agreement shall be true on and as of the date of such
     Borrowing or issuance of such Letter of Credit.

     Each Borrowing and each issuance of a Letter of Credit hereunder shall
be  deemed to be a representation and warranty by the Borrower (and, if the
Company  is not the Borrower, by the Company) on the date of such Borrowing
or  issuance as to the facts specified in clauses (b), (c) and (d) of  this
Section  (unless such Borrowing is a Swingline Takeout Borrowing, in  which
case  the  Borrower  (and  the Company) shall be deemed  to  represent  and
warrant as to the facts specified in clause (b) of this Section).

1.1.      SECTION   First Borrowing by or Issuance of Letter of Credit  for
Each Eligible Subsidiary .  The obligation of each Bank to make a Loan  and
the  obligation of each Issuing Bank to issue (or renew or extend the  term
of)  any  Letter  of Credit on the occasion of the first  Borrowing  by  or
issuance for each Eligible Subsidiary is subject to the satisfaction of the
following further conditions:
1.2.
     (a)       receipt by the Administrative Agent of an opinion or opinions of
     counsel  for  such  Eligible Subsidiary reasonably acceptable  to  the
     Administrative  Agent  (which, in the case of an  Eligible  Subsidiary
     organized under the laws of the United States or a State thereof may be an
     employee of the Company) and addressed to the Administrative Agent and the
     Banks, substantially to the effect of Exhibit J hereto and covering such
     additional matters relating to the transactions contemplated hereby as the
     Required Banks may reasonably request; and

     (a)       receipt by the Administrative Agent of all documents which it may
     reasonably request relating to the existence of such Eligible Subsidiary,
     the authority for and the validity of the Election to Participate of such
     Eligible  Subsidiary, this Agreement and the Notes  of  such  Eligible
     Subsidiary,  and any other matters relevant thereto, all in  form  and
     substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.


                   ARTICLE REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

2    The Company represents and warrants that:
3
3.1.       SECTION    Corporate Existence and Power .   The  Company  is  a
corporation duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing  under
the   laws   of  Delaware,  has  all  corporate  powers  and  all  material
governmental licenses, authorizations, consents and approvals  required  to
carry on its business as now conducted and is duly qualified to do business
as  a foreign corporation in each jurisdiction where such qualification  is
required,  except where the failure so to qualify could not  reasonably  be
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

1.1.        SECTION     Corporate   and  Governmental   Authorization;   No
Contravention .  The execution, delivery and performance by the Company  of
this  Agreement  and its Notes are within the Company's  corporate  powers,
have  been  duly authorized by all necessary corporate action,  require  no
action  by or in respect of, or filing with, any governmental body,  agency
or  official  and  do  not contravene, or constitute a default  under,  any
provision  of  applicable  law  or regulation  or  of  the  certificate  of
incorporation  or  by-laws  of the Company or of any  agreement,  judgment,
injunction, order, decree or other instrument binding upon the  Company  or
any of its Subsidiaries or result in the creation or imposition of any Lien
on any asset of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.
1.2.
1.3.       SECTION   Binding Effect .  This Agreement constitutes  a  valid
and  binding  agreement of the Company and each of its Notes, if  and  when
executed and delivered in accordance with this Agreement, will constitute a
valid  and  binding obligation of the Company, in each case enforceable  in
accordance with its terms, except as the same may be limited by bankruptcy,
insolvency  or  similar laws affecting creditors' rights generally  and  by
general principles of equity.
1.4.
1.5.       SECTION   Financial Information .  (a) The consolidated  balance
sheet  of the Company and its Consolidated Subsidiaries as of December  31,
1998  and  the related consolidated statements of earnings, cash flows  and
changes in stockholders' equity for the fiscal year then ended, reported on
by Ernst & Young LLP, copies of which are included in the Company's Form 10-
K for the period ended December 31, 1998 and have been delivered to each of
the  Banks,  fairly  present in all material respects, in  conformity  with
generally   accepted  accounting  principles,  the  consolidated  financial
position  of the Company and its Consolidated Subsidiaries as of such  date
and their consolidated results of operations and cash flows for such fiscal
year.
1.6.
1.7.      (b)  The financial statements presented in the Company's Form 10-
Q for the period ended September 30, 1999, which the Company has filed with
the Securities and Exchange Commission, copies of which have been delivered
to each of the Banks, fairly present in all material respects, on a basis
consistent with the financial statements referred to in Section 4.04(a),
the consolidated financial position of the Company and its Consolidated
Subsidiaries as of such date and their consolidated results of operations
and cash flows for such nine-month period (subject to normal year-end audit
adjustments and the absence of full footnotes).
1.8.
1.9.      (c)  Since September 30, 1999, there has been no material adverse
change in the business, financial position or operations of the Company and
its Consolidated Subsidiaries, considered as a whole.
1.10.
1.11.          SECTION   Litigation .  Except as disclosed in the Company's
annual  report  on  Form 10-K for the year ended December  31,  1998,  each
registration statement (other than a registration statement on Form S-8 (or
its  equivalent))  and each report on Form 10-K, 10-Q  and  8-K  (or  their
equivalents)  which  the Company shall have filed with the  Securities  and
Exchange  Commission at any time thereafter, there is no  action,  suit  or
proceeding  pending against, or to the knowledge of the Company, threatened
against  or  affecting, the Company or any of its Subsidiaries  before  any
court  or  arbitrator or any governmental body, agency  or  official  which
could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or which  in
any manner draws into question the validity of this Agreement or any Note.

1.1.       SECTION    Compliance  with Laws .  (a)  The  Company  and  each
Subsidiary  is  in compliance in all material respects with all  applicable
laws,  ordinances,  rules,  regulations and  requirements  of  governmental
authorities  except  where  (i)  non-compliance  could  not  reasonably  be
expected  to  have  a  Material Adverse Effect or  (ii)  the  necessity  of
compliance therewith is contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings.

      (b)   Each  member of the ERISA Group has fulfilled  its  obligations
under the minimum funding standards of ERISA and the Internal Revenue  Code
with  respect  to  each Plan and is in compliance in all material  respects
with  the presently applicable provisions of ERISA and the Internal Revenue
Code  with  respect  to each Plan.  No member of the ERISA  Group  has  (i)
sought  a waiver of the minimum funding standard under Section 412  of  the
Internal  Revenue  Code in respect of any Plan, (ii)  failed  to  make  any
contribution or payment to any Plan or Multiemployer Plan or in respect  of
any  Benefit  Arrangement, or made any amendment to  any  Plan  or  Benefit
Arrangement, which has resulted or could result in the imposition of a Lien
or  the  posting  of a bond or other security under ERISA or  the  Internal
Revenue Code or (iii) incurred any liability under Title IV of ERISA  other
than a liability to the PBGC for premiums under Section 4007 of ERISA.

1.1.      SECTION   Environmental Matters .  In the ordinary course of  its
business,  the  Company conducts a systematic review  of  the  effects  and
reasonably  ascertainable associated liabilities and costs of Environmental
Laws  on  the  business, operations and properties of the Company  and  its
Subsidiaries.   The  associated  liabilities  and  costs  include,  without
limitation: any capital or operating expenditures required for clean-up  or
closure  of  properties  presently  or previously  owned;  any  capital  or
operating  expenditures  required to achieve or  maintain  compliance  with
Environmental  Laws;  any constraints on operating  activities  related  to
achieving or maintaining compliance with Environmental Laws, including  any
periodic or permanent shutdown of any facility or reduction in the level or
change  in  the  nature  of  operations conducted  thereat;  any  costs  or
liabilities  in  connection with off-site disposal of wastes  or  hazardous
substances;  and  any  actual or potential liabilities  to  third  parties,
including  employees,  arising under Environmental Laws,  and  any  related
costs  and  expenses.   On  the  basis of  this  review,  the  Company  has
reasonably concluded that such associated liabilities and costs,  including
the  costs  of compliance with Environmental Laws, could not reasonably  be
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
1.2.
1.3.       SECTION   Taxes .  The Company and its Subsidiaries  have  filed
all  United  States Federal income tax returns and all other  material  tax
returns which are required to be filed by them and have paid all taxes  due
pursuant  to  such returns or pursuant to any assessment  received  by  the
Company  or any Subsidiary except (i) where nonpayment could not reasonably
be  expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or (ii) where the  same  are
contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings.  The charges,  accruals
and reserves on the books of the Company and its Subsidiaries in respect of
taxes  or  other governmental charges are, in the opinion of  the  Company,
adequate.
1.4.
1.5.       SECTION    Subsidiaries  .   Each  of  the  Company's  corporate
Subsidiaries  is a corporation validly existing and in good standing  under
the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation, and has all corporate powers
and  all  material  governmental  licenses,  authorizations,  consents  and
approvals  required to carry on its business as now conducted and  is  duly
qualified  to  do  business as a foreign corporation in  each  jurisdiction
where  such  qualification is required, except  where  the  failure  so  to
qualify could not reasonably be expected to have Material Adverse Effect.
1.6.
1.7.      SECTION   Regulatory Restrictions on Borrowing .  The Company  is
not  an  "investment company" within the meaning of the Investment  Company
Act  of  1940,  as amended, a "holding company" within the meaning  of  the
Public  Utility  Holding  Company Act of 1935,  as  amended,  or  otherwise
subject to any regulatory scheme which restricts its ability to incur debt.
1.8.
1.9.      SECTION   Full Disclosure .  Neither the Company's Form 10-K  for
the year ended December 31, 1998, as of the date of filing of such Form 10-
K,  nor any registration statement (other than a registration statement  on
Form  S-8  (or its equivalent)) or report on Form 10-K, 10-Q  and  8-K  (or
their  equivalents) which the Company shall have filed with the  Securities
and  Exchange  Commission  as at the time of filing  of  such  registration
statement  or  report, as applicable, contained any untrue statement  of  a
material  fact or omitted to state a material fact necessary  in  order  to
make  any  statements contained therein, in the light of the  circumstances
under which they were made, not misleading; provided that to the extent any
such  document contains forecasts and/or projections, it is understood  and
agreed  that  uncertainty is inherent in any forecasts or  projections  and
that no assurances can be given by the Company of the future achievement of
such performance.
1.10.
1.11.           SECTION   Year 2000 .  Any reprogramming required to permit
the  proper  functioning, in and following year  2000,  of   the  Company's
computer  systems  and equipment containing embedded microchips  (including
systems  and  equipment  supplied by others or  with  which  the  Company's
systems interface) and the testing of all such systems and equipment, as so
reprogrammed,  will  be completed in a timely fashion.   The  cost  to  the
Company of such reprogramming and testing and of the reasonably foreseeable
consequences  of  year 2000 to the Company (including, without  limitation,
reprogramming errors and the failure of others' systems or equipment)  will
not  result in a Default or a Material Adverse Effect.  Except for such  of
the  reprogramming  referred  to  in  the  preceding  sentence  as  may  be
necessary,  the computer and management information systems of the  Company
and   its  Subsidiaries  are  and,  with  ordinary  course  upgrading   and
maintenance, will continue for the term of this Agreement, to be sufficient
to  permit  the  Company to conduct its business without  Material  Adverse
Effect.
1.12.

                             ARTICLE COVENANTS
     The Company and, where stated, each other Borrower agree that, so long
as  any  Bank has any Commitment hereunder or any amount payable  hereunder
remains unpaid or any Letter of Credit Liabilities remain outstanding:

1.1.      SECTION   Information .  The Company will deliver to each of  the
Banks:
1.2.
     (a)       as soon as available and in any event within 95 days after the
     end of each fiscal year of the Company, a consolidated balance sheet of the
     Company and its Consolidated Subsidiaries as of the end of such fiscal year
     and  the related consolidated statements of earnings, cash flows,  and
     changes in stockholders' equity for such fiscal year, setting forth in each
     case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, all
     reported on in a manner consistent with the requirements of the Securities
     and  Exchange  Commission and audited by Ernst & Young  LLP  or  other
     independent public accountants of nationally recognized standing;

     (a)       as soon as available and in any event within 50 days after the
     end of each of the first three quarters of each fiscal year of the Company,
     an unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Consolidated
     Subsidiaries  as of the end of such quarter and the related  unaudited
     consolidated statements of earnings and cash flows for such quarter and for
     the portion of the Company's fiscal year ended at the end of such quarter,
     setting  forth  in each case in comparative form the figures  for  the
     corresponding  quarter and the corresponding portion of the  Company's
     previous  fiscal  year,  all  certified (subject  to  normal  year-end
     adjustments) as to fairness of presentation and preparation  based  on
     financial  accounting  principles consistent with  generally  accepted
     accounting principles by an Approved Officer of the Company;

     (a)        simultaneously with the delivery of each set  of  financial
     statements referred to in clauses (a) and (b) above, a certificate of an
     Approved Officer of the Company (i) setting forth in reasonable detail the
     calculations required to establish whether the Company was in compliance
     with  the requirements of Sections 5.10 and 5.12 on the date  of  such
     financial statements and (ii) stating whether any Default exists on the
     date of such certificate and, if any Default then exists, setting forth the
     details thereof and the action which the Company is taking or proposes to
     take with respect thereto;

     (a)        simultaneously with the delivery of each set  of  financial
     statements referred to in clause (a) above, a statement of the firm of
     independent public accountants which reported on such statements (i) that
     nothing has come to their attention to cause them to believe that  any
     Default arising from the Company's failure to comply with its obligations
     under Sections 5.10 and 5.12 existed on the date of such statements (it
     being understood that such accountants shall not thereby be required to
     perform any procedures not otherwise required under generally accepted
     auditing standards) and (ii) confirming the calculations set forth in the
     officer's certificate delivered simultaneously therewith pursuant to clause
     (c) above;

     (a)        within  five days after any officer of the Company  obtains
     knowledge of any Default, if such Default is then continuing, a certificate
     of an Approved Officer of the Company setting forth the details thereof and
     the action which the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect
     thereto;

     (a)       promptly upon the mailing thereof to the shareholders of the
     Company generally, copies of all financial statements, reports and proxy
     statements so mailed;

     (a)       promptly after the filing thereof, copies of all registration
     statements (other than the exhibits thereto and any registration statements
     on  Form  S-8 or its equivalent) and reports (other than the  exhibits
     thereto) on Forms 10-K, 10-Q and 8-K (or their equivalents) which  the
     Company shall have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission;

     (a)        if and when any member of the ERISA Group (i) gives  or  is
     required to give notice to the PBGC of any "reportable event" (as defined
     in Section 4043 of ERISA) with respect to any Plan which might constitute
     grounds for a termination of such Plan under Title IV of ERISA, or knows
     that the plan administrator of any Plan has given or is required to give
     notice  of  any  such reportable event, a copy of the notice  of  such
     reportable event given or required to be given to the PBGC; (ii) receives
     notice of complete or partial withdrawal liability under Title IV of ERISA
     or notice that any Multiemployer Plan is in reorganization, is insolvent or
     has been terminated, a copy of such notice; (iii) receives notice from the
     PBGC under Title IV of ERISA of an intent to terminate, impose liability
     (other than for premiums under Section 4007 of ERISA) in respect of, or
     appoint a trustee to administer any Plan, a copy of such notice;  (iv)
     applies for a waiver of the minimum funding standard under Section 412 of
     the Internal Revenue Code, a copy of such application; (v) gives notice of
     intent to terminate any Plan under Section 4041(c) of ERISA, a copy of such
     notice and other information filed with the PBGC; (vi) gives notice of
     withdrawal from any Plan pursuant to Section 4063 of ERISA, a copy of such
     notice; or (vii) fails to make any payment or contribution to any Plan or
     Multiemployer Plan or in respect of any Benefit Arrangement or makes any
     amendment to any Plan or Benefit Arrangement which has resulted or could
     result  in the imposition of a Lien or the posting of a bond or  other
     security,  a certificate of the chief financial officer or  the  chief
     accounting  officer of the Company setting forth details  as  to  such
     occurrence and action, if any, which the Company or applicable member of
     the ERISA Group is required or proposes to take; and

     (a)        from time to time such additional information regarding the
     financial position or business of the Company and its Subsidiaries as the
     Administrative Agent, at the request of any Bank, may reasonably request.

1.1.       SECTION   Payment of Obligations .  Each Borrower will  pay  and
discharge, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to pay and discharge, at
or   before  maturity,  all  their  respective  material  obligations   and
liabilities (including, without limitation, tax liabilities and  claims  of
materialmen, warehousemen and the like which if unpaid might  by  law  give
rise  to  a Lien), except where the same may be contested in good faith  by
appropriate  proceedings, and will maintain, and will  cause  each  of  its
Subsidiaries to maintain, in accordance with generally accepted  accounting
principles, appropriate reserves for the accrual of any of the same.

1.1.      SECTION   Maintenance of Property; Insurance .  (a) Each Borrower
will  keep,  and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to keep, all  material
property  useful  and necessary in its business in good working  order  and
condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted.

      (b)  Each Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries  to,
maintain  (either  in  the name of the Company or  in  such  Borrower's  or
Subsidiary's  own  name) with financially sound and  responsible  insurance
companies,  insurance on all its respective properties  in  at  least  such
amounts,  against at least such risks and with such risk retention  as  are
usually maintained, insured against or retained, as the case may be, in the
same general area by companies of established repute engaged in the same or
a  similar business; provided that the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries may
self-insure  to  the  same extent as other companies of established  repute
engaged in the same or a similar business in the same general area in which
such Borrower or such Subsidiary operates and to the extent consistent with
prudent  business practice.  Each Borrower will furnish to the Banks,  upon
request  from the Administrative Agent, information presented in reasonable
detail as to the insurance so carried.

1.1.       SECTION    Conduct of Business and Maintenance  of  Existence  .
Each Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole will continue to engage
in  business of the same general type as now conducted by such Borrower and
its  Subsidiaries and any ancillary or related lines of business, and  each
Borrower  will preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect, and  will
cause  each  of its Subsidiaries to preserve, renew and keep in full  force
and  effect,  its  respective legal existence and  its  respective  rights,
privileges  and franchises necessary or desirable in the normal conduct  of
business;  provided  that nothing in this Section shall  prohibit  (i)  the
consolidation or merger of a Subsidiary (other than an Eligible  Subsidiary
with  obligations  with respect to Loans or Letters of  Credit  outstanding
hereunder) with or into another Person, (ii) the consolidation or merger of
an  Eligible  Subsidiary  with  or into the  Company  or  another  Eligible
Subsidiary  or  (iii)  the termination of the corporate  existence  of  any
Subsidiary (other than an Eligible Subsidiary with obligations with respect
to  Loans  or Letters of Credit outstanding hereunder) if, in the  case  of
clauses  (i), (ii) and (iii), such consolidation, merger or termination  is
not  materially  disadvantageous to the Banks; and  provided  further  that
nothing  in  this Section shall prohibit any sale or other  disposition  of
assets permitted under Section 5.07.
1.2.
1.3.      SECTION   Compliance with Laws .  Each Borrower will comply,  and
cause each of its Subsidiaries to comply, in all material respects with all
applicable  laws,  ordinances,  rules,  regulations,  and  requirements  of
governmental authorities (including, without limitation, Environmental Laws
and  ERISA and the rules and regulations thereunder) except where  (i)  the
necessity of compliance therewith is contested in good faith by appropriate
proceedings or (ii) the failure to comply could not reasonably be  expected
to have a Material Adverse Effect.
1.4.
1.5.       SECTION    Inspection of Property, Books  and  Records  .   Each
Borrower will keep, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to keep, proper
books  of record and account in which full, true and correct entries  shall
be  made  of all dealings and transactions in relation to its business  and
activities;  and  will permit, and will cause each of its  Subsidiaries  to
permit,  representatives of any Bank at such Bank's expense  to  visit  and
inspect  any  of  its respective properties, to examine and make  abstracts
from  any of its respective books and records and to discuss its respective
affairs, finances and accounts with its respective officers, employees  and
independent  public accountants, all at such reasonable  times  as  may  be
desired.
1.6.
1.7.      SECTION   Mergers and Sales of Assets .  (a) The Company will not
consolidate  or  merge  with or into any other Person;  provided  that  the
Company may merge with another Person if (x) the Company is the corporation
surviving  such  merger  and (y) after giving effect  to  such  merger,  no
Default shall have occurred and be continuing.
1.8.
1.9.      (b)  The Company will not sell, lease or otherwise transfer,
directly or indirectly, assets (exclusive of assets transferred in the
ordinary course of business) if after giving effect to such transfer the
aggregate book value of assets so transferred subsequent to the date of
this Agreement would constitute Substantial Assets as of the day preceding
the date of such transfer other than (i) sales of accounts receivable to
IMC-Agrico Receivables Company L.L.C. or any other similar bankruptcy-
remote Subsidiary of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries established for
the purpose of engaging in transactions related to accounts receivable,
(ii) the sale of assets acquired pursuant to an Acquisition that are
unrelated to the business of the same general type as now conducted by the
Company and its Subsidiaries, and (iii) the sale of assets acquired in or
as a direct result of the Harris Chemical Acquisition.
1.10.
1.11.          SECTION   Use of Proceeds .  The proceeds of the Loans  made
under this Agreement and of the Letters of Credit under this Agreement will
be  used by the Borrowers for general corporate purposes, including without
limitation  Acquisitions.  None of such proceeds will be used in  violation
of  Regulation  T, U or X of the Board of Governors of the Federal  Reserve
System.
1.12.
1.13.           SECTION   Negative Pledge .  Neither any Borrower  nor  any
Subsidiary of any Borrower will create, assume or suffer to exist any  Lien
on any asset now owned or hereafter acquired by it, except:
1.14.
     (a)        Liens existing on the date of this Agreement securing  Debt
     outstanding on the date of this Agreement in an aggregate principal or face
     amount not exceeding $135,000,000;

     (a)       any Lien existing on any asset of any Person at the time such
     Person becomes a Subsidiary of a Borrower and not created in contemplation
     of such event;

     (a)       any Lien on any asset securing Debt incurred or assumed for the
     purpose  of  financing  all or any part of the cost  of  acquiring  or
     constructing such asset, provided that such Lien attaches to such asset
     concurrently with or within 90 days after the acquisition or completion of
     construction thereof;

     (a)       any Lien on any asset of any Person existing at the time such
     Person is merged or consolidated with or into a Borrower or a Subsidiary of
     a Borrower and not created in contemplation of such event;

     (a)       any Lien existing on any asset prior to the acquisition thereof
     by  a  Borrower  or  a  Subsidiary of a Borrower and  not  created  in
     contemplation of such acquisition;

     (a)       any Lien arising out of the refinancing, extension, renewal or
     refunding of any Debt secured by any Lien permitted by any of the foregoing
     clauses of this Section, provided that the proceeds of such Debt are used
     solely for the foregoing purpose and to pay financing costs and such Debt
     is not secured by any additional assets;

     (a)       Liens arising in the ordinary course of its business which (i) do
     not  secure  Debt or Derivatives Obligations, (ii) do not  secure  any
     obligation in an amount exceeding $100,000,000 and (iii) do not in the
     aggregate materially detract from the value of its assets or materially
     impair the use thereof in the operation of its business;

     (a)        Liens  on  cash  and cash equivalents securing  Derivatives
     Obligations,  provided  that the aggregate amount  of  cash  and  cash
     equivalents subject to such Liens may at no time exceed $10,000,000; and

     (a)       Liens not otherwise permitted by the foregoing clauses of this
     Section securing Debt in an aggregate principal or face amount, together
     with all other Debt secured by Liens permitted under this Section 5.09(i),
     not to exceed an amount equal to 10% of Consolidated Net Worth (calculated
     as of the last day of the fiscal quarter most recently ended on or prior to
     the date of the most recent incurrence of such Debt).

1.1.       SECTION   Debt of Subsidiaries .  Total Debt of all Subsidiaries
(excluding  Debt  (i)  of  a Subsidiary owing to the  Company,  (ii)  of  a
Subsidiary owing to a Substantially-Owned Consolidated Subsidiary, (iii) of
an  Eligible  Subsidiary under this Agreement, (iv) of PLP in an  aggregate
principal  amount not exceeding $300,000,000 outstanding  on  December  15,
1997  (but  not  any  refinancing thereof), (v) of  Harris  Chemical  North
America, Inc. and its Subsidiaries arising out of the Argus Utilities sale-
leaseback  transaction  in  an  aggregate principal  amount  not  exceeding
$71,000,000,  or  (vi) of IMC Inorganic Chemicals Inc., formerly  known  as
Harris  Chemical Group Inc., and its Subsidiaries in an aggregate principal
amount  not  exceeding UKf 50,000,000) will not at any date exceed  25%  of
Consolidated Net Worth (calculated as of the last day of the fiscal quarter
most  recently  ended  on or prior to such date).   For  purposes  of  this
Section  any preferred stock of a Consolidated Subsidiary (other  than  the
Series  E  Preferred Stock) held by a Person other than the  Company  or  a
Substantially-Owned  Consolidated Subsidiary  shall  be  included,  at  the
higher of its voluntary or involuntary liquidation value, in the "Debt"  of
such Consolidated Subsidiary.
1.2.
1.3.       SECTION   Transactions with Affiliates .  No Borrower will,  nor
will it permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, pay  any
funds to or for the account of, make any investment (whether by acquisition
of stock or indebtedness, by loan, advance, transfer of property, guarantee
or other agreement to pay, purchase or service, directly or indirectly, any
Debt,  or otherwise) in, lease, sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of  any
assets,  tangible  or intangible, to, or participate  in,  or  effect,  any
transaction with, any Affiliate except: (i) transactions on an arm's-length
basis on terms at least as favorable to such Borrower or such Subsidiary as
could have been obtained from a third party who was not an Affiliate,  (ii)
marketing services provided by IMC Global Operations Inc. to Agrico,  (iii)
employee leasing services agreements between IMC Global Operations Inc. and
Agrico,  (iv) transactions between Agrico and the IMC Kalium business  unit
of  the  Company, (v) loans from the Company or a Subsidiary to the Company
or  a  Subsidiary, (vi) the declaration and payment of any lawful  dividend
and  (vii)  transactions  between Vigoro Partnership,  a  Delaware  general
partnership, and the IMC AgriBusiness business unit of the Company.
1.4.
1.5.       SECTION   Leverage Ratio .  The Leverage Ratio will  not  exceed
4.00 to 1.00 as of the last day of any fiscal quarter ending on or prior to
December 31, 2000 or 3.75 to 1.00 as of the last day of any fiscal  quarter
ending thereafter.  For this purpose:
1.6.
1.7.      "Consolidated Adjusted Debt" means at any date the sum of (i) the
Debt of the Company and its Consolidated Subsidiaries plus (ii) the excess
(if any) of (A) the aggregate unrecovered principal investment of
transferees of accounts receivable from the Company or a Consolidated
Subsidiary in transactions accounted for as sales under generally accepted
accounting principles over (B) $100,000,000, in each case determined on a
consolidated basis as of such date.
1.8.
1.9.      "Consolidated EBITDA" means, for any period, the consolidated
operating earnings from (i) continuing operations of the Company, (ii)
continuing operations of the Company's Consolidated Subsidiaries and (iii)
discontinued operations of the Company and its Consolidated Subsidiaries,
in each case for such period before interest, taxes, depreciation,
depletion, amortization, other income and expense, minority interests, the
cumulative non-cash effect of changes in accounting standards and other non-
cash adjustments to operating earnings (other than any such non-cash charge
to the extent that it represents an accrual of or reserve for cash
expenditures in any future period), minus any non-recurring or other
charges not included in consolidated operating earnings which are cash or
represent an accrual of or reserve for cash expenditures in future periods
(with the exception of $100,000,000 of cash charges in the fourth quarter
of 1999).  Consolidated EBITDA for each four-quarter period will be
adjusted on a pro-forma basis to reflect any Acquisition closed during such
period as if such Acquisition had been closed on the first day of such
period.
1.10.
1.11.          "Leverage Ratio" means, as of the last day of any fiscal
quarter, the ratio of Consolidated Adjusted Debt calculated as of such day
to Consolidated EBITDA calculated for the period of four consecutive fiscal
quarters ending on such day.
1.12.

                              ARTICLEDEFAULTS
1.1.       SECTION    Events of Default .  If one or more of the  following
events ("Events of Default") shall have occurred and be continuing:

          (a)  any Borrower shall fail to pay when due any principal of any
     Loan  or  of  any Letter of Credit Liabilities or shall fail  to  pay,
     within  five  Domestic  Business Days of the  due  date  thereof,  any
     interest, fees or any other amount payable hereunder;

           (b)   any Borrower shall fail to observe or perform any covenant
     contained in Sections 5.07 to 5.12, inclusive;

           (c)   any Borrower shall fail to observe or perform any covenant
     or  agreement contained in this Agreement (other than those covered by
     clause  (a)  or (b) above) for 30 days after notice thereof  has  been
     given to the Company by the Administrative Agent at the request of any
     Bank;

           (d)   any  representation, warranty, certification or  statement
     made  by  any  Borrower  in  this Agreement  or  in  any  certificate,
     financial  statement  or  other document delivered  pursuant  to  this
     Agreement  shall prove to have been incorrect in any material  respect
     when made (or deemed made);

          (e)  the Company or any Subsidiary shall fail to make any payment
     in respect of Material Financial Obligations (other than the Loans and
     Letter of Credit Liabilities) when due or within any applicable  grace
     period;

          (f)  any event or condition shall occur and shall continue beyond the
     applicable grace or cure period, if any, provided with respect thereto and
     the maturity of Material Financial Obligations shall be accelerated as a
     result thereof;
          (g)
          (g)  the Company or any Material Subsidiary or any other Borrower
     shall   commence   a  voluntary  case  or  other  proceeding   seeking
     liquidation, reorganization or other relief with respect to itself  or
     its debts under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or
     hereafter in effect or seeking the appointment of a trustee, receiver,
     liquidator,  custodian  or  other  similar  official  of  it  or   any
     substantial part of its property, or shall consent to any such  relief
     or  to the appointment of or taking possession by any such official in
     an involuntary case or other proceeding commenced against it, or shall
     make  a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, or shall fail
     generally  to  pay  its debts as they become due, or  shall  take  any
     corporate action to authorize any of the foregoing;

           (h)   an involuntary case or other proceeding shall be commenced
     against  the Company or any Material Subsidiary or any other  Borrower
     seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief with respect to it
     or its debts under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now
     or  hereafter  in  effect  or seeking the appointment  of  a  trustee,
     receiver, liquidator, custodian or other similar official of it or any
     substantial part of its property, and such involuntary case  or  other
     proceeding  shall remain undismissed and unstayed for a period  of  60
     days;  or an order for relief shall be entered against the Company  or
     any  Material  Subsidiary  or  any other Borrower  under  the  federal
     bankruptcy laws as now or hereafter in effect;

           (i)  any member of the ERISA Group shall fail to pay when due an
     amount or amounts aggregating in excess of $25,000,000 which it  shall
     have become liable to pay under Title IV of ERISA; or notice of intent
     to terminate a Material Plan shall be filed under Title IV of ERISA by
     any  member  of  the  ERISA  Group,  any  plan  administrator  or  any
     combination  of the foregoing; or the PBGC shall institute proceedings
     under Title IV of ERISA to terminate, to impose liability (other  than
     for premiums under Section 4007 of ERISA) in respect of, or to cause a
     trustee  to  be  appointed  to administer  any  Material  Plan;  or  a
     condition shall exist by reason of which the PBGC would be entitled to
     obtain   a  decree  adjudicating  that  any  Material  Plan  must   be
     terminated;  or  there  shall occur a complete or  partial  withdrawal
     from, or a default, within the meaning of Section 4219(c)(5) of ERISA,
     with  respect to, one or more Multiemployer Plans which causes one  or
     more  members of the ERISA Group to incur a current payment obligation
     in excess of $100,000,000 in the aggregate;

           (j)   judgments or orders for the payment of money in excess  of
     $100,000,000 in the aggregate shall be rendered against the Company or
     any Subsidiary and such judgments or orders shall continue unsatisfied
     and unstayed for a period of 30 days;

           (k)   any Person or two or more Persons acting in concert  shall
     have  acquired beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule  13d-3
     of  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  under  the  Securities
     Exchange Act of 1934), directly or indirectly, of Voting Stock of  the
     Company  (or  other  securities convertible into  such  Voting  Stock)
     representing  35% or more of the combined voting power of  all  Voting
     Stock  of  the  Company;  or  (ii) during  any  period  of  up  to  24
     consecutive  months,  commencing after the  date  of  this  Agreement,
     individuals  who  at  the  beginning  of  such  24-month  period  were
     directors of the Company shall cease for any reason (other than due to
     death  or  disability)  to  constitute a  majority  of  the  board  of
     directors of the Company, except to the extent that individuals who at
     the beginning of such 24-month period were replaced by individuals (x)
     elected  by 66-2/3% of the remaining members of the board of directors
     of  the  Company  or (y) nominated for election by a majority  of  the
     remaining  members  of  the  board of directors  of  the  Company  and
     thereafter elected as directors by the shareholders of the Company; or
     (iii)  any Person or two or more Persons acting in concert shall  have
     acquired  by  contract  or otherwise, or shall  have  entered  into  a
     contract  or arrangement that has resulted in its or their acquisition
     of,  control  over  Voting Stock of the Company (or  other  securities
     convertible  into such securities) representing 35%  or  more  of  the
     combined voting power of all Voting Stock of the Company; or

           (l)   any of the obligations of the Company under Article 10  of
     this  Agreement  shall for any reason not be enforceable  against  the
     Company in accordance with their terms, or the Company shall so assert
     in  writing;  then, and in every such event, the Administrative  Agent
     shall  (i)  if  requested by Banks having more than 50%  in  aggregate
     amount  of  the  Commitments, by notice to the Company  terminate  the
     Commitments  and they shall thereupon terminate and (ii) if  requested
     by  Banks holding more than 50% in aggregate principal amount  of  the
     Loans,  by  notice  to  the Company declare the Loans  (together  with
     accrued interest thereon) to be, and the Loans shall thereupon become,
     immediately  due and payable without presentment, demand,  protest  or
     other  notice  of  any  kind, all of which are hereby  waived  by  the
     Borrowers;  provided that in the case of any of the Events of  Default
     specified  in  clause (g) or (h) above with respect to  any  Borrower,
     without  any  notice  to  any  Borrower  or  any  other  act  by   the
     Administrative  Agent  or the Banks, the Commitments  shall  thereupon
     terminate and the Loans (together with accrued interest thereon) shall
     become  immediately  due  and  payable  without  presentment,  demand,
     protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by
     the Borrowers.

1.1.       SECTION    Notice of Default .  The Administrative  Agent  shall
give  notice  to  the  Company under Section 6.01(c)  promptly  upon  being
requested  to  do so by any Bank and shall thereupon notify all  the  Banks
thereof.
1.2.
1.3.       SECTION   Cash Cover .  The Company agrees, in addition  to  the
provisions of Section 6.01 hereof, that upon the occurrence and during  the
continuance  of  any  Event  of Default, it  shall,  if  requested  by  the
Administrative Agent upon the instruction of the Banks having more than 50%
in  the  aggregate amount of the Commitments (or, if the Commitments  shall
have  been  terminated,  holding more than 50%  of  the  Letter  of  Credit
Liabilities),  pay  to  the Administrative Agent an amount  in  immediately
available  funds  (which  funds shall be held  as  collateral  pursuant  to
arrangements  satisfactory  to  the  Administrative  Agent)  equal  to  the
aggregate  amount available for drawing under all Letters  of  Credit  then
outstanding at such time, provided that, upon the occurrence of  any  Event
of  Default  specified in Section 6.01(g) or 6.01(h) with  respect  to  any
Borrower, the Company shall pay such amount forthwith without any notice or
demand or any other act by the Administrative Agent or the Banks.
1.4.
1.5.
                      ARTICLE THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT
1.1.       SECTION   Appointment and Authorization .  Each Bank irrevocably
appoints  and  authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such  action  as
agent  on  its behalf and to exercise such powers under this Agreement  and
the  Notes as are delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms hereof
or  thereof,  together  with all such powers as are  reasonably  incidental
thereto.
1.2.
1.3.      SECTION   Administrative Agent and Affiliates .  Bank of America,
N.A.  shall  have  the same rights and powers under this Agreement  as  any
other  Bank and may exercise or refrain from exercising the same as  though
it  were  not the Administrative Agent, and Bank of America, N.A.  and  its
affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to, and generally engage in
any kind of business with the Company or any Subsidiary or affiliate of the
Company as if it were not the Administrative Agent hereunder.
1.4.
1.5.       SECTION    Action by Administrative Agent .  The obligations  of
the  Administrative  Agent  hereunder are only those  expressly  set  forth
herein.    Without   limiting  the  generality  of   the   foregoing,   the
Administrative Agent shall not be required to take any action with  respect
to any Default, except as expressly provided in Article 6.
1.6.
1.7.       SECTION   Consultation with Experts .  The Administrative  Agent
may  consult  with  legal counsel (who may be counsel  for  any  Borrower),
independent public accountants and other experts selected by it  and  shall
not  be  liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken by it  in  good
faith  in  accordance  with  the  advice of such  counsel,  accountants  or
experts.
1.8.
1.9.       SECTION    Liability  of Administrative  Agent  .   Neither  the
Administrative Agent nor any of its affiliates nor any of their  respective
directors,  officers, agents or employees shall be liable to any  Bank  for
any  action  taken or not taken by it in connection herewith (i)  with  the
consent  or  at  the  request  of the Required Banks  (or,  when  expressly
required  hereby, all the Banks) or (ii) in the absence of  its  own  gross
negligence or willful misconduct.  Neither the Administrative Agent nor any
of  its  affiliates nor any of their respective directors, officers, agents
or  employees  shall  be  responsible for or have any  duty  to  ascertain,
inquire  into or verify (i) any statement, warranty or representation  made
in  connection  with this Agreement or any extension of  credit  hereunder;
(ii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants or agreements of
any  Borrower; (iii) the satisfaction of any condition specified in Article
3,  except  receipt of items required to be delivered to the Administrative
Agent;  or  (iv)  the  validity,  effectiveness  or  genuineness  of   this
Agreement,  the  Notes  or  any other instrument or  writing  furnished  in
connection  herewith.   The  Administrative  Agent  shall  not  incur   any
liability  by  acting  in reliance upon any notice,  consent,  certificate,
statement,  or  other writing (which may be a bank wire, telex  or  similar
writing) believed by it in good faith to be genuine or to be signed by  the
proper party or parties.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing,
the  use  of  the  term  "agent" in this Agreement with  reference  to  the
Administrative  Agent  is not intended to connote any  fiduciary  or  other
implied  (or  express)  obligations arising under agency  doctrine  of  any
applicable  law.  Instead, such term is used merely as a matter  of  market
custom  and  is  intended  to  create or  reflect  only  an  administrative
relationship between independent contracting parties.
1.10.
1.11.           SECTION    Indemnification .  Each Bank shall,  ratably  in
accordance  with  its Commitment, indemnify the Administrative  Agent,  its
affiliates  and their respective directors, officers, agents and  employees
(to  the  extent not reimbursed by the Borrowers) against any cost, expense
(including  reasonable  counsel  fees and  disbursements),  claim,  demand,
action,  loss  or  liability (except such as result from such  indemnitees'
gross negligence or willful misconduct) that such indemnitees may suffer or
incur  in connection with this Agreement or any action taken or omitted  by
such indemnitees thereunder.
1.12.
1.13.          SECTION   Credit Decision .  Each Bank acknowledges that  it
has,  independently and without reliance upon any Agent or any other  Bank,
and  based  on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate,
made  its  own  credit analysis and decision to enter into this  Agreement.
Each  Bank  also  acknowledges  that it  will,  independently  and  without
reliance upon any Agent or any other Bank, and based on such documents  and
information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make  its
own  credit  decisions  in  taking or not  taking  any  action  under  this
Agreement.
1.14.
1.15.            SECTION     Successor   Administrative   Agent   .     The
Administrative Agent may resign at any time by giving notice thereof to the
Banks  and the Company.  Upon any such resignation, the Company,  with  the
consent of the Required Banks (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld
or  delayed),  shall  have the right to appoint a successor  Administrative
Agent.   If no successor Administrative Agent shall have been so appointed,
and shall have accepted such appointment, within 30 days after the retiring
Administrative  Agent  gives  notice  of  resignation,  then  the  retiring
Administrative  Agent  may,  on behalf of the Banks,  appoint  a  successor
Administrative  Agent,  which  shall be  a  commercial  bank  organized  or
licensed  under the laws of the United States of America or  of  any  State
thereof and having a combined capital and surplus of at least $500,000,000.
Upon the acceptance of its appointment as Administrative Agent hereunder by
a successor Administrative Agent, such successor Administrative Agent shall
thereupon  succeed to and become vested with all the rights and  duties  of
the  retiring  Administrative Agent, and the retiring Administrative  Agent
shall  be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder.  After  any
retiring  Administrative  Agent's resignation hereunder  as  Administrative
Agent, the provisions of this Article shall inure to its benefit as to  any
actions  taken  or  omitted to be taken by it while it  was  Administrative
Agent.
1.16.
1.17.           SECTION   Agents' Fees .  The Company shall pay to each  of
the  Agents  for  its  own account fees in the amounts  and  at  the  times
previously agreed upon between the Company and such Agent.
1.18.
1.19.           SECTION    Other Agents .  Nothing in this Agreement  shall
impose  upon  the  Documentation  Agent, the  Co-Documentation  Agent,  the
Syndication Agent or the Co-Syndication Agent, in such capacity, any duties
or obligations whatsoever.
1.20.

                      ARTICLE CHANGE IN CIRCUMSTANCES
1.1.       SECTION    Basis  for Determining Interest  Rate  Inadequate  or
Unfair  .  If on or prior to the first day of any Interest Period  for  any
Euro-Dollar Borrowing or Bid Rate (Indexed) Borrowing:

     (a)       the Administrative Agent is advised by the Euro-Dollar Reference
     Banks that deposits in dollars (in the applicable amounts) are not being
     offered to the Euro-Dollar Reference Banks in the relevant market for such
     Interest Period, or

     (a)       in the case of a Euro-Dollar Borrowing, Banks having more than
     50% of the aggregate amount of the affected Loans advise the Administrative
     Agent  that  the  London Interbank Offered Rate as determined  by  the
     Administrative Agent will not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to
     such Banks of funding their Euro-Dollar Loans for such Interest Period, the
     Administrative Agent shall forthwith give notice thereof to the Borrower
     and  the Banks, whereupon until the Administrative Agent notifies  the
     Borrower that the circumstances giving rise to such suspension no longer
     exist, (i) the obligations of the Banks to make Euro-Dollar Loans or to
     continue or convert outstanding Loans as or into Euro-Dollar Loans shall be
     suspended and (ii) each outstanding Euro-Dollar Loan shall be converted
     into a Base Rate Loan on the last day of the then current Interest Period
     applicable thereto.  Unless the Borrower notifies the Administrative Agent
     at  least one Domestic Business Day before the date of any Fixed  Rate
     Borrowing for which a Notice of Borrowing has previously been given that it
     elects not to borrow on such date, (i) if such Fixed Rate Borrowing is a
     Syndicated Borrowing, such Borrowing shall instead be made as a Base Rate
     Borrowing and (ii) if such Borrowing is a Bid Rate (Indexed) Borrowing, the
     Loans comprising such Borrowing shall bear interest for each day from and
     including the first day to but excluding the last day of the  Interest
     Period applicable thereto at the Base Rate for such day.

1.1.       SECTION    Illegality  .   If, on or  after  the  date  of  this
Agreement, the adoption of any applicable law, rule or regulation,  or  any
change  in  any  applicable law, rule or regulation, or any change  in  the
interpretation  or  administration thereof by any  governmental  authority,
central  bank  or  comparable  agency charged with  the  interpretation  or
administration  thereof,  or compliance by any  Bank  (or  its  Euro-Dollar
Lending  Office) with any request or directive (whether or not  having  the
force  of  law)  of  any such authority, central bank or comparable  agency
shall  make  it  unlawful or impossible for any Bank  (or  its  Euro-Dollar
Lending  Office) to make, maintain or fund any of its Euro-Dollar Loans  to
any  Borrower and such Bank shall so notify the Administrative  Agent,  the
Administrative Agent shall forthwith give notice thereof to the other Banks
and such Borrower, whereupon until such Bank notifies such Borrower and the
Administrative Agent that the circumstances giving rise to such  suspension
no  longer exist, the obligation of such Bank to make Euro-Dollar Loans, or
to  continue or convert outstanding Loans as or into Euro-Dollar Loans,  to
such  Borrower  shall  be  suspended.  Before  giving  any  notice  to  the
Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section, such Bank shall designate  a
different  Euro-Dollar Lending Office if such designation  will  avoid  the
need  for  giving such notice and will not be otherwise disadvantageous  to
such Bank in the good faith exercise of its discretion.  If such notice  is
given, each Euro-Dollar Loan of such Bank to such Borrower then outstanding
shall  be converted to a Base Rate Loan either (a) on the last day  of  the
then  current Interest Period applicable to such Euro-Dollar Loan  if  such
Bank  may lawfully continue to maintain and fund such Loan to such  day  or
(b)  immediately  if  such Bank shall determine that it  may  not  lawfully
continue to maintain and fund such Loan to such day.
1.2.
1.3.      SECTION   Increased Cost and Reduced Return .  (a) If on or after
(x) the date of this Agreement, in the case of any Committed Loan or Letter
of Credit or any obligation to make Committed Loans or issue or participate
in  any Letter of Credit or (y) the date of any related Bid Rate Quote,  in
the case of any Bid Rate Loan, the adoption of any applicable law, rule  or
regulation, or any change in any applicable law, rule or regulation, or any
change  in the interpretation or administration thereof by any governmental
authority,   central   bank   or  comparable  agency   charged   with   the
interpretation or administration thereof, or compliance by any Bank (or its
Applicable  Lending Office) with any request or directive (whether  or  not
having  the  force  of  law)  issued on or after  such  date  of  any  such
authority, central bank or comparable agency shall impose, modify  or  deem
applicable  any reserve, special deposit or similar requirement (including,
without  limitation, any such requirement imposed by the Board of Governors
of   the  Federal  Reserve  System,  but  excluding  with  respect  to  any
Euro-Dollar  Loan any such requirement for which such Bank is  entitled  to
compensation  for the relevant Interest Period under Section 2.17)  against
assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended by,  any
Bank (or its Applicable Lending Office) or shall impose on any Bank (or its
Applicable  Lending  Office) or on the London interbank  market  any  other
condition  (other  than in respect of Taxes or Other Taxes)  affecting  its
Fixed  Rate Loans, its Notes or its obligation to make Fixed Rate Loans  or
its obligations hereunder in respect of Letters of Credit and the result of
any  of  the  foregoing  is  to increase the cost  to  such  Bank  (or  its
Applicable Lending Office) of making or maintaining any Fixed Rate Loan  or
of  issuing  or  participating in any Letter of Credit, or  to  reduce  the
amount  of  any sum received or receivable by such Bank (or its  Applicable
Lending  Office)  under  this Agreement or under  its  Notes  with  respect
thereto,  by an amount deemed by such Bank to be material, then, within  15
days  after receipt by the Company of written demand by such Bank  (with  a
copy  to  the Administrative Agent), the Company shall pay to such Bank  an
amount  which on an after-tax basis is necessary to maintain the same  rate
of return on capital that existed immediately prior thereto which such Bank
reasonably  determines  is attributable to this Agreement,  its  Loans  and
Letter  of Credit Liabilities or its obligations to make Loans or to  issue
or  participate in Letters of Credit hereunder (after taking  into  account
such Bank's policies as to capital adequacy).
1.4.
1.5.      (b)  If any Bank shall have determined that, on or after the date
of this Agreement, the adoption of any applicable law, rule or regulation
regarding capital adequacy, or any change in any such law, rule or
regulation, or any change in the interpretation or administration thereof
by any governmental authority, central bank or comparable agency charged
with the interpretation or administration thereof, or any request or
directive regarding capital adequacy (whether or not having the force of
law) of any such authority, central bank or comparable agency given or made
after the date of this Agreement, has or would have the effect of reducing
the rate of return on capital of such Bank (or its Parent) as a consequence
of such Bank's obligations hereunder to a level below that which such Bank
(or its Parent) could have achieved but for such adoption, change, request
or directive (taking into consideration its policies with respect to
capital adequacy) by an amount deemed by such Bank to be material, then
from time to time, within 15 days after receipt by the Company of written
demand by such Bank (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), the Company
shall pay to such Bank an amount which on an after-tax basis is necessary
to maintain the same rate of return on capital that existed immediately
prior thereto which such Bank reasonably determines is attributable to this
Agreement, its Loans and Letter of Credit Liabilities or its obligations to
make Loans or to issue or participate in Letters of Credit hereunder (after
taking into account such Bank's policies as to capital adequacy).
1.6.
1.7.      (c)  Each Bank will promptly notify the Company and the
Administrative Agent of any event of which it has knowledge, occurring
after the date hereof, which will entitle such Bank to compensation
pursuant to this Section and will designate a different Applicable Lending
Office if such designation will avoid the need for, or reduce the amount
of, such compensation and will not, in the judgment of such Bank, be
otherwise disadvantageous to such Bank.  A certificate of any Bank claiming
compensation under this Section and setting forth the additional amount or
amounts to be paid to it hereunder shall be presumptively correct in the
absence of manifest error.  In determining such amount, such Bank may use
any reasonable averaging and attribution methods.  Notwithstanding the
foregoing subsections (a) and (b) of this Section 8.03, the Company shall
only be obligated to compensate any Bank for any amount arising or accruing
during any time or period commencing not more than 45 days prior to the
date on which such Bank notifies the Administrative Agent and the Company
that it proposes to demand such compensation and identifies to the
Administrative Agent and the Company the statute, regulation or other basis
upon which the claimed compensation is or will be based and any time or
period during which because of the retroactive application of such statute,
regulation or other such basis, such Bank did not know in good faith that
such amount would arise or accrue.
1.8.
1.9.       SECTION    Taxes .  (a) For purposes of this Section  8.04,  the
following terms have the following meanings:
1.10.
1.11.          "Taxes" means any and all present or future taxes, duties,
levies, imposts, deductions, charges or withholdings with respect to any
payment by any Borrower pursuant to this Agreement or any Note, and all
liabilities with respect thereto, excluding (i) in the case of each Bank
and the Administrative Agent, taxes imposed on its net income and franchise
or similar taxes imposed on it by a jurisdiction under the laws of which
such Bank or the Administrative Agent (as the case may be) is organized or
in which its principal executive office is located or, in the case of each
Bank, in which its Applicable Lending Office is located (all such excluded
taxes of the Administrative Agent or any Bank being herein referred to as
its "Domestic Taxes") and (ii) in the case of each Bank, any United States
withholding tax imposed on such payments except to the extent that such
Bank is subject to United States withholding tax by reason of a U.S. Tax
Law Change.
1.12.
1.13.          "Other Taxes" means any present or future stamp or
documentary taxes and any other excise or property taxes, or similar
charges or levies, which arise from any payment made pursuant to this
Agreement or under any Note or from the execution or delivery of, or
otherwise with respect to, this Agreement or any Note.
1.14.
1.15.          "U.S. Tax Law Change" means with respect to any Bank or
Participant the occurrence (x) in the case of each Bank listed on the
signature pages hereof, after the date of its execution and delivery of
this Agreement and (y) in the case of any other Bank, after the date such
Bank shall have become a Bank hereunder, and (z) in the case of each
Participant, after the date such Participant became a Participant
hereunder, of the adoption of any applicable U.S. federal law, U.S. federal
rule or U.S. federal regulation relating to taxation, or any change
therein, or the entry into force, modification or revocation of any income
tax convention or treaty to which the United States is a party.
1.16.
1.17.          (b)  Any and all payments by any Borrower to or for the
account of any Bank or the Administrative Agent hereunder or under any Note
shall be made without deduction for any Taxes or Other Taxes; provided
that, if any Borrower shall be required by law to deduct any Taxes or Other
Taxes from any such payments, (i) the sum payable shall be increased as
necessary so that after making all required deductions (including
deductions applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 8.04)
such Bank or the Administrative Agent (as the case may be) receives an
amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions been
made, (ii) such Borrower shall make such deductions, (iii) such Borrower
shall pay the full amount deducted to the relevant taxation authority or
other authority in accordance with applicable law and (iv) such Borrower
shall furnish to the Administrative Agent, at its address referred to in
Section 11.01, the original or a certified copy of a receipt evidencing
payment thereof.
1.18.
1.19.          (c)  Each Borrower agrees to indemnify each Bank and the
Administrative Agent for the full amount of Taxes or Other Taxes
(including, without limitation, any Taxes or Other Taxes imposed or
asserted by any jurisdiction on amounts payable under this Section 8.04)
paid by such Bank or the Administrative Agent (as the case may be) and any
liability (including penalties, interest and expenses) arising therefrom or
with respect thereto.  In addition, each Borrower organized under the laws
of a jurisdiction outside the United States agrees to indemnify the
Administrative Agent and each Bank for all Domestic Taxes incurred by it
and any liability (including any penalties, interest and expenses arising
therefrom or with respect thereto), in each case to the extent that such
Domestic Taxes or liabilities result from any payment or indemnification
pursuant to this Section by or for the account of such Borrower.  This
indemnification shall be paid within 15 days after such Bank or the
Administrative Agent (as the case may be) makes demand therefor.
1.20.
1.21.          (d)  Each Bank organized under the laws of a jurisdiction
outside the United States, on or prior to the date of its execution and
delivery of this Agreement in the case of each Bank listed on the signature
pages hereof and on or prior to the date on which it becomes a Bank in the
case of each other Bank, and from time to time thereafter as required by
law (but only so long as such Bank remains lawfully able to do so), shall
provide the Company two completed and duly executed copies of Internal
Revenue Service form 1001 or 4224, as appropriate, or any successor form
prescribed by the Internal Revenue Service, or other documentation
reasonably requested by the Company, certifying that such Bank is entitled
to benefits under an income tax treaty to which the United States is a
party which exempts the Bank from United States withholding tax or reduces
the rate of withholding tax on payments of interest for the account of such
Bank or certifying that the income receivable pursuant to this Agreement is
effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the United
States.
1.22.
1.23.          (e)  For any period with respect to which a Bank has failed
to provide the Company with the appropriate form pursuant to Section
8.04(d) (unless such failure is due to a U.S. Tax Law Change), such Bank
shall not be entitled to indemnification under Section 8.04(b) or 8.04(c)
or with respect to any Taxes or Other Taxes which would not have been
payable had such form been so provided, provided that if a Bank, which is
otherwise exempt from or subject to a reduced rate of withholding tax,
becomes subject to Taxes because of its failure to deliver a form required
hereunder, the Company shall take such steps as such Bank shall reasonably
request to assist such Bank to recover such Taxes (it being understood,
however, that the Company shall have no liability to such Bank in respect
of such Taxes).
1.24.
1.25.          (f)  If any Borrower is required to pay additional amounts
to or for the account of any Bank pursuant to this Section 8.04, then such
Bank will take such action (including changing the jurisdiction of its
Applicable Lending Office) as in the good faith judgment of such Bank (i)
will eliminate or reduce any such additional payment which may thereafter
accrue and (ii) is not otherwise disadvantageous to such Bank.
1.26.
1.27.           SECTION    Base Rate Loans Substituted for  Affected  Fixed
Rate  Loans .  If (i) the obligation of any Bank to make or to continue  or
convert outstanding Loans as or into Euro-Dollar Loans to any Borrower  has
been  suspended  pursuant to Section 8.02 or (ii)  any  Bank  has  demanded
compensation under Section 8.03(a) or 8.04 with respect to its  Euro-Dollar
Loans  and the Borrower shall, by at least five Euro-Dollar Business  Days'
prior  notice  to such Bank through the Administrative Agent, have  elected
that  the provisions of this Section shall apply to such Bank, then, unless
and  until  such  Bank notifies the Borrower that the circumstances  giving
rise to such suspension or demand for compensation no longer apply:
1.28.
     (a)       all Loans to such Borrower which would otherwise be made by such
     Bank as (or continued as or converted to) Euro-Dollar Loans, as the case
     may be, shall instead be Base Rate Loans (on which interest and principal
     shall be payable contemporaneously with the related Euro-Dollar Loans of
     the other Banks), and

     (a)       after each of its Euro-Dollar Loans to such Borrower has been
     repaid, all payments of principal which would otherwise be applied to repay
     such Loans shall be applied to repay its Base Rate Loans instead.

     If such Bank notifies such Borrower that the circumstances giving rise
to  such  suspension  or  demand  for compensation  no  longer  exist,  the
principal amount of each such Base Rate Loan shall be converted into a Euro-
Dollar  Loan  on  the  first  day of the next  succeeding  Interest  Period
applicable to the related Euro-Dollar Loans of the other Banks.

1.1.       SECTION   Substitution of Bank .  If (i) the obligation  of  any
Bank  to make or to convert or continue outstanding Loans as or into  Euro-
Dollar  Loans has been suspended pursuant to Section 8.02 or (ii) any  Bank
has  demanded  compensation under Section 8.03 or 8.04, the  Company  shall
have  the  right,  with  the  assistance of the  Administrative  Agent,  to
designate  a  substitute bank or banks (which may be one  or  more  of  the
Banks) mutually satisfactory to the Company, the Administrative Agent,  the
Issuing  Banks  and  the  Swingline  Bank  (whose  consent  shall  not   be
unreasonably  withheld or delayed) to purchase for  cash,  pursuant  to  an
Assignment and Assumption Agreement in substantially the form of Exhibit  G
hereto,  the  outstanding Loans of such Bank and assume the Commitment  and
Letter  of Credit Liabilities of such Bank, without recourse to or warranty
by,  or  expense to, such Bank, for a purchase price equal to the principal
amount  of all of such Bank's outstanding Loans and funded Letter of Credit
Liabilities  plus any accrued but unpaid interest thereon and  the  accrued
but  unpaid fees in respect of such Bank's Commitment hereunder  plus  such
amount,  if  any,  as  would be payable pursuant to  Section  2.14  if  the
outstanding Loans of such Bank were prepaid in their entirety on  the  date
of consummation of such assignment.
1.2.

      ARTICLE REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF ELIGIBLE SUBSIDIARIES
      By  the  execution and delivery of its Election to Participate,  each
Eligible Subsidiary shall be deemed to have represented and warranted as of
the date thereof that:

1.1.       SECTION   Corporate Existence and Power .  It is a legal  entity
duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its
jurisdiction  of  organization  and  is a Substantially-Owned  Consolidated
Subsidiary of the Company.
1.2.
1.3.      SECTION   Corporate and Governmental Authorization; Contravention
 .   The execution and delivery by it of its Election to Participate and its
Notes,  and  the  performance by it of this Agreement and  its  Notes,  are
within  its legal powers, have been duly authorized by all necessary  legal
action,  require  no  action  by or in respect  of,  or  filing  with,  any
governmental body, agency or official and do not contravene, or  constitute
a  default under, any provision of applicable law or regulation or  of  its
organizational documents or of any agreement, judgment, injunction,  order,
decree  or  other  instrument binding upon the  Company  or  such  Eligible
Subsidiary or result in the creation or imposition of any Lien on any asset
of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.
1.4.
1.5.       SECTION   Binding Effect .  Its Election to Participate has been
duly executed by such Eligible Subsidiary and this Agreement constitutes  a
valid  and  binding agreement of such Eligible Subsidiary and each  of  its
Notes, when executed and delivered in accordance with this Agreement,  will
constitute  a valid and binding obligation of such Eligible Subsidiary,  in
each case enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as the same  may
be  limited  by bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws affecting creditors'
rights generally and by general principles of equity.
1.6.
1.7.       SECTION   Taxes .  Except as disclosed in the opinion of counsel
delivered pursuant to Section 3.03 of this Agreement or in its Election  to
Participate,  there  are no Taxes or Other Taxes of  any  country,  or  any
taxing authority thereof or therein, which are imposed on any payment to be
made  by  such  Eligible Subsidiary pursuant hereto or  on  its  Notes,  or
imposed  on or by virtue of the execution, delivery or enforcement of  this
Agreement, its Election to Participate or of its Notes.
1.8.

                              ARTICLE GUARANTY
1.1.       SECTION    The  Guaranty .  The Company  hereby  unconditionally
guarantees the full and punctual payment (whether at stated maturity,  upon
acceleration  or  otherwise) of the principal of and  interest  (including,
without  limitation,  interest  accruing  after  the  commencement   of   a
bankruptcy,  insolvency or similar proceeding with respect to any  Eligible
Subsidiary, regardless of whether such interest is an allowed claim in such
proceeding)  on  each  Loan made to and all Letter  of  Credit  Liabilities
incurred  at  the  request  of  any Eligible Subsidiary  pursuant  to  this
Agreement,  and the full and punctual payment of all other amounts  payable
by  any Eligible Subsidiary under this Agreement or any Note.  Upon failure
by  any  Eligible Subsidiary to pay punctually any such amount, the Company
shall  forthwith on demand pay the amount not so paid at the place  and  in
the manner specified in this Agreement.

1.1.       SECTION    Guaranty  Unconditional .   The  obligations  of  the
Company hereunder shall be unconditional and absolute and, without limiting
the  generality  of  the  foregoing, shall not be released,  discharged  or
otherwise affected by:
1.2.
     (a)       any extension, renewal, settlement, compromise, waiver or release
     in  respect  of any obligation of any Eligible Subsidiary  under  this
     Agreement or any Note, by operation of law or otherwise;

     (a)       any modification or amendment of or supplement to this Agreement
     or any Note;

     (a)       any release, impairment, non-perfection or invalidity of any
     direct or indirect security for any obligation of any Eligible Subsidiary
     under this Agreement or any Note;

     (a)        any change in the existence, structure or ownership of  any
     Eligible Subsidiary, or any insolvency, bankruptcy, reorganization or other
     similar proceeding affecting any Eligible Subsidiary or its assets or any
     resulting release or discharge of any obligation of any Eligible Subsidiary
     contained in this Agreement or any Note;

     (a)       the existence of any claim, set-off or other rights which the
     Company may have at any time against any Eligible Subsidiary, any Agent,
     any  Bank or any other Person, whether in connection herewith  or  any
     unrelated transactions, provided that nothing herein shall prevent the
     assertion of any such claim by separate suit or compulsory counterclaim;

     (a)       any invalidity or unenforceability relating to or against any
     Eligible Subsidiary for any reason of this Agreement or any Note, or any
     provision  of applicable law or regulation purporting to prohibit  the
     payment by any Eligible Subsidiary of the principal of or interest on any
     Loan, any Letter of Credit Liability or any other amount payable by it
     under this Agreement or any Note; or

     (a)       any other act or omission to act or delay of any kind by any
     Eligible Subsidiary, any Agent or Bank or any other Person or any other
     circumstance  whatsoever which might, but for the provisions  of  this
     paragraph, constitute a legal or equitable discharge of or defense to the
     Company's obligations hereunder.

1.1.       SECTION   Discharge Only Upon Payment In Full; Reinstatement  In
Certain  Circumstances .  The Company's obligations hereunder shall  remain
in  full  force and effect until the Commitments and any Letters of  Credit
shall  have terminated and the principal of and interest on the Loans,  the
Letter  of Credit Liabilities and all other amounts payable by the  Company
and  each  Eligible Subsidiary under this Agreement or any Note shall  have
been  paid in full.  If at any time any payment of principal of or interest
on  any Loan, any Letter of Credit Liability or any other amount payable by
any  Eligible  Subsidiary under this Agreement or any Note is rescinded  or
must  be otherwise restored or returned upon the insolvency, bankruptcy  or
reorganization  of  any  Eligible Subsidiary or  otherwise,  the  Company's
obligations  hereunder with respect to such payment shall be reinstated  at
such time as though such payment had been due but not made at such time.
1.2.
1.3.      SECTION   Waiver by the Company .  The Company irrevocably waives
acceptance hereof, presentment, demand, protest and any notice not provided
for herein, as well as any requirement that at any time any action be taken
by any Person against any Eligible Subsidiary or any other Person.
1.4.
1.5.       SECTION   Subrogation .  The Company irrevocably waives any  and
all  rights  to which it may be entitled, by operation of law or otherwise,
upon making any payment hereunder in respect of any Eligible Subsidiary  to
be  subrogated to the rights of the payee against such Eligible  Subsidiary
with  respect  to  such payment or against any direct or indirect  security
therefor,  or otherwise to be reimbursed, indemnified or exonerated  by  or
for  the  account  of such Eligible Subsidiary in respect thereof,  in  any
bankruptcy,  insolvency  or  similar  proceeding  involving  such  Eligible
Subsidiary  as  debtor commenced within one year after the  making  of  any
payment by such Eligible Subsidiary under this Agreement or its Notes.
1.6.
1.7.       SECTION   Stay of Acceleration .  In the event that acceleration
of  the  time for payment of any amount payable by any Eligible  Subsidiary
under  this Agreement or any Note is stayed upon insolvency, bankruptcy  or
reorganization  of  such  Eligible Subsidiary, all such  amounts  otherwise
subject to acceleration under the terms of this Agreement shall nonetheless
be   payable  by  the  Company  hereunder  forthwith  on  demand   by   the
Administrative Agent made at the request of the Required Banks.

                           ARTICLE MISCELLANEOUS
                                     1
 .1   SECTION   Notices .  All notices, requests and other communications to
any  party  hereunder  shall  be in writing (including  bank  wire,  telex,
facsimile  transmission  or similar writing) and shall  be  given  to  such
party:    in  the case of the Company or the Administrative Agent,  at  its
address, facsimile number or telex number set forth on the signature  pages
hereof, in the case of any Bank, at its address, facsimile number or  telex
number set forth in its Administrative Questionnaire or in the case of  any
party,  such other address, facsimile number or telex number as such  party
may hereafter specify for the purpose by notice to the Administrative Agent
and the Company.  Each such notice, request or other communication shall be
effective  if given by telex, when such telex is transmitted to  the  telex
number  specified  in  this  Section  and  the  appropriate  answerback  is
received,  if  given  by facsimile transmission, when  transmitted  to  the
facsimile  number specified in this Section and confirmation of receipt  is
received,  if given by mail, 72 hours after such communication is deposited
in  the mail with first class postage prepaid, addressed as aforesaid or if
given  by any other means, when delivered at the address specified in  this
Section; provided that notices to the Administrative Agent under Article  2
or Article 8 shall not be effective until received.  Any notice required to
be  given to or by any Eligible Subsidiary shall be duly given if given  to
or  by  the  Company, which is hereby appointed the agent of each  Eligible
Subsidiary for such purpose.
1.1.      SECTION   No Waivers .  No failure or delay by the Administrative
Agent or any Bank in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder  or
under  any  Note shall operate as a waiver thereof nor shall any single  or
partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise thereof  or
the  exercise  of  any  other right, power or privilege.   The  rights  and
remedies  herein  provided shall be cumulative and  not  exclusive  of  any
rights or remedies provided by law.
1.2.
1.3.      SECTION   Expenses; Indemnification .  (a) The Company shall  pay
(i)  all  reasonable  out-of-pocket expenses of the  Administrative  Agent,
including   reasonable fees and disbursements of special  counsel  for  the
Administrative Agent, in connection with the preparation of this Agreement,
any  waiver or consent hereunder or any amendment hereof or any Default  or
alleged  Default  hereunder and  (ii) if an Event of  Default  occurs,  all
reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative  Agent  or
any   Bank,  including  (without  duplication)  the  reasonable  fees   and
disbursements of outside counsel and allocated cost of inside  counsel,  in
connection   with  such  Event  of  Default  and  collection,   bankruptcy,
insolvency and other enforcement proceedings resulting therefrom.
1.4.
1.5.      (b)  The Company agrees to indemnify the Administrative Agent and
each Bank, their respective affiliates and the respective directors,
officers, agents and employees of the foregoing (each an "Indemnitee") and
hold each Indemnitee harmless from and against any and all liabilities,
losses, damages, costs and out-of-pocket expenses of any kind, including,
without limitation, the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel, which
may be incurred by such Indemnitee in connection with any litigation or
governmental or regulatory investigation or other similar proceeding
(whether or not such Indemnitee shall be designated a party thereto)
relating to or arising out of this Agreement or any actual or proposed use
of proceeds of Loans or Letters of Credit hereunder; provided that no
Indemnitee shall have the right to be indemnified hereunder for such
Indemnitee's own gross negligence or willful misconduct or for its breach
of its express obligations under this Agreement, in each case as determined
by a court of competent jurisdiction; provided further that in no event
shall the Company have any such indemnification obligation in respect of
any liabilities, losses, damages, costs or expenses resulting from disputes
between any Bank and any Agent or among the Banks.
1.6.
1.7.       SECTION    Sharing of Set-offs .  Each Bank agrees  that  if  it
shall,  by  exercising any right of set-off or counterclaim  or  otherwise,
receive  payment  of  a proportion of the aggregate amount  then  due  with
respect  to the Loans and Letter of Credit Liabilities held by it which  is
greater  than the proportion received by any other Bank in respect  of  the
aggregate  amount then due with respect to the Loans and Letter  of  Credit
Liabilities   held   by   such  other  Bank,  the   Bank   receiving   such
proportionately greater payment shall purchase such participations  in  the
Loans  and Letter of Credit Liabilities held by the other Banks,  and  such
other  adjustments  shall  be made, as may be required  so  that  all  such
payments with respect to the Loans and Letter of Credit Liabilities held by
the  Banks shall be shared by the Banks pro rata; provided that nothing  in
this  Section shall impair the right of any Bank to exercise any  right  of
set-off or counterclaim it may have and to apply the amount subject to such
exercise  to the payment of indebtedness of the Borrowers other than  their
indebtedness  under this Agreement.  Each Borrower agrees, to  the  fullest
extent it may effectively do so under applicable law, that any holder of  a
participation  in  a  Loan  or Letter of Credit, whether  or  not  acquired
pursuant  to the foregoing arrangements, may exercise rights of set-off  or
counterclaim and other rights with respect to such participation  as  fully
as  if  such  holder  of  a participation were a direct  creditor  of  such
Borrower in the amount of such participation.
1.8.
1.9.       SECTION    Amendments  and Waivers  .   Any  provision  of  this
Agreement  or  the  Notes may be amended or waived if, but  only  if,  such
amendment  or  waiver is in writing and is signed by the Borrower  and  the
Required  Banks (and, if the rights or duties of the Administrative  Agent,
any  Swingline  Bank  or  any Issuing Bank are affected  thereby,  by  such
Person); provided that no such amendment or waiver shall, unless signed  by
all  the Banks, (i) increase or decrease the Commitment of any Bank (except
for a ratable decrease in the Commitments of all Banks) or subject any Bank
to  any  additional obligation, (ii) reduce the principal  of  or  rate  of
interest  on  any  Loan or the amount to be reimbursed in  respect  of  any
Letter  of  Credit  or  any interest thereon or any fees  hereunder,  (iii)
postpone the date fixed for any payment of principal of or interest on  any
Loan  or  for reimbursement in respect of any Letter of Credit or  interest
thereon  or  any fees hereunder or for termination of any Commitment,  (iv)
make  any  changes  to  Article  10 or (v) change  the  percentage  of  the
Commitments  or of the aggregate unpaid principal amount of the  Loans  and
Letter  of  Credit  Liabilities, or the number of  Banks,  which  shall  be
required for the Banks or any of them to take any action under this Section
or  any  other provision of this Agreement; provided further that  no  such
amendment,  waiver or modification shall, unless signed  by  each  Eligible
Subsidiary,  (w)  subject  such  Eligible  Subsidiary  to  any   additional
obligation,  (x)  increase the principal of or  rate  of  interest  on  any
outstanding Loan or Letter of Credit Liability of such Eligible Subsidiary,
(y)  accelerate the stated maturity of any outstanding Loan  or  Letter  or
Credit Liability of such Eligible Subsidiary or (z) change this proviso.
1.10.
1.11.           SECTION    Successors and Assigns .  (a) The provisions  of
this  Agreement  shall  be binding upon and inure to  the  benefit  of  the
parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns, except that  no
Borrower  may  assign or otherwise transfer any of its  rights  under  this
Agreement without the prior written consent of all Banks.
1.12.
1.13.          (b)  Any Bank may at any time grant to one or more banks or
other institutions (each a "Participant") participating interests in its
Commitment or any or all of its Loans and Letter of Credit Liabilities.  In
the event of any such grant by a Bank of a participating interest to a
Participant, whether or not upon notice to the Administrative Agent, such
Bank shall remain responsible for the performance of its obligations
hereunder, and the Borrowers, the Issuing Banks, the Swingline Banks and
the Administrative Agent shall continue to deal solely and directly with
such Bank in connection with such Bank's rights and obligations under this
Agreement.  Any agreement pursuant to which any Bank may grant such a
participating interest shall provide that such Bank shall retain the sole
right and responsibility to enforce the obligations of the Borrowers
hereunder including, without limitation, the right to approve any
amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement;
provided that such participation agreement may provide that such Bank will
not agree to any modification, amendment or waiver of this Agreement
described in clause (i), (ii), (iii) or (iv) of Section 11.05 without the
consent of the Participant.  The Borrowers agree that each Participant
shall, to the extent provided in its participation agreement, be entitled
to the benefits of Article 8 with respect to its participating interest,
subject to subsection (e) below.  An assignment or other transfer which is
not permitted by subsection (c) or (d) below shall be given effect for
purposes of this Agreement only to the extent of a participating interest
granted in accordance with this subsection (b).
1.14.
1.15.          (c)  Any Bank may at any time assign to one or more banks or
other financial institutions (each an "Assignee") all, or a proportionate
part (equivalent to an initial Commitment of not less than $15,000,000) of
all, of its rights and obligations under this Agreement and its Notes (if
any), and such Assignee shall assume such rights and obligations, pursuant
to an Assignment and Assumption Agreement in substantially the form of
Exhibit G hereto executed by such Assignee and such transferor Bank, with
(and only with and subject to) the prior written consent of the Borrower,
the Issuing Banks, the Swingline Banks and the Administrative Agent (which
consents shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed); provided that if
an Assignee is an affiliate of such transferor Bank or was a Bank
immediately prior to such assignment, no such consent shall be required;
provided further such assignment may, but need not, include rights of the
transferor Bank in respect of outstanding Bid Rate Loans.  Upon execution
and delivery of such instrument of assumption and payment by such Assignee
to such transferor Bank of an amount equal to the purchase price agreed
between such transferor Bank and such Assignee, such Assignee shall be a
Bank party to this Agreement and shall have all the rights and obligations
of a Bank with a Commitment as set forth in such instrument of assumption,
and the transferor Bank shall be released from its obligations hereunder to
a corresponding extent, and no further consent or action by any party shall
be required.  Upon the consummation of any assignment pursuant to this
subsection (c), the transferor Bank, the Administrative Agent and the
Borrowers shall make appropriate arrangements so that, if required by the
Assignee, Note(s) are issued to the Assignee.  In connection with any such
assignment, the transferor Bank or the Assignee shall pay or cause to be
paid to the Administrative Agent an administrative fee for processing such
assignment in the amount of $3,000.  If the Assignee is not organized under
the laws of the United States of America or a state thereof, it shall,
prior to the first date on which interest or fees are payable hereunder for
its account, deliver to the Company and the Administrative Agent
certification as to exemption from deduction or withholding of any United
States federal income taxes in accordance with Section 8.04.
1.16.
1.17.          (d)  Any Bank may at any time assign all or any portion of
its rights under this Agreement and its Notes (if any) to a Federal Reserve
Bank.  No such assignment shall release the transferor Bank from its
obligations hereunder or modify any such obligations.
1.18.
1.19.          (e)  No Assignee, Participant or other transferee of any
Bank's rights shall be entitled to receive any greater payment under
Section 8.03 or 8.04 than such Bank would have been entitled to receive
with respect to the rights transferred, unless such transfer is made by
reason of the provisions of Section 8.02, 8.03 or 8.04 requiring such Bank
to designate a different Applicable Lending Office under certain
circumstances or at a time when the circumstances giving rise to such
greater payment did not exist.
1.20.
1.21.          SECTION   Collateral .  Each of the Banks represents to  the
Administrative Agent and each of the other Banks that it in good  faith  is
not  relying  upon  any  "margin stock" (as defined  in  Regulation  U)  as
collateral  in the extension or maintenance of the credit provided  for  in
this Agreement.
1.22.
1.23.           SECTION   Confidentiality .  The Administrative  Agent  and
each Bank agrees to keep any information delivered or made available by the
Borrower  pursuant  to this Agreement confidential from anyone  other  than
persons  employed  or  retained by such Bank and  its  affiliates  who  are
engaged  in evaluating, approving, structuring or administering the  credit
facility  contemplated hereby; provided that nothing herein  shall  prevent
any  Bank from disclosing such information (a) to any other Bank or to  the
Administrative Agent, (b) to any other Person if reasonably  incidental  to
the administration of the credit facility contemplated hereby, (c) upon the
order of any court or administrative agency, (d) upon the request or demand
of  any  regulatory  agency  or  authority, (e)  which  had  been  publicly
disclosed  other  than  as a result of a disclosure by  the  Administrative
Agent or any Bank prohibited by this Agreement,  (f) in connection with any
litigation  to which the Administrative Agent, any Bank or its subsidiaries
or  Parent  may be a party, (g) to the extent necessary in connection  with
the  exercise of any remedy hereunder, (h) to such Bank's or Administrative
Agent's  legal  counsel  and  independent  auditors  and  (i)  subject   to
provisions substantially similar to those contained in this Section  11.08,
to any actual or proposed Participant or Assignee.
1.24.
1.25.          SECTION   Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction .   This
Agreement and each Note shall be construed in accordance with and  governed
by  the law of the State of Illinois.  Each Borrower hereby submits to  the
nonexclusive  jurisdiction  of the United States  District  Court  for  the
Northern  District of Illinois and of any Illinois State court  sitting  in
Chicago for purposes of all legal proceedings arising out of or relating to
this  Agreement  or  the transactions contemplated hereby.   Each  Borrower
irrevocably  waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any  objection
which  it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any  such
proceeding  brought in such a court and any claim that any such  proceeding
brought in such a court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.
1.26.
1.27.          SECTION   Counterparts; Integration .  This Agreement may be
signed  in  any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original,
with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon  the
same  instrument.   This  Agreement constitutes the  entire  agreement  and
understanding  among the parties hereto and supersedes any  and  all  prior
agreements  and  understandings, oral or written, relating to  the  subject
matter hereof.
1.28.
1.29.          SECTION   Waiver of Jury Trial .  EACH OF THE BORROWERS, THE
AGENTS,  THE  ISSUING  BANKS, THE SWINGLINE BANKS AND  THE  BANKS,  TO  THE
FULLEST  EXTENT  IT  MAY  EFFECTIVELY DO SO UNDER  APPLICABLE  LAW,  HEREBY
IRREVOCABLY  WAIVES  ANY  AND  ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL  BY  JURY  IN  ANY  LEGAL
PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS
CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.
1.30.
1.31.           SECTION   Effect of Amendment and Restatement;  Resignation
of  Resigning  Agent  .   This agreement amends and restates  the  Existing
Credit  Agreement in its entirety.  Upon the effectiveness hereof, (a)  the
Existing  Credit Agreement shall be superseded and shall be of  no  further
force  or effect (except for those provisions thereof which by their  terms
survive  any termination thereof) and (b) Morgan Guaranty Trust Company  of
New  York  resigns  as  "Administrative Agent" under  the  Existing  Credit
Agreement (it being understood that the provisions of Article 7 and Section
11.03 of the Existing Credit Agreement shall inure to its benefit as to any
actions  taken  or omitted to be taken while it was "Administrative  Agent"
thereunder).
1.32.
1.33.

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement  to
be  duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and
year first above written.

                              IMC GLOBAL INC.


                              By:
                              Title:

                              2100 Sanders Road
                              Northbrook, IL 60062
                              Attention: E. Paul Dunn, Jr.
                              Assistant Vice President and Treasurer
                              Telecopy number: 847-205-4930


$74,750,000                   BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,
                              Individually and as Administrative
                              Agent

                              By:
                              Title: Managing Director

                              231 South LaSalle Street
                              Chicago, Illinois 60697
                              Attention: G. Burton Queen
                              Telecopy number: (312) 987-1276


$45,500,000                   THE CHASE MANHATTAN BANK,
                              Individually and as Syndication
                              Agent

                              By:
                              Title:


$45,500,000                   ROYAL BANK OF CANADA,
                              Individually and as Documentation
                              Agent


                              By:
                              Title:


$45,500,000                   MORGAN GUARANTY TRUST
                              COMPANY OF NEW YORK


                              By:
                              Title:


$39,000,000                   CREDIT AGRICOLE INDOSUEZ
                              By:
                              Title:


$32,500,000                   HARRIS TRUST AND SAVINGS
                              BANK

                              By:
                              Title:


$6,500,000                    THE BANK OF MONTREAL

                              By:
                              Title:

$34,125,000                   BANK ONE, NA (Main Office
                              Chicago), Individually and as
                              Co-Syndication Agent

                              By:
                              Title:

$34,125,000                   THE NORTHERN TRUST COMPANY

                              By:
                              Title:

$29,250,000                   ABN-AMRO BANK N.V.

                              By:
                              Title:


                              By:
                              Title:

$29,250,000                   BANQUE NATIONALE DE PARIS

                              By:
                              Title:

$29,250,000                   THE BANK OF NEW YORK


                              By:
                              Title:

$22,750,000                   THE BANK OF TOKYO-MITSUBISHI, LTD.
                              CHICAGO BRANCH


                              By:
                              Title:


$22,750,000                   FIRST UNION NATIONAL BANK


                              By:
                              Title:


$22,750,000                   COOPERATIEVE CENTRALE RAIFFEISEN-
                              BOERENLEENBANK
                              B.A., "RABOBANK INTERNATIONAL",
                              NEW YORK BRANCH


                              By:
                              Title:

                              By:
                              Title:


$22,750,000                   STANDARD CHARTERED BANK


                              By:
                              Title:


                              By:
                              Title:


$22,750,000                   BANK HAPOALIM B.M.


                              By:
                              Title:


                              By:
                              Title:

$22,750,000                   SUNTRUST BANK, ATLANTA,
                              Individually and as Co-Documentation Agent


                              By:
                              Title:


                              By:
                              Title:


$22,750,000                   THE DAI-ICHI KANGYO BANK,
                              LTD., CHICAGO BRANCH


                              By:
                              Title:


$22,750,000                   HSBC BANK USA


                              By:
                              Title:


$22,750,000                   THE INDUSTRIAL BANK OF JAPAN, LIMITED,
                              CHICAGO BRANCH


                              By:
                              Title:

Total Commitments

$650,000,000

                             Pricing Schedule


     The "Euro-Dollar Margin," the "Utilization Fee Rate" and the "Facility
Fee Rate" for any day are the respective percentages set forth below in the
applicable row under the column corresponding to the Status that exists  on
such day:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                      LEVEL  LEVEL   LEVEL   LEVEL   LEVEL
                                      I      II      III     IV      V

<S>                                  <C>    <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>
Facility Fee Rate                    .07%   .085%   .11%    .15%    .25%

Euro-Dollar Margin                  .155%    .19%  .215%   .275%   .425%

Utilization Fee Rate                .125%    .25%   .25%    .25%   .325%

(outstanding principal amount of Loans
 equal to or greater than 25% but less than
 50% of the aggregate Commitments)

Utilization Fee Rate                .125%    .25%  .55%    .575%   .825%

(outstanding principal amount of Loans
 equal to or greater than 50% of the
 aggregate Commitments)

</TABLE>

     For  purposes of this Schedule, the following terms have the following
meanings, subject to the last paragraph of this Schedule:

     "Level  I Status" exists at any date if, at such date, the Company  is
rated  A- or higher by S&P or A3 or higher by Moody's.

     "Level II Status" exists at any date if, at such date, (i) the Company
is  rated BBB+ or higher by S&P or Baa1 or higher by Moody's and (ii) Level
I Status does not exist.

     "Level  III  Status"  exists at any date if, at  such  date,  (i)  the
Company is rated BBB or higher by S&P or Baa2 or higher by Moody's and (ii)
neither Level I Status nor Level II Status exists.

     "Level IV Status" exists at any date if, at such date, (i) the Company
is  rated  BBB- by S&P or Baa3 by Moody's and (ii) neither Level I  Status,
Level II Status nor Level III Status exists.

     "Level  V Status" exists at any date if, at such date, no other Status
exists.

     "Status" refers to the determination of which of Level I Status, Level
II  Status, Level III Status, Level IV Status or Level V Status  exists  at
any date.

       The credit ratings to be utilized for purposes of this Schedule  are
those  assigned  to the senior unsecured long-term debt securities  of  the
Company  without third-party credit enhancement, whether or  not  any  such
debt  securities are actually outstanding, and any rating assigned  to  any
other  debt  security of the Company shall be disregarded.  The  rating  in
effect at any date is that in effect at the close of business on such date.
If  the  Company is split-rated and the ratings differential is one  notch,
the higher of the two ratings will apply (e.g., A-/Baa1 results in Level  I
Status and BBB+/Baa2 results in Level II Status).  If the Company is split-
rated  and the ratings differential is more than one notch, the average  of
the  two ratings (or the higher of two intermediate ratings) shall be  used
(e.g.,  A-/Baa3 results in Level II Status and BBB+/Baa3 results  in  Level
III  Status).   If at any date, the Company's long-term debt  is  rated  by
neither S&P nor Moody's, then Level V shall apply.

                                SCHEDULE I

                        EXISTING LETTERS OF CREDIT

ACCOUNT PARTIES:

ISSUER                           AMOUNT      BENEFICIARY          RENEWAL DATE

IMC-Agrico
Bank of America, N.A.            $2,832,500  National Union       05/30/00
Bank of America, N.A.            $570,000    National Union       05/30/00
Bank of America, N.A.            $2,750,000  Brewster Phosphate   12/31/99

IMC Global Operations Inc.
Bank of America, N.A.            $2,683,980  National Union       12/02/99
Bank of America, N.A.            $625,000    National Union       12/02/99
Bank of America, N.A.            $250,000    State of Vermont     12/02/99
Bank of America, N.A.            $500,000    National Union       12/02/99
Bank of America, N.A.            $1,800,000  Reliance Nat'l       05/31/00
                                              Indemnity
Cooperatieve Centrale            $3,182,809  Dai-Ichi-Bank        03/17/01
 Raiffeisen-boerenleenbank
 B.A., "Rabobank
 International", New York
 Branch
Cooperatieve Centrale            $9,445,754  Dai-Ichi-Bank        03/17/00
 Raiffeisen-boerenleenbank
 B.A., "Rabobank
 International", New York
 Branck
Cooperatieve Centrale            $2,751,485  Bank of New York     02/16/01
 Raiffeisen-boerenleenbank
 B.A., "Rabobank Nederland",
 New York Branch Vigoro
 Industries, Inc.
Harris Trust and Savings         $800,000    National Union       10/31/00
 Bank                                         First Ins. Co.
Harris Trust and Savings         $546,000    St. Paul Fire &      02/25/00
 Bank                                         Marine Ins. Co.

Kalium Chemicals Ltd.
Royal Bank of Canada             $25,000     MI Dept. of Natural  10/01/00
                                              Resources
Royal Bank of Canada             $5,000      MI Dept. of Natural  10/01/00
                                              Resources

Western-AG Minerals Co.
Carlsbad National Bank           $500,000    New Mexico Self      09/03/00
                                              Insurers

IMC Kalium Ogden Corp.
NationsBank                      $298,900    Utah Div. of Oil,    04/08/00
                                              Gas & Mining

IMC Salt Inc.
Bank of America, N.A.            $150,000    Louisiana Dept. of   03/24/00
                                              Employ.
Bank of America, N.A.            $800,000    ACSTAR Insurance     03/26/00
                                              Co.
Bank of America, N.A.            $2,352,274  Reliance Nat'l       04/30/00
                                              Indemnity Co.
Royal Bank of Canada             $40,000     O&L Real Estate      07/31/00
                                              Ltd. Liab. Co.

IMC Chemicals Inc.
Bank of America, N.A.            $2,118,000  AIG/Nat'l Union,     03/23/00
                                              Amer. Home
Bank of America, N.A.            $110,000    Kredietbank NV       04/30/00
Bank of America, N.A.            $150,750    State of Colorado    03/30/00
                                              Rec. Brd.
Bank of America, N.A.            $696,620.31 Colorado Nat'l Bank  08/31/00
Bank of America, N.A.            $492,579.15 White River Elec.    03/30/00
                                              Assoc.
Bank of America, N.A.            $119,600    ACSTAR Insurance Co. 03/26/00
Bank of America, N.A.            $941,338    County of San Bern.  03/24/00
Bank of America, N.A.            $300,000    San Diego Unified    04/30/00
Bank of America, N.A.            $5,860,441  General Electric     07/14/00
                                              Cap. Corp.
Bank of America, N.A.            $7,511,927  General Foods Cred.  07/14/00


                                                                  EXHIBIT A


NOTE


Chicago, Illinois
[Date]


       For   value  received,  [Name  of  Borrower],  a  [jurisdiction   of
incorporation] corporation (the "Borrower"), promises to pay to  the  order
of  (the  "Bank"),  for the account of its Applicable Lending  Office,  the
unpaid  principal  amount of each Loan made by the  Bank  to  the  Borrower
pursuant to the Credit Agreement referred to below on the date specified in
the  Credit Agreement.  The Borrower promises to pay interest on the unpaid
principal  amount of each such Loan on the dates and at the rate  or  rates
provided  for in the Credit Agreement.  All such payments of principal  and
interest  shall be made in lawful money of the United States in Federal  or
other  immediately available funds at the office of Bank of America,  N.A.,
231 South LaSalle Street, Chicago, Illinois.

      All  Loans  made  by  the Bank, the respective types  and  maturities
thereof  and  all repayments of the principal thereof shall be recorded  by
the  Bank  and,  the  Bank, if the Bank so elects in  connection  with  any
transfer  or enforcement of its Note, may endorse on the schedule  attached
hereto  appropriate  notations to evidence the foregoing  information  with
respect  to  the Loans then outstanding; provided that the failure  of  the
Bank  to  make  any such recordation or endorsement shall  not  affect  the
obligations of the Borrower hereunder or under the Credit Agreement.

      This note is one of the Notes referred to in the Amended and Restated
Five-Year Credit Agreement dated as of December 8, 1999 among the Borrower,
various financial institutions and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative
Agent  (as  the  same  may  be  amended from  time  to  time,  the  "Credit
Agreement").   Terms defined in the Credit Agreement are used  herein  with
the  same  meanings.   Reference  is  made  to  the  Credit  Agreement  for
provisions  for the prepayment hereof and the acceleration of the  maturity
hereof.

      [The payment in full of the principal and interest on this note  has,
pursuant  to  the  provisions of the Credit Agreement, been unconditionally
guaranteed by IMC Global Inc.]1

                         [NAME OF BORROWER]


                         By:
                         Title:
Note (cont'd)

LOANS AND PAYMENTS OF PRINCIPAL

Date            Amount    Type          Amount of         Maturity    Notation
                of Loan   of Loan       Principal Repaid  Date        Made By



                                                                  EXHIBIT B


                      FORM OF BID RATE QUOTE REQUEST

[Date]


To:  Bank of America, N.A.
       (the "Administrative Agent")

From:     [Name of Borrower]

Re:  Amended  and  Restated  Five-Year Credit Agreement  (the  "Credit
     Agreement")  dated as of December 8, 1999 among IMC Global  Inc.,
     various  financial  institutions and Bank of  America,  N.A.,  as
     Administrative Agent.

     We hereby give notice pursuant to Section 2.03 of the Credit Agreement
that  we  request  Bid  Rate  Quotes for the following  proposed  Bid  Rate
Borrowing(s):

Date of Borrowing:  __________________

Principal Amount2   Interest Period3

$

      Such  Bid  Rate Quotes should offer a Bid Rate [(General),  (Indexed)
Margin or both].  [The applicable base rate is the London Interbank Offered
Rate.]

      Terms  used herein have the meanings assigned to them in  the  Credit
Agreement.

                              [NAME OF BORROWER]


                              By
                              Title:


                                                                  EXHIBIT C



                  FORM OF INVITATION FOR BID RATE QUOTES



To:  [Name of Bank]


     Re:  Invitation  for  Bid Rate Quotes to [Name of Borrower]  (the
          "Borrower")


      Pursuant to Section 2.03 of the Amended and Restated Five-Year Credit
Agreement  dated  as  of December 8, 1999 among IMC  Global  Inc.,  various
financial institutions and the undersigned, as Administrative Agent, we are
pleased  on behalf of the Borrower to invite you to submit Bid Rate  Quotes
to the Borrower for the following proposed Bid Rate Borrowing(s):

Date of Borrowing:  __________________

Principal Amount    Interest Period

$

      Such  Bid  Rate  Quotes  should offer a Bid Rate  [(Indexed)  Margin,
(General)  or  both].   [The applicable base rate is the  London  Interbank
Offered Rate.]

      Please respond to this invitation by no later than [2:00 P.M.] [10:00
A.M.] (New York City time) on [date].

                         BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,
                         as Administrative Agent


                         By
                              Authorized Officer

                                                                  EXHIBIT D



                          FORM OF BID RATE QUOTE



To:  Bank of America, N.A.,
     as Administrative Agent
     231 South LaSalle Street
     Chicago, Illinois 60697
     Attention:


     Re:  Bid Rate Quote to [Name of Borrower] (the "Borrower")


      In  response  to  your  invitation on behalf of  the  Borrower  dated
_____________, _____, we hereby make the following Bid Rate  Quote  on  the
following terms:

1.   Quoting Bank:  ________________________________

2.   Person to contact at Quoting Bank:
     _____________________________

3.   Date of Borrowing: ____________________4

4.   We  hereby  offer to make Bid Rate Loan(s) in the following  principal
     amounts,  for  the  following Interest Periods and  at  the  following
     rates:

     Principal Interest
     Bid Rate

     Amount5   Period6   [(Indexed)7 Margin]      [(General)8]
$
$

      provided, that the aggregate principal amount of Bid Rate  Loans  for
which the above offers may be accepted shall not exceed $____________.]2

      We understand and agree that the offer(s) set forth above, subject to
the  satisfaction of the applicable conditions set forth in the Amended and
Restated Five-Year Credit Agreement dated as of December 8, 1999 among  IMC
Global   Inc.,   various   financial  institutions   and   yourselves,   as
Administrative Agent, irrevocably obligates us to make the Bid Rate Loan(s)
for which any offer(s) are accepted, in whole or in part.

                              Very truly yours,

                              [NAME OF BANK]


Dated:                             By:
                                        Authorized Officer

                                                                EXHIBIT E-1


December ___, 1999

To the Banks parties to the
"Credit Agreement" (as defined
below) and to Bank of America, N.A.,
as Administrative Agent:

      We  are issuing this opinion letter in our capacity as special  legal
counsel  to  IMC  Global Inc., a Delaware corporation  (the  "Company")  in
response  to  the requirement in Section 3.01 of the Amended  and  Restated
Five  Year  Credit  Agreement, dated as of December 8,  1999  (the  "Credit
Agreement"),   between   the  Company,  as  borrower,   various   financial
institutions  (excluding the Company, the "Banks"), and  Bank  of  America,
N.A., as administrative agent (together with the Banks, collectively called
"you").   The  term "Transaction Agreements" whenever it is  used  in  this
letter  means the Credit Agreement and the Notes (as defined in the  Credit
Agreement)  dated the date hereof.  Unless otherwise indicated, capitalized
terms  used  herein  but not otherwise defined herein have  the  respective
meanings set forth in the Credit Agreement.

      Subject  to  the  assumptions, qualifications, exclusions  and  other
limitations  which  are  identified in this letter  and  in  the  schedules
attached to this letter, we advise you that:

1.   The  Company is a corporation existing and in good standing under  the
     General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

2.   The  Company  has the corporate power to own and lease its  properties
     and  to  enter into and perform its obligations under the  Transaction
     Agreements.

3.   The  Company's  Board of Directors has adopted by requisite  vote  the
     resolutions  necessary to authorize the Company's execution,  delivery
     and  performance  of the Transaction Agreements.  No approval  by  the
     Company's stockholders is required.

4.   The   Company   has  duly  authorized,  executed  and  delivered   the
     Transaction Agreements.

5.   Each  of  the Transaction Agreements is a valid and binding obligation
     of  the  Company and is enforceable against the Company in  accordance
     with its terms.

6.   The Company is not currently required to obtain any consent, approval,
     authorization or order of any court or governmental agency in order to
     obtain  the right to enter into the Transaction Agreements or to  take
     any  action  in  connection with the consummation of the  transactions
     contemplated  by  the Transaction Agreements, except  for  actions  or
     filings  required in connection with ordinary course  conduct  by  the
     Company of its respective businesses and ownership or operation by the
     Company of its respective assets.

7.   The  Company is not an "investment company" registered or required  to
     be registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

8.   The  execution  and  delivery  of the Transaction  Agreements  by  the
     Company  and  performance  of its obligations  under  the  Transaction
     Agreements  will  not  (a)  violate any  existing  provisions  of  the
     Company's  Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws,  (b)  constitute  a
     violation  by  the  Company of any applicable  provision  of  existing
     statutory  law or governmental regulation covered by this letter,  (c)
     result  in  the  creation  or  imposition  of  any  lien,  charge   or
     encumbrance  upon any of the property of the Company, (d) violate  any
     existing  order, writ, injunction or decree applicable to the  Company
     of  which we are aware of any court or governmental instrumentality or
     (e)  whether with or without the giving of notice or lapse of time  or
     both, breach, or result in a default under, any existing obligation of
     the  Company  or  any of its Subsidiaries under any of the  agreements
     listed  on  Schedule E to this opinion (provided that  we  express  no
     opinion  as  to  compliance with any financial test  or  cross-default
     provision  except insofar as any such cross-default provision  relates
     to  a default under an agreement listed on Schedule E to this opinion)
     except  in  each case as would not reasonably be expected  to  have  a
     Material   Adverse  Effect.   Without  limiting  the  foregoing,   the
     Borrowings and the application of the proceeds thereof as provided  in
     the  Credit Agreement do not violate Regulation T, U or X of the Board
     of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.

      In  preparing  this  letter, we have relied without  any  independent
verification upon the assumptions recited in Schedule B to this letter  and
upon:  (i) information contained in certificates obtained from governmental
authorities; (ii) factual information represented to be true in the  Credit
Agreement  and the other Transaction Agreements; (iii) factual  information
provided  to  us  by  the  Company; and (iv) factual  information  we  have
obtained  from  such other sources as we have deemed reasonable.   We  have
assumed  without  investigation that there has been no relevant  change  or
development  between  the dates as of which the information  cited  in  the
preceding  sentence  was given and the date of this  letter  and  that  the
information  upon  which  we  have relied is accurate  and  does  not  omit
disclosures  necessary to prevent such information from  being  misleading.
For  purposes  of  each opinion in paragraph 1, we have relied  exclusively
upon a certificate issued by a governmental authority in Delaware, and such
opinion is not intended to provide any conclusion or assurance beyond  that
conveyed by that certificate.

     While we have not conducted any independent investigation to determine
facts  upon  which  our opinions are based or to obtain  information  about
which  this  letter advises you, we confirm that we do not have any  actual
knowledge which has caused us to conclude that our reliance and assumptions
cited  in  the preceding paragraph are unwarranted or that any  information
supplied in this letter is wrong.  The term "actual knowledge" whenever  it
is  used  in this letter with respect to our firm means conscious awareness
at  the time this letter is delivered on the date it bears by the following
Kirkland  &  Ellis  lawyers  who  have  had  significant  involvement  with
negotiation  or  preparation of the Credit Agreement  (herein  called  "our
Designated Transaction Lawyers"): Michael G. Timmers and Gavin J. Domm.

      Our  advice  on every legal issue addressed in this letter  is  based
exclusively  on the internal law of the State of Illinois, the federal  law
of  the  United  States and the General Corporation Law  of  the  State  of
Delaware.  Issues addressed by this letter may be governed in whole  or  in
part  by  other laws, but we express no opinion as to whether any  relevant
difference  exists between the laws upon which our opinions are  based  and
any  other laws which may actually govern.  Our opinions are subject to all
qualifications in Schedule A and do not cover or otherwise address any  law
or  legal  issue  which is identified in the attached  Schedule  C  or  any
provision  in  the  Credit  Agreement  or  any  of  the  other  Transaction
Agreements  of  any  type  identified in Schedule  D.   Provisions  in  the
Transaction  Agreements which are not excluded by Schedule D or  any  other
part  of  this letter or its attachments are called the "Relevant Agreement
Terms."

     Our advice on each legal issue addressed in this letter represents our
opinion as to how that issue would be resolved were it to be considered  by
the  highest court of the jurisdiction upon whose law our opinion  on  that
issue  is based.  The manner in which any particular issue would be treated
in  any  actual  court case would depend in part on facts and circumstances
particular  to  the case, and this letter is not intended to guarantee  the
outcome of any legal dispute which may arise in the future.  It is possible
that  some  Relevant Agreement Terms may not prove enforceable for  reasons
other  than those cited in this letter should an actual enforcement  action
be  brought, but (subject to all the exceptions, qualifications, exclusions
and other limitations contained in this letter) such unenforceability would
not  in  our  opinion  prevent you from realizing  the  principal  benefits
purported to be provided by the Relevant Agreement Terms.

      This  letter  speaks as of the time of its delivery on  the  date  it
bears.   We do not assume any obligation to provide you with any subsequent
opinion  or  advice  by  reason  of any fact  about  which  our  Designated
Transaction Lawyers did not have actual knowledge at that time,  by  reason
of  any  change subsequent to that time in any law covered by  any  of  our
opinions, or for any other reason.  The attached schedules are an  integral
part  of  this letter, and any term defined in this letter or any  schedule
has  that  defined  meaning wherever it is used in this letter  or  in  any
schedule to this letter.

      You  may  rely  upon this letter only for the purpose served  by  the
provision  in the Credit Agreement cited in the initial paragraph  of  this
letter  in  response to which it has been delivered.  Without  our  written
consent:   (i)  no Person other than you may rely on this  letter  for  any
purpose;  (ii)  this  letter may not be cited or quoted  in  any  financial
statement,  prospectus,  private  placement  memorandum  or  other  similar
document;  (iii)  this  letter may not be cited  or  quoted  in  any  other
document  or communication which might encourage reliance upon this  letter
by  any  Person  or  for any purpose excluded by the restrictions  in  this
paragraph;  and (iv) copies of this letter may not be furnished  to  anyone
for  purposes of encouraging such reliance.  Notwithstanding the foregoing,
Persons  who subsequently become Banks (or participants in accordance  with
the  terms of the Credit Agreement) may rely on this letter as of the  time
of  its  delivery  on the date hereof as if this letter were  addressed  to
them.

                              Sincerely,



                              Kirkland & Ellis
                                Schedule A
                          General Qualifications


      All  of  our  opinions ("our opinions") in the letter to  which  this
Schedule   is  attached  ("our  letter")  are  subject  to  each   of   the
qualifications set forth in this Schedule.

1.   Bankruptcy and Insolvency Exception.  Each of our opinions is  subject
     to the effect of bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, receivership,
     moratorium and other similar laws.  This exception includes:

          a.    the  federal  Bankruptcy Code and thus  comprehends,  among
          others,  matters  of turn-over, automatic stay, avoiding  powers,
          fraudulent transfer, preference, discharge, conversion of a  non-
          recourse  obligation into a recourse claim, limitations  on  ipso
          facto  and  anti-assignment clauses  and  the  coverage  of  pre-
          petition  security  agreements applicable  to  property  acquired
          after a petition is filed;

          b.     all   other  federal  and  state  bankruptcy,  insolvency,
          reorganization,   receivership,   moratorium,   arrangement   and
          assignment  for  the benefit of creditors laws  that  affect  the
          rights of creditors generally or that have reference to or affect
          only creditors of specific types of debtors;

          c.   state fraudulent transfer and conveyance laws; and

          d.    judicially  developed  doctrines  in  this  area,  such  as
          substantive    consolidation   of    entities    and    equitable
          subordination.

2.   Equitable  Principles Limitation.  Each of our opinions is subject  to
     the effect of general principles of equity, whether applied by a court
     of law or equity.  This limitation includes principles:

a.                  governing the availability of specific performance,
injunctive relief or other equitable remedies, which generally place the
award of such remedies, subject to certain guidelines, in the discretion of
the court to which application for such relief is made;

a.                  affording equitable defenses (e.g., waiver, laches and
estoppel) against a party seeking enforcement;

a.                   requiring good faith and fair dealing in the
performance and enforcement of a contract by the party seeking its
enforcement;

a.                  requiring reasonableness in the performance and
enforcement of an agreement by the party seeking enforcement of the
contract;

b.        requiring consideration of the materiality of (i) a breach and
(ii) the consequences of the breach to the party seeking enforcement;

a.                  requiring consideration of the impracticability or
impossibility of performance at the time of attempted enforcement; and

a.                  affording defenses based upon the unconscionability of
the enforcing party's conduct after the parties have entered into the
contract.

3.   Other  Common Qualifications.  Each of our opinions is subject to  the
     effect of rules of law that:

a.   limit or affect the enforcement of provisions of a contract that
purport to waive, or to require waiver of, the obligations of good faith,
fair dealing, diligence and reasonableness;

a.                  provide that forum selection clauses in contracts are
not necessarily binding on the court(s) in the forum selected;

a.                  limit the availability of a remedy under certain
circumstances where another remedy has been elected;

a.                  provide a time limitation after which a remedy may not
be enforced;

a.        limit  the right of a creditor to use force or cause a breach  of
the peace in enforcing rights;

a.        relate   to  the  sale  or  disposition  of  collateral  or   the
requirements of a commercially reasonable sale;

a.        limit the enforceability of provisions releasing, exculpating  or
exempting a party from, or requiring indemnification of a party for,
liability for its own action or inaction, to the extent the action or
inaction involves negligence, recklessness, willful misconduct, unlawful
conduct, violation of public policy or litigation against another party
determined adversely to such party;

a.        may,  where  less  than all of a contract may  be  unenforceable,
limit the enforceability of the balance of the contract to circumstances in
which the unenforceable portion is not an essential part of the agreed
exchange;

a.        govern and afford judicial discretion regarding the determination
of damages and entitlement to attorneys' fees and other costs;

a.        may  permit a party that has materially failed to render or offer
performance required by the contract to cure that failure unless (i)
permitting a cure would unreasonably hinder the aggrieved party from making
substitute arrangements for performance, or (ii) it was important in the
circumstances to the aggrieved party that performance occur by the date
stated in the contract.

4.   Referenced  Provision  Qualification.   In  addition,  our   opinions,
     insofar as they relate to the validity, binding effect or enforceability of
     a provision in any of the Transaction Agreements requiring the Company to
     perform its obligations under, or to cause any other Person to perform its
     obligations  under, any provision (a "Referenced Provision")  of  such
     Transaction Agreement or of any of the other Transaction Agreements or
     stating that any action will be taken as provided in or in accordance with
     any provision (also a "Referenced Provision") of any other Transaction
     Agreement, are subject to the same qualifications as the corresponding
     opinion  in  this letter relating to the validity, binding effect  and
     enforceability  of  such Referenced Provision.   Requirements  in  the
     Transaction Agreements that provisions therein may only be  waived  or
     amended  in writing may not be enforceable to the extent that an  oral
     agreement or an implied agreement by trade practice or course of conduct
     has been created modifying any such provision.

                                Schedule B
                                Assumptions

      For  purposes  of our letter, we have relied, without  investigation,
upon each of the following assumptions:

1.   The  Company  has  the  requisite title and  rights  to  any  property
     involved in the transactions effected under the Transaction Agreements
     (herein called the "Transactions").

1.   Each  of you is existing and in good standing in your jurisdiction  of
     organization.

1.   The  Credit  Agreement  constitutes valid and binding  obligations  of
     yours and is enforceable against you in accordance with its terms (subject
     to  qualifications, exclusions and other limitations similar to  those
     applicable to our letter).

1.   You have satisfied those legal requirements that are applicable to you
     to  the  extent  necessary to entitle you to enforce  the  Transaction
     Agreements against the Company.

1.   Each  document  submitted to us for review is accurate  and  complete,
     each such document that is an original is authentic, each such document
     that is a copy conforms to an authentic original, and all signatures (other
     than  those of or on behalf of the Company) on each such document  are
     genuine.

1.   There  has  not  been any mutual mistake of fact or  misunderstanding,
     fraud, duress or undue influence.

1.   The  conduct of the parties to the Transaction Agreements has complied
     with any requirement of good faith, fair dealing and conscionability.

1.   You have acted in good faith and without notice of any defense against
     the enforcement of any rights created by, or adverse claim to any property
     or security interest transferred or created as part of, the Transactions.

1.   There  are no agreements or understandings among the parties,  written
     or oral, and there is no usage of trade or course of prior dealing among
     the parties that would, in either case, define, supplement or qualify the
     terms of the Credit Agreement or any of the other Transaction Agreements.

1.   The  constitutionality  or  validity  of  a  relevant  statute,  rule,
     regulation or agency action is not in issue.

1.   All  parties to the Transactions will act in accordance with, and will
     refrain  from  taking any action that is forbidden by, the  terms  and
     conditions of the Transaction Agreements.

2.   All agreements other than the Transaction Agreements (if any) with
     respect to which we have provided advice in our letter or reviewed in
     connection with our letter would be enforced as written.

1.   The  Company  will  not  in the future take any  discretionary  action
     (including  a  decision  not to act) permitted under  the  Transaction
     Agreements that would result in a violation of law or constitute a breach
     or default under any other agreements or court orders to which the Company
     may be subject.

1.   The  Company  will  in the future obtain all permits and  governmental
     approvals required, and will in the future obtain all actions required,
     relevant to the consummation of the Transactions or performance of the
     Transaction Agreements.

15.  All  information  required  to be disclosed  in  connection  with  any
     consent   or   approval  by  the  Company's  Board  of  Directors   or
     stockholders (or equivalent governing group) and all other information
     required to be disclosed in connection with any issue relevant to  our
     opinions has in fact been fully and fairly disclosed to all persons to
     whom it is required to be disclosed.

16.  The  Company's  certificate of incorporation (or equivalent  governing
     instrument),  all  amendments  to that  certificate,  all  resolutions
     adopted   establishing  classes  or  series  of   stock   under   that
     certificate,  the Company's bylaws and all amendments  to  its  bylaws
     have   been   adopted   in  accordance  with  all   applicable   legal
     requirements.

17.  Each  person who has taken any action relevant to any of our  opinions
     in  the  capacity  of  director or officer was duly  elected  to  that
     director  or officer position and held that position when such  action
     was taken.
                                Schedule C
                       Excluded Law and Legal Issues


      None  of  the  opinions or advice contained in our letter  covers  or
otherwise  addresses  any  of  the following  laws,  regulations  or  other
governmental requirements or legal issues:

1.   federal  securities  laws  and regulations (excluding  the  Investment
     Company Act of 1940 to the extent of our opinion contained in paragraph 7)
     and  all other laws and regulations administered by the United  States
     Securities and Exchange Commission), state "Blue Sky" laws and regulations,
     and laws and regulations relating to commodity (and other) futures and
     indices and other similar instruments;

1.   pension and employee benefit laws and regulations (e.g., ERISA);

1.   federal   and  state  antitrust  and  unfair  competition   laws   and
     regulations;

1.   compliance with fiduciary duty requirements;

1.   the statues and ordinances, the administrative decisions and the rules
     and regulations of counties, towns, municipalities and special political
     subdivisions (whether created or enabled through legislative action at the
     federal, state or regional level -- e.g., water agencies, joint  power
     districts, turnpike and tollroad authorities, rapid transit districts or
     authorities, and port authorities) and judicial decisions to the extent
     that they deal with any of the foregoing;

1.   fraudulent transfer and fraudulent conveyance laws;

1.   federal and state environmental laws and regulations;

1.   federal and state land use and subdivision laws and regulations;

1.   federal and state tax laws and regulations;

1.   federal  patent, trademark and copyright, state trademark,  and  other
     federal and state intellectual property laws and regulations;

1.   federal and state racketeering laws and regulations (e.g., RICO);

1.   federal and state health and safety laws and regulations (e.g., OSHA);

1.   federal and state labor laws and regulations;

1.   federal  and  state  laws,  regulations and  policies  concerning  (i)
     national and local emergency, (ii) possible judicial deference to acts of
     sovereign states, and (iii) criminal and civil forfeiture laws;

1.   other  federal and state statutes of general application to the extent
     they provide for criminal prosecution (e.g., mail fraud and wire fraud
     statutes);

1.   any  laws, regulations, directives and executive orders that  prohibit
     or limit the enforceability of obligations based on attributes of the party
     seeking  enforcement (e.g., the Trading with the  Enemy  Act  and  the
     International Emergency Economic Powers Act); and

1.   the  effect  of  any law, regulation or order which hereafter  becomes
     effective.

       We  have  not  undertaken any research for purposes  of  determining
whether  the  Company  or  any  of  the Transactions  which  may  occur  in
connection  with  the  Credit Agreement or any  of  the  other  Transaction
Agreements  is  subject to any law or other governmental requirement  other
than to those laws and requirements which in our experience would generally
be  recognized  as  applicable in the absence of  research  by  lawyers  in
Illinois, and none of our opinions covers any such law or other requirement
unless  (i) one of our Designated Transaction Lawyers had actual  knowledge
of  its  applicability at the time our letter was delivered on the date  it
bears and (ii) it is not excluded from coverage by other provisions in  our
letter or in any Schedule to our letter.

                                Schedule D
                            Excluded Provisions


      None of the opinions in the letter to which this Schedule is attached
covers  or  otherwise  addresses any of the following types  of  provisions
which may be contained in the Transaction Agreements:

1.   Covenants  not to compete, including without limitation covenants  not
     to interfere with business or employee relations, covenants not to solicit
     customers, and covenants not to solicit or hire employees.

1.   Indemnification for negligence, willful misconduct or other wrongdoing
     or strict product liability or any indemnification for liabilities arising
     under securities laws.

1.   Provisions  mandating  contribution towards judgments  or  settlements
     among various parties.

1.   Waivers  of  (i) legal or equitable defenses, (ii) rights to  damages,
     (iii) rights to counter claim or set off, (iv) statutes of limitations, (v)
     rights  to  notice,  (vi)  the benefits of statutory,  regulatory,  or
     constitutional rights, unless and to the extent the statute, regulation, or
     constitution explicitly allows waiver, (vii) broadly or vaguely stated
     rights, and (viii) other benefits to the extent they cannot be waived under
     applicable law.

1.   Provisions providing for forfeitures or the recovery of amounts deemed
     to constitute penalties, or for liquidated damages, acceleration of future
     amounts due (other than principal) without appropriate discount to present
     value, late charges, prepayment charges, and increased interest rates upon
     default.

1.   Time-is-of-the-essence clauses.

1.   Provisions  which provide a time limitation after which a  remedy  may
     not be enforced.

1.   Confession of judgment clauses.

1.   Agreements  to submit to the jurisdiction of any particular  court  or
     other  governmental authority (either as to personal jurisdiction  and
     subject matter jurisdiction); provisions restricting access to courts;
     waiver  of  service of process requirements which would  otherwise  be
     applicable; and provisions otherwise purporting to affect the jurisdiction
     and venue of courts.

1.   Provisions  that attempt to change or waive rules of evidence  or  fix
     the  method or quantum of proof to be applied in litigation or similar
     proceedings.

1.   Provisions appointing one party as an attorney-in-fact for an  adverse
     party or providing that the decision of any particular person will  be
     conclusive or binding on others.

1.   Provisions  purporting to limit rights of third parties who  have  not
     consented thereto or purporting to grant rights to third parties.

1.   Provisions which purport to award attorneys' fees solely to one party.

1.   Arbitration agreements.

1.   Provisions purporting to create a trust or constructive trust  without
     compliance with applicable trust law.

1.   Provisions  relating to (i) insurance coverage requirements  and  (ii)
     the application of insurance proceeds and condemnation awards.

1.   Provisions that provide for the appointment of a receiver.

1.   Provisions  or agreements regarding proxies, shareholders  agreements,
     shareholder voting rights, voting trusts, and the like.

1.   Confidentiality agreements.

1.   Provisions in any of the Transaction Agreements requiring the  Company
     to perform its obligations under, or to cause any other Person to perform
     its obligations under, or stating that any action will be taken as provided
     in or in accordance with, any agreement or other document that is not a
     Transaction Agreement.






                                Schedule E

                                Agreements

                                 [TO COME]

                                                                EXHIBIT E-2

                 OPINION OF GENERAL COUNSEL OF THE COMPANY


December __, 1999

To each of the Banks parties to the "Credit
     Agreement" (as defined below) and to Bank
     of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent


IMC Global Inc.

Ladies and Gentlemen:

      This opinion is furnished to you pursuant to Section 3.01(b) of  that
certain  Amended  and  Restated Five Year Credit  Agreement,  dated  as  of
December  8, 1999 (the "Credit Agreement"), among the Company, as borrower,
various financial institutions and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative
Agent,  and the transactions contemplated thereby.  Capitalized terms  used
herein  and  not  otherwise  defined are used  as  defined  in  the  Credit
Agreements.

      I  am  the  General  Counsel of the Company and have  acted  in  such
capacity in connection with the preparation, execution and delivery of  the
Credit Agreement and each of the Notes dated the date hereof.

     In that connection, I have examined:

          (a)   counterparts of the Credit Agreement and each of the  Notes
          dated  the  date  hereof, in each case executed by  each  of  the
          parties thereto; and

          (b)   the  certificate of incorporation and bylaws of the Company
          as amended through the date hereof.

      I  have  also  examined  the originals, or  copies  certified  to  my
satisfaction,  of  all  of  the  indentures,  loan  or  credit  agreements,
guarantees, mortgages, security agreements, bonds, notes and other material
agreements  or  instruments  (the "Relevant Contracts"),  and  all  of  the
orders,  writs, judgments, injunctions, decrees, determinations and  awards
of  which  I  am aware, after diligent inquiry, that affect or  purport  to
affect the obligations of the Company under the Credit Agreement or any  of
the  Notes  dated  the date hereof, or the right of the Company  to  borrow
money,  to  guaranty the obligations of other Borrowers from time  to  time
parties   to  the  Credit  Agreement  or  to  consummate  the  transactions
contemplated by the Credit Agreement.

      In addition, I have examined the originals, or copies certified to my
satisfaction, of such other corporate records of the Company,  certificates
of  public  officials  and  of  officers of the  Company,  and  agreements,
instruments and other documents, as I have deemed necessary as a basis  for
the opinions expressed below.

      In  my examination of the documents referred to above, I have assumed
(i)  the due execution and delivery, pursuant to due authorization, of each
of  the  documents referred to above by all parties thereto other than  the
Company,  (ii) the authenticity of all such documents submitted  to  me  as
originals  and  (iii)  the conformity to originals of  all  such  documents
submitted to me as copies.

     I am qualified to practice law in the State of Illinois.  This opinion
is  limited  to the laws of the State of Illinois, the General  Corporation
Law of the State of Delaware and the Federal laws of the United States.

      Based upon the foregoing and upon such investigation as I have deemed
necessary, I am of the following opinion as of the date hereof:

      1.    The  Company  (a)  is a corporation duly incorporated,  validly
existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware,  (b)
has all requisite corporate power and authority to own or lease and operate
its  properties and to carry on its business as now conducted, and  (c)  is
duly  qualified to do business and is in good standing in every state where
it  owns  or leases real property, or in which the conduct of its  business
requires  it to so qualify or be licensed, except where the failure  to  so
qualify  or be licensed could not be reasonably expected to have a Material
Adverse Effect.

      2.    The execution, delivery and performance by the Company  of  the
Credit  Agreement  and  each of the Notes dated the date  hereof,  and  the
consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Credit Agreement,  are
within  the  Company's corporate powers, have been duly authorized  by  all
necessary corporate action, and do not (a) contravene the Company's charter
or  by-laws  or (b) violate any law, rule, or regulation of  the  State  of
Illinois or Federal law of the United States, or any order, writ, judgment,
injunction, decree, determination or award binding on or affecting  or  any
of  its  properties  or (c) conflict with or result in the  breach  of,  or
constitute a default under, any Relevant Contracts binding on or  affecting
the  Company  or  any of its properties or (d) result  in  or  require  the
creation  or  imposition of any Lien upon or with respect  to  any  of  the
properties of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

      3.   No authorization, approval, or other action by, and no notice to
or  filing with, any governmental authority or regulatory body or any third
party  is required for the due execution, delivery and performance  by  the
Company  of  the  Credit Agreement and each of the  Notes  dated  the  date
hereof, or for the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby.

      4.   The Credit Agreement and each of the Notes dated the date hereof
have been duly executed and delivered by the Company.

     5.   To the best of my knowledge, except as disclosed in the Company's
annual  report  on for the year ended December 31, 1998, each  registration
statement  (other  than  a  registration statement  on  Form  S-8  (or  its
equivalent))  and  each  report  on Form  10-K,  10-Q  and  8-K  (or  their
equivalents)  which the Company has filed with the Securities and  Exchange
Commission since such date, there is no action, suit or proceeding  pending
against  or  affecting, the Company or any of its Subsidiaries  before  any
court,  governmental agency or arbitrator that (a) purports to  affect  the
legality,  validity  binding  effect  or  enforceability  of   the   Credit
Agreement  or  the Notes dated the date hereof or the consummation  of  the
transactions  contemplated by the Credit Agreement or (b) could  reasonably
be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect any Note.

      6.    The provisions of the Credit Agreement (without regard for  any
provision  thereof  limiting  the payment of interest  or  any  other  sums
thereunder to the highest rate permitted by applicable law) and  the  Notes
dated  the  date hereof do not violate any applicable law of the  State  of
Illinois relating to usury.

      7.    Neither  the Company nor any Subsidiary of the  Company  is  an
"investment company" as such term is defined in the Investment Company  Act
of 1940, as amended.

      The  opinions expressed herein are being delivered to you as  of  the
date  hereof  and  are  solely  for your benefit  in  connection  with  the
transactions contemplated in the Credit Agreement and may not be relied  on
in  any  manner  or  for any purpose by any other Person,  nor  any  copies
published, communicated or otherwise made available in whole or in part  to
any other Person or entity without my express prior written consent, except
that  you may furnish copies thereof to any party that becomes a Bank after
the  date  hereof pursuant to the Credit Agreement.  I do not  express  any
opinion,  either  implicitly  or otherwise,  on  any  issue  not  expressly
addressed  in this opinion.  The opinions expressed above are based  solely
on  facts, laws and regulations in effect on the date hereof, and I  assume
no obligation to revise or supplement this opinion should such facts change
or  should such laws or regulations be changed by legislative or regulatory
action,  judicial decision or otherwise, notwithstanding that such  changes
may affect the legal analysis or conclusions contained herein.

                         Very truly yours,


                         Mary Ann Hynes


                                                                  EXHIBIT F


                                OPINION OF
                   MAYER, BROWN & PLATT, SPECIAL COUNSEL
                       FOR THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT



December __, 1999

To the Banks and the
  Administrative Agent
  Referred to Below
c/o Bank of America, N.A.,
as Administrative Agent
231 South LaSalle Street
Chicago, Illinois 60697

Dear Sirs:

     We  have  participated in the preparation of the Amended and  Restated
Five Year Credit Agreement (the "Credit Agreement") dated as of December 8,
1999 among IMC Global Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), various
financial  institutions and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative  Agent
(the  "Administrative Agent"), and have acted as special  counsel  for  the
Administrative Agent for the purpose of rendering this opinion pursuant  to
Section  3.01(c)  of  the Credit Agreement.  Terms defined  in  the  Credit
Agreement are used herein as therein defined.

     In  connection  herewith, we have examined (i) the  Credit  Agreement,
including original or facsimile copies of signature pages thereto  executed
by  the  Company, each of the Banks and the Administrative Agent; and  (ii)
the  Notes issued by the Company on the date hereof pursuant to the  Credit
Agreement  (the  "Notes"  and,  together with  the  Credit  Agreement,  the
"Documents").   In  connection  with such  examination,  we  have  assumed,
without any independent investigation, that:

(a)    all signatures of the parties on all items submitted to us are
                         genuine;

(b)    all natural persons, including persons acting on behalf of a
business entity, are legally competent;
(c)    all items submitted to us as originals are authentic, and all
documents submitted to us as copies conform to authentic original
documents;
(d)    each of the parties has full power and authority to execute, deliver
and perform its obligations under the Documents to which it is a party, and
all such Documents have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or
other action on the part of such parties and others and have been duly
executed and delivered by such parties;
(e)    as to all parties (other than the Company), the Credit Agreement
constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of such parties,
enforceable against each such party in accordance with its terms;
(f)    the Company is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in
good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware;
(g)    the execution, delivery and performance of each of the Documents (i)
are within the Company's corporate powers, (ii) have been duly authorized
by all necessary corporate action on the party of the Company (including
all necessary stockholder approval), (iii) do not contravene or conflict
with (A) the charter or by-laws or any other organizational document of the
Company, (B) any law, rule or regulation of the State of Illinois or of the
Federal law of the United States,  or (C) any writ, order, judgment, award,
determination or decree to which the Company is subject or to which any of
its property is bound and (iv) do not require any action, consent,
approval, authorization, declaration or filing by or with any governmental
or regulatory authority or any other third party; and
(h)    there are no agreements between any of the parties that would alter
the agreements set forth in the Documents.
     Based  upon  the  foregoing,  and subject to  the  qualifications  and
exceptions set forth below, we are of the opinion that, under the  laws  of
the State of Illinois:

1.   The Credit Agreement is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the
          Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms.

2.   Each Note is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company,
enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms.
     Our opinions are subject to the following qualifications:

(a)          Our opinions are subject to the effect of any applicable
bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, receivership,  fraudulent
conveyance, equitable subordination, moratorium or similar law affecting
creditors' rights generally and to the effect of general principles of
equity (regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at
law),  including,  without limitation, concepts  of  materiality,
reasonableness, good faith and fair dealing and limitations on the
availability of specific performance, injunctive relief or other equitable
remedies.
(b)       We express no opinion as to obligations relating to
indemnification, contribution or exculpation of costs, expenses or
liabilities which contravene public policy.
(c)            We express no opinion as to the enforceability, under
certain circumstances, of provisions imposing penalties or forfeitures,
late payment charges or an increase in interest rate upon delinquency in
payment or the occurrence of a default.
(d)            We express no opinion as to any provision of any Document
that purports to establish an evidentiary standard for determinations by
the Banks or the Administrative Agent.
(e)            We express no opinion as to Section 11.04 of the Credit
Agreement insofar as it authorizes any Person to exercise any right of
offset.
(f)       We express no opinion as to any provision of the Credit Agreement
purporting to convey rights to Persons other than parties to the Credit
Agreement.
(g)       We express no opinion as to any waiver of (i) the right to a jury
trial or  (ii) any objection to venue.
(h)       We express no opinion as to the effect of the law of any
jurisdiction other than the State of Illinois wherein enforcement of any
Document may be sought (including, without limitation, whether any court
outside the State of Illinois would honor the choice of Illinois law as the
governing law of the Credit Agreement and the Notes).
     The  opinions expressed herein shall be effective only as of the  date
of  this opinion letter.  We do not assume responsibility for updating this
opinion  letter  as  of  any date subsequent to the date  of  this  opinion
letter,  and  we assume no responsibility for advising you of  any  changes
with respect to any matters described in this opinion letter that may occur
subsequent  to  the  date  of this opinion letter  or  from  the  discovery
subsequent to the date of this opinion letter of information not previously
known  to  us  pertaining to events occurring prior to  the  date  of  this
opinion letter.

           This  opinion letter is solely for the benefit of the addressees
hereof (and their respective successors and assigns) in connection with the
transactions contemplated by the Credit Agreement, and this opinion  letter
may not be relied upon by any other Person or for any other purpose.

                         Very truly yours,



                         MAYER, BROWN & PLATT



RCB:AGS






                                                                  EXHIBIT G


                    ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT

       AGREEMENT  dated  as  of  _________,  ____  among  [ASSIGNOR]   (the
"Assignor"), [ASSIGNEE] (the "Assignee"), IMC GLOBAL INC. (the  "Company"),
various financial institutions and BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as Administrative
Agent (the "Administrative Agent").

                            W I T N E S S E T H

      WHEREAS,  this Assignment and Assumption Agreement (the  "Agreement")
relates to the Amended and Restated Five-Year Credit Agreement dated as  of
December  8,  1999, among the Company, various financial  institutions  and
Bank  of  America, N.A., as Administrative Agent (as amended from  time  to
time, the "Credit Agreement");

      WHEREAS, as provided under the Credit Agreement, the Assignor  has  a
Commitment  to  make  Loans to the Borrowers and participate  in  Swingline
Loans  and Letters of Credit in an aggregate principal amount at  any  time
outstanding not to exceed $__________;

      WHEREAS, Syndicated Loans made to the Borrowers by the Assignor under
the  Credit Agreement in the aggregate principal amount of $__________  are
outstanding at the date hereof;

      WHEREAS,  Swingline  Loans  in  the  aggregate  principal  amount  of
$__________ are outstanding at the date hereof;

      WHEREAS, Letters of Credit with a total amount available for  drawing
thereunder of $___________ are outstanding at the date hereof; and

      WHEREAS, the Assignor proposes to assign to the Assignee all  of  the
rights  of the Assignor under the Credit Agreement in respect of a  portion
of  its  Commitment  thereunder  in an amount  equal  to  $__________  (the
"Assigned   Amount"),  together  with  a  corresponding  portion   of   its
outstanding  Syndicated  Loans and Letter of Credit  Liabilities,  and  the
Assignee  proposes  to  accept assignment of such  rights  and  assume  the
corresponding obligations from the Assignor on such terms;

      NOW,  THEREFORE,  in consideration of the foregoing  and  the  mutual
1agreements contained herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:

      Section  1.      Definitions.  All capitalized  terms  not  otherwise
defined  herein shall have the respective meanings set forth in the  Credit
Agreement.

      Section 2.     Assignment.  The Assignor hereby assigns and sells  to
the  Assignee all of the rights of the Assignor under the Credit  Agreement
to  the extent of the Assigned Amount, and the Assignee hereby accepts such
assignment  from  the Assignor and assumes all of the  obligations  of  the
Assignor  under the Credit Agreement to the extent of the Assigned  Amount,
including  the purchase from the Assignor of the corresponding  portion  of
the principal amount of the Syndicated Loans made by, and participations in
Swingline  Loans  and  Letter  of  Credit  Liabilities  of,  the   Assignor
outstanding at the date hereof.  Upon the execution and delivery hereof  by
the Assignor, the Assignee, the Company, the Issuing Bank(s), the Swingline
Bank(s)  and  the  Administrative Agent, and the  payment  of  the  amounts
specified  in  Section 3 required to be paid on the  date  hereof  (i)  the
Assignee  shall,  as  of the date hereof, succeed  to  the  rights  and  be
obligated  to perform the obligations of a Bank under the Credit  Agreement
with a Commitment in an amount equal to the Assigned Amount (in addition to
any  Commitment theretofore held by the Assignee), and (ii) the  Commitment
of  the  Assignor shall, as of the date hereof, be reduced by a like amount
and  the  Assignor released from its obligations under the Credit Agreement
to  the  extent  such obligations have been assumed by the  Assignee.   The
assignment provided for herein shall be without recourse to the Assignor.

     Section 3.     Payments.  As consideration for the assignment and sale
contemplated in Section 2 hereof, the Assignee shall pay to the Assignor on
the date hereof in Federal funds the amount heretofore agreed between them.9
It  is  understood  that facility, utilization and Letter  of  Credit  fees
accrued  to the date hereof in respect of the Assigned Amount are  for  the
account of the Assignor and such fees accruing from and including the  date
hereof  are for the account of the Assignee.  Each of the Assignor and  the
Assignee  hereby  agrees that if it receives any amount  under  the  Credit
Agreement  which  is for the account of the other party  hereto,  it  shall
receive the same for the account of such other party to the extent of  such
other  party's  interest therein and shall promptly pay the  same  to  such
other party.

      Section  4.     Consent to Assignment.  This Agreement is conditioned
upon the consent of the Company, the Issuing Bank(s), the Swingline Bank(s)
and  the  Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 11.06(c) of  the  Credit
Agreement.   The  execution of this Agreement by the Company,  the  Issuing
Bank(s), Swingline Bank(s) and the Administrative Agent is evidence of this
consent.   Pursuant  to Section 11.06(c), each Borrower shall  execute  and
deliver  a Note, if required by the Assignee, payable to the order  of  the
Assignee to evidence the assignment and assumption provided for herein.

      Section  5.      Non-reliance on Assignor.   The  Assignor  makes  no
representation  or  warranty  in  connection  with,  and  shall   have   no
responsibility  with  respect  to, the solvency,  financial  condition,  or
statements  of  any  Borrower, or the validity and  enforceability  of  the
obligations of any Borrower in respect of the Credit Agreement or any Note.
The  Assignee acknowledges that it has, independently and without  reliance
on  the  Assignor, and based on such documents and information  as  it  has
deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into
this  Agreement  and  will continue to be responsible for  making  its  own
independent  appraisal of the business, affairs and financial condition  of
the Borrowers.

     Section 6.     Governing Law.  This Agreement shall be governed by and
construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Illinois.

      Section  7.      Counterparts.  This Agreement may be signed  in  any
number  of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the  same
effect  as  if  the  signatures  thereto and  hereto  were  upon  the  same
instrument.

       Section  8.      Administrative  Questionnaire.   Attached   is   an
Administrative Questionnaire duly completed by the Assignee.

      IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF, the parties have caused this  Agreement  to  be
executed  and delivered by their duly authorized officers as  of  the  date
first above written.

                          [ASSIGNOR]


                          By
                          Title:

                          [ASSIGNEE]


                          By
                          Title:

                         IMC GLOBAL INC.


                         By
                                 Title:


                         BANK  OF AMERICA, N.A., as Issuing Bank, Swingline
                         Bank and Administrative Agent


                         By
                                Title:


                         [ISSUING BANK]



                         By
                                 Title:



                                                                  EXHIBIT H
                      FORM OF ELECTION TO PARTICIPATE
[Date]

Bank of America, N.A.,
as Administrative Agent for the Banks
which are parties to the Amended and
Restated Five-Year Credit Agreement dated
as of December 8, 1999 among IMC Global Inc.,
various financial institutions and Bank of America, N.A.,
as Administrative Agent (the "Credit Agreement").

Dear Sirs:

      Reference is made to the Credit Agreement described above.  Terms not
defined herein which are defined in the Credit Agreement shall have for the
purposes hereof the meaning provided therein.

      The  undersigned, [name of Eligible Subsidiary], a  [jurisdiction  of
incorporation] corporation, hereby elects to be an Eligible Subsidiary  for
purposes  of the Credit Agreement, effective from the date hereof until  an
Election  to  Terminate  shall  have  been  delivered  on  behalf  of   the
undersigned  in  accordance  with the Credit  Agreement.   The  undersigned
confirms that the representations and warranties set forth in Article 9  of
the  Credit Agreement are true and correct as to the undersigned as of  the
date  hereof,  and  the  undersigned  hereby  agrees  to  perform  all  the
obligations  of  a Borrower under, and to be bound in all respects  by  the
terms of, the Credit Agreement, including without limitation Sections  8.03
and 11.03 thereof, as if the undersigned were a signatory party thereto.

     [Tax disclosure pursuant to Section 9.04]

      This instrument shall be construed in accordance with and governed by
the laws of the State of Illinois.

                              Very truly yours,

                              [NAME OF ELIGIBLE SUBSIDIARY]

                              By
                                   Title:

      The undersigned hereby confirms that [name of Eligible Subsidiary] is
an  Eligible  Subsidiary  for  purposes of the Credit  Agreement  described
above.
                              IMC GLOBAL INC.

                              By
                                   Title:

     Receipt of the above Election to Participate is hereby acknowledged on
and as of the date set forth above.

                              BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,
                              as Administrative Agent

                              By
                                   Title:



                                                                  EXHIBIT I

                       FORM OF ELECTION TO TERMINATE

[Date]

Bank of America, N.A.,
as Administrative Agent for the Banks
which are parties to the Amended and
Restated Five-Year Credit Agreement dated
as of December 8, 1999 among IMC Global Inc.,
various financial institutions, and Bank of America, N.A.,
as Administrative Agent (the "Credit Agreement").

Dear Sirs:

      Reference is made to the Credit Agreement described above.  Terms not
defined herein which are defined in the Credit Agreement shall have for the
purposes hereof the meaning provided therein.

      The  undersigned, [name of Eligible Subsidiary], a  [jurisdiction  of
incorporation]  corporation, hereby elects to terminate its  status  as  an
Eligible Subsidiary for purposes of the Credit Agreement, effective  as  of
the  date hereof.  The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that  all
principal  and  interest  on  all Loans to the undersigned  and  all  other
amounts  payable by the undersigned pursuant to the Credit  Agreement  have
been  paid  in  full  on or prior to the date hereof.  Notwithstanding  the
foregoing,  this Election to Terminate shall not affect any  obligation  of
the  undersigned  under the Credit Agreement or under any  Note  heretofore
incurred.

      This instrument shall be construed in accordance with and governed by
the laws of the State of Illinois.

                              Very truly yours,

                              [NAME OF ELIGIBLE SUBSIDIARY]

                              By
                                   Title:

      The  undersigned hereby confirms that the status of [name of Eligible
Subsidiary] as an Eligible Subsidiary for purposes of the Credit  Agreement
described above is terminated as of the date hereof.

                              IMC GLOBAL INC.

                              By
                                   Title:

      Receipt of the above Election to Terminate is hereby acknowledged  on
and as of the date set forth above.

                              BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,
                              as Administrative Agent

                              By
                                   Title:



                                                                  EXHIBIT J


Matters  to  be  covered  in  the Opinions  of  Counsel  for  the  Eligible
Subsidiaries


     1.   The Borrower is a [legal entity] duly organized, validly existing
and in good standing under the laws of [jurisdiction of organization].
      2.    The  execution and delivery by the Borrower of its Election  to
Participate and its Notes and the performance by the Borrower of the Credit
Agreement  and its Notes are within the Borrower's legal powers, have  been
duly  authorized by all necessary legal action, require no action by or  in
respect  of, or filing with, any governmental body, agency or official  and
do  not  contravene,  or  constitute a  default  under,  any  provision  of
applicable  law or regulation or of the [organizational documents]  of  the
Borrower or of any agreement, judgment, injunction, order, decree or  other
instrument  known to such counsel to be binding upon the  Borrower  or  the
Company  or any of its Subsidiaries or result in the creation or imposition
of any Lien on any asset of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant
to any of the foregoing.
     3.   The Borrower's Election to Participate has been duly executed and
delivered  and  the  Credit  Agreement  constitutes  a  valid  and  binding
agreement of the Borrower and each of its Notes has been duly executed  and
delivered  and constitutes a valid and binding obligation of the  Borrower,
in  each  case enforceable in accordance with its terms except as the  same
may  be  limited by bankruptcy, insolvency and other similar laws affecting
creditors' rights generally and by general principles of equity.
      [4.   Except  as disclosed in the Borrower's Election to Participate,
there are no Taxes or Other Taxes of [jurisdiction of organization and,  if
different, principal place of business], or any taxing authority thereof or
therein,  which  is  imposed on any payment to  be  made  by  the  Borrower
pursuant  to the Credit Agreement or its Notes, or imposed on or by  virtue
of  the  execution, delivery or enforcement of its Election to Participate,
the Credit Agreement or its Notes.]



                                                                  EXHIBIT K
                        FORM OF NOTICE OF BORROWING
Date ___________

Bank of America, N.A.,
  as Administrative Agent under the
  Credit Agreement referred to below

Ladies and Gentlemen:

      The  undersigned (the "Borrower") refers to the Amended and  Restated
Five-Year Credit Agreement dated as of December 8, 1999 (as the same may be
amended from time to time, the "Credit Agreement"), among IMC Global  Inc.,
various financial institutions and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative
Agent.   Capitalized  terms used but not defined herein  have  the  meaning
assigned  to  such  terms  in the Credit Agreement.   The  Borrower  hereby
notifies you, pursuant to Section [2.02] [2.03(f)] of the Credit Agreement,
of its election to make the following Borrowing:

     1.   Amount:                       _________________________________

     2.   Type of Borrowing:            _________________________________

     3.   Date of Borrowing:            _________________________________

     4.   Interest Period for
          Fixed Rate Borrowing:         _________________________________

     5.   Lender [for Swingline
          Borrowing only]:              _________________________________

      The  undersigned hereby certifies that the following  statements  are
true  on  the  date hereof, and will be true on the date of the  Borrowing,
before  and  immediately after giving effect thereto and to the application
of the proceeds therefrom:

      (a)   immediately after such Borrowing, (i) the sum of the  aggregate
outstanding  principal  amount of the Loans and  the  aggregate  amount  of
Letters of Credit Liabilities will not exceed the aggregate amount  of  the
Commitments,  (ii) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of  Swingline
Loans  will not exceed $25,000,000 and (iii) the aggregate amount of Letter
of Credit Liabilities will not exceed $100,000,000;

     (b)  no Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and

     (c)  the representations and warranties (other than the representation
and  warranty set forth in Section 4.04(b) in the case of a Borrowing which
does  not  result  in  an increase in the sum of the aggregate  outstanding
principal  amount  of  the  Loans  and  the  aggregate  Letter  of   Credit
Liabilities)  of  the Borrower contained in the Credit Agreement  shall  be
true on and as of the date of such Borrowing.

                         [NAME OF BORROWER]

                         By
                             Name:
                             Title:



                                                                  EXHIBIT L

                 FORM OF NOTICE OF INTEREST RATE ELECTION

Date

Bank of America, N.A.,
  as Administrative Agent under the
  Credit Agreement referred to below

Ladies and Gentlemen:

      The  undersigned (the "Borrower") refers to the Amended and  Restated
Five-Year Credit Agreement dated as of December 8, 1999 (as the same may be
amended from time to time, the "Credit Agreement"), among IMC Global  Inc.,
various financial institutions and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative
Agent.   Capitalized  terms used but not defined herein  have  the  meaning
assigned  to  such  terms  in the Credit Agreement.   The  Borrower  hereby
notifies you, pursuant to Section 2.10(a) of the Credit Agreement,  of  the
following interest rate election:

     1.   Group of Loans (or portion
          thereof) to which election
          applies

     2.   Effective date of election

     3.   New type of Loans [if
          Loans are to be converted]

     4.   Duration of next succeeding
          Interest Period [if Loans are
          converted to Euro-Dollar Loans]

     5.   Additional Interest Period [if
          Loans are continued as Euro-Dollar
          Loans]


[NAME OF BORROWER]



By___________________________
  Name:
  Title:




                                                         Exhibit 10.iii.(m)


IMC GLOBAL INC.
1998 SUPPLEMENTAL EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT PLAN
(Effective as of January 1, 1998)



Contents                                                      Page

Article 1.  Introduction                                        1
Article 2.  Definitions                                         1
Article 3.  Eligibility                                         2
Article 4.  Participant Accounts                                2
Article 5.  Additions to Participant Accounts                   3
Article 6.  Vesting in Participant Accounts                     4
Article 7.  Establishment of Trust                              4
Article 8.  Distributions                                       4
Article 9.  Administration of the Plan                          6
Article 10. Amendment and Termination                           6
Article 11. General Provisions                                  7
IMC GLOBAL INC.
1998 SUPPLEMENTAL EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT PLAN

Article 1. Introduction
1.1.   Title.   The title of this Plan shall be the "IMC Global  Inc.  1998
Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan."

1.2.   Purpose.   This  Plan  shall  constitute  an  unfunded  nonqualified
deferred  compensation arrangement established for the purpose of providing
deferred compensation to a select group of management or highly compensated
employees (as defined for purposes of Title I of ERISA) of the Company  and
adopting   Affiliates.   The  Plan  is  intended  to  be   maintained   and
administered  in  connection with the "IMC Global Inc. Profit  Sharing  and
Savings  Plan"  and  the "IMC Global Inc. 1998 Restoration  Plan"  for  the
benefit  of  employees of the Company and adopting Affiliates  who  are  in
salary grade 27 or above or who are designated as participants in the  Plan
by the Chief Executive Officer of the Company.

Article 2. Definitions
"Account" means the account maintained on behalf of each Participant  which
will represent the amount of the Retirement Contributions made on behalf of
such  Participant  pursuant to Section 5.1 of  the  Plan,  as  adjusted  by
Section 5.2 of the Plan.

"Affiliate" means an entity that, together with the Company, is  considered
as a single employer under Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code.

"Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

"Committee" means the committee described in Section 10.1 of the  Qualified
Plan  which  is a named fiduciary of and responsible for the administration
of the Qualified Plan.

"Company" means IMC Global Inc., a Delaware corporation.

"Effective Date" means January 1, 1998.

"Employer" means, both collectively and individually as determined  by  the
context  of  the applicable provision, the Company and any Affiliate  which
adopts this Plan with the approval of the Company.

"ERISA"  means  the Employee Retirement Income Security  Act  of  1974,  as
amended.

"Participant"   means  any  eligible  employee  of  an  Employer   who   is
participating under the Plan pursuant to Article 3.

"Plan"  means this "IMC Global Inc. 1998 Supplemental Executive  Retirement
Plan".

"Plan Year" means the calendar year.

"Retirement  Contributions" means the contributions made  on  behalf  of  a
Participant pursuant to Section 5.1 of this Plan.

"Qualified  Plan"  means the "IMC Global  Inc. Profit Sharing  and  Savings
Plan," as amended from time to time.

"Restoration  Plan" means the "IMC Global Inc. 1998 Restoration  Plan,"  as
amended from time to time.

Article 3. Eligibility
Each  employee of an Employer (other than the Chief Executive  Officer  and
the  Chairman of the Company) who as of the beginning of a Plan Year is  in
salary grade 27 or above or who is designated as a Participant for the Plan
Year  by  the Chief Executive Officer of the Company shall be a Participant
in  the Plan for the Plan Year; provided, that only those employees  of  an
Employer  who are in a select group of management or are highly compensated
(within  the meaning of Title I of ERISA) may be designated as participants
in this Plan.

Article 4. Participant Accounts
4.1.   Account.  The Committee shall establish and maintain an Account  for
each Participant.  The Participant's Account shall be a bookkeeping account
maintained  by  the Company and shall reflect the amount of the  Retirement
Contributions  and  other  amounts credited  hereunder  on  behalf  of  the
Participant.   Interest on the amounts reflected in a Participant's Account
shall be credited to his Account in accordance with Article 5.
4.2.   Opening Account Balances.  Each Participant as of the Effective Date
shall have an opening balance credited to such Participant's Account as  of
the  Effective  Date equal to (i) the applicable percentage (as  determined
from  the  table  in  Section 5.1 below based on the Participant's  age  on
December  31, 1997) of the Participant's 1997 base salary plus  1997  bonus
(the  annual  bonus payable to the Participant in 1997 under the  Company's
Management   Incentive   Compensation  Plan)   multiplied   by   (ii)   the
Participant's  years  (including fractional  years)  of  service  with  the
Company  or an Affiliate as of December 31, 1997 that were completed  after
the  Participant's 40th birthday, reduced by (iii) the lump  sum  actuarial
equivalent  value of the Participant's accrued benefit as of  December  31,
1997  (assuming  payments  begin at age 65 and  calculated  using  a  5.25%
immediate  annuity  interest  rate  assumption  and  the  deferred  annuity
interest  rate  assumptions  which would be used  by  the  Pension  Benefit
Guaranty  Corporation to calculate benefits upon plan termination  and  the
other  actuarial  assumptions  that were in  effect  under  such  plans  on
December  31,  1997) earned for the period of service used  in  (ii)  above
under  all qualified and nonqualified (excluding the Company's Supplemental
Executive  Retirement Plan) defined benefit plans and  the  profit  sharing
component of defined contribution plans maintained by the Company  and  all
Affiliates  and  further  reduced by (iv) FICA withholding  on  the  vested
portion of the amount so determined after application of (iii) above.

Article 5. Additions to Participant Accounts
5.1.   Retirement  Contributions.  As of the  end  of  each  Plan  Year,  a
Retirement  Contribution  shall  be  credited  to  the  Account   of   each
Participant  in  an  amount  equal to (i)  the  applicable  percentage  (as
determined  from  the  table  set  forth  below)  multiplied  by  (ii)  the
Participant's  base salary for the Plan Year plus bonus (the  annual  bonus
payable  to the Participant in the Plan Year under the Company's Management
Incentive   Compensation  Plan),  reduced  by  (iii)  the  profit   sharing
contributions  made for the Participant for the Plan Year  (or  that  would
have been so made if the Participant had not elected to continuing accruing
benefits  after the Effective Date under a qualified defined  benefit  plan
maintained  by the Company or an Affiliate) to the Qualified Plan  and  the
Restoration Plan and further reduced by (iv) FICA withholding on the vested
portion of the amount so determined after application of (iii) above and on
any  previously made Retirement Contribution amounts (and deemed investment
earnings thereon) that have become vested during the Plan Year.

The  applicable percentage for a Participant for a Plan Year is based  upon
the Participant's age as of the end of the Plan Year as follows:

Age                 Applicable Percentage
<40                           0%
40-49                        13%
50-59                        15%
60+                          17%

5.2.   Interest  Additions.  As of the end of each calendar  quarter  there
shall  be  added  to  each Participant's Account interest  on  the  Account
balance as of the beginning of the calendar quarter at a rate equal to  the
prime  rate published in The Wall Street Journal on the first business  day
of the calendar quarter plus 2 percent.

Article 6. Vesting in Participant Accounts
The  balance  in a Participant's Account shall be 100% vested at  any  time
after the Participant has both attained age 55 and completed at least  five
years  of  Service  (as  defined  in  the  Qualified  Plan).   Prior  to  a
Participant's  attaining age 55 the vested percentage of the  Participant's
Account shall be determined based on the Participant's years of Service (as
defined in the Qualified Plan) as follows:

Years of Service             Vested Percentage
<5                                   0%
 5                                  50%
 6                                  60%
 7                                  70%
 8                                  80%
 9                                  90%
 10 or more                        100%

Article 7.  Establishment of Trust
7.1.   Establishment  of Trust.  The Company may, in its  sole  discretion,
establish a grantor trust (as described in Section 671 of the Code) for the
purpose  of  accumulating assets to provide for the obligations  hereunder.
The  assets and income of such trust shall be subject to the claims of  the
general  creditors of an Employer hereunder, but only to  the  extent  that
such  assets  and  income  are attributable to the  contributions  of  that
individual  Employer.  The establishment of such a trust shall  not  affect
the  Employers' liability to pay benefits hereunder except  that  any  such
liability  shall be offset by any payments actually made to  a  Participant
under  such a trust.  In the event such a trust is established, the  amount
to  be  contributed  thereto shall be determined by  the  Company  and  the
investment  of  such  assets  shall be made in accordance  with  the  trust
document.

7.2.   Status of Trust.  Participants shall have no direct or secured claim
in  any asset of the trust or in specific assets of their Employer and will
have  the status of general unsecured creditors of their Employer  for  any
amounts  due under this Plan.  The assets and income of the trust  will  be
subject  to the claims of any Employer's creditors, but only to the  extent
that  such assets and income are attributable to the contributions of  that
individual Employer.

Article 8.  Distributions
8.1.   Distribution  of Accounts.  If a Participant's employment  with  his
Employer  and  all  Affiliates is terminated by reason of  his  death,  the
balance  in the Participant's Account (determined as of the date  on  which
the  distribution  is  processed)  shall be  distributed  to  Participant's
beneficiary as soon as administratively practicable after the  end  of  the
calendar  quarter  in which the Participant's death occurs.   Such  payment
shall  be  made in the form of a lump sum payment.  If such Participant  is
entitled to a Retirement Contribution for the Plan Year in which his  death
occurs  that is not reflected in the Account balance so distributed to  the
Participant's beneficiary, the amount of such Retirement Contribution shall
be distributed to the Participant's beneficiary as soon as administratively
practicable after the end of the Plan Year in which the Participant's death
occurs.

If  a  Participant's  employment with his Employer and  all  Affiliates  is
terminated  for a reason other than his death, after he has completed  five
years of Service (as defined in the Qualified Plan), the vested portion  of
the  balance  in the Participant's Account (determined as of  the  date  on
which   the  distribution  is  processed)  shall  be  distributed  to   the
Participant  (or,  in  the  event  of  the  Participant's  death,  to   his
beneficiary) as soon as administratively practicable after the end  of  the
calendar  quarter  in  which  the Participant's termination  of  employment
occurs and the unvested portion shall be forfeited.  Such payment shall  be
made in the form of a lump sum payment.  If such Participant is entitled to
a  Retirement  Contribution  for the Plan  Year  in  which  his  employment
terminates  that is not reflected in the Account balance so distributed  to
the  Participant,  the  amount of the vested  portion  of  such  Retirement
Contribution  shall  be  distributed  to  the  Participant   as   soon   as
administratively practicable after the end of the Plan Year  in  which  the
Participant's   termination  of  employment  occurs.   If  a  Participant's
employment  with his Employer and all Affiliates is terminated  before  the
Participant  has  completed  five years  of  Service  (as  defined  in  the
Qualified  Plan)  for a reason other than his death,  the  balance  in  the
Participant's Account shall be forfeited.

8.2.  Involuntary Distributions.   Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions
of  this  Article 8, the Committee may on its own initiative authorize  the
Company to distribute to any Participant (or to a designated beneficiary in
the   event  of  the  Participant's  death)  all  or  any  portion  of  the
Participant's  Account.  Such payment would be specifically  authorized  in
the  event that there is a change in tax law, a published ruling or similar
announcement issued by the Internal Revenue Service, a regulation issued by
the  Secretary  of  the  Treasury,  a decision  by  a  court  of  competent
jurisdiction  involving  a  Participant or  a  beneficiary,  or  a  closing
agreement  made  under Section 7121 of the Code that  is  approved  by  the
Internal  Revenue  Service and involves a Participant,  and  the  Committee
determines  that  a  Participant has or will recognize income  for  federal
income tax purposes with respect to amounts deferred under this Plan  prior
to the time such amounts are paid to the Participant.

8.3.   Designation of Beneficiaries.  Each Participant may name any  person
(who  may be named concurrently, contingently or successively) to whom  the
Participant's Account under the Plan is to be paid if the Participant  dies
before   such   Account  is  fully  distributed.   Each  such   beneficiary
designation  will  revoke all prior designations by the Participant,  shall
not require the consent of any previously named beneficiary, shall be in  a
form prescribed by the Committee and will be effective only when filed with
the Committee during the Participant's lifetime. If a Participant fails  to
designate  a  beneficiary before his death, as provided above,  or  if  the
beneficiary  designated  by  a Participant dies  before  the  date  of  the
Participant's  death  or before payment of the Participant's  Account,  the
Committee, in its discretion, may pay the Participant's Account (a) to  the
surviving  spouse of such deceased Participant, if any,  or  (b)  if  there
shall  be  no  surviving spouse, the surviving children  of  such  deceased
Participant, if any, in equal shares, or (c) if there shall be no surviving
spouse  or  children, to the executors or administrators of the  estate  of
such  deceased  Participant, or (d) if no executor or  administrator  shall
have been appointed for the estate of such deceased Participant within  six
months  from the date of the Participant's death, to the person or  persons
who  would be entitled under the intestate succession laws of the state  of
the Participant's domicile to receive the Participant's personal estate.

Article 9.  Administration of the Plan
The  Plan shall be administered by the Committee.  The duties and authority
of the Committee under the Plan shall include (a) the interpretation of the
provisions of the Plan, (b) the adoption of any rules and regulations which
may  become  necessary or advisable in the operation of the Plan,  (c)  the
making  of such determinations as may be permitted or required pursuant  to
the  Plan, and (d) the taking of such other actions as may be required  for
the  proper  administration of the Plan in accordance with its terms.   Any
decision  of the Committee with respect to any matter within the  authority
of  the  Committee shall be final, binding and conclusive upon the  Company
and  each Participant, former Participant, designated beneficiary, and each
person claiming under or through any Participant or designated beneficiary;
and  no  additional authorization or ratification by the board of directors
of  the Company shall be required.  Any action taken by the Committee  with
respect  to  any  one  or more Participants shall not  be  binding  on  the
Committee  as  to  any  action  to  be taken  with  respect  to  any  other
Participant.  A member of the Committee may be a Participant, but no member
of  the  Committee may participate in any decision directly  affecting  his
rights   or  the  computation  of  his  benefits  under  the  Plan.    Each
determination  required or permitted under the Plan shall be  made  by  the
Committee in the sole and absolute discretion of the Committee.

Article 10.  Amendment and Termination
10.1.   Amendment.  The Company shall have the right to amend the  Plan  by
action  of  the  board  of directors of the Company (or  a  duly  appointed
delegate  thereof) from time to time, except that no such amendment  shall,
without  the  consent of the Participant to whom deferred compensation  has
been credited to his Account under this Plan, adversely affect the right of
the  Participant (or his beneficiary) to receive payments of such  deferred
compensation under the terms of this Plan.

10.2.   Plan Termination.  The Plan may be terminated with respect  to  the
Company or any Employer at any time by action of the board of directors  of
the  Company (or a duly appointed delegate thereof) in its sole discretion.
The  Plan  shall be automatically terminated with respect to  any  Employer
upon  the  termination of the Qualified Plan with respect to such  Employer
pursuant  to  Section  15.3  of the Qualified  Plan.   Notwithstanding  the
foregoing,  no  termination  of  this Plan  shall  alter  the  right  of  a
Participant (or his beneficiary) to payments of amounts previously credited
to such Participant's Account under the Plan.

Article 11.  General Provisions
11.1.  Non-Alienation of Benefits.  A Participant's rights to  the  amounts
credited to his Accounts under the Plan shall not be salable, transferable,
pledgeable  or otherwise assignable, in whole or in part, by the  voluntary
or involuntary acts of any person, or by operation of law, and shall not be
liable  or  taken  for any obligation of such person.  Any  such  attempted
grant,  transfer, pledge or assignment shall be null and void  and  without
any legal effect.

11.2.   Withholding for Taxes.  Notwithstanding anything contained in  this
Plan  to  the  contrary, each Employer shall withhold from any distribution
made  under the Plan such amount or amounts as may be required for purposes
of  complying  with  the tax withholding provisions  of  the  Code  or  any
applicable  State  law for purposes of paying any tax attributable  to  any
amounts distributable or creditable under the Plan.

11.3.   Immunity  of Committee Members.  The members of the  Committee  may
rely  upon  any  information, report or opinion supplied  to  them  by  any
officer  of an Employer or any legal counsel, independent public accountant
or  actuary,  and  shall  be  fully protected  in  relying  upon  any  such
information, report or opinion.  No member of the Committee shall have  any
liability to the Company or any Participant, former Participant, designated
beneficiary, person claiming under or through any Participant or designated
beneficiary or other person interested or concerned in connection with  any
decision  made by such member of the Committee pursuant to the  Plan  which
was  based  upon any such information, report or opinion if such member  of
the Committee relied thereon in good faith.

11.4.  Plan Not to Affect Employment Relationship.  Neither the adoption of
the  Plan nor its operation shall in any way affect the right and power  of
an  Employer to dismiss or otherwise terminate the employment or change the
terms of the employment or amount of compensation of any Participant at any
time  for any reason or without cause.  By accepting any payment under this
Plan, each Participant, former Participant, designated beneficiary and each
person  claiming under or through such person, shall be conclusively  bound
by any action or decision taken or made under the Plan by the Committee.

11.5.   Notices.   Any notice required to be given by the  Company  or  the
Committee hereunder shall be in writing and shall be delivered in person or
by  registered  mail,  return  receipt  requested.   Any  notice  given  by
registered  mail  shall  be deemed to have been  given  upon  the  date  of
delivery,  correctly addressed to the last known address of the  person  to
whom such notice is to be given.

11.6.  Gender and Number; Headings.  Wherever any words are used herein  in
the masculine gender they shall be  construed as though they were also used
in the feminine gender in all cases where they would so apply; and wherever
any  words are used herein in the singular form they shall be construed  as
though they were also used in the plural form in all cases where they would
so  apply.   Headings of sections and subsections of the Plan are  inserted
for convenience of reference and are not part of the Plan and are not to be
considered in the construction thereof.

11.7.  Controlling Law.  The Plan shall be construed in accordance with the
internal laws of the State of Illinois, to the extent not preempted by  any
applicable federal law.

11.8.  Successors.  The Plan is binding on all persons entitled to benefits
hereunder  and  their  respective heirs and legal representatives,  on  the
Committee and its successor and on any Employer and its successor,  whether
by way of merger, consolidation, purchase or otherwise.

11.9.  Severability.  If any provision of the Plan shall be held illegal or
invalid for any reason, such illegality or invalidity shall not affect  the
remaining provisions of the Plan, and the Plan shall be enforced as if  the
invalid provisions had never been set forth therein.

IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF, IMC Global Inc. has caused its corporate seal  to  be
hereunto affixed by its officers thereunto duly authorized this ______  day
of ____________, 1999.
IMC GLOBAL INC.


By:


(Corporate Seal)


ATTEST:




                                                         Exhibit 10.iii.(n)



IMC GLOBAL INC.
1998 SUPPLEMENTAL EXECUTIVE
RETIREMENT PLAN, RESTORATION PLAN AND EXCESS BENEFIT PLAN TRUST


Contents                                                     Page

Article 2.  Payments to Participants                           5
Article 4.  Payments to Company                                7
Article 5.  Management of the Trust Fund                       7
Article 6.  Investment Funds and Investment Managers          12
Article 7.  Resignation or Removal of Trustee                 14
Article 8.  Amendment, Division or Termination                15
Article 9.  Liability and Indemnification                     16
Article 10. Miscellaneous                                     17



IMC GLOBAL INC.
1998 SUPPLEMENTAL EXECUTIVE
RETIREMENT PLAN, RESTORATION PLAN
AND EXCESS BENEFIT PLAN TRUST

This  1998  Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan,  Restoration  Plan  and
Excess  Benefit Plan Trust (this "Trust") is effective this  _____  day  of
_______________,  1998 (the "Effective Date"), by and  between  IMC  Global
Inc.,  a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and Marshall & Ilsley  Trust
Company (the "Trustee").

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS,  the  Company has adopted three nonqualified defined  contribution
plans  known as the IMC Global Inc. 1998 Supplemental Executive  Retirement
Plan,  the  IMC Global Inc. 1998 Restoration Plan and the IMC  Global  Inc.
1998 Excess Benefit Plan (the "Plans"); and

WHEREAS,  the  Company expects to incur liability under the  terms  of  the
Plans with respect to the individuals participating in the Plans; and

WHEREAS, the Company wishes to establish a grantor trust (the "Trust")  and
to  contribute to the Trust assets that shall be held therein,  subject  to
the  claims  of  the  Company's creditors in the  event  of  the  Company's
Insolvency, as herein defined, until paid to participants in the Plans  and
their  beneficiaries (collectively, the "Participants") in such manner  and
at such times as specified in the Plans; and

WHEREAS,  it  is  the  intention  of the  parties  that  this  Trust  shall
constitute an unfunded arrangement and shall not affect the status  of  the
Plans  as unfunded plans for purposes of Title I of the Employee Retirement
Income Security Act of 1974; and

WHEREAS, it is the intention of Company to make contributions to the  Trust
to  provide  itself  with a source of funds to assist  it  in  meeting  its
liabilities under the Plans.

NOW,  THEREFORE, the parties do hereby establish the Trust and  agree  that
the Trust shall be comprised, held, and disposed of as follows:

Article  1.  Establishment  and Administration of  the  Trust  and  Company
Contributions

1.1.   Establishment.  This Trust is hereby established for the benefit  of
Participants in the Plans, as determined in accordance with the  applicable
provisions of the Plans, to provide for the payment of benefits  under  the
Plans on an unfunded, nonqualified basis.

The  Company, from time to time, may add additional plans and/or additional
Participants to be covered by this Trust.  Such a designation shall  be  in
writing,  signed  by one or more members of the Committee,  as  defined  in
Section 1.7 herein, and filed with the Trustee.

1.2.   Irrevocable.   The  Trust hereby established shall  be  irrevocable,
subject to the provisions of Article 8 herein.

1.3.  Status of the Trust.  The Trust is intended to be a grantor trust, of
which the Company is the grantor, within the meaning of subpart E, part  I,
subchapter J, chapter 1, subtitle A of the Internal Revenue Code  of  1986,
as  amended,  and  shall be construed accordingly.  The  principal  of  the
Trust,  and  any  earnings thereon, shall be held separate and  apart  from
other  funds of the Company and shall be used exclusively for the uses  and
purposes  of  Participants  and  general creditors  as  herein  set  forth.
Participants shall have no preferred claim on, or any beneficial  ownership
interest  in, any assets of the Trust.  Any rights created under the  Plans
and  this  Trust shall be mere unsecured contractual rights of Participants
against the Company.  Any assets held by the Trust will be subject  to  the
claims  of the Company's general creditors under federal and state  law  in
the event of Insolvency, as defined in Section 3.1 herein.

1.4.   Company Contributions.  The Company, in its sole discretion, may  at
any  time, or from time to time, contribute cash or other property  to  the
Trust in such amount as the Company determines.  The Company shall have the
right,  at  any  time,  and from time to time in its  sole  discretion,  to
substitute  assets of equal fair market value for any assets  held  by  the
Trust.  The Company shall execute any and all instruments necessary to vest
the Trustee with full title to the property transferred to the Trust.

1.5.  Determination of a Change in Control.  The Board of Directors and the
highest  ranking officer of the Company shall have the duty to  inform  the
Trustee in writing of the occurrence of a Change in Control of the Company.
If  any Participant (or person acting on behalf of any Participant),  other
than  the  Company's highest ranking officer, alleges  in  writing  to  the
Trustee  that a Change in Control has occurred, the Trustee shall determine
whether  a  Change in Control has occurred.  Unless the Trustee has  actual
knowledge  that  a  Change in Control of the Company has occurred,  or  has
received  notice from the Company or any Participant (or person  acting  on
behalf  of any Participant) alleging that a Change in Control has occurred,
the  Trustee shall have no duty to inquire whether a Change in Control  has
occurred.   The Trustee may in all events rely on such evidence  concerning
the  Company's control as may be furnished to the Trustee and that provides
the  Trustee with a reasonable basis for making a determination  concerning
the Company's control.

1.6.  Trustee's Acceptance.  The Trustee accepts its duties and obligations
as Trustee hereunder, agrees to accept delivery of funds delivered to it by
the  Company pursuant to this Article 1, and agrees to hold such funds (and
any proceeds from the investment of such funds) in trust in accordance with
the terms and conditions of this Trust.  The Trustee shall have no right or
obligation  to  compel  the  Company to  make  a  deposit  or  contribution
hereunder.

1.7.  The Committee.  The Board of Directors of the Company shall designate
a  committee  (the  "Committee") which shall have the powers,  rights,  and
duties  described  herein and in the Plans.  The Board  of  Directors  will
certify  to  the  Trustee from time to time the person or persons  who  are
acting as the members of the Committee.  The Trustee may rely on the latest
certificate received from the Board of Directors without further inquiry or
verification.   The Committee may delegate such of its powers,  rights  and
duties  hereunder  as  it  deems  appropriate  to  the  plan  administrator
designated in the Plan.

If  for  any period no persons are acting as members of the Committee,  the
Board  of  Directors of the Company shall act on behalf of, and shall  have
all of the powers, rights, and duties otherwise reserved to, the Committee.
The   Company  warrants  that  all  directions  or  authorizations  by  the
Committee, whether for the payment of money or otherwise, will comply  with
the provisions of the Plan and this Trust.

Article 2.  Payments to Participants
2.1.  Payment Schedule.  As soon as administratively practicable  following
the   end  of  each  calendar  quarter  and  as  soon  as  administratively
practicable following a Change in Control, the Committee shall  deliver  to
the  Trustee  a  schedule (the "Payment Schedule") that: (i) indicates  the
amounts  payable  in  respect of the Participants  under  the  Plans;  (ii)
provides  a  formula or other instructions acceptable to  the  Trustee  for
determining the amounts so payable; (iii) designates the manner and form in
which  such  amount is to be paid (as provided for or available  under  the
Plans);  and (iv) designates the time of commencement for payment  of  such
amounts.

Except as otherwise provided herein, the Trustee shall make payments to the
Participants in accordance with such Payment Schedule.  Prior to  a  Change
in  Control,  the  Committee shall have the right to modify  such  schedule
during  the  Plan Year, which modification, upon delivery to  the  Trustee,
shall be binding upon the Trustee.

Unless  directed  otherwise  by  the  Committee,  the  Trustee  shall  make
provisions  for  the  reporting and withholding of any federal,  state,  or
local taxes that may be required to be withheld with respect to the payment
of  benefits  pursuant  to the terms of the Plans  and  shall  pay  amounts
withheld  to  the  appropriate taxing authorities or  determine  that  such
amounts have been reported, withheld, and paid by the Company.
In  the  event the Trustee determines that there are insufficient funds  in
the  Trust  to  make full payments to all Participants as provided  in  the
Payment  Schedule or as otherwise determined hereunder, the  Trustee  shall
immediately  make  a request to the Company for an infusion  of  sufficient
additional assets into the Trust to fully fund the obligations.  If no such
Company asset contribution is made within a period deemed reasonable by the
Trustee,  the Trustee shall make payments to each Participant in an  amount
equal  to  the  full  payment  due  to such  Participant  under  the  Plans
multiplied  by  a  fraction, the numerator of which  is  the  total  amount
available  for distribution in the Trust, and the denominator of  which  is
the  total  amount of aggregate liabilities to all Participants  under  the
Plans.   The  Company  will then be required to  pay  the  balance  of  the
Participant's benefits out of general Company assets.

2.2.    Committee  Determination  of  Benefits.   The  entitlement   of   a
Participant  to  benefits  under  the Plans  shall  be  determined  by  the
Committee, and any claim for such benefits shall be considered and reviewed
under  the  procedures  set out in the Plans.   If  no  such  provision  is
contained  in  the  underlying plan document, the procedures  contained  in
Section 2.4 herein shall be followed.

2.3.   Direct  Payment of Benefits by the Company.  The  Company  may  make
payment  of benefits directly to Participants as they become due under  the
terms  of  the  Plans.   To  the extent administratively  practicable,  the
Company  shall  notify  the  Trustee of its decision  to  make  payment  of
benefits directly to Participants prior to the time amounts are payable  to
Participants.  In addition, if the principal of the Trust, and any earnings
thereon, are not sufficient to make payments of benefits in accordance with
the  terms  of the Plans, the Company shall make the balance of  each  such
payment  as  it  falls due.  The Trustee shall notify the  Committee  where
principal and earnings are not sufficient.

The  Committee may direct the Trustee in writing to reimburse  the  Company
from  the  Trust Fund, as defined in Section 5.1 herein, for benefits  paid
directly  to  a Participant by the Company upon receipt by the  Trustee  of
satisfactory  evidence  of  such payment(s); provided,  however,  that  the
Trustee  shall  not reimburse the Company for such payment if  the  Trustee
determines that, after making such reimbursement, the Trust Fund assets are
insufficient to satisfy anticipated distributions therefrom.

2.4.   Missing Persons.  If any payment directed to be made by the  Trustee
from  the  Trust  Fund is not claimed by the person entitled  thereto,  the
Trustee  shall  notify the Committee of that fact.  The Trustee  thereafter
shall have no obligation to search for or ascertain the whereabouts of  any
payee under this Trust.

Article 3.  Trustee Responsibility Regarding Payments to Participants  When
Company is Insolvent
3.1.   Insolvency.   The  Trustee  shall  cease  payment  of  benefits   to
Participants if the Company is Insolvent.  The Company shall be  considered
"Insolvent" for purposes of this Trust if: (i) the Company is unable to pay
its  debts as they become due; or (ii) the Company is subject to a  pending
proceeding as a debtor under the United States Bankruptcy Code.

3.2.  Claims of General Creditors.  At all times during the continuance  of
this  Trust,  as  provided in Articles 1 and 8 herein,  the  principal  and
income of the Trust shall be subject to the claims of general creditors  of
the Company under federal and state law as set forth below.

(a)   The Board of Directors and the highest ranking officer of the Company
shall  have  the  duty to inform the Trustee in writing  of  the  Company's
Insolvency.   If a person claiming to be a creditor of the Company  alleges
in  writing  to  the  Trustee that the Company has  become  Insolvent,  the
Trustee shall determine whether the Company is Insolvent and, pending  such
determination,  the  Trustee  shall  discontinue  payment  of  benefits  to
Participants.

(b)   Unless  the Trustee has actual knowledge of the Company's Insolvency,
or  has  received  notice from the Company or a person  claiming  to  be  a
creditor alleging that the Company is Insolvent, the Trustee shall have  no
duty  to inquire whether the Company is Insolvent.  The Trustee may in  all
events  rely on such evidence concerning the Company's solvency as  may  be
furnished  to  the Trustee and that provides the Trustee with a  reasonable
basis for making a determination concerning the Company's solvency.

(c)   If  at  any  time  the Trustee has determined  that  the  Company  is
Insolvent,  the Trustee shall discontinue payments to the Participants  and
shall  hold  the  assets  of the Trust for the benefits  of  the  Company's
general  creditors.  Nothing in this Trust shall in any  way  diminish  any
rights  of Participants to pursue their rights as general creditors of  the
Company with respect to benefits due under the Plans or otherwise.

(d)   The  Trustee shall resume the payment of benefits to Participants  in
accordance  with  Article  2  of this Trust  only  after  the  Trustee  has
determined that the Company is not Insolvent (or is no longer Insolvent).

3.3.   Resumption  of Payments to Participants.  Provided  that  there  are
sufficient assets, if the Trustee discontinues the payment of benefits from
the  Trust  pursuant  to Section 3.2 hereof and subsequently  resumes  such
payments, the first payment following such discontinuance shall include the
aggregate amount of all payments due to Participants under the terms of the
Plans  for the period of such discontinuance, less the aggregate amount  of
any  payment  made to Participants by the Company in lieu of  the  payments
provided for hereunder during any such period of discontinuance.

Article 4.  Payments to Company
Except  as provided in Section 2.3, Article 3, and Section 8.2 hereof,  the
Company shall have no right or power to direct the Trustee to return to the
Company  or to divert to others any of the Trust assets before all payments
of  benefits  have been made to Participants pursuant to the terms  of  the
Plans.

Article 5. Management of the Trust Fund
5.1.   The  Trust  Fund.  Unless the context clearly implies  or  indicates
otherwise, the term "Trust Fund" as of any date means all property of every
kind then held under this Trust by the Trustee.

5.2.   Trustee's General Powers, Rights, and Duties.  With respect  to  the
Trust  Fund and subject only to the limitations expressly provided in  this
Trust  (including  the powers reserved to the Committee,  and  the  powers,
rights, and duties specifically allocated to an Investment Manager,  if  so
appointed, as provided in Article 6 herein), or imposed by applicable  law,
the Trustee shall have the following powers, rights, and duties in addition
to those vested in it elsewhere in this Trust or by law:

(a)   To  invest and reinvest part or all of the Trust Fund in any real  or
personal  property (including investments in any stocks, bonds, debentures,
mutual fund shares (including shares of any fund from which the Trustee  or
any  affiliate  thereof receives an investment advisory fee  or  any  other
fee),  notes,  commercial  paper,  treasury  bills,  options,  commodities,
futures contracts, partnership interests, venture capital investments,  any
common,  commingled, or collective trust funds, or pooled investment  funds
described in Section 5.3, any interest-bearing deposits held by any bank or
similar  financial  institution, and any other real or  personal  property,
regardless  of whether any such investment is issued by or related  to  the
Company)  and to diversify such investments so as to minimize the  risk  of
large losses unless, under the circumstances, it is clearly prudent not  to
do so.

(b)   To retain in cash such amounts as the Trustee considers advisable for
payment  of  distributions, expenses and investment transfers  and  as  are
permitted by applicable law (without accrual of interest to the Trust  Fund
notwithstanding  that  the  Trustee or any  affiliate  thereof  may  accrue
interest on such cash balances) and to deposit any cash so retained in  any
depository  (including any bank acting as trustee) which  the  Trustee  may
select.

(c)  To manage, sell, insure, and otherwise deal with all real and personal
property  held by the Trustee on such terms and conditions as  the  Trustee
shall decide.

(d)   When directed by the Committee prior to a Change in Control or by  an
Investment Manager, as described in Section 6.2 herein, either prior to  or
after  a  Change  in  Control, to vote stock and  other  voting  securities
directly  or by proxy (and to delegate the Trustee's powers and discretions
with  respect to such stock or other voting securities to any such  proxy),
to  exercise  subscription, conversion, and other rights and  options  (and
make  payments from the Trust Fund in connection therewith),  to  take  any
action  and  to  abstain  from  taking  any  action  with  respect  to  any
reorganization,   consolidation,  merger,  dissolution,   recapitalization,
refinancing,  and  any  other  program or  change  affecting  any  property
constituting  a  part of the Trust Fund as the Committee or the  Investment
Manager directs in accordance with this Trust.

(e)   To  hold or register any property from time to time in the  Trustee's
name or in the name of a nominee or to hold it unregistered or in such form
that  title shall pass by delivery and, with the approval of the Committee,
to  borrow from anyone, including any bank acting as trustee, to the extent
permitted  by law, such amounts from time to time as the Trustee  considers
desirable to carry out this Trust (and to mortgage or pledge all or part of
the Trust Fund as security).

(f)   When  directed  by  the  Committee or by an  Investment  Manager,  as
described  in  Section  6.2 herein, in either case prior  to  a  Change  in
Control,  to  acquire,  retain,  or dispose  of  such  investments  as  the
Committee or the Investment Manager directs in accordance with this Trust.

(g)   To  make payments from the Trust Fund to provide benefits  that  have
become  payable under the Plans pursuant to Article 2 herein, or  that  are
required to be made to the general creditors of the Company as set forth in
Section 3.2 herein.

(h)   Prior to a Change in Control, with the prior written consent  of  the
Company,  to begin, maintain, or defend any litigation reasonably necessary
in  connection  with the administration of the Trust and the Company  shall
indemnify  the  Trustee  against all reasonable  expenses  and  liabilities
sustained  by  the Trustee by reason of any such litigation.   Following  a
Change  in  Control, the Trustee shall have this right, without  the  prior
written consent of the Company.

(i)  To withhold, if the Trustee considers it advisable, all or any part of
any payment required to be made hereunder as may be necessary and proper to
protect  the  Trustee or the Trust Fund against any liability or  claim  on
account  of  any estate, inheritance, income, or other tax,  or  assessment
attributable  to  any amount payable hereunder, and to discharge  any  such
liability  with any part or all of such payment so withheld, provided  that
at  least  ten  (10) business days prior to discharging any such  liability
with  any  amount  so withheld the Trustee shall notify  the  Committee  in
writing of the Trustee's intent to do so.

The  Trustee shall not be either individually or severally liable  for  any
taxes  of  any  kind levied or assessed under the existing or  future  laws
against  the  Trust  assets.  The Committee shall be responsible  for:  (i)
providing  information  to the Trustee with respect  to  all  taxes  to  be
deducted  and  withheld from payments to Participants; (ii)  furnishing  to
each  person  receiving payment or distribution from the Trust  appropriate
tax  information  evidencing such payment or distribution  and  the  amount
thereof;  and  (iii) preparing and filing all information reports  and  tax
returns  required to be filled with any federal, state, or local government
agency  or  authority with respect to any payments made to any  Participant
hereunder.   To the extent that any taxes are payable by the Trust  to  any
federal, state, or local taxing authorities on account of earnings on Trust
assets, the Company shall pay such taxes.

(j)   To  maintain records reflecting all receipts and payments under  this
Trust  and  such other records as the Committee specifies and  the  Trustee
agrees  to, which records may be audited from time to time by the Committee
or anyone named by the Committee.

(k)  To report to the Committee as of each Plan Year end, and at such other
times  as  the Committee may request, the then net worth of the Trust  Fund
(that  is,  the  fair market value of all assets held in  the  Trust,  less
liabilities  known to the Trustee, other than liabilities  to  Participants
and  amounts payable from the Trust Fund to creditors who are not  entitled
to benefits under the Plans), determined (i) in the case of assets that are
actively  traded on an established market and other assets with  a  readily
ascertainable fair market value, on the basis of such data and  information
as the Trustee considers reliable and (ii) in the case of assets without  a
readily ascertainable fair market value, as directed by the Committee or an
Investment Manager.

(l)   To furnish periodic accounts to the Committee for such periods as the
Committee  may  specify, showing all investments, receipts,  disbursements,
and other transactions involving the Trust Fund during the applicable
period and the assets of the Trust Fund held at the end of that Plan Year.

(m)   To  furnish  the  Company  with such  information  in  the  Trustee's
possession as the Company may need for tax or other purposes.  The  Company
shall  pay,  prepare, file, and furnish all federal, state, and  local  tax
deposits,  returns,  and  reports required  by  any  government  agency  or
authority.

(n)   Prior to a Change in Control, with the prior written consent  of  the
Company,  to employ agents, attorneys, accountants, and other persons  (who
also may be employed by the Company, the Committee, or others), to delegate
discretionary  powers  to  such  persons,  and  to  reasonably  rely   upon
information and advice furnished by such persons; provided that  each  such
delegation  and  the  acceptance thereof by each such person  shall  be  in
writing;  and  provided  further that the  Trustee  may  not  delegate  its
responsibilities as to the management or control of the assets of the Trust
Fund.   Following a Change in Control, the Trustee shall have  this  right,
without the prior written consent of the Company.

(o)   To  perform  all  other  acts which in  the  Trustee's  judgment  are
appropriate for the proper management, investment, and distribution of  the
Trust  Fund to the extent such duties have not been assigned to  others  as
provided herein.

(p)   The  Trustee may invest in securities (including stock or  rights  to
acquire stock) or obligations issued by the Company.  All rights associated
with  assets of the Trust shall be exercised by the Trustee or  the  person
designated by the Trustee, and shall in no event be exercisable by or  rest
with Participants.

Prior  to  a  Change in Control, the Company shall have the right,  at  any
time, and from time to time in its sole discretion, to substitute assets of
equal  fair  market value for any asset held by the Trust.  This  right  is
exercisable by the Company in a nonfiduciary capacity without the  approval
or consent of any person in a fiduciary capacity.

5.3.  Collective Investment Trusts.  The Trustee (or, if so authorized, any
Investment Manager appointed pursuant to Section 6.2) may invest  any  part
or  all  of the Trust assets for which it has investment responsibility  in
any  common, collective, or commingled trust fund or pooled investment fund
that  is  maintained by a bank or trust company (including a bank or  trust
company  acting  as Trustee) provided such investments are consistent  with
applicable  investment requirements and guidelines so  established  by  the
Committee  pursuant to Section 6.1 herein.  To the extent  that  any  Trust
assets are invested in any such fund, the provisions of the documents under
which   such  common,  collective,  or  commingled  trust  fund  or  pooled
investment fund are maintained shall govern any investment therein.

5.4.  Accounting.  The Trustee shall keep accurate and detailed records  of
all   deposits,  investments,  receipts,  disbursements,  and   all   other
transactions required to be made, including such specific records as  shall
be agreed upon in writing between the Company and the Trustee within forty-
five  (45)  calendar days following the close of each  Plan  Year  and,  if
applicable,  within  forty-five (45) calendar days  after  the  removal  or
resignation  of the Trustee.  The Trustee shall deliver to  the  Company  a
written account of its administration of the Trust during such Plan Year or
during  the  period from the close of the last preceding Plan Year  to  the
date   of   such  removal  or  resignation  setting  forth  all   deposits,
investments,  receipts, disbursements, and other transactions  effected  by
it, including a description of all securities and investments purchased and
sold  with  the  cost or net proceeds of such purchases or  sales  (accrued
interest paid or receivable being shown separately), and showing all  cash,
securities,  and other property held in the Trust at the end of  such  Plan
Year or as of the date of such removal or resignation, as the case may  be.
The  Trustee shall be entitled to hold and to commingle the assets  of  the
Trust  in  one  fund for investment purposes but at the  direction  of  the
Company prior to a Change in Control, the Trustee shall create one or  more
subaccounts.   All  such  accounts, books, and records  shall  be  open  to
inspection and audit at all reasonable times by the Company.

5.5.   Common  Fund.  The Trustee shall not be required  to  make  separate
investments of the Trust Fund for the accounts of each Participant  in  the
absence  of such direction by the Committee, and may administer and  invest
the  deposits made to the Trust by the Company as to the Plans as one Trust
Fund.   The  Trustee  also  shall  not be required  to  make  any  separate
investments  of the Trust Fund for the account of any general  creditor  of
the  Company  prior  to  receipt of directions to  make  payments  to  such
creditor in accordance with Section 3.2.

5.6.   Compensation and Expenses.  Reasonable compensation as may be agreed
upon  from  time  to time between the Committee and the  Trustee,  and  all
expenses  (except  those  specifically  described  in  the  next  sentence)
reasonably  incurred by the Trustee and the Committee in the administration
of  this  Trust,  including compensation to agents,  actuaries,  attorneys,
accountants, and other persons employed by the Trustee or the Committee, as
certified  by them, shall be paid by the Company directly.  To  the  extent
such  compensation and expenses are not paid by the Company  within  ninety
(90)  calendar days of delivery of an invoice for same by the Trustee,  the
Trustee  may  pay  such  compensation and expenses  from  the  Trust  Fund.
Expenses  solely  attributable to investment of the  Trust  Fund  (such  as
investment manager fees, load or other commission fees, brokerage, postage,
express or insurance charges, and stock transfer stamps expenses) shall  be
paid from the Trust Fund to the extent not paid directly by the Company.

5.7.   Insurance.   The Trustee shall have, without exclusion,  all  powers
conferred  on  trustees  by  applicable  law,  unless  expressly   provided
otherwise herein; provided, however, that if an insurance policy is held as
an  asset  of  the Trust, unless specifically directed by the Committee  in
writing,  the  Trustee  shall have no power to name a  beneficiary  of  the
policy  other  than  the  Trust, to assign the  policy  (as  distinct  from
conversion  of  the policy to a different form) other than to  a  successor
Trustee,  or  to  loan to any person the proceeds of any borrowing  against
such policy.

5.8.   Carrying on a Business.  Notwithstanding any powers granted  to  the
Trustee pursuant to this Trust or to applicable law, the Trustee shall  not
have  any power that could give this Trust the objective of carrying  on  a
business  and  dividing the gains therefrom within the meaning  of  Section
301.7701-2  of  the  Procedure and Administrative  Regulations  promulgated
pursuant to the Internal Revenue Code.

Article 6. Investment Funds and Investment Managers
6.1.  Investment Funds.  Prior to a Change in Control, the Committee or its
agent  may  direct the Trustee to establish one or more separate investment
accounts  within  the Trust Fund, each separate account  being  hereinafter
referred  to  as  an  Investment Fund.  Except as otherwise  provided,  the
Trustee  shall  transfer to each such Investment Fund such portion  of  the
assets  of the Trust Fund as the Committee directs from time to time  prior
to  a Change in Control, in accordance with the specific provisions of  the
Plans.

Prior to a Change in Control, the Committee or its agent may establish, for
the  direction  of  the Trustee, guidelines, objectives,  and  restrictions
regarding  the  investment of Trust assets or may direct the  Trustee  with
respect  to  the purchase of specific assets within the separate  accounts.
The  Trustee  shall be under no duty to question, and shall not  incur  any
liability  on account of following, any direction of the Committee  or  its
agent prior to a Change in Control.  The Trustee shall be under no duty  to
review the investment guidelines, objectives, and restrictions established,
or  the  specific  investment directions given by  the  Committee  for  any
Investment  Fund.  The Trustee shall have no responsibility for  investment
elections conveyed to it by the Committee or its agent and shall  incur  no
liability  on  account  of  investing the  assets  of  the  Trust  Fund  in
accordance with such directions.

All interest, dividends, and other income received with respect to, and any
proceeds received from the sale or other disposition of securities or other
property held in, an Investment Fund shall be credited to and reinstated in
such  Investment Fund.  All expenses of the Trust Fund which are  allocable
to  a  particular Investment Fund shall be so allocated and charged.  Prior
to  a  Change  in Control and subject to the provisions of  the  Plan,  the
Committee may direct the Trustee to eliminate an Investment Fund or  Funds,
and  the  Trustee shall thereupon dispose of the assets of such  Investment
Fund and reinvest the proceeds thereof in accordance with the directions of
the Committee.

After the occurrence of a Change in Control, the Committee shall have  none
of the powers specified above in this Section 6.1.

The  Committee shall certify, at the request of the Trustee, the  value  of
any  securities  or other property held in any Investment  Fund,  and  such
certification  shall  be  regarded  as a  direction  with  regard  to  such
valuation.   The Trustee shall be entitled to conclusively rely  upon  such
valuation  for all purposes under this Trust.  The Trustee shall  have  the
right  to  request  that  some part or all of the directions  made  by  the
Committee be in writing and shall assume no liability hereunder for failure
to act pursuant to directions which fail to conform to such request.

6.2.  Investment Managers.  Prior to a Change in Control the Committee, and
after  a  Change  in  Control the Trustee, from time to time,  may  appoint
and/or dismiss one or more independent Investment Managers, pursuant  to  a
written investment management agreement describing the powers and duties of
the Investment Manager, to direct the investment and reinvestment of all or
a  portion of the Trust Fund or an Investment Fund (hereinafter referred to
as an Investment Account).

The  Committee  shall  furnish  the Trustee  with  written  notice  of  the
appointment of each Investment Manager hereunder, and of the termination of
any  such  appointment.  Such notice shall specify the assets  which  shall
constitute the Investment Account.  The Trustee shall be fully protected in
relying  upon  the  effectiveness of such appointment  and  the  Investment
Manager's  continuing satisfaction of the requirements  set  forth  in  the
investment management agreement until it receives written notice  from  the
Committee to the contrary.

The  Committee shall provide each Investment Manager appointed with respect
to an Investment Fund with the investment guidelines for that fund and with
any  modifications in such investment guidelines made from  time  to  time.
Notwithstanding the fact that an Investment Manager may be  appointed  with
responsibility for the management of an Investment Fund, the Trustee  shall
have the responsibility for the investment of cash balances held by it from
time  to  time  as  a  part  of such Investment  Fund  in  short-term  cash
equivalents  (such  as  short-term commercial paper,  treasury  bills,  and
similar  securities, and for this purpose, the Trustee may  invest  in  any
appropriate common, commingled, or collective short-term investment  fund).
In  addition, the Trustee shall have the power, right, and duty to sell any
such  short-term  investments  as  may  be  necessary  to  carry  out   the
instructions  of the Investment Manager with respect to the  investment  of
the Investment Fund.

The  Trustee shall conclusively presume that each Investment Manager, under
its  investment management agreement, is entitled to act, in directing  the
investment  and  reinvestment of the Investment Account  for  which  it  is
responsible, in its sole and independent discretion and without limitation,
except  for any limitations which from time to time the Committee  and  the
Trustee  agree (in writing) shall modify the scope of such authority.   The
Trustee shall have no liability:

(a)  For the acts or omissions of any Investment Manager or Managers;

(b)   For  following  directions, including  investment  directions  of  an
Investment  Manager  or the Committee, which are given in  accordance  with
this Trust; or

(c)  For any loss of any kind which may result by reason of errors made  by
the  Investment Manager or the Committee in the division of the Trust  Fund
or Investment Fund into Investment Accounts.

An  Investment  Manager shall certify, at the request of the  Trustee,  the
value  of  any securities or other property held in any Investment  Account
managed  by  such  Investment  Manager, and  such  certification  shall  be
regarded  as a direction with regard to such valuation.  The Trustee  shall
be entitled to conclusively rely upon such valuation for all purposes under
this Trust.  The Trustee shall have the right to request that some part  or
all of the directions made by an Investment Manager be in writing and shall
assume  no  liability hereunder for failure to act pursuant  to  directions
which fail to conform to such request.

Article 7.  Resignation or Removal of Trustee
7.1.   Resignation or Removal of Trustee.  The Trustee may  resign  at  any
time  by  giving  thirty (30) calendar days' prior written  notice  to  the
Committee and the Investment Managers.  The Company may remove a Trustee by
giving  thirty (30) calendar days' prior written notice to the Trustee  and
the  Investment  Managers  provided that  such  removal  shall  not  become
effective  until  the  time  immediately preceding  the  appointment  of  a
successor Trustee pursuant to Section 7.2. Also, the Company may not remove
the Trustee for at least two (2) years following the occurrence of a Change
in  Control, unless a majority of Participants approve in writing  of  such
removal.

7.2.  Successor Trustee.  In the event of the resignation or removal of the
Trustee,  a  Successor Trustee, which or the parent of which has  a  market
capitalization of at least $100,000,000, shall be appointed by the  Company
in  writing  as  soon as practicable.  Written notice of  such  appointment
shall  be  given by the Company to the Trustee that is resigning  or  being
removed (the "Predecessor Trustee") and the Investment Managers.

7.3.   Duties  of  Predecessor  Trustee and Successor  Trustee.   Upon  the
appointment of a Successor Trustee, the Predecessor Trustee shall  transfer
and  deliver  the assets of the Trust Fund to such Successor Trustee  after
reserving such reasonable amounts as it shall deem necessary to provide for
any  expenses,  fees,  or taxes then or thereafter chargeable  against  the
Trust  Fund.  A Predecessor Trustee shall promptly furnish to the Committee
and  the  Successor  Trustee a final account of its administration  of  the
Trust.   A  Successor Trustee shall succeed to the right and title  of  the
Predecessor  Trustee  in the assets of the Trust Fund and  the  Predecessor
Trustee  shall  deliver  the property comprising  the  Trust  Fund  to  the
Successor  Trustee  together with any instruments of transfer,  conveyance,
assignment, and further assurances as the Successor Trustee may  reasonably
require.   Each  Successor Trustee shall have all the powers,  rights,  and
duties conferred by this Trust as if named the initial Trustee.  Subject to
applicable law, no Successor Trustee shall be personally liable for any act
or failure to act of a Predecessor Trustee.

Article 8. Amendment, Division or Termination
8.1.  Amendment.

(a)   This  Trust may not be altered or amended in any substantive  respect
(including  changing  the irrevocable nature of the Trust  as  provided  in
Section 1.2 herein), or revoked or terminated by the Company in whole or in
part,  without  the express written consent of all Participants;  provided,
however,  that  the Trust may be amended by written agreement  between  the
Company  and  the  Trustee,  as may be necessary,  to  make  nonsubstantive
changes  which  have no effect upon the irrevocability of  the  Trust,  the
amount of any Participant's benefits, the time of receipt of benefits,  the
identity  of any recipient of benefits, or the reversion of any  assets  to
the  Company  prior  to  the Trustee's satisfaction of  all  the  Trustee's
obligations hereunder.

(b)   The  duties and liabilities of the Committee, the Trustee,  and  each
Investment Manager under this Trust cannot be changed without their written
consent.

8.2.   Division  of  Trust.  The Committee may direct a separation  of  the
Accounts of certain Participants under the Plans and the transfer  of  such
Accounts to another plan.  If such action is directed, the Committee  shall
cause  to  be  determined and shall direct the Trustee to  set  apart  that
portion  of  the  assets held under the Trust that is attributable  to  the
Accounts  of such Participants as are designated in such direction  by  the
Committee.   The portion of the assets held under the Trust  so  set  apart
shall, as directed by the Committee, either (a) continue to be held by  the
Trustee under such other plan for the benefit of such Participants, or  (b)
be  transferred  directly  to the trustee of a separate  trust  established
under  such  other  plan  and  held  in  trust  for  the  benefit  of  such
Participants pursuant to the terms of such other plan.

8.3.  Termination.
(a)   All  the rights, titles, powers, duties, descriptions, and immunities
imposed  on  or  reserved to the Trustee, the Company, the  Committee,  the
Board  of  Directors, and any Investment Managers shall continue in  effect
with  respect to the Trust until all benefits payable to Participants under
the  Plans  have  been  paid and all assets have been  distributed  by  the
Trustee under the Trust and the Plans.

(b)  The Trust shall not terminate until the date on which Participants are
no  longer  entitled to benefits pursuant to the terms of the Plans.   Upon
termination  of  this  Trust,  the Trustee shall  reserve  such  reasonable
amounts as it may deem necessary to provide for the payment of expenses  or
fees then or thereafter chargeable to the Trust Fund.  Upon termination  of
this  Trust, the Trustee shall continue to have such of the powers provided
in  the Trust as are necessary or desirable for the orderly liquidation and
distribution of the Trust Fund.  Upon termination of the Trust, any  assets
remaining in the Trust shall be returned to Company.

(c)   Notwithstanding anything in this Trust to the contrary, in the  event
that  there  is a final determination by a court of competent  jurisdiction
that  one or more Participants are taxable on the amounts in their Accounts
prior  to  distribution of such amounts to them, the Committee  may  direct
that the affected Plans be terminated and that the Account balances of  all
affected Participants be distributed to them by the Trustee.

Article 9. Liability and Indemnification
9.1.  Liabilities Mutually Exclusive.  To the extent permitted by law,  the
Company, the Trustee, the Committee, the Board of Directors and each member
thereof, and each Investment Manager shall be responsible only for  its  or
their own acts or omissions.

9.2.   Indemnification.  The Company hereby agrees to  indemnify  and  hold
harmless  the  Trustee  from and against any losses, damages,  liabilities,
claims, costs, or expenses (including reasonable attorneys' fees) which the
Trustee  may incur except by reason of the Trustee's negligence or  willful
misconduct.   In  making  any distributions and  taking  any  other  action
hereunder,  the  Trustee  may rely upon and shall  be  fully  protected  in
relying  upon  any notice, certificate, or other paper or written  document
provided  by  the Company or the Committee and reasonably  believed  to  be
genuine.

9.3.   Trustee's Actions Conclusive.  Except as otherwise provided by  law,
the  Trustee's exercise or nonexercise of its powers and discretion in good
faith  shall be conclusive on all persons.  No one shall be obliged to  see
to  the application of any money paid or property delivered to the Trustee.
The  certificate of the Trustee that it is acting in accordance  with  this
Trust will fully protect all persons dealing with the Trustee.  If there is
a  disagreement between the Trustee and anyone as to any act or transaction
reported  in  any  accounting,  the Trustee  shall  have  the  right  to  a
settlement of its account by any court having jurisdiction over the Trust.

 Article 10. Miscellaneous
10.1.   Severability.  Any provision of this Trust prohibited by law  shall
be  ineffective to the extent of any such prohibition, without invalidating
the remaining provisions hereof.

10.2.   Nonalienation.  Benefits payable to Participants under  this  Trust
may  not  be anticipated, assigned (either at law or in equity), alienated,
pledged,   encumbered  or  subjected  to  attachment,  garnishment,   levy,
execution, or other legal or equitable process.

10.3.   Governing  Law.  This Trust shall be governed by and  construed  in
accordance  with  the  laws of the state of Illinois,  to  the  extent  not
preempted by federal law.

10.4.   Evidence.  Evidence required of anyone under this  Trust  shall  be
signed,  made, or presented by the proper party or parties and  may  be  by
certificate,  affidavit, document, or other information  which  the  person
acting on it considers pertinent and reliable.

10.5.   Wavier  of  Notice.  Any notice required under this  Trust  may  be
waived by the person entitled to such notice.

10.6.   Counterparts.  This Trust and any amendments hereto may be executed
in  two  or more counterparts, any one of which will be an original without
reference to the others.

10.7.   Gender and Number.  Except when otherwise indicated by the context,
words  denoting  the  masculine  gender shall  include  the  feminine,  the
singular  shall  include  the  plural, and the  plural  shall  include  the
singular.

10.8.   Scope  of  this Trust.  This Trust will be binding on  all  persons
entitled  to  benefits  hereunder  and their  respective  heirs  and  legal
representatives, and upon the Company, the Committee, the Trustee, and  any
Investment Managers and their successors and assigns.

10.9.  Statutory References.  Any references in this Trust to a section  of
the  Internal Revenue Code shall include any comparable section or sections
of  any  future  legislation that amends, supplements, or  supersedes  that
section.

10.10.   Merger  of  Trustee.  If the Trustee at any time acting  hereunder
shall   be   merged  or  consolidated  with,  or  shall  sell  or  transfer
substantially all of its assets and business to another corporation,  state
or  federal, or shall be in any manner reorganized or reincorporated,  then
the  corporation resulting therefrom, or the corporation to which such sale
or  transfer  shall be made, shall be deemed to be the Trustee then  acting
hereunder.

10.11.   Headings.  The headings contained herein are inserted  only  as  a
matter  of  convenience  and for reference and in  no  way  define,  limit,
enlarge  or describe the scope or intent of the Trust and in no  way  shall
affect the Trust or the construction of any provision thereof.

10.12.  Change in Control.  For purposes of this Trust, "Change in Control"
shall be deemed to have occurred upon the first to occur of the following:

(a)        the acquisition by any individual, entity or group (a "Person"),
including  any "person" within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or  14(d)(2)
of the Exchange Act, of beneficial ownership within the meaning of Rule 13d-
3 promulgated under the Exchange Act, of 15% or more of either (i) the then
outstanding shares of common stock of the Company (the "Outstanding  Common
Stock")  or  (ii)  the  combined  voting  power  of  the  then  outstanding
securities  of  the Company entitled to vote generally in the  election  of
directors  (the "Outstanding Voting Securities"); excluding,  however,  the
following:   (A)  any acquisition directly from the Company (excluding  any
acquisition  resulting  from  the exercise of an  exercise,  conversion  or
exchange  privilege  unless the security being so exercised,  converted  or
exchanged was acquired directly from the Company),  (B) any acquisition  by
the  Company, (C) any acquisition by an employee benefit plan  (or  related
trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or any corporation controlled
by  the  Company or (D) any acquisition by any corporation  pursuant  to  a
transaction  which complies with clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) of  subsection
(c) of this Section 10.12.

(b)        individuals  who, as of the date this Plan is  approved  by  the
Board  of  Directors  constitute the Board  of  Directors  (the  "Incumbent
Board")  cease  for any reason to constitute at least a  majority  of  such
Board;  provided that any individual who becomes a director of the  Company
subsequent  to  the  date this Plan is approved by the Board  of  Directors
whose  election, or nomination for election by the Company's  stockholders,
was  approved  by  the vote of at least a majority of  the  directors  then
comprising  the Incumbent Board shall be deemed a member of  the  Incumbent
Board;  and provided further, that any individual who was initially elected
as  a  director  of  the  Company as a result of an  actual  or  threatened
election  contest, as such terms are used in Rule 14a-11 of Regulation  14A
promulgated  under  the  Exchange Act, or any other  actual  or  threatened
solicitation  of  proxies or consents by or on behalf of any  Person  other
than the Board shall not be deemed a member of the Incumbent Board;

(c)        approval by the stockholders of the Company of a reorganization,
merger or consolidation of the Company or sale or other disposition of  all
or   substantially  all  of  the  assets  of  the  Company  (a   "Corporate
Transaction");   excluding, however, a Corporate  Transaction  pursuant  to
which  (i) all or substantially all of the individuals or entities who  are
the  beneficial owners, respectively, of the Outstanding Common  Stock  and
the  Outstanding  Voting  Securities immediately prior  to  such  Corporate
Transaction  will beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more  than  60%
of,  respectively, the outstanding shares of common stock, and the combined
voting power of the outstanding securities of such corporation entitled  to
vote  generally in the election of directors, as the case may  be,  of  the
corporation  resulting from such Corporate Transaction (including,  without
limitation,  a corporation which as a result of such transaction  owns  the
Company or all or substantially all of the Company's assets either directly
or indirectly) in substantially the same proportions relative to each other
as their ownership, immediately prior to such Corporate Transaction, of the
Outstanding Common Stock and the Outstanding Voting Securities, as the case
may be, (ii) no Person (other than:  the Company; any employee benefit plan
(or   related  trust)  sponsored  or  maintained  by  the  Company  or  any
corporation controlled by the Company; the corporation resulting from  such
Corporate Transaction; and any Person which beneficially owned, immediately
prior to such Corporate Transaction, directly or indirectly, 25% or more of
the  Outstanding Common Stock or the Outstanding Voting Securities, as  the
case may be) will beneficially own, directly or indirectly, 25% or more of,
respectively,  the  outstanding shares of common stock of  the  corporation
resulting from such Corporate Transaction or the combined voting  power  of
the  outstanding securities of such corporation entitled to vote  generally
in  the election of directors and (iii) individuals who were members of the
Incumbent Board will constitute at least a majority of the members  of  the
board  of  directors  of  the  corporation resulting  from  such  Corporate
Transaction; or

(4)       the consummation of a plan of complete liquidation or dissolution
of the Company.

For  purposes  of  this  definition, the  term  "Exchange  Act"  means  the
Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934, as amended from time  to  time,  or  any
successor act thereto.

IN  WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and the Trustee have caused this Trust  to
be  executed  on  their behalf and their respective seals  to  be  hereunto
affixed   and   attested  by  their  respective  officers  thereunto   duly
authorized, as of the day and year first above written.

IMC Global Inc.                  Marshall & Ilsley Trust Company

By:                              By:

Name:                            Name:

Its:                             Its:



                                                         Exhibit 10.iii.(p)

                       EXECUTIVE SEVERANCE AGREEMENT


This  Executive  Severance  Agreement  (the  "Agreement)  is  dated  as  of
__________________, 1999 between __________________ (the  "Executive")  and
IMC Global Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company").

WHEREAS,  the  Company desires to retain the Executive as its  Senior  Vice
President,  Environment,  Health and Safety and the  Executive  desires  to
continue in such position; and

WHEREAS,  the  Company  and  the Executive desire  to  provide  appropriate
assurances for the Executive to continue to perform the Executive's  duties
and responsibilities thereby promoting the stability of the Company.

NOW,  THEREFORE, in consideration of the agreements and covenants contained
herein,  the  sufficiency of which is acknowledged, the Executive  and  the
Company hereby agree as follows:

1.    Definitions.   Each term defined herein shall be  given  its  defined
meaning  wherever  used  in  this Agreement  unless  the  context  requires
otherwise.

(a)  "Base Salary" means the Executive's annualized base salary as adjusted
from time to time.

(b)   "Cause"   means  the  Executive  (i)  grossly  neglects  her  duties,
(ii)  engages  in misconduct; (iii) breaches a material provision  of  this
Agreement,  including, but not limited to, Section 4; (iv) willfully  fails
to cooperate fully with the Company in effecting a smooth transition of the
Executive's  duties  and  responsibilities to  such  person(s)  as  may  be
designated  by  the  Company.  Gross neglect means the willful  failure  to
perform  the  essential functions of the Executive's  job  or  the  willful
failure  to  carry out the Company's reasonable directions with respect  to
material  duties after the Executive is notified in writing by the  Company
that  the  Executive  is  failing to perform these essential  functions  or
failing to carry out the reasonable directions of the Company.  Such notice
shall specify the functions or directions that the Executive is failing  to
perform  and  what steps need to be taken to cure and shall set  forth  the
reasonable time frame, which shall be at a minimum 45 days, within which to
cure.   "Misconduct"  means embezzlement or misappropriation  of  corporate
funds,  or  other  acts  of  fraud, dishonesty, or self-dealing;  provided,
however, that the Executive shall be given notice and an opportunity within
the  next 45 days to explain her position and actions to the Company, which
shall  then  make  a  final  decision; any  significant  violation  of  any
statutory  or common law duty of loyalty to the Company; conviction  for  a
felony; or any significant violation of Company policy or any inappropriate
workplace  conduct  that  seriously disrupts  or  interferes  with  Company
operations;   provided,   however,  that  if  the   policy   violation   or
inappropriate  conduct  can be cured, then the  Executive  shall  be  given
written  notice  of  the policy violation or inappropriate  conduct  and  a
reasonable opportunity to cure, which shall be at a minimum 45 days.

(c) "Company" means IMC Global Inc. and its subsidiaries, as they may exist
from time to time.

(d) "Effective Date" means the date first set forth above.

(e) "Good Reason" for termination of employment by the Executive shall mean
any of the following reasons explained below in paragraphs 1, 2 and 3.   In
each  case,  to  constitute  a termination for Good  Reason  entitling  the
Executive  to  Severance  Benefits  as  described  in  Section  3  of  this
Agreement, the following must occur:

(i)   Within  90  days  after the Executive has or reasonably  should  have
knowledge  that  Good Reason exists, the Executive must  give  the  Company
written  notice  specifying the grounds for her  belief  that  Good  Reason
exists;

(ii)  The Company shall then have a reasonable opportunity, which shall  be
at least 45 days, to cure; and

(iii) If the Company cures the Good Reason within the cure period, then the
Executive shall have no right to terminate employment for Good Reason.   If
the  Company  does  not cure the Good Reason within the cure  period,  then
within 14 days of the completion of the cure period, the Executive may give
written  notice of her intent to terminate her employment for Good  Reason.
The  effective  date  of  such termination for Good  Reason  shall  be  two
calendar  months after the date of the notice to terminate.   At  its  sole
discretion,  the Company shall have the right to accelerate the termination
date  by paying the Executive her base pay for the balance of the two-month
notice period.

1.   the  continued failure by the Company, after notice and  a  reasonable
opportunity to cure, to (i) maintain for the initial term of this Agreement
the  Executive's Base Salary at a rate equal to or higher than the rate  in
effect  on  the Effective Date and for any subsequent term of the Agreement
maintain the Executive's Base Salary at a rate equal to or higher than  the
rate  in  effect on the Effective Date; provided, however, that during  any
such  subsequent  term, Good Reason shall not exist as the  result  of  any
decrease in Base Salary if such decrease is incident to a general reduction
applied  to  corporate officers at a similar level as the  Executive  on  a
proportionate  and  nondiscriminatory basis;  (ii)  provide  for  continued
participation  on a comparable basis by the Executive in  an  annual  bonus
plan  maintained by the Company in which corporate officers  at  a  similar
level  as  the  Executive participate; (iii) provide for  participation  in
stock option and other equity incentive plans or programs maintained by the
Company from time to time in which corporate officers at a similar level as
the  Executive participate; (iv) provide for participation in  all  Company
sponsored group or executive medical, dental, life, disability, retirement,
profit-sharing,  thrift,  non-qualified, deferred compensation,  and  other
plans maintained by the Company to the same extent as corporate officers at
a  similar  level as the Executive participate; (v) provide  vacation,  and
perquisites  substantially equivalent to those provided by the  Company  to
corporate officers at a similar level as the Executive; or (vi) obtain  the
express  unconditional assumption of this Agreement as required by  Section
8,  it  being understood that nothing contained in this clause  alters  the
Company's obligations under Section 8 of this Agreement; or


2.  a  significant adverse change, without the Executive's written  consent
that  continues  after  notice and a reasonable  opportunity  to  cure,  in
working  conditions or status, including but not limited to  a  significant
adverse change in the nature or scope of the Executive's authority, powers,
functions, duties or responsibilities; provided, however, a change  in  the
Company's  status  such  that  it  no  longer  has  any  equity  securities
registered under Section 12(b) or 12(g) of the Securities Exchange  Act  of
1934,  as amended, or that it becomes a subsidiary of another entity  which
directly  results  in  changes in the nature or scope  of  the  Executive's
authority, powers, functions, duties or responsibilities shall not  in  and
of itself constitute Good Reason hereunder; or

3.  a  change, without the Executive's consent, in the Executive's  primary
employment  location  to a location that is more than  50  miles  from  the
primary  location  of the Executive's employment as in  effect  immediately
prior to the Effective Date.

(f)  "Severance Event" shall be deemed to have occurred if,  and  only  if,
during the Term of this Agreement, which includes the initial term and  any
extension  or  renewals  as  provided in Section  2,  (i)  the  Executive's
employment  is terminated by the Company other than for Cause or  upon  the
Executive's  death or inability to perform the essential functions  of  her
position  with  or without reasonable accommodation or (ii)  the  Executive
terminates  her  employment for Good Reason.  If, however, the  Executive's
employment  is  terminated whether by the Executive with  or  without  Good
Reason or by the Company with or without Cause in connection with a "change
in  control" of the Company, as such phrase is defined in Section 5 of this
Agreement,  such  termination  shall  not  constitute  a  Severance  Event;
provided,  however, the Executive's employment shall not be  considered  to
have terminated in connection with a change in control of the Company as so
defined unless such change in control has occurred in such manner and  such
time  as  to have made Section 5 of this Agreement effective prior  to  the
Executive's termination.

2.    Term.    The  term of this Agreement shall commence on the  Effective
Date  and shall terminate on the second anniversary of the Effective  Date;
provided,  however,  that unless the Company gives written  notice  of  its
intent to terminate the Agreement at least one calendar month prior to  the
second  anniversary  of  the  Effective Date, this  Agreement  shall  renew
automatically for an additional one year term and shall continue  to  renew
automatically  for additional one year terms unless written notice  of  the
Company's  intent to terminate the Agreement is given to the  Executive  at
least one calendar month prior to the expiration of the then current term.

3.    Severance Benefits.  Upon the occurrence of a Severance Event and the
execution  of a general release (substantially in the form attached  hereto
as  Exhibit A) of all claims against the Company and other related entities
or  persons   without additional consideration, and upon the expiration  of
any  applicable  revocation  period, the Executive  shall  be  entitled  to
receive the following "Severance Benefits":

(a)  An  amount  equal  to  the target award for the  Executive  under  the
Company's  Management Incentive Compensation Program ("MICP"), or successor
annual bonus plan in effect from time to time, for the fiscal year in which
the  Severance Event Occurs reduced pro rata for that portion of the fiscal
year  not completed as of the end of the month in which the Severance Event
occurs;

(b)  An  amount  equal  to  the target award for the  Executive  under  the
Company's  1996 Long-Term Incentive Plan, or successor long-term  incentive
plan  in  effect  from  time  to time, for the fiscal  year  in  which  the
Severance Event occurs reduced pro rata for that portion of the fiscal year
not  completed  as  of  the end of the month in which the  Severance  Event
occurs;

(c)  An amount equal to two times the Executive's then current Base Salary,
payable in accordance with regular payroll procedures of the Company;

(d)  An amount equal to two times the highest annual bonus earned under the
Company's  Management Incentive Compensation Program, or  successor  annual
bonus  plan  in  effect  from time to time, during  the  three  consecutive
complete  bonus years immediately preceding the date on which the Severance
Event  occurs;  provided, however, that in the event that  the  Executive's
employment  is  terminated prior to the completion of three complete  bonus
years,  any  prorated  annual bonus received  by  the  Executive  shall  be
annualized  and  the  bonus  years  in  which  the  Executive's  employment
commences  or terminates shall be deemed to be "complete bonus  years"  for
purposes  of  determining the highest annual bonus earned by the  Executive
during  the  three complete bonus years immediately preceding the  date  on
which the Severance Event occurs;

(e)  If  the  Executive  timely and appropriately exercises  her  right  to
continue  her  coverage under the Company's medical  and  dental  plans  as
provided under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of  1985,
as  amended ("COBRA"), then the Company will pay the employer portion  (and
the  Executive  will  pay the employee portion) of such  premiums  for  the
Executive until the earlier of:  (i) the expiration of the two year  period
following  the date of the Severance Event and (ii) the date on  which  the
Executive  is  no  longer eligible to continue such coverage  under  clause
4980B(f)(2)(B)(ii),  (iii), (iv) or (v) of COBRA.  Except  as  provided  in
this  paragraph, the Executive's continued participation and coverage under
the group health insurance plans shall be governed by COBRA; and

(f)  The Company shall continue the Executive's coverage under its life and
disability  insurance policies until the earlier of (i) the  expiration  of
the two year period following the date of termination and (ii) the date  on
which  the Executive becomes eligible to participate in and receive similar
benefits under a plan or arrangement sponsored by another employer or under
any  Company sponsored retirement plan.  Participation shall be on the same
terms and conditions as are applicable to active employees.

Severance  Benefits shall be subject to all applicable federal,  state  and
local  deductions and withholdings.  Those Severance Benefits described  in
paragraphs  (a) and (b) shall be paid in a lump sum within 30 days  of  the
Severance  Event.  At the option of the Company, the present value  of  the
Severance Benefits described in paragraphs 3 (c) and (d) above may be  paid
in  a  lump  sum  at any point during the Severance Benefits  period.   The
Company's obligation to continue Severance Benefits shall cease immediately
if  the  Company has or would have had grounds to terminate the Executive's
employment  immediately  for Cause.  In the event  the  Executive  dies  or
becomes  disabled  before  all Severance Benefits  are  paid  to  her,  the
remaining amounts due to her under Sections 3(c) and 3(d) shall be  reduced
by  the  proceeds the Executive's estate receives under any life  insurance
policy  with respect to which the premiums are paid by the Company  or  any
benefits  the Executive receives under any Company disability  policy;  but
subject to such reductions, those remaining amounts, if any, shall be  paid
to  the Executive or her estate.  If any family member of the Executive  is
receiving medical and/or dental coverage under Section 3(e) at the time  of
the  Executive's death or disability and such family member  constitutes  a
"qualified  beneficiary" under COBRA, such medical and/or  dental  coverage
shall continue in accordance with the requirements of COBRA, provided  that
such  family  member pays the full cost of the premium for  such  coverage.
The  Executive  understands and acknowledges that  the  Severance  Benefits
constitute her sole benefits upon termination.

4.  Exclusivity of Services and Confidential/ Proprietary Information.

(a)  Executive acknowledges that during her employment with the Company she
has  developed, acquired, and had access to and will develop,  acquire  and
have   access  to  trade  secrets  or  other  proprietary  or  confidential
information  belonging to the Company and that such information  gives  the
Company  a substantial business advantage over others who do not have  such
information.    Accordingly,  the  Executive  agrees   to   the   following
obligations that she acknowledges to be reasonably designed to protect  the
Company's   legitimate   business  interests   without   unnecessarily   or
unreasonably restricting her post-employment opportunities:

(i)   during  employment with the Company and for a  period  of  two  years
following  the  Executive's termination of employment,  regardless  of  the
reason  for  the termination or by whom initiated, she will not  engage  or
assist  others  in  engaging in competition with the Company,  directly  or
indirectly, whether as an employer, proprietor, partner, stockholder (other
than  the  holder  of  less  than 5% of the  stock  of  a  corporation  the
securities of which are traded on a national securities exchange or in  the
over-the-counter  market), director, officer, employee, consultant,  agent,
or  otherwise,  in  the  business  of producing  and  distributing  potash,
phosphate,  animal  feed  ingredients or  salt  or  any  other  significant
business  in which the Company is engaged or is preparing to engage  in  at
the time of termination;

(ii)   during  employment with the Company and for a period  of  two  years
following  the  Executive's termination of employment,  regardless  of  the
reason  for the termination or by whom initiated, she will not solicit,  in
competition with the Company, directly or indirectly, any person who  is  a
client,  customer or prospect (as such terms are defined below) (including,
without  limitation, purchasers of the Company's products) for the  purpose
of  performing  services and/or providing goods and services  of  the  kind
performed  and/or provided by the Company in the business of producing  and
distributing  potash, phosphate, animal feed ingredients  or  salt  or  any
other  significant business in which the Company is engaged or is preparing
to engage in at the time of termination;

(iii)  during  employment with the Company and for a period  of  two  years
following  the  Executive's termination of employment,  regardless  of  the
reason  for  the termination or by whom initiated, she will not  induce  or
persuade  or  attempt to induce or persuade any employee or  agent  of  the
Company  to  terminate her or her employment, agency, or other relationship
with  the  Company in order to enter into any employment  agency  or  other
relationship in competition with the Company;

(iv)   the covenants contained in this Section 4(a) shall apply within  any
jurisdiction  of  North America, it being understood  that  the  geographic
scope  of the business and strategic plans of the Company extend throughout
North America and are not limited to any particular region thereof and that
such business may be engaged in effectively from any location in such area;
and

(v)    as used herein, the terms "client," "customer" and "prospect"  shall
be defined as any client, customer or prospect of any business in which the
Company  is  or has been substantially engaged within the one  year  period
prior to the Executive's termination of employment (a) to which or to  whom
the Executive submitted or assisted in the submission of a presentation  or
proposal of any kind on behalf of the Company; (b) with which or with  whom
the  Executive  had  substantial contact relating to the  business  of  the
Company;   or  (c)  about  which  or  about  whom  the  Executive  acquired
substantial  confidential  or  other information  as  a  result  of  or  in
connection with the Executive's employment, at any time during the one year
period preceding the Executive's termination of employment for any reason.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company consents in writing, it shall
not  be  a  violation of this Section 4(a) for the Executive to  engage  in
conduct otherwise prohibited by this Section.

(b)   The  Executive agrees that she will not at any time during employment
or  thereafter  for  the  longest time permitted by  applicable  law,  use,
disclose,  or take any action which may result in the use or disclosure  of
any  trade secrets or other proprietary or confidential information of  the
Company,  except to the extent that the Company may specifically  authorize
in writing. This obligation shall not apply when and to the extent that any
trade  secret,  proprietary  or confidential  information  of  the  Company
becomes  publicly  available  other than due  to  the  Executive's  act  or
omission.   In  connection with this Section 4, the Executive has  executed
and  shall abide by the terms of the separate agreement attached hereto  as
Exhibit B.

(c)  The Executive agrees that upon termination of her employment she  will
immediately  surrender  and return to the Company  all  records  and  other
documents obtained by her, entrusted to her, or otherwise in her possession
or  control  during  the course of her employment by the Company,  together
with all copies thereof; provided, however, that  subject to Company review
and  authorization, the Executive may retain copies of  such  documents  as
necessary  for  the  Executive's personal records for  federal  income  tax
purposes.

(d)  The  Executive  acknowledges that the  provisions  contained  in  this
Section 4 are reasonable and necessary because of the substantial harm that
would  be  caused to the Company by the Executive engaging in  any  of  the
activities prohibited or restricted herein.  Nevertheless, it is the intent
and  understanding of each party hereto that if, in any action  before  any
court,  agency or other tribunal legally empowered to enforce the covenants
contained  in  this Section 4, any term, restriction, covenant  or  promise
contained  therein is found to be unenforceable due to unreasonableness  or
due  to  any other reason, then such term, restriction, covenant or promise
shall be deemed modified to the extent necessary to make it enforceable  by
such court or agency.

(e)  The  Executive  acknowledges that her breach of this  Section  4  will
result  in  immediate  and  irreparable  harm  to  the  Company's  business
interests,  for  which damages cannot be calculated easily  and  for  which
damages  are an inadequate full remedy.  Accordingly, and without  limiting
the  right  of the Company to pursue all other legal or equitable  remedies
available for the violation by the Executive of the covenants contained  in
this  Section 4, it is expressly agreed that remedies other than injunctive
relief cannot fully compensate the Company for the irreparable injury  that
the Company could suffer due to any such violation, threatened violation or
continuing  violation and that the Company shall be entitled to  injunctive
relief,  without the necessity of proving actual monetary loss, to  prevent
any such violation, threatened violation or continuing violation thereof.

5.   Change in Control.

(a)  Effective  Date.  For purposes of this Section 5, the term  "Effective
Date"  shall mean the date on which a Change in Control of the Company  (as
defined  in  Section  5(i))  occurs.   This  Section  5  shall  not  become
effective,  and  the  Company shall have no obligation  hereunder,  if  the
employment  of the Executive with the Company shall terminate  prior  to  a
Change in Control of the Company.  If there is a Change in Control and this
Section  becomes effective, then this Section shall govern  the  terms  and
conditions  of the Executive's employment and termination thereof  and  the
provisions of Sections 1, 2, 3, and 4 of this Agreement shall no longer  be
effective.

(b) Right to Change in Control Severance Benefits.  The Executive shall  be
entitled  to receive from the Company Change in Control Severance  Benefits
as  described in Section 5(g) herein, if during the term of this  Agreement
there  has  been  a  Change  in  Control of the  Company  and  there  is  a
Termination  (as  defined in Section 5(f)) prior to the expiration  of  the
Employment Term (as defined in Section 5(c)).

(c)  Employment Term.  For purposes of this Section 5, the term "Employment
Term"  shall  mean  the  period commencing on the Effective  Date  of  this
Section  5  and ending on the earlier to occur of (1) the last day  of  the
month  in which occurs the third anniversary of the Effective Date of  this
Section  5 or (2) the last day of the month in which the Executive  attains
mandatory  retirement  age pursuant to the terms of a mandatory  retirement
plan  of the Company as such were in effect and applicable to the Executive
immediately prior to the Effective Date of this Section 5.

(d) Employment.  The Company hereby agrees to continue the Executive in its
employ,  and  the Executive hereby agrees to remain in the  employ  of  the
Company,  until  the  expiration  of  the  Employment  Term.   During   the
Employment  Term, the Executive shall exercise such position and  authority
and perform such responsibilities as are commensurate with the position and
authority  being  exercised  and duties being performed  by  the  Executive
immediately  prior to the Effective Date of this Section 5, which  services
shall  be  performed  at  the  location where the  Executive  was  employed
immediately prior to the Effective Date of this Section 5 or at such  other
location  as  the  Company  may  reasonably  require;  provided,  that  the
Executive  shall not be required to accept another location that she  deems
unreasonable in the light of her personal circumstances.

(e)  Compensation and Benefits.  During the Employment Term, the  Executive
shall receive the following compensation and benefits:

1.  She shall receive an annual base salary which is not less than her Base
Salary immediately prior to the Effective Date of this Section 5, with  the
opportunity  for  increases, from time to time  thereafter,  which  are  in
accordance with the Company's regular executive compensation practices.

2.  She  shall  be eligible to participate on a reasonable  basis,  and  to
continue  her  existing participation, in annual incentive,  stock  option,
restricted   stock,   long-term  incentive  performance   and   any   other
compensation  plan which provides opportunities to receive compensation  in
addition  to  her Base Salary which is the greater of (i) the opportunities
provided  by the Company for executives with comparable duties or (ii)  the
opportunities   under  any  such  plans  in  which  she  was  participating
immediately prior to the Effective Date of this Section 5.

3.  She  shall be entitled to receive and participate in salaried  employee
benefits  (including,  but  not  limited to,  medical,  life  and  accident
insurance,  investment,  stock  ownership  and  disability  benefits)   and
perquisites  which  are  the  greater of  (i)  the  employee  benefits  and
perquisites provided by the Company to executives with comparable duties or
(ii) the employee benefits and perquisites to which she was entitled or  in
which  she  participated immediately prior to the Effective  Date  of  this
Section 5.

4.  She  shall  be  entitled  to continue to accrue  credited  service  for
retirement benefits and to be entitled to receive retirement benefits under
and  pursuant to the terms of the Company's qualified retirement  plan  for
salaried  employees, the Company's supplemental executive retirement  plan,
and  any successor or other retirement plan or agreement in effect  on  the
Effective  Date of this Section 5 in respect of her retirement, whether  or
not a qualified plan or agreement, so that her aggregate monthly retirement
benefit  from all such plans and agreements (regardless when she begins  to
receive such benefit) will be not less than it would be had all such  plans
and  agreements in effect immediately prior to the Effective Date  of  this
Section  5  continued to be in effect without change until  and  after  she
begins to receive such benefit.

(f)  Termination.  The term "Termination" shall mean termination, prior  to
the  expiration of the Employment Term, of the employment of the  Executive
with  the Company for any reason other than death, disability (as described
below),  cause (as described below), or voluntary resignation (as described
below).

1. The term "disability" means physical or mental incapacity qualifying the
Executive for long-term disability under the Company's long-term disability
plan.

2.  The  term  "cause" means (i) the willful and continued failure  of  the
Executive substantially to perform her duties with the Company (other  than
any  failure  due  to  physical or mental incapacity) after  a  demand  for
substantial performance is delivered to her by the Board of Directors which
specifically identifies the manner in which the Board believes she has  not
substantially  performed her duties or (ii) willful  misconduct  materially
and demonstrably injurious to the Company.  No act or failure to act by the
Executive shall be considered "willful" unless done or omitted to  be  done
by  her not in good faith and without reasonable belief that her action  or
omission was in the best interest of the Company.  The unwillingness of the
Executive  to accept any or all of a change in the nature or scope  of  her
position,  authorities or duties, a reduction in her total compensation  or
benefits, a relocation that she deems unreasonable in light of her personal
circumstances, or other action by or request of the Company in  respect  of
her  position, authority or responsibility that she reasonably deems to  be
contrary to this Agreement, may not be considered by the Board of Directors
to be a failure to perform or misconduct by the Executive.  Notwithstanding
the  foregoing,  the Executive shall not be deemed to have been  terminated
for  cause for purposes of this Section 5 unless and until there shall have
been  delivered to her a copy of a resolution, duly adopted by  a  vote  of
three-quarters of the entire Board of Directors of the Company at a meeting
of  the Board called and held (after reasonable notice to the Executive and
an  opportunity  for the Executive and her counsel to be heard  before  the
Board) for the purpose of considering whether the Executive has been guilty
of  such  a  willful  failure  to perform or  such  willful  misconduct  as
justifies  termination for cause hereunder, finding that in the good  faith
opinion  of  the Board the Executive has been guilty thereof and specifying
the particulars thereof.

3.  The resignation of the Executive shall be deemed "voluntary" if  it  is
for any reason other than one or more of the following:

(a)  The  Executive's  resignation  or  retirement  (other  than  mandatory
retirement, as aforesaid) is requested by the Company other than for cause;

(b)  Any  significant  change in the nature or  scope  of  the  Executive's
position,  authorities or duties from those described in  Section  5(d)  of
this Agreement;

(c)  Any reduction in her total compensation or benefits from that provided
in Section 5(e);

(d) The breach by the Company of any other provision of this Section 5; or

(e)  The reasonable determination by the Executive that, as a result  of  a
Change  in  Control  of  the Company and a change in circumstances  in  her
position,  she  is  unable to exercise the authorities  and  responsibility
attached  to  her  position  and  contemplated  by  Section  5(d)  of  this
Agreement.

4.  Termination  that entitles the Executive to the payments  and  benefits
provided  in Section 5(g) shall not be deemed or treated by the Company  as
the  termination  of the Executive's employment or the  forfeiture  of  her
participation,  award or eligibility for the purpose of any plan,  practice
or agreement of the Company referred to in Section 5(e).

(g)  Change in Control Severance Payments.  In the event of and  within  30
days  following  Termination, the Company shall pay to  the  Executive  the
following benefits (collectively, "Change in Control Severance Payments"):

1. Her Base Salary and all other benefits due her as if she had remained an
employee  pursuant to this Section 5 through the remainder of the month  in
which  Termination  occurs,  less applicable withholding  taxes  and  other
authorized payroll deductions;

2.  An  amount  equal  to  the target award for  the  Executive  under  the
Company's  annual  bonus  plan for the fiscal  year  in  which  Termination
occurs,  reduced pro rata for that portion of the fiscal year not completed
as  of the end of the month in which Termination occurs; provided, however,
that  if the Executive has deferred her award for such year under the plan,
the  payment due the Executive under this Paragraph (2) shall  be  paid  in
accordance with the terms of the deferral;

3.  An  amount  equal  to  the target award for  the  Executive  under  the
Company's long-term incentive plan for the fiscal year in which Termination
occurs,  reduced pro rata for that portion of the fiscal year not completed
as of the end of the month in which Termination occurs;

4. A lump sum severance allowance in an amount which is equal to the sum of
the  amounts determined in accordance with the following subparagraphs  (a)
and (b):

(a)  an amount equal to three times the Executive's Base Salary at the rate
in effect immediately prior to Termination; and

(b)  an  amount equal to three times the highest annual bonus earned  under
the  Company's  Management  Incentive Compensation  Program,  or  successor
annual bonus plan in effect from time to time, during the three consecutive
complete  bonus years immediately prior to Termination; provided,  however,
that  in  the event that the Executive's employment is terminated prior  to
the  completion  of three complete bonus years, any prorated  annual  bonus
received by the Executive shall be annualized and the bonus years in  which
the  Executive's employment commences or terminates shall be deemed  to  be
"complete bonus years" for purposes of determining the highest annual bonus
earned  by  the Executive during the three complete bonus years immediately
prior to Termination.

(h) Non-Competition and Confidentiality.  The Executive agrees that:

1.  There shall be no obligation on the part of the Company to provide  any
further  Change  in  Control Severance Benefits  (other  than  payments  or
benefits already earned or accrued) described in Section 5(g) if, when  and
so  long as the Executive shall be employed by or otherwise engage  in  any
business which is competitive with any business of the Company or of any of
its subsidiaries, as such business existed as of the Effective Date of this
Section 5, in which the Executive was engaged during her employment, and if
such  employment  or  activity is likely to cause  serious  damage  to  the
Company or any of its subsidiaries; and

2.  during  and  after  the  Employment  Term,  she  will  not  divulge  or
appropriate  to her own use or the use of others any secret or confidential
information  pertaining to the businesses of the  Company  or  any  of  its
subsidiaries  obtained  during her employment  by  the  Company,  it  being
understood that this obligation shall not apply when and to the extent  any
of  such information becomes publicly known or available other than because
of her act or omission.

(i)  Definition of "Change in Control".  "Change in Control" of the Company
means,  and shall be deemed to have occurred upon,  the first to  occur  of
any of the following events:

1.  the  acquisition  by  any individual, entity  or  group  (a  "Person"),
including  any "person" within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or  14(d)(2)
of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), of
beneficial ownership within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the
Exchange  Act, of 15% or more of either (i) the then outstanding shares  of
common  stock of the Company (the "Outstanding Common Stock") or  (ii)  the
combined  voting power of the then outstanding securities  of  the  Company
entitled  to  vote generally in the election of directors (the "Outstanding
Voting Securities"); excluding, however, the following: (A) any acquisition
directly  from  the Company (excluding any acquisition resulting  from  the
exercise  of  an  exercise,  conversion or exchange  privilege  unless  the
security  being so exercised, converted or exchanged was acquired  directly
from  the Company), (B) any acquisition by the Company, (C) any acquisition
by  an employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained  by
the  Company  or  any  corporation controlled by the  Company  or  (D)  any
acquisition  by  any corporation pursuant to a transaction  which  complies
with clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) of subsection (3) of this Section 5(i);

2.  Individuals who, as of the effective date of this Section 5, constitute
the  Board  of  Directors (the "Incumbent Board") cease for any  reason  to
constitute at least a majority of such Board; provided, that any individual
who  becomes a director of the Company subsequent to the effective date  of
this Section 5, whose election, or nomination for election by the Company's
stockholders,  was  approved by the vote of at  least  a  majority  of  the
directors  then comprising the Incumbent Board shall be deemed a member  of
the  Incumbent  Board; and provided further, that any  individual  who  was
initially elected as a director of the Company as a result of an actual  or
threatened  election  contest, as such terms are used  in  Rule  14a-11  of
Regulation 14A promulgated under the Exchange Act, or any other  actual  or
threatened  solicitation of proxies or consents by  or  on  behalf  of  any
Person  other than the Board shall not be deemed a member of the  Incumbent
Board;

3.  approval by the stockholders of the Company of a reorganization, merger
or  consolidation  of the Company or sale or other disposition  of  all  or
substantially all of the assets of the Company (a "Corporate Transaction");
excluding,  however, a Corporate Transaction pursuant to which (i)  all  or
substantially  all  of the individuals or entities who are  the  beneficial
owners,  respectively, of the Outstanding Common Stock and the  Outstanding
Voting  Securities  immediately prior to such  Corporate  Transaction  will
beneficially  own, directly or indirectly, more than 60% of,  respectively,
the  outstanding shares of common stock, and the combined voting  power  of
the  outstanding securities of such corporation entitled to vote  generally
in  the  election  of  directors, as the case may be,  of  the  corporation
resulting from such Corporate Transaction (including, without limitation, a
corporation which as a result of such transaction owns the Company  or  all
or substantially all of the Company's assets either directly or indirectly)
in  substantially  the same proportions relative to  each  other  as  their
ownership,  immediately  prior  to  such  Corporate  Transaction,  of   the
Outstanding Common Stock and the Outstanding Voting Securities, as the case
may be, (ii) no Person (other than:  the Company; any employee benefit plan
(or   related  trust)  sponsored  or  maintained  by  the  Company  or  any
corporation controlled by the Company; the corporation resulting from  such
Corporate Transaction; and any Person which beneficially owned, immediately
prior to such Corporate Transaction, directly or indirectly, 25% or more of
the  Outstanding Common Stock or the Outstanding Voting Securities, as  the
case may be) will beneficially own, directly or indirectly, 25% or more of,
respectively,  the  outstanding shares of common stock of  the  corporation
resulting from such Corporate Transaction or the combined voting  power  of
the  outstanding securities of such corporation entitled to vote  generally
in  the election of directors and (iii) individuals who were members of the
Incumbent Board will constitute at least a majority of the members  of  the
board  of  directors  of  the  corporation resulting  from  such  Corporate
Transaction; or

4. the consummation of a plan of complete liquidation or dissolution of the
Company.

(j) Excise Tax Payments.  If any of the payments to be made under Section 5
or  any payments which are construed as being made under Section 5, will be
subject  to  the  tax  (the "Excise Tax") imposed by Section  4999  of  the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended  (the "Code") (or any similar tax
that  may hereafter be imposed), the Company shall pay to the Executive  at
the time specified in Paragraph 1 below an additional amount (the "Gross-up
Payment")  such  that  the  net amount retained  by  the  Executive,  after
deduction of any Excise Tax on the Total Payments (as hereinafter  defined)
and  any federal, state and local income tax and Excise Tax upon the Gross-
up  Payment  provided for by this paragraph, but before deduction  for  any
federal,  state  or  local income tax on the Change  in  Control  Severance
Payments, shall be equal to the Total Payments.

1.  For  purposes  of  determining whether any of  the  Change  in  Control
Severance Payments will be subject to the Excise Tax and the amount of such
Excise  Tax, (i) any other payments or benefits received or to be  received
by  the  Executive in connection with a Change in Control (as that term  is
defined  in Section 5(i)) of the Company or the Executive's termination  of
employment  (whether pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or  any  other
plan,  arrangement or agreement with the Company, any person whose  actions
result in a Change of Control of the Company or any person affiliated  with
the  Company  or such person) (which, together with the Change  in  Control
Severance Payments, shall constitute the "Total Payments") shall be treated
as  "parachute  payments" within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(2)  of  the
Code,  and  all "excess parachute payments" within the meaning  of  Section
280G(b)(1)  of  the  Code shall be treated as subject to  the  Excise  Tax,
unless  in the opinion of tax counsel selected by the Company's independent
auditors  such  other payments or benefits (in whole or  in  part)  do  not
constitute parachute payments, or such excess parachute payments (in  whole
or  in  part)  represent  reasonable  compensation  for  services  actually
rendered within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(4) of the Code in excess  of
the base amount within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(3) of the Code or are
otherwise  not  subject to the Excise Tax, (ii) the  amount  of  the  Total
Payments which shall be treated as subject to the Excise Tax shall be equal
to  the  lesser of (A) the total amount of the Total Payments  or  (B)  the
amount   of  excess  parachute  payments  within  the  meaning  of  Section
280G(b)(1)  of  the Code (after applying clause (i) above), and  (iii)  the
value of any non-cash benefits or any deferred payment or benefit shall  be
determined  by  the Company's independent auditors in accordance  with  the
principles of Sections 280G(d)(3) and (4) of the Code.

2.  For  purposes  of determining the amount of the Gross-up  Payment,  the
Executive  shall  be  deemed to pay federal income  taxes  at  the  highest
marginal rate of federal income taxation for the calendar year in which the
Gross-up  Payment is to be made and the applicable state and  local  income
taxes  at  the highest marginal rate of taxation for the calendar  year  in
which  the Gross-up Payment is to be made, net of the maximum reduction  in
federal  income taxes which could be obtained from deduction of such  state
and  local  taxes.   In  the  event that the  Excise  Tax  is  subsequently
determined to be less than the amount taken into account hereunder  at  the
time the Gross-up Payment is made, the Executive shall repay to the Company
at  the  time  that the amount of such reduction in Excise Tax  is  finally
determined  the  portion  of  the Gross-up  Payment  attributable  to  such
reduction  (plus  the portion of the Gross-up Payment attributable  to  the
Excise  Tax  and  federal and state and local income  tax  imposed  on  the
portion  of  the  Gross-up Payment being repaid by the  Executive  if  such
repayment  results in a reduction in Excise Tax and/or a federal and  state
and  local  income  tax deduction), plus interest on  the  amount  of  such
repayment  at the rate provided in Section 1274(b)(2)(B) of the  Code.   In
the event that the Excise Tax is determined to exceed the amount taken into
account  hereunder at the time the Gross-up Payment is made  (including  by
reason  of  any  payment,  the  existence or  amount  of  which  cannot  be
determined at the time of the Gross-up Payment), the Company shall make  an
additional  Gross-up Payment in respect of such excess (plus  any  interest
payable  with respect of such excess) at the time that the amount  of  such
excess is finally determined.

3.  The Gross-up Payment or portion thereof provided for in Paragraphs 1and
2 above shall be paid not later than the thirtieth day following payment of
any amounts under this Section 5; provided, however, that if the amount  of
such Gross-up Payment or portion thereof cannot be finally determined on or
before  such  day, the Company shall pay to the Executive on  such  day  an
estimate, as determined in good faith by the Company, of the minimum amount
of  such  payments  and shall pay the remainder of such payments  (together
with interest at the rate provided in Section 1274(b)(2)(B) of the Code) as
soon  as  the amount thereof can be determined, but in no event later  than
the forty-fifth day after payment of any amounts under this Section 5.

4.  In  the  event  that the amount of the estimated payments  exceeds  the
amount  subsequently  determined  to  have  been  due,  such  excess  shall
constitute a loan by the Company to the Executive, payable on the fifth day
after demand by the Company (together with interest at the rate provided in
Section 1274(b)(2)(B) of the Code).

5.  All  Gross-up  Payments will be paid to the Executive  from  the  Trust
established under the Trust Agreement between IMC Global Inc. and  Wachovia
Bank  Trust  Company, N.A., which has been established to  protect  payment
obligations  of  the Company under this Agreement.  Any repayment  due  the
Company  from  the Executive as a result of the circumstances described  in
the last sentence of the preceding paragraph shall be made by the Executive
after the Executive has  received such excess amounts from the Trust.

6.  If  there  are any changes in the Code which otherwise would  or  might
affect the workings of this Section 5(j), then Section 5(j) shall be deemed
to  be  revised  in such a way as to provide to the Executive  the  maximum
benefits  she  would be entitled to receive under the current  language  of
Section 5(j) and the Code.

(k) Enforcement Costs.  The Company is aware that upon the occurrence of  a
Change  in Control, the Board of Directors or a stockholder of the  Company
may then cause or attempt to cause the Company to refuse to comply with its
obligations  under  this Section 5, or may cause or attempt  to  cause  the
Company  to  institute, or may institute, litigation seeking to  have  this
Section  5  declared unenforceable, or may take, or attempt to take,  other
action  to  deny the Executive the benefits intended under this Section  5.
In  these circumstances, the purpose of this Section 5 could be frustrated.
It is the intent of the parties that the Executive not be required to incur
the  legal  fees and expenses associated with the protection or enforcement
of  her  rights  under this Section 5 by litigation or other  legal  action
because  such costs would substantially detract from the benefits  intended
to  be  extended to the Executive hereunder, nor be bound to negotiate  any
settlement  of her rights hereunder under threat of incurring  such  costs.
Accordingly, if at any time after the Effective Date of this Section 5,  it
should appear to the Executive that the Company is or has acted contrary to
or  is  failing  or has failed to comply with any of its obligations  under
this Section 5 for the reason that it regards this Section 5 to be void  or
unenforceable or for any other reason, or that the Company has purported to
terminate  her  employment for cause or is in the course  of  doing  so  in
either case contrary to this Section 5, or in the event that the Company or
any  other  person  takes  any action to declare this  Section  5  void  or
unenforceable, or institutes any litigation or other legal action  designed
to deny, diminish or to recover from the Executive the benefits provided or
intended  to be provided to her hereunder, and the Executive has  acted  in
good  faith  to perform her obligations under this Section 5,  the  Company
irrevocably authorizes the Executive from time to time to retain counsel of
her  choice  at  the expense of the Company to represent her in  connection
with  the  protection  and enforcement of her rights  hereunder,  including
without  limitation  representation in connection with termination  of  her
employment contrary to this Section 5 or with the initiation or defense  of
any  litigation or other legal action, whether by or against the  Executive
or  the  Company  or  any director, officer, stockholder  or  other  person
affiliated with the Company, in any jurisdiction.  The reasonable fees  and
expenses  of  counsel  selected from time  to  time  by  the  Executive  as
hereinabove  provided shall be paid or reimbursed to the Executive  by  the
Company on a regular, periodic basis upon presentation by the Executive  of
a  statement or statements prepared by such counsel in accordance with  its
customary practices, up to a maximum aggregate amount of $200,000.  Counsel
so  retained by the Executive may be counsel representing other officers or
key  executives  of  the  Company in connection  with  the  protection  and
enforcement of their rights under similar agreements between them  and  the
Company,  and, unless in her sole judgement use of common counsel could  be
prejudicial  to her or would not be likely to reduce the fees and  expenses
chargeable hereunder to the Company, the Executive agrees to use  her  best
efforts  to  agree with such other officers or executives to retain  common
counsel.

(l)  Successors  and  Assigns.  Except as otherwise provided  herein,  this
Section  5  shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Executive
and  his legal representatives, heirs, and assigns; provided, however, that
in  the event of the Executive's death prior to payment or distribution  of
all amounts, distributions, and benefits due him under this Section 5, each
such  unpaid amount and distribution shall be paid in accordance with  this
Section  5  to  the  person or persons designated by the Executive  to  the
company  to  receive  such payment or distribution and  in  the  event  the
Executive  has  made no applicable designation, to the  person  or  persons
designated by the Executive as the beneficiary or beneficiaries of proceeds
of  life insurance payable in the event of the Executive's death under  the
Company's group life insurance plan.

6.    Dispute Resolution.  The Executive and the Company shall not initiate
arbitration  or other legal proceeding (except for any claim under  Section
4)  against  the other party or against any directors, officers, employees,
agents or representatives of the Company or its affiliates, relating in any
way  to this Agreement, to the Executive's retention by the Company, to the
termination of this Agreement or of such retention, or to any or all  other
claims  for employment or other discrimination under any federal, state  or
local law, regulation, ordinance or executive order until 30 days after the
party  against  whom the claim(s) is made ("respondent")  receives  written
notice  from  the  claiming party of the specific nature of  any  purported
claim(s) and, to the extent known or reasonably anticipated, the amount  of
any  purported  damages attributable to each such claim(s).  The  Executive
and  the  Company  further agree that if respondent  submits  the  claiming
party's   claim(s)  to  the  CPR  Institute  for  Dispute   Resolution   or
JAMS/Endispute for nonbinding mediation prior to the expiration of such  30
day period, the claiming party may not institute arbitration or other legal
proceedings against respondent until the earlier of: (a) the completion  of
good-faith  mediation efforts or (b) 90 days after the date  on  which  the
respondent  received  written  notice  of  the  claimant's  claim(s).   The
mediation shall be conducted in Chicago, Illinois or such other location to
which  the  parties may agree.  The Company agrees to pay the cost  of  the
mediator's services.

Subject to the foregoing, the Executive and the Company agree that any  and
all  claims  or disputes relating to this Agreement, to the termination  of
this  Agreement  or  to such retention, to the Executive's  termination  of
employment  or  to her retention, that one party or that the Executive  may
have against any directors, officers, employees, agents, or representatives
of  the Company or its affiliates, including without limitation, claims for
employment or other discrimination under any federal, state, or local  law,
regulation,   ordinance,  or  executive  order,  shall  be  submitted   for
arbitration and resolved by an arbitrator selected in accordance  with  the
rules  and  procedures  of  the CPR Institute  for  Dispute  Resolution  or
JAMS/Endispute,  it  being understood and agreed  that  no  more  than  one
arbitrator shall be retained for any arbitration conducted hereunder.   The
arbitration  proceeding  shall be conducted in Chicago,  Illinois  or  such
other  location to which the parties may agree.  If either party pursues  a
claim  and  such claim results in an arbitrator's decision or  award,  both
parties  agree to accept such decision or award as final and  binding,  and
judgment  upon  the  decision or award rendered by the  arbitrator  may  be
entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof.  The parties shall  share
the  cost  of  the  arbitrator's  services.   Notwithstanding  any  of  the
foregoing  provisions of this Section, the Company may  in  its  discretion
immediately  pursue any and all available legal and equitable remedies  for
the  Executive's  breach,  threatened breach or continuing  breach  of  any
provision of Section 4 in any court, agency, or other tribunal of competent
jurisdiction.

7.    Entire  Agreement, Amendment, Waiver. This Agreement constitutes  the
entire agreement between the Company and the Executive with respect to  the
subject matter hereof.  This Agreement supersedes any prior agreements made
between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.  The parties
may  not  amend this Agreement except by written instrument signed by  both
parties.  No waiver by either party at any time of any breach by the  other
of  any provision of this Agreement shall be deemed a waiver of similar  or
dissimilar provision at the same time or any prior or subsequent time.

8.    Assumption.  This Agreement shall inure to benefit of, and be binding
upon,  the  successors  and assignees of the Company.   The  Company  shall
require any successor or assignee, whether direct or indirect, by purchase,
merger,  consolidation  or otherwise, to all or substantially  all  of  the
business or assets of the Company, expressly and unconditionally to  assume
and agree to perform the Company's obligations under this Agreement.

9.    Notice.  Any  notice,  request, or other  communication  required  or
permitted  to be given hereunder shall be made to the addresses hereinafter
set  forth  or  to any other address designated by either  of  the  parties
hereto by notice similarly given:

If to the Company:                         If to the Executive:
Senior Vice President, Human Resources
IMC Global Inc.
2100 Sanders Road
Northbrook, IL 60062

All  such notices, requests or other communications shall be sufficient  if
made  in  writing  either (i) by personal delivery to  the  party  entitled
thereto, (ii) by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested  or
(iii)   by   express  courier  service.   The  notice,  request  or   other
communication  shall  be deemed effective upon personal  delivery  or  upon
actual  or  constructive  receipt  by the  party  entitled  thereto  if  by
registered or certified mail or express courier service; provided, however,
that  a  notice,  request  or other communication  received  after  regular
business  hours  shall  be deemed to be received  on  the  next  succeeding
business day of the Company.

10.   Severability.  The provisions of this Agreement shall be regarded  as
durable,  and  if any provision or portion thereof is declared  invalid  or
unenforceable  by  a  court  of competent jurisdiction,  the  validity  and
enforceability  of  the remainder and applicability thereof  shall  not  be
affected.

11.   Applicable Law.  This Agreement shall at all times be governed by and
construed,  interpreted and enforced in accordance with the  internal  laws
(as opposed to the conflict of laws provisions) of the State of Illinois.


IN  WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Agreement to be signed  by
its duly authorized officer and the Executive has signed this Agreement  as
of the day and year first above written.

IMC GLOBAL INC.

By:________________________   __________________________

Title: Chairman of the Board of
       Directors and Chief Executive
       Officer


                                                              EXHIBIT A
                     WAIVER AND RELEASE OF CLAIMS

      In  exchange for the Severance Benefits described in the attached
Executive Severance Agreement (the "Agreement"), which I acknowledge  I
would  not  otherwise be entitled to receive, I freely and  voluntarily
agree to this WAIVER AND RELEASE OF CLAIMS ("WAIVER"):

1.    My  employment  with  IMC Global Inc.  will  terminate  effective
_______________________.

2.    I  acknowledge  that  the  Severance Benefits  described  in  the
attached  Agreement are the sole payments to which I  am  entitled  and
that I am not entitled to any additional severance payments.

3.    I,  and anyone claiming through me, hereby waive and release  any
and  all claims that I may have ever had or that I may now have against
IMC  Global  Inc.,  its  parents, divisions, partnerships,  affiliates,
subsidiaries,  and  other  related entities and  their  successors  and
assigns,  and past, present and future officers, directors,  employees,
agents  and  attorneys of each of them in their individual or  official
capacity  (hereinafter collectively referred to as "Released Parties").
Among the claims that I am waiving are claims relating to my employment
or  termination of employment, including, but not limited to, claims of
discrimination  in  employment brought under the Age Discrimination  in
Employment  Act,  Title  VII  of the Civil  Rights  Act  of  1964,  the
Americans  With  Disabilities  Act or other  federal,  state  or  local
employment   discrimination,  employment,  wage  laws,  ordinances   or
regulations or any common law or statutory claims of wrongful discharge
or  breach  of  contract or any other common law or  statutory  claims;
whether for damages, lost wages or for any other relief or remedy.

4.    I understand and agree that this WAIVER will be binding on me and
my  heirs, administrators and assigns.  I acknowledge that I  have  not
assigned any claims or filed or initiated any legal proceedings against
any of the Released Parties.

5.   Except as may be required by law, I agree that I will not disclose
the  existence or terms of this WAIVER to anyone except my  accountant,
attorney  or  spouse,  each  of  whom  shall  also  be  bound  by  this
confidentiality provision.

  6.  I understand that I have twenty-one (21) days to consider whether
to  sign this WAIVER and return it to B. Russell Lockridge, Senior Vice
President,  Human Resources of IMC Global Inc.  IMC Global Inc.  hereby
advises  me of my right to consult with an attorney before signing  the
WAIVER and I acknowledge that I have had an opportunity to consult with
an  attorney and have either held such consultation or have  determined
not to consult with an attorney.

7.    I  understand that I may revoke my acceptance of this  WAIVER  by
delivering notice of my revocation to B. Russell Lockridge within seven
(7)  days  of  the  day  I sign the WAIVER.  If  I  do  not  revoke  my
acceptance  of this WAIVER within seven days of the day I sign  it,  it
will be legally binding and enforceable.

IMC GLOBAL INC.                         AGREED AND ACCEPTED:

By: __________________________          ___________________________

Title:  ________________________        ___________________________
                                        Print Name

Date:_________________________          Date:_______________________





                                                     Exhibit 10.iii.(q)




                         EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

THIS  AGREEMENT  between IMC Global Inc., a Delaware  corporation  (the
"Company"), and E. Paul Dunn (the "Executive"), is made as of the  13th
day of July, 1999, to become effective as provided below.

WHEREAS,  the  Company  wishes  to attract  and  retain  well-qualified
executives and key personnel and to assure itself of the continuity  of
its management.;

WHEREAS,  the  Executive is an officer or other key  executive  of  the
Company with significant management responsibilities in the conduct  of
its business;

WHEREAS,  the  Company  recognizes that the  Executive  is  a  valuable
resource  of the Company and the Company desires to be assured  of  the
continued services of the Executive;

WHEREAS,  the Company is concerned that in the event of a  possible  or
threatened  change in control of the Company, uncertainties necessarily
arise and the Executive may have concerns about the continuation of his
employment status and responsibilities and may be approached by  others
offering  competing employment opportunities, and the Company therefore
desires  to  provide the Executive assurance as to the continuation  of
his employment status and responsibilities in such event;

WHEREAS,  the Company further desires to assure that, if a possible  or
threatened change in control should arise and the Executive  should  be
involved in deliberations or negotiations in connection therewith,  the
Executive would be in a secure position to consider and participate  in
such  transaction as objectively as possible in the best  interests  of
the  Company and to this end desires to protect the Executive from  any
direct or implied threat to his financial well being;

WHEREAS,  the  Executive is willing to continue to serve  as  such  but
desires assurance that in the event of such a change in control he will
continue  to have the employment status and responsibilities  he  could
reasonably  expect absent such event and that in the event  this  turns
out  not  to  be  the  case he will have fair and reasonable  severance
protection on the basis of his service to the Company to that time.

NOW,  THEREFORE,  it  is hereby agreed by and between  the  parties  as
follows:

      1.    Operation  of  Agreement.   The  "effective  date  of  this
Agreement"  shall  be  the date on which a change  in  control  of  the
Company  (as described in Section 2) occurs.  This Agreement shall  not
become  effective, and the Company shall have no obligation  hereunder,
if  the  employment of the Executive with the Company  shall  terminate
prior to a change in control of the Company.  The Executive shall  have
no  right on account of this Agreement to be retained in the employ  of
the  Company  or  to  be  retained in any particular  position  in  the
Company, unless and until a change in control has occurred.

      2.   Change in Control.  The term "change in control" shall mean,
and be deemed to have occurred as of the first day that any one or more
of the following conditions have been satisfied.

           (a)   the acquisition by any individual, entity or group  (a
     "Person"), including any "person" within the meaning of Section 13
     (d)(3)  or  14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act  of  1934,  as
     amended  (the "Exchange Act"), of beneficial ownership within  the
     meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act,  of  15%
     or  more of either (i) the then outstanding shares of common stock
     of  the Company (the "Outstanding Company Common Stock") or,  (ii)
     the  combined  voting power of the then outstanding securities  of
     the  Company  entitled  to  vote  generally  in  the  election  of
     directors   (the   "Outstanding   Company   Voting   Securities");
     excluding,  however, the following:  (A) any acquisition  directly
     from  the  Company (excluding any acquisition resulting  from  the
     exercise  of an exercise, conversion or exchange privilege  unless
     the  security  being  so  exercised, converted  or  exchanged  was
     acquired  directly from the Company); (B) any acquisition  by  the
     Company,  (C)  any  acquisition by an employee  benefit  plan  (or
     related  trust)  sponsored or maintained by  the  Company  or  any
     corporation  controlled by the Company or (D) any  acquisition  by
     any  corporation  pursuant to a transaction  which  complies  with
     clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) of subsection (c) of this definition;

           (b)  individuals who, as of the date hereof, constitute  the
     Board of Directors (the "Incumbent Board") cease for any reason to
     constitute  at least a majority of such Board; provided  that  any
     individual who becomes a director of the Company subsequent to the
     date  hereof  whose election, or nomination for  election  by  the
     Company's  stockholders, was approved by the vote of  at  least  a
     majority  of  the  directors then comprising the  Incumbent  Board
     shall  be  deemed  a member of the Incumbent Board;  and  provided
     further,  that  any  individual who was  initially  elected  as  a
     director  of  the Company as a result of an actual  or  threatened
     election  contest,  as  such terms are  used  in  Rule  14a-11  of
     Regulation  14A promulgated under the Exchange Act, or  any  other
     actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or  on
     behalf  of any Person other than the Board shall not be  deemed  a
     member of the Incumbent Board;

           (c)   approval  by  the stockholders of  the  Company  of  a
     reorganization,  merger  or  consolidation  or   sale   or   other
     disposition  of  all or substantially all of  the  assets  of  the
     Company   (a  "Corporate  Transaction");  excluding,  however,   a
     Corporate  Transaction pursuant to which (i) all or  substantially
     all  of the individuals or entities who are the beneficial owners,
     respectively,  of  the Outstanding Company Common  Stock  and  the
     Outstanding  Company Voting Securities immediately prior  to  such
     Corporate   Transaction  will  beneficially   own,   directly   or
     indirectly, more than 60% of, respectively, the outstanding shares
     of  common stock, and the combined voting power of the outstanding
     securities of such corporation entitled to vote generally  in  the
     election  of  directors, as the case may be,  of  the  corporation
     resulting  from  such  Corporate Transaction  (including,  without
     limitation,  a  corporation which as a result of such  transaction
     owns  the  Company  or all or substantially all of  the  Company's
     assets  either directly or indirectly) in substantially  the  same
     proportions relative to each other as their ownership, immediately
     prior  to  such Corporate Transaction, of the Outstanding  Company
     Common Stock and the Outstanding Company Voting Securities, as the
     case  may  be,  (ii)  no  Person (other than:   the  Company;  any
     employee  benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or  maintained
     by  the Company or any corporation controlled by the Company;  the
     corporation  resulting from such Corporate  Transaction;  and  any
     Person  which  beneficially  owned,  immediately  prior  to   such
     Corporate Transaction, directly or indirectly, 25% or more of  the
     Outstanding  Company  Common  Stock  or  the  Outstanding   Voting
     Securities as the case may be) will beneficially own, directly  or
     indirectly,  25% or more of, respectively, the outstanding  shares
     of  common  stock of the corporation resulting from such Corporate
     Transaction  or  the  combined voting  power  of  the  outstanding
     securities of such corporation entitled to vote generally  in  the
     election of directors, and (iii)  individuals who were members  of
     the  Incumbent  Board will constitute at least a majority  of  the
     members  of  the  Board of Directors of the corporation  resulting
     from such Corporate Transaction; or

          (d)  approval by the stockholders of the Company of a plan of
     complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

      3.    Employment.   The  Company hereby agrees  to  continue  the
Executive  in its employ, and the Executive hereby agrees to remain  in
the  employ of the Company, for the period commencing on the  effective
date  of  this Agreement and ending on the earlier to occur of (a)  the
last  day  of  the month in which occurs the third anniversary  of  the
effective  date of this Agreement or (b) the last day of the  month  in
which  the Executive attains mandatory retirement age pursuant  to  the
terms  of  a mandatory retirement plan of the Company as such  were  in
effect  and  applicable  to  the Executive  immediately  prior  to  the
effective date of this Agreement (the "Employment Period").  During the
Employment  Period,  the  Executive shall exercise  such  position  and
authority  and  perform such responsibilities as are commensurate  with
the  position and authority being exercised and duties being  performed
by  the  Executive  immediately prior to the  effective  date  of  this
Agreement, which services shall be performed at the location where  the
Executive was employed immediately prior to the effective date of  this
Agreement  or  at  such  other location as the Company  may  reasonably
require;  provided that the Executive shall not be required  to  accept
any  such other location that he deems unreasonable in the light of his
personal circumstances.


     4.   Compensation and Benefits.  During the Employment Period, the
Executive shall receive the following compensation and benefits:

    (a)   He  shall receive an annual base salary which is  not  less
    than  his  annual base salary immediately prior to the  effective
    date  of this Agreement, with the opportunity for increases, from
    time  to  time  thereafter  which  are  in  accordance  with  the
    Company's regular executive compensation practices.

    (b)   He  shall be eligible to participate on a reasonable basis,
    and  to continue his existing participation, in annual incentive,
    stock  option, restricted stock, long-term incentive  performance
    plans,  and any other incentive compensation plan which  provides
    opportunities to receive compensation in addition to  his  annual
    base  salary,  which  are the greater of  (i)  the  opportunities
    provided by the Company for executives with comparable duties  or
    (ii)  the  opportunities under any such plans  in  which  he  was
    participating  immediately prior to the effective  date  of  this
    Agreement.

    (c)   He shall be entitled to receive and participate in salaried
    employee  benefits (including, but not limited to, medical,  life
    and   accident   insurance,  investment,  stock  ownership,   and
    disability  benefits) and perquisites which are  the  greater  of
    (i)  the  employee  benefits  and  perquisites  provided  by  the
    Company  to  executives  with  comparable  duties  or  (ii)   the
    employee benefits and perquisites to which he was entitled or  in
    which he participated immediately prior to the effective date  of
    this Agreement.

    (d)   He  shall be entitled to continue to receive service credit
    for  retirement benefits and to be entitled to receive retirement
    benefits  under  and  pursuant to  the  terms  of  the  Company's
    qualified  retirement  plan  for  salaried  employees   and   any
    successor or other retirement plan or agreement in effect on  the
    effective  date  of this Agreement in respect of his  retirement,
    whether  or  not  a  qualified plan or  agreement,  so  that  his
    aggregate  retirement benefit from all such plans and  agreements
    (regardless  of when he begins to receive such benefit)  will  be
    not  less  than it would be had all such plans and agreements  in
    effect  immediately prior to the effective date of this Agreement
    continued  to  be  in effect without change until  and  after  he
    begins to receive such benefit.

      5.   Termination.  The term "Termination" shall mean termination,
prior to the expiration of the Employment Period, of the employment  of
the  Executive  with  the  Company for any  reason  other  than  death,
disability  (as  described  below),  cause  (as  described  below),  or
voluntary resignation (as described below).

    (a)   The  term "disability" means physical or mental  incapacity
    qualifying  the  Executive  for long-term  disability  under  the
    Company's long-term disability plan.

   (b)   The term "cause" means (i) the willful and continued failure
   of  the  Executive substantially to perform his  duties  with  the
   Company  (other  than  any  failure  due  to  physical  or  mental
   incapacity)   after  a  demand  for  substantial  performance   is
   delivered  to  him  by the Board of Directors  which  specifically
   identifies  the  manner in which the Board  believes  he  has  not
   substantially  performed  his duties or  (ii)  willful  misconduct
   materially and demonstrably injurious to the Company.  No  act  or
   failure  to  act  by  the Executive shall be considered  "willful"
   unless  done  or omitted to be done by him not in good  faith  and
   without reasonable belief that his action or omission was  in  the
   best  interest of the Company.  The unwillingness of the Executive
   to  accept  any or all of a change in the nature or scope  of  his
   position,  authorities  or  duties,  a  reduction  in  his   total
   compensation  or benefits, a relocation that he deems unreasonable
   in  light  of  his personal circumstances, or other action  by  or
   request  of the Company in respect of his position, authority,  or
   responsibility  that he reasonably deems to be  contrary  to  this
   Agreement, may not be considered by the Board of Directors  to  be
   a   failure   to   perform  or  misconduct   by   the   Executive.
   Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Executive shall not  be  deemed
   to  have  been terminated for cause for purposes of this Agreement
   unless and until there shall have been delivered to him a copy  of
   a  resolution,  duly  adopted by a vote of three-quarters  of  the
   entire  Board  of  Directors of the Company at a  meeting  of  the
   Board  called  and held (after reasonable notice to the  Executive
   and  an opportunity for the Executive and his counsel to be  heard
   before  the  Board)  for  the purpose of considering  whether  the
   Executive has been guilty of such a willful failure to perform  or
   such   willful  misconduct  as  justifies  termination  for  cause
   hereunder,  finding that in the good faith opinion  of  the  Board
   the   Executive  has  been  guilty  thereof  and  specifying   the
   particulars thereof.

    (c)  The resignation of the Executive shall be deemed "voluntary"
    if it is for any reason other than one or more of the following:

                 (i) The Executive's resignation or retirement (other
           than  mandatory retirement, as aforesaid) is requested  by
           the Company other than for cause;

                (ii) Any significant change in the nature or scope of
           the Executive's position, authorities or duties from those
           described in Section 3;

                 (iii)     Any reduction in his total compensation or
           benefits from that provided in Section 4;

                (iv) The breach by the Company of any other provision
           of this Agreement; or

                 (v)  The  reasonable determination by the  Executive
          that, as a result of a change in control of the Company and
          a   change   in   circumstances  thereafter   significantly
          affecting  his  position,  he is  unable  to  exercise  the
          authorities  and responsibilities attached to his  position
          and contemplated by Section 3.

    (d)   Termination that entitles the Executive to the payments and
    benefits provided in Section 6 shall not be deemed or treated  by
    the  Company as the termination of the Executive's employment  or
    the  forfeiture  of his participation, award, or eligibility  for
    the  purpose  of any plan, practice or agreement of  the  Company
    referred to in Section 4.

      6.    Termination  Payments and Benefits.  In the  event  of  and
within  30  days following Termination, the Company shall  pay  to  the
Executive:

    (a)   His base salary and all other benefits due him as if he had
    remained  an  employee  pursuant to this  Agreement  through  the
    remainder   of  the  month  in  which  Termination  occurs   less
    applicable   withholding  taxes  and  other  authorized   payroll
    deductions;

   (b)   An amount equal to the target award for the Executive  under
   the  Company's  annual  bonus plan for the fiscal  year  in  which
   Termination  occurs,  reduced pro rata for  that  portion  of  the
   fiscal  year  not completed as of the end of the  month  in  which
   Termination  occurs, provided that if the Executive  has  deferred
   his  award for such year under the Company's deferred compensation
   plan,  the  payment  due the Executive under  this  Paragraph  (b)
   shall be paid in accordance with the terms of the deferral;

   (c)   An amount equal to the target award for the Executive  under
   the  Company's  long-term incentive plan for  the  year  in  which
   Termination  occurs,  reduced pro rata for  that  portion  of  the
   fiscal  year  not completed as of the end of the  month  in  which
   Termination occurs; and

   (d)   A  lump sum severance allowance in an amount which is  equal
   to  the  sum  of  the  amounts determined in accordance  with  the
   following subparagraphs (i) and (ii):

                (i)   An amount equivalent to three times his  annual
          base  salary  at  the rate in effect immediately  prior  to
          Termination; and

                (ii)  An amount equivalent to three times the highest
          annual   bonus   earned  under  the  Company's   Management
          Incentive Compensation Program, or successor bonus plan  in
          effect  from  time  to time, during the  three  consecutive
          complete  bonus  years  immediately prior  to  Termination;
          provided,  however, that in the event that the  Executive's
          employment is terminated prior to the completion  of  three
          complete bonus years, any prorated annual bonus received by
          the  Executive shall be annualized and the bonus  years  in
          which  the  Executive's employment commences or  terminates
          shall  be  deemed to be "complete bonus years" for purposes
          of  determining  the  highest annual bonus  earned  by  the
          Executive during the three complete bonus years immediately
          prior to Termination.

   7.        Non-Competition  and Confidentiality.  The  Executive  agrees
      that:

   (a)    there shall be no obligation on the part of the Company  to
   provide  any further payments or benefits (other than payments  or
   benefits  already earned or accrued) described in  Section  6  if,
   when,  and  so  long  as the Executive shall  be  employed  by  or
   otherwise  engage  in any business which is competitive  with  any
   business  of  the Company or of any of its subsidiaries,  as  such
   business  existed as of the effective date of this  Agreement,  in
   which  the  Executive was engaged during his  employment,  and  if
   such  employment or activity is likely to cause or causes  serious
   damage to the Company or any of its subsidiaries; and

    (b)   during and after the Employment Period, he will not divulge
    or  appropriate to his own use or the use of others any secret or
    confidential  information  pertaining  to  the  business  of  the
    Company or any of its subsidiaries obtained during his employment
    by  the  Company, it being understood that this obligation  shall
    not  apply when and to the extent any of such information becomes
    publicly  known or available other than because  of  his  act  or
    omission.

      8.          Arrangements Not Exclusive or Limiting.  The specific
arrangements  referred to herein are not intended to exclude  or  limit
the  Executive's participation in other benefits available to executive
personnel  generally,  or to preclude or limit  other  compensation  or
benefits as may be authorized by the Board of Directors of the  Company
at any time, or to limit or reduce any compensation or benefit to which
the Executive would be entitled but for this Agreement.

      9.    Enforcement  Costs.  The Company is  aware  that  upon  the
occurrence  of  a  change  in control, the  Board  of  Directors  or  a
stockholder  of  the  Company may then cause or attempt  to  cause  the
Company  to refuse to comply with its obligations under this Agreement,
or  may  cause  or  attempt to cause the Company to institute,  or  may
institute,   litigation  seeking  to  have  this   Agreement   declared
unenforceable,  or may take, or attempt to take, other action  to  deny
the  Executive  the benefits intended under this Agreement.   In  these
circumstances,  the purpose of this Agreement could be frustrated.   It
is  the  intent  of the parties that the Executive not be  required  to
incur  the  legal fees and expenses associated with the  protection  or
enforcement of his rights under this Agreement by litigation  or  other
legal  action because such costs would substantially detract  from  the
benefits  intended  to be extended to the Executive hereunder,  nor  be
bound  to negotiate any settlement of his rights hereunder under threat
of  incurring  such  costs.  Accordingly, if  at  any  time  after  the
effective  date  of this Agreement, it should appear to  the  Executive
that  the  Company  is or has acted contrary to or is  failing  or  has
failed  to comply with any of its obligations under this Agreement  for
the  reason  that it regards this Agreement to be void or unenforceable
or for any other reason, or that the Company has purported to terminate
his employment for cause or is in the course of doing so in either case
contrary  to  this Agreement, or in the event that the Company  or  any
other  person  takes  any  action to declare  this  Agreement  void  or
unenforceable,  or  institutes any litigation  or  other  legal  action
designed  to  deny,  diminish  or to recover  from  the  Executive  the
benefits provided or intended to be provided to him hereunder, and  the
Executive has acted in good faith to perform his obligations under this
Agreement, the Company irrevocably authorizes the Executive  from  time
to  time  to retain counsel of his choice at the expense of the Company
to  represent him in connection with the protection and enforcement  of
him  rights  hereunder, including without limitation representation  in
connection  with  termination  of  his  employment  contrary  to   this
Agreement or with the initiation or defense of any litigation or  other
legal action, whether by or against the Executive or the Company or any
director,  officer,  stockholder or other person  affiliated  with  the
Company,  in  any  jurisdiction.  The reasonable fees and  expenses  of
counsel  selected  from  time to time by the Executive  as  hereinabove
provided shall be paid or reimbursed to Executive by the Company  on  a
regular,  periodic  basis  upon presentation  by  the  Executive  of  a
statement or statements prepared by such counsel in accordance with its
customary  practices,  up to a maximum aggregate  amount  of  $200,000.
Counsel so retained by the Executive may be counsel representing  other
officers  or  key  executives of the Company  in  connection  with  the
protection  and  enforcement of their rights under  similar  agreements
between them and the Company, and, unless in his sole judgment  use  of
common  counsel could be prejudicial to him or would not be  likely  to
reduce  the fees and expenses chargeable hereunder to the Company,  the
Executive  agrees  to  use his best efforts to agree  with  such  other
officers or executives to retain common counsel.

       10.    Notices.   Any  notices,  requests,  demands  and   other
communications provided for by this Agreement shall be in  writing  and
personally  delivered by hand or sent by registered or certified  mail,
if to the Executive, to him at the last address he has filed in writing
with  the Company or, if to the Company, to its corporate secretary  at
its principal executive office.

      11.   Non-Alienation.  The Executive shall not have any right  to
pledge,  hypothecate, anticipate, or in any way create a lien upon  any
amounts provided under this Agreement, and no payments or benefits  due
hereunder  shall  be assignable in anticipation of  payment  either  by
voluntary or involuntary acts or by operation of law.  So long  as  the
Executive  lives, no person, other than the parties hereto, shall  have
any  rights  under or interest in this Agreement or the subject  matter
hereof.

      12.  Entire Agreement; Amendment.  This Agreement constitutes the
entire  agreement  superseding any prior agreement of  the  parties  in
respect  of the subject matter hereof.  No provision of this  Agreement
may  be  amended,  waived, or discharged except by the  mutual  written
agreement of the parties.  The consent of any other person to any  such
amendment, waiver or discharge shall not be required.

     13.  Successors and Assigns.  This Agreement shall be binding upon
and inure to the benefit of the Company, its successors or assigns,  by
operation  of  law  or  otherwise,  including  without  limitation  any
corporation  or  other  entity or person which shall  succeed  (whether
direct  or  indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise)
to  all  or  substantially all of the business  and/or  assets  of  the
Company,  and  the Company will require any successor, by agreement  in
form  and substance satisfactory to the Executive, expressly to  assume
and  agree  to  perform this Agreement.  Except as  otherwise  provided
herein,  this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the  benefit
of  the  Executive and his legal representatives, heirs,  and  assigns;
provided, however, that in the event of the Executive's death prior  to
payment or distribution of all amounts, distributions, and benefits due
him  hereunder, each such unpaid amount and distribution shall be  paid
in  accordance with this Agreement to the person or persons  designated
by the Executive to the Company to receive such payment or distribution
and  in the event the Executive has made no applicable designation,  to
the person or persons designated by the Executive as the beneficiary or
beneficiaries of proceeds of life insurance payable in the event of the
Executive's death under the Company's group life insurance plan.

      14.  Governing Law.  Except to the extent required to be governed
by the law of the State of Delaware because the Company is incorporated
under  the  laws  of  that  state,  the validity,  interpretation,  and
enforcement of this Agreement shall be governed by the law of whichever
of  the  State of Illinois or the State of Delaware that to the greater
extent permits or does not prevent the enforcement of this Agreement in
accordance with its terms.

      15.  Severability.  In the event that any provision or portion of
this  Agreement shall be determined to be invalid or unenforceable  for
any  reason,  the  remaining  provisions of  this  Agreement  shall  be
unaffected thereby and shall remain in full force and effect.

      16.  Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in one or more
counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original  but  all
of which together constitute one and the same instrument.

     IN  WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Agreement  to  be
signed by its duly authorized officer and the Executive has signed this
Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

IMC GLOBAL INC.                    E. PAUL DUNN


By:________________________        __________________________


Title: Chairman of the Board
       of Directors and Chief
       Executive Officer





                                                     Exhibit 10.iii.(r)






July 13, 1999

E. Paul Dunn
Vice President and Treasurer
IMC Global Inc.
2100 Sanders Road
Northbrook, Illinois  60062

Dear Paul:

This  Agreement is to assure you that in the event you become  entitled
to  payments  by operation of the Employment Agreement dated  July  13,
1999   ("Employment  Agreement")  between  you  and  IMC  Global   Inc.
("Global") due to a "Change in Control" (as that term is defined in the
Employment Agreement) of Global, and if any of the payments to be  made
under  the Employment Agreement or any payments which are construed  as
being made under the Employment Agreement, ("Agreement Payments")  will
be  subject  to the tax ("Excise Tax") imposed by Section 4999  of  the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended ("Code") (or any similar  tax
that  may  hereafter be imposed), Global shall pay to you (at the  time
specified  in  Paragraph  (c)  below) an additional  amount  ("Gross-up
Payment") such that the net amount retained by you, after deduction  of
any  Excise Tax on the Total Payments (as hereinafter defined) and  any
federal,  state and local income tax and Excise Tax upon  the  Gross-up
Payment  provided for by this paragraph, but before deduction  for  any
federal, state or local income tax on the Agreement Payments, shall  be
equal to the Total Payments.

           a)   For  purposes  of determining  whether  any  of  the
Agreement Payments will be subject to the Excise Tax and the  amount
of  such Excise Tax, (i) any other payments or benefits received  or
to  be  received by you in connection with a Change  in  Control  of
Global  or your termination of employment (whether pursuant  to  the
terms  of this Agreement or any other plan, arrangement or agreement
with  Global, any person whose actions result in a Change of Control
of  Global  or  any person affiliated with Global  or  such  person)
(which,  together with the Agreement Payments, shall constitute  the
"Total  Payments") shall be treated as "parachute  payments"  within
the  meaning  of  Section 280G(b)(2) of the Code,  and  all  "excess
parachute payments" within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(1) of  the
Code  shall be treated as subject to the Excise Tax, unless  in  the
opinion  of  tax  counsel selected by Global's independent  auditors
such  other  payments  or benefits (in whole  or  in  part)  do  not
constitute parachute payments, or such excess parachute payments (in
whole  or  in  part) represent reasonable compensation for  services
actually  rendered within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(4)  of  the
Code  in  excess  of the base amount within the meaning  of  Section
280G(b)(3)  of the Code or are otherwise not subject to  the  Excise
Tax, (ii) the amount of the Total Payments which shall be treated as
subject  to the Excise Tax shall be equal to the lesser of  (a)  the
total  amount  of  the Total Payments or (b) the  amount  of  excess
parachute payments within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(1)  of  the
Code (after applying clause (i), above), and (iii) the value of  any
non-cash  benefits  or  any deferred payment  or  benefit  shall  be
determined by Global's independent auditors in accordance  with  the
principles of Sections 280G(d)(3)  and (4) of the Code.

          b)  For purposes of determining the amount of the Gross-up
Payment,  you  shall be deemed to pay federal income  taxes  at  the
highest  marginal rate of federal income taxation for  the  calendar
year  in which the Gross-up Payment is to be made and the applicable
state  and  local  income  taxes at the  highest  marginal  rate  of
taxation for the calendar year in which the Gross-up Payment  is  to
be  made, net of the maximum reduction in federal income taxes which
could be obtained from deduction of such state and local taxes.   In
the  event that the Excise Tax is subsequently determined to be less
than  the amount taken into account hereunder at the time the Gross-
up  Payment is made, you shall repay to Global at the time that  the
amount  of  such  reduction in Excise Tax is finally determined  the
portion of the Gross-up Payment attributable to such reduction (plus
the  portion of the Gross-up Payment attributable to the Excise  Tax
and federal and state and local income tax imposed on the portion of
the  Gross-up Payment being repaid by you if such repayment  results
in  a  reduction in Excise Tax and/or a federal and state and  local
income tax deduction), plus interest on the amount of such repayment
at  the rate provided in Section 1274(b)(2)(B) of the Code.  In  the
event  that the Excise Tax is determined to exceed the amount  taken
into  account  hereunder at the time the Gross-up  Payment  is  made
(including by reason of any payment the existence or amount of which
cannot  be  determined at the time of the Gross-up Payment),  Global
shall  make an additional Gross-up Payment in respect of such excess
(plus any interest payable with respect of such excess) at the  time
that the amount of such excess is finally determined.

           c)   The Gross-up Payment or portion thereof provided for
in  Paragraphs  (a) and (b) above shall be paid not later  than  the
thirtieth day following payment of any amounts under your Employment
Agreement;  provided, however, that if the amount of  such  Gross-up
Payment or portion thereof cannot be finally determined on or before
such  day,  Global  shall pay to you on such  day  an  estimate,  as
determined  in good faith by Global, of the minimum amount  of  such
payments and shall pay the remainder of such payments (together with
interest at the rate provided in Section 1274(b)(2)(B) of the  Code)
as  soon  as the amount thereof can be determined, but in  no  event
later  than  the forty-fifth day after payment of any amounts  under
the Employment Agreement.

In  the event that the amount of the estimated payments exceeds  the
amount  subsequently determined to have been due, such excess  shall
constitute a loan by Global to you, payable on the fifth  day  after
demand  by  Global (together with interest at the rate  provided  in
Section 1274 (b)(2)(B) of the Code).

All Gross-up Payments will be paid to you from the Trust established
under the Trust Agreement between IMC Global Inc. and Wachovia  Bank
Trust  Company, N.A., which has been established to protect  payment
obligations  of  Global  under this Agreement.   Any  repayment  due
Global  from you as a result of the circumstances described  in  the
last  sentence of the preceding paragraph shall be made by you after
you have received such excess amounts from the Trust.

This  Agreement  supersedes any and all previous agreements  entered
into between you and Global concerning Gross-up Payments.

Global  is  pleased to be able to provide you with  this  additional
assurance  of  economic  protection in the  event  of  a  Change  in
Control.

Please sign, date and return one original of this letter.

Sincerely yours,

/s/ Robert E. Fowler
- ---------------------
Robert E. Fowler, Jr.
Chief Executive Officer



I have read this Agreement and understand and accept its terms.


Executive:____________________________  Date:______________________




                                                     Exhibit 10.iii.(s)


                            IMC GLOBAL INC.
         DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN FOR NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTORS


     1.   Purpose

          The  purpose  of  the  Deferred Compensation  Plan  for  Non-
Employee Directors (the "Plan") is to attract and retain well-qualified
persons who are not employees of IMC Global Inc. (the "Company") or any
of  its  subsidiaries  for  service as  directors  of  the  Company  by
providing  such persons with the opportunity to defer all or a  portion
of the compensation which they earn as directors of the Company.

     2.   Administration

          The  Board  of  Directors of the Company (the "Board")  shall
have  the authority to administer and interpret the provisions  of  the
Plan  and to prescribe forms and promulgate rules and regulations  with
respect thereto.  All determinations of the Board with respect  to  the
plan shall be final and binding upon all persons.

     3.   Eligibility

          Directors of the Company who are not employees of the Company
or any of its subsidiaries are eligible to participate in the Plan.

     4.   Election to Defer

          (a)  An election to defer, or to cease to defer, compensation
earned  as  a  director  of the Company shall be  effective  only  with
respect to compensation earned in calendar years following the year  in
which  the  election is made.  An election to defer shall  specify  the
time  of  payment  of the compensation subject to such  election,  plus
interest  credited  thereon prior to the payment date.   All  elections
shall  be in writing and shall be made on such forms, at such time  and
in such manner as the Board may from time to time prescribe.

          (b)   An  election shall be binding upon, and shall inure  to
the   benefit   of   the  participant,  the  participant's   designated
beneficiary,  the heirs, legatees and personal representatives  of  the
participant  and  beneficiary and the successors  and  assigns  of  the
Company.

     5.   Deferral of Compensation

          (a)   Each  participant  may, with  respect  to  compensation
earned as a director of the Company, elect to have all or a portion  of
such  compensation  deferred and, together with the  interest  credited
thereon, paid in cash in the manner set forth in paragraph 5(d) below.

          (b)   A  bookkeeping  account shall be established  for  each
participant.   The  account  shall reflect  the  amount  to  which  the
participant is entitled in accordance with paragraph 5(c) below.

          (c)   The  account  of  a participant  who  elects  to  defer
compensation  shall be credited with the dollar amount of  compensation
so  deferred on each date that the participant is entitled  to  payment
for  services  as a director.  Interest on the balance of  the  account
shall  be  computed  and  credited quarterly  on  March  31,  June  30,
September  30 and December 31 of each year at the prime rate  published
in  the  "Money Rates" section of The Wall Street Journal on the  first
business  day  of  the calendar quarter ending on such  date  plus  two
percentage points (2%).

          (d)   Payment to the participant of amounts deferred pursuant
to  a  deferral election, together with the interest credited  thereon,
shall  be  made  in  a single cash payment on the earlier  of  (i)  the
payment date specified in the participant's election or (ii) the  month
of  January  in  the  second calendar year following the  participant's
retirement  or  other  termination of service  as  a  director  of  the
Company.

     6.   Payment in the Event of Participant's Death

          (a)   Any  of the deferred compensation which shall not  have
been  paid to the participant during his or her lifetime shall be  paid
within  60 days after the participant's death to such person or persons
as  the participant may designate in writing to receive the same.   The
participant  shall  have  the  right during  his  or  her  lifetime  to
designate  and  to change the designation of the person or  persons  to
whom  the  Company  shall  make any payments of  deferred  compensation
remaining  unpaid at the death of the participant.  The  Company  shall
rely  upon  the last of such written designations in its possession  in
making any such payments.

          (b)   If any of the deferred compensation shall remain unpaid
upon  the  death  of  the  last to survive of the  participant  or  the
participant's  beneficiary, the Company shall pay the aggregate  amount
thereof  to the executor or administrator of the estate of the last  to
survive of the participant and the participant's beneficiary.

     7.   No Right of Assignment or Acceleration

          The   right   of   the  participant,  and  the  participant's
beneficiary, to receive deferred compensation is personal  and  is  not
subject  to the acceleration or assignment.  The Company shall have  no
liability  for the payment of any of the deferred compensation  to  any
other person or in any other manner than as provided in this Plan.

     8.   Amendment or Discontinuance

          The  Board  may amend, rescind or terminate the  Plan  as  it
shall  deem advisable; provided, however, that no change shall be  made
with respect to compensation deferred under the Plan which would impair
a participant's rights to such compensation without his or her consent.

     9.   Governing Law

          This  Plan  and  all  determinations made and  actions  taken
pursuant  hereto shall be governed by the laws of the State of Illinois
pertaining  to  contracts made and to be performed wholly  within  such
jurisdiction, except as federal law may apply.

     10.  Effective Date

          The  Plan  shall  be effective with respect  to  compensation
earned for service as a director of the Company on and after January 1,
1998.




                                                     Exhibit 10.iii.(t)

IMC GLOBAL INC.
1998 RESTORATION PLAN
(Effective as of January 1, 1998)



Contents                                                 Page


Article 1.  Introduction                                   1
Article 2.  Definitions                                    1
Article 3.  Eligibility                                    2
Article 4.  Matching Contributions                         3
Article 5.  Profit Sharing Contributions                   3
Article 6.  Deemed Investment Earnings                     4
Article 7.  Establishment of Trust                         5
Article 8.  Distributions                                  5
Article 9.  Administration of the Plan                     7
Article 10. Amendment and Termination                      7
Article 11. General Provisions                             8


IMC GLOBAL INC.
1998 RESTORATION PLAN

Article 1. Introduction
1.1.  Title.  The title of this Plan shall be the "IMC Global Inc. 1998
Restoration Plan."

1.2.  Purpose.   This  Plan shall constitute an  unfunded  nonqualified
deferred  compensation  arrangement  established  for  the  purpose  of
providing  deferred  compensation to a select group  of  management  or
highly  compensated employees (as defined for purposes of  Title  I  of
ERISA) of the Company and adopting Affiliates.  The Plan is intended to
be  maintained and administered in connection with the "IMC Global Inc.
Profit  Sharing and Savings Plan" for the benefit of selected employees
of  the  Company  and  adopting Affiliates  whose  benefits  under  the
Qualified   Plan  are  restricted  by  the  limitations   of   Sections
401(a)(17),  402(g) and 415 of the Code or are reduced as a  result  of
voluntary  deferrals  of compensation under the "IMC  Global  Inc  1998
Voluntary Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan".

Article 2. Definitions
"Accounts" means the Matching Contributions Account and Profit  Sharing
Contributions Account maintained on behalf of a Participant.

"Affiliate"  means  an  entity  that, together  with  the  Company,  is
considered  as  a single employer under Section 414(b) or  (c)  of  the
Code.

"Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

"Committee"  means  the  committee described in  Section  10.1  of  the
Qualified  Plan which is a named fiduciary of and responsible  for  the
administration of the Qualified Plan.

"Company" means IMC Global Inc., a Delaware corporation.

"Effective Date" means January 1, 1998.

"Employer"  means, both collectively and individually as determined  by
the  context of the applicable provision, the Company and any Affiliate
which adopts this Plan with the approval of the Company.

"ERISA" means the Employee Retirement Income Security  Act of 1974,  as
amended.

"Matching  Contributions" means the contributions made on behalf  of  a
Participant pursuant to Section 4.1 of this Plan.

"Matching Contributions Account" means the account maintained on behalf
of  each  Participant which will represent the amount of  the  Matching
Contributions  made on behalf of such Participant pursuant  to  Section
4.1  of  the Plan and the amount of the deemed investment earnings  and
losses on such Participant's Matching Contributions.

"Participant"  means  any  eligible employee  of  an  Employer  who  is
participating under the Plan pursuant to Article 3.

"Permitted Investment" means such fund or type of investment as may  be
approved by the Committee from time to time for purposes of this Plan.

"Plan" means this "IMC Global Inc. 1998 Restoration Plan".

"Plan Year" means the calendar year.

"Profit  Sharing Contributions" means the contributions made on  behalf
of a Participant pursuant to Section 5.1 of this Plan.

"Profit Sharing Contributions Account" means the account maintained  on
behalf  of  each Participant which will represent the amount of  Profit
Sharing  Contributions made on behalf of such Participant  pursuant  to
Section  5.1  of the Plan and the amount of deemed investment  earnings
and losses on such Participant's Profit Sharing Contributions.

"Qualified Plan" means the "IMC Global  Inc. Profit Sharing and Savings
Plan," as amended from time to time.

"Valuation Date" means the last day of each calendar quarter.

Article 3. Eligibility
The  Committee shall designate, as of the Effective Date and as of  the
beginning  of each Plan Year thereafter, each employee of  an  Employer
who  is eligible to participate in this Plan; provided, that only those
employees of an Employer who are in a select group of management or are
highly  compensated (within the meaning of Title I  of  ERISA)  may  be
designated  as  eligible to participate in this  Plan.   The  Committee
shall  not  designate  any  employee of  an  Employer  as  eligible  to
participate in the Plan for a Plan Year unless such employee:   (i)  is
eligible  to participate in the Qualified Plan for such Plan Year;  and
(ii)  is  in  salary grade 20 or above or is otherwise  selected  in  a
nondiscriminatory manner by the Committee.

Article 4. Matching Contributions
4.1.    Matching  Contributions.   For  each  Plan  Year,  a   Matching
Contribution   shall   be  credited  to  each  Participant's   Matching
Contributions  Account  in an amount equal to (i)  the  excess  of  the
amount  of  the matching contributions that would have been  made  with
respect   to   the   Employee  Contributions   and   Salary   Reduction
Contributions  (as defined in the Qualified Plan) of  such  Participant
for  such  Plan  Year  if Employee Contributions and  Salary  Reduction
Contributions had been made by the Participant under the Qualified Plan
without  regard to the limitations of Sections 401(a)(17),  402(g)  and
415  of  the  Code  and  without  regard  to  voluntary  deferrals   of
compensation  by  the  Participant  under  the  IMC  Global  Inc.  1998
Voluntary  Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan over the  amount  of
the  matching contributions actually made for the Participant under the
Qualified Plan for such Plan Year, reduced by (ii) FICA withholding  on
the amount so determined.

4.2.   Matching  Contributions Account.  The Committee shall  establish
and  maintain a Matching Contributions Account for each Participant who
is  entitled  to receive Matching Contributions under this  Article  4.
The Participant's Matching Contributions Account shall be a bookkeeping
account maintained by the Company and shall reflect the amount  of  the
Matching Contributions credited hereunder on behalf of the Participant.
The  amount of any deemed investment earnings and losses on the amounts
reflected  in a Participant's Matching Contributions Account  shall  be
credited or charged to his Matching Contributions Account in accordance
with Article 6.

Article 5. Profit Sharing Contributions
5.1.   Profit  Sharing  Contributions.  For each Plan  Year,  a  Profit
Sharing   Contribution  shall  be  credited  to  the   Profit   Sharing
Contributions  Account of each Participant for whom  a  profit  sharing
contribution is made for such Plan Year under the Qualified Plan in  an
amount  equal  to  (i) the excess of the amount of the  profit  sharing
contribution  that would have been made for the Participant  under  the
Qualified  Plan for such Plan Year if such profit sharing  contribution
had  been  made to the Qualified Plan without regard to the limitations
of  Sections 401(a)(17), 402(g) and 415 of the Code and without  regard
to voluntary deferrals of compensation by the Participant under the IMC
Global Inc. 1998 Voluntary Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan over
the  amount  of the profit sharing contribution actually made  for  the
Participant under the Qualified Plan for the Plan Year, reduced by (ii)
required  FICA withholding on the amount so determined (if vested)  and
on  the amount of any previously made Profit Sharing Contributions (and
deemed investment earnings thereon) that have become vested during  the
Plan Year.

5.2.   Profit  Sharing  Contributions  Account.   The  Committee  shall
establish and maintain a Profit Sharing Contributions Account for  each
Participant  who  is  entitled to receive Profit Sharing  Contributions
under  this  Article 5.  The Participant's Profit Sharing Contributions
Account  shall be a bookkeeping account maintained by the  Company  and
shall  reflect the amount of the Profit Sharing Contributions  credited
hereunder  on  behalf  of the Participant.  The amount  of  any  deemed
investment  earnings  and  losses  on  the  amounts  reflected   in   a
Participant's Profit Sharing Contributions Account shall be credited or
charged to his Profit Sharing Contributions Account in accordance  with
Article 6.

Article  6. Deemed Investment Earnings6.1.  (a)  Permitted Investments.
Each  Participant may designate from time to time, in  accordance  with
rules  and  procedures  established by the Committee,  that  all  or  a
portion  of  his  Accounts  be deemed to be invested  in  one  or  more
Permitted Investments.

(b)   Receipts.  Each Participant's Accounts shall be deemed to receive
all  interest, dividends, earnings and other property which would  have
been  received with respect to a Permitted Investment deemed to be held
in   such  Accounts  if  the  Company  actually  owned  such  Permitted
Investment.    Cash  deemed  received  with  respect  to  a   Permitted
Investment  shall be credited to the Accounts as of the date  it  would
have been available for reinvestment if the Company actually owned  the
Permitted Investment.

(c)  Elections.  All elections to be made by a Participant pursuant  to
this  Article 6 shall be made only by such Participant; provided,  that
if  such  Participant  dies  before his  entire  Account  balances  are
distributed  pursuant to the terms of the Plan,  or  if  the  Committee
determines  that such Participant is legally incompetent  or  otherwise
incapable  of  managing his own affairs, the Committee shall  have  the
authority to itself make the elections pursuant to this Section 6.1  on
behalf  of such Participant, or designate such Participant's designated
beneficiary,  legal  representative  or  some  near  relative  of  such
Participant  to  make  the elections pursuant to this  Section  6.1  on
behalf of such Participant.

(d)   Actual Investment Not Required.    The Company need not  actually
make  any  Permitted Investment.   If the Company should from  time  to
time  make  any  investment  similar to a  Permitted  Investment,  such
investment  shall  be  solely for the Company's  own  account  and  the
Participant   shall   have  no  right,  title  or   interest   therein.
Accordingly,  each Participant is solely an unsecured creditor  of  the
Company with respect to any amount distributable to him under the Plan.

6.2.   Crediting  of  Contributions.   The  Company  shall  credit  all
Matching  Contributions and all Profit Sharing  Contributions  made  on
behalf  of  a  Participant  pursuant  to  Article  4  and  Article   5,
respectively, to such Participant's Matching Contributions  Account  or
Profit   Sharing  Contributions  Account,  as  appropriate,  within   a
reasonable  period following the end of the Plan Year  for  which  such
contributions are made.
Article 7.  Establishment of Trust

7.1.  Establishment of Trust.  The Company may, in its sole discretion,
establish a grantor trust (as described in Section 671 of the Code) for
the  purpose  of  accumulating assets to provide  for  the  obligations
hereunder.  The assets and income of such trust shall be subject to the
claims  of the general creditors of an Employer hereunder, but only  to
the  extent  that  such  assets  and income  are  attributable  to  the
contributions of that individual Employer.  The establishment of such a
trust  shall  not  affect  the Employers'  liability  to  pay  benefits
hereunder  except  that  any such liability  shall  be  offset  by  any
payments  actually made to a Participant under such a  trust.   In  the
event such a trust is established, the amount to be contributed thereto
shall  be  determined by the Company and the investment of such  assets
shall be made in accordance with the trust document.

7.2.   Status of Trust.  Participants shall have no direct  or  secured
claim in any asset of the trust or in specific assets of their Employer
and  will  have  the  status of general unsecured  creditors  of  their
Employer for any amounts due under this Plan.  The assets and income of
the  trust  will be subject to the claims of any Employer's  creditors,
but only to the extent that such assets and income are attributable  to
the contributions of that individual Employer.

Article 8.  Distributions
8.1.  Distribution of Matching Contributions Account.  Each Participant
shall  at  all  times  have  a one hundred percent  (100%)  vested  and
nonforfeitable interest in his Matching Contributions  Account.   If  a
Participant's  employment  with  his Employer  and  all  Affiliates  is
terminated  for  any  reason, including death,  retirement,  total  and
permanent  disability, resignation or dismissal,  the  balance  in  the
Participant's  Matching Contributions Account  (determined  as  of  the
Valuation  Date  on  or immediately preceding the  date  on  which  the
distribution is processed) shall be distributed to the Participant (or,
in  the event of the Participants's death, to his beneficiary) as  soon
as  administratively practicable after the end of the calendar  quarter
in  which   the  Participant's termination of employment occurs.   Such
payment  shall  be  made in the form of a lump sum  payment.   If  such
Participant is entitled to a Matching Contribution for the Plan Year in
which  his employment terminates that is not reflected in the  Matching
Contributions  Account balance so distributed to the  Participant,  the
amount  of  such  Matching Contribution shall  be  distributed  to  the
Participant as soon as administratively practicable after  the  end  of
the  Plan  Year  in which the Participant's termination  of  employment
occurs.

8.2.    Distribution  of  Profit  Sharing  Contributions  Account.    A
Participant  shall  become one hundred percent  (100%)  vested  in  his
Profit Sharing Contributions Account upon the completion of five  years
of  Service  (as  defined in the Qualified Plan).  If  a  Participant's
employment with his Employer and all Affiliates is terminated by reason
of  his  death, his retirement after attaining age 65 or after  he  has
completed five years of Service (as defined in the Qualified Plan), the
balance  in  the  Participant's  Profit Sharing  Contributions  Account
(determined  as  of  the Valuation Date on which  the  distribution  is
processed) shall be distributed to the Participant (or, in the event of
the   Participant's   death,   to   his   beneficiary)   as   soon   as
administratively practicable after the end of the calendar  quarter  in
which the Participant's termination of employment occurs.  Such payment
shall  be  made in the form of a lump sum payment.  If such Participant
is entitled to a Profit Sharing Contribution for the Plan Year in which
his  employment terminates that is not reflected in the Profit  Sharing
Contributions  Account balance so distributed to the  Participant,  the
amount of such Profit Sharing Contribution shall be distributed to  the
Participant as soon as administratively practicable after  the  end  of
the  Plan  Year  in which the Participant's termination  of  employment
occurs.   If  a  Participant's employment with  his  Employer  and  all
Affiliates  is  terminated before the Participant  has  completed  five
years  of Service (as defined in the Qualified Plan) for a reason other
than his death or retirement after attaining age 65, the balance in the
Participant's Profit Sharing Contributions Account shall be forfeited.

8.3.    Involuntary  Distributions.    Notwithstanding  the   foregoing
provisions  of this Article 8, the Committee may on its own  initiative
authorize  the  Company  to  distribute to any  Participant  (or  to  a
designated beneficiary in the event of the Participant's death) all  or
any  portion  of the Participant's Matching Contributions  Account  and
Profit   Sharing   Contributions  Account.   Such  payment   would   be
specifically authorized in the event that there is a change in tax law,
a  published  ruling  or similar announcement issued  by  the  Internal
Revenue  Service, a regulation issued by the Secretary of the Treasury,
a decision by a court of competent jurisdiction involving a Participant
or a beneficiary, or a closing agreement made under Section 7121 of the
Code  that  is approved by the Internal Revenue Service and involves  a
Participant,  and  the Committee determines that a Participant  has  or
will  recognize income for federal income tax purposes with respect  to
amounts  deferred  under this Plan prior to the time such  amounts  are
paid to the Participant.

8.4.   Designation  of Beneficiaries.  Each Participant  may  name  any
person (who may be named concurrently, contingently or successively) to
whom  the Participant's Accounts under the Plan are to be paid  if  the
Participant dies before such Accounts are fully distributed.  Each such
beneficiary  designation  will revoke all  prior  designations  by  the
Participant,  shall  not require the consent of  any  previously  named
beneficiary, shall be in a form prescribed by the Committee and will be
effective  only when filed with the Committee during the  Participant's
lifetime. If a Participant fails to designate a beneficiary before  his
death,  as  provided  above,  or if the  beneficiary  designated  by  a
Participant dies before the date of the Participant's death  or  before
payment   of  the  Participant's  Accounts,  the  Committee,   in   its
discretion,  may  pay the Participant's Accounts (a) to  the  surviving
spouse  of such deceased Participant, if any, or (b) if there shall  be
no   surviving   spouse,  the  surviving  children  of  such   deceased
Participant,  if  any, in equal shares, or (c) if  there  shall  be  no
surviving spouse or children, to the executors or administrators of the
estate  of  such  deceased  Participant,  or  (d)  if  no  executor  or
administrator shall have been appointed for the estate of such deceased
Participant within six months from the date of the Participant's death,
to  the  person  or persons who would be entitled under  the  intestate
succession  laws of the state of the Participant's domicile to  receive
the Participant's personal estate.

Article 9.  Administration of the Plan
The  Plan  shall  be  administered by the Committee.   The  duties  and
authority  of  the  Committee  under the Plan  shall  include  (a)  the
interpretation of the provisions of the Plan, (b) the adoption  of  any
rules  and regulations which may become necessary or advisable  in  the
operation of the Plan, (c) the making of such determinations as may  be
permitted or required pursuant to the Plan, and (d) the taking of  such
other  actions as may be required for the proper administration of  the
Plan  in accordance with its terms.  Any decision of the Committee with
respect  to any matter within the authority of the Committee  shall  be
final,  binding  and conclusive upon the Company and each  Participant,
former  Participant, designated beneficiary, and each  person  claiming
under  or  through  any Participant or designated beneficiary;  and  no
additional  authorization or ratification by the board of directors  of
the  Company shall be required.  Any action taken by the Committee with
respect  to  any one or more Participants shall not be binding  on  the
Committee  as  to  any  action to be taken with respect  to  any  other
Participant.   A member of the Committee may be a Participant,  but  no
member  of  the  Committee  may participate in  any  decision  directly
affecting his rights or the computation of his benefits under the Plan.
Each  determination required or permitted under the Plan shall be  made
by the Committee in the sole and absolute discretion of the Committee.

Article 10.  Amendment and Termination
10.1.   Amendment.  The Company shall have the right to amend the  Plan
by action of the board of directors of the Company (or a duly appointed
delegate  thereof)  from time to time, except that  no  such  amendment
shall,  without  the  consent  of  the  Participant  to  whom  deferred
compensation  has  been  credited  to  any  Account  under  this  Plan,
adversely  affect the right of the Participant (or his beneficiary)  to
receive payments of such deferred compensation under the terms of  this
Plan.

10.2.   Plan  Termination.  The Plan may be terminated with respect  to
the  Company  or  any Employer at any time by action of  the  board  of
directors of the Company (or a duly appointed delegate thereof) in  its
sole  discretion.   The  Plan  shall be automatically  terminated  with
respect to any Employer upon the termination of the Qualified Plan with
respect  to  such  Employer pursuant to Section 15.3 of  the  Qualified
Plan.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no termination of this Plan shall
alter  the  right of a Participant (or his beneficiary) to payments  of
amounts  previously credited to such Participant's Accounts  under  the
Plan.

Article 11.  General Provisions
11.1.  Non-Alienation  of  Benefits.  A  Participant's  rights  to  the
amounts  credited to his Accounts under the Plan shall not be  salable,
transferable, pledgeable or otherwise assignable, in whole or in  part,
by  the voluntary or involuntary acts of any person, or by operation of
law,  and  shall  not  be liable or taken for any  obligation  of  such
person.  Any such attempted grant, transfer, pledge or assignment shall
be null and void and without any legal effect.

11.2.   Withholding for Taxes.  Notwithstanding anything  contained  in
this  Plan  to  the  contrary, each Employer shall  withhold  from  any
distribution  made  under the Plan such amount or  amounts  as  may  be
required  for purposes of complying with the tax withholding provisions
of  the Code or any applicable State law for purposes of paying any tax
attributable to any amounts distributable or creditable under the Plan.

11.3.  Immunity of Committee Members.  The members of the Committee may
rely  upon any information, report or opinion supplied to them  by  any
officer  of  an  Employer  or  any legal  counsel,  independent  public
accountant or actuary, and shall be fully protected in relying upon any
such  information, report or opinion.  No member of the Committee shall
have   any  liability  to  the  Company  or  any  Participant,   former
Participant, designated beneficiary, person claiming under  or  through
any Participant or designated beneficiary or other person interested or
concerned  in connection with any decision made by such member  of  the
Committee  pursuant  to  the  Plan  which  was  based  upon  any   such
information,  report or opinion if such member of the Committee  relied
thereon in good faith.

11.4.   Plan  Not  to  Affect  Employment  Relationship.   Neither  the
adoption  of  the Plan nor its operation shall in any  way  affect  the
right  and  power of an Employer to dismiss or otherwise terminate  the
employment  or  change  the  terms  of  the  employment  or  amount  of
compensation of any Participant at any time for any reason  or  without
cause.   By  accepting any payment under this Plan,  each  Participant,
former  Participant,  designated beneficiary and each  person  claiming
under or through such person, shall be conclusively bound by any action
or decision taken or made under the Plan by the Committee.

11.5.  Notices.  Any notice required to be given by the Company or  the
Committee  hereunder  shall be in writing and  shall  be  delivered  in
person  or  by registered mail, return receipt requested.   Any  notice
given  by  registered mail shall be deemed to have been given upon  the
date of delivery, correctly addressed to the last known address of  the
person to whom such notice is to be given.

11.6.  Gender and Number; Headings.  Wherever any words are used herein
in  the  masculine gender they shall be  construed as though they  were
also  used  in  the feminine gender in all cases where  they  would  so
apply; and wherever any words are used herein in the singular form they
shall be construed as though they were also used in the plural form  in
all  cases  where  they  would  so apply.   Headings  of  sections  and
subsections  of the Plan are inserted for convenience of reference  and
are  not  part  of  the  Plan  and are not  to  be  considered  in  the
construction thereof.

11.7.  Controlling Law.  The Plan shall be construed in accordance with
the internal laws of the State of Illinois, to the extent not preempted
by any applicable federal law.

11.8.   Successors.   The Plan is binding on all  persons  entitled  to
benefits    hereunder   and   their   respective   heirs   and    legal
representatives, on the Committee and its successor and on any Employer
and its successor, whether by way of merger, consolidation, purchase or
otherwise.

11.9.   Severability.   If  any provision of the  Plan  shall  be  held
illegal or invalid for any reason, such illegality or invalidity  shall
not affect the remaining provisions of the Plan, and the Plan shall  be
enforced as if the invalid provisions had never been set forth therein.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, IMC Global Inc. has caused its corporate seal to be
hereunto affixed by its officers thereunto duly authorized this  ______
day of ____________, 1999.

IMC GLOBAL INC.
By:

(Corporate Seal)

ATTEST:




                                                     Exhibit 10.iii.(u)


                            IMC GLOBAL INC.
                      1998 VOLUNTARY NONQUALIFIED
                      DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

          IMC   Global  Inc.  has  established  this  IMC  Global  Inc.
Voluntary Nonqualified Deferred Compensation effective as of January 1,
1998, in order to enable eligible employees of IMC Global Inc. and  its
Affiliates  to  defer the receipt of all or a portion of  their  annual
cash bonuses and up to one-half of their base salary and to be credited
with  interest  on a tax favored basis on such deferred  amounts  until
retirement, death, disability or other termination of employment.

                               ARTICLE I
                              DEFINITIONS

          1.01  "Account" means the record of a Participant's  interest
in  the  Plan attributable to Participant Deferrals made on  behalf  of
such Participant and hypothetical investment earnings thereon.

          1.02 "Affiliate" means (a) a member of a controlled group  of
corporations  of which the Company is a member or (b) an unincorporated
trade  or  business which is under common control with the  Company  as
determined  in  accordance  with Code  Section  414(c).   For  purposes
hereof,  a "controlled group of corporations" means a controlled  group
of  corporations as defined in Code Section 1563(a), determined without
regard to Code Sections 1563(a)(4) and 1563(e)(3)(C).

          1.03  "Beneficiary" means the person or persons,  natural  or
otherwise,  designated by a Participant to receive any benefit  payable
under  the  Plan  in  the  event of the  Participant's  death.   To  be
effective,  any  such  designation and  any  alteration  or  revocation
thereof shall be in writing, in such form as the Plan Administrator may
prescribe and shall be filed with the Plan Administrator prior  to  the
Participant's death.  If at the time a death benefit becomes payable no
designation  of Beneficiary is on file with the Plan Administrator,  or
if  the  designated Beneficiary does not survive the  Participant,  the
Beneficiary  shall  be the Participant's surviving spouse,  or  in  the
event there is no such surviving spouse, the Participant's estate.

          1.04 "Board" means the Board of Directors of the Company.

          1.05  "Change  in Control" shall be deemed to  have  occurred
upon the first to occur of the following:

          (a)  the  acquisition by any individual, entity or  group  (a
               "Person"), including any "person" within the meaning  of
               Section  13(d)(3)  or 14(d)(2) of the Exchange  Act,  of
               beneficial  ownership within the meaning of  Rule  13d-3
               promulgated under the Exchange Act, of 15%  or  more  of
               either  (i) the then outstanding shares of common  stock
               of  the Company (the "Outstanding Common Stock") or (ii)
               the  combined  voting  power  of  the  then  outstanding
               securities of the Company entitled to vote generally  in
               the  election  of  directors  (the  "Outstanding  Voting
               Securities");  excluding, however, the  following:   (A)
               any acquisition directly from the Company (excluding any
               acquisition resulting from the exercise of an  exercise,
               conversion  or  exchange privilege unless  the  security
               being  so exercised, converted or exchanged was acquired
               directly from the Company),  (B) any acquisition by  the
               Company, (C) any acquisition by an employee benefit plan
               (or  related  trust)  sponsored  or  maintained  by  the
               Company or any corporation controlled by the Company  or
               (D)  any  acquisition by any corporation pursuant  to  a
               transaction  which complies with clauses (i),  (ii)  and
               (iii) of subsection (c) of this Section 1.05.

          (b)  individuals who, as of the date this Plan is approved by
               the Board of Directors constitute the Board of Directors
               (the   "Incumbent  Board")  cease  for  any  reason   to
               constitute  at least a majority of such Board;  provided
               that  any  individual  who becomes  a  director  of  the
               Company subsequent to the date this Plan is approved  by
               the Board of Directors whose election, or nomination for
               election by the Company's stockholders, was approved  by
               the  vote  of at least a majority of the directors  then
               comprising the Incumbent Board shall be deemed a  member
               of  the Incumbent Board; and provided further, that  any
               individual  who was initially elected as a  director  of
               the  Company  as  a  result of an actual  or  threatened
               election contest, as such terms are used in Rule  14a-11
               of Regulation 14A promulgated under the Exchange Act, or
               any  other actual or threatened solicitation of  proxies
               or consents by or on behalf of any Person other than the
               Board  shall  not  be deemed a member of  the  Incumbent
               Board;

          (c)  approval  by  the  stockholders  of  the  Company  of  a
               reorganization, merger or consolidation of  the  Company
               or sale or other disposition of all or substantially all
               of   the   assets   of   the   Company   (a   "Corporate
               Transaction");    excluding,   however,   a    Corporate
               Transaction  pursuant to which (i) all or  substantially
               all   of  the  individuals  or  entities  who  are   the
               beneficial  owners,  respectively,  of  the  Outstanding
               Common  Stock  and  the  Outstanding  Voting  Securities
               immediately  prior  to such Corporate  Transaction  will
               beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than  60%
               of,  respectively,  the  outstanding  shares  of  common
               stock,  and the combined voting power of the outstanding
               securities   of  such  corporation  entitled   to   vote
               generally in the election of directors, as the case  may
               be,  of  the  corporation resulting from such  Corporate
               Transaction    (including,   without    limitation,    a
               corporation  which as a result of such transaction  owns
               the Company or all or substantially all of the Company's
               assets  either  directly or indirectly) in substantially
               the  same  proportions relative to each other  as  their
               ownership,   immediately   prior   to   such   Corporate
               Transaction,  of the Outstanding Common  Stock  and  the
               Outstanding Voting Securities, as the case may be,  (ii)
               no  Person  (other  than:   the  Company;  any  employee
               benefit  plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained
               by  the  Company  or any corporation controlled  by  the
               Company;  the corporation resulting from such  Corporate
               Transaction;  and  any Person which beneficially  owned,
               immediately   prior   to  such  Corporate   Transaction,
               directly  or  indirectly, 25% or more of the Outstanding
               Common  Stock  or the Outstanding Voting Securities,  as
               the  case  may  be) will beneficially own,  directly  or
               indirectly,   25%   or   more  of,   respectively,   the
               outstanding  shares of common stock of  the  corporation
               resulting  from  such  Corporate  Transaction   or   the
               combined  voting power of the outstanding securities  of
               such  corporation  entitled to  vote  generally  in  the
               election  of  directors and (iii) individuals  who  were
               members of the Incumbent Board will constitute at  least
               a  majority of the members of the board of directors  of
               the    corporation   resulting   from   such   Corporate
               Transaction; or

          (d)  the  consummation of a plan of complete  liquidation  or
               dissolution of the Company.

For  purposes  of this definition, the term "Exchange  Act"  means  the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time,  or  any
successor act thereto.

          1.06  "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as from
time to time amended.

          1.07 "Company" means IMC Global Inc.

          1.08  "Election  Date"  means with respect  to  a  Plan  Year
December 15 of the immediately preceding Plan Year.

          1.09 "Eligible Employee" means an employee of the Company  or
an  Affiliate who is based in the United States of America, in grade 20
or  above  and  is  eligible to participate  in  the  IMC  Global  Inc.
Management Incentive Compensation Program.

          1.10  "Final  Distribution Date" means the date  on  which  a
Participant's  active employment with the Company  and  all  Affiliates
terminates,  whether  by  reason  of  retirement,  death,   long   term
disability or other termination of active employment.

          1.11  "In-Service Distribution Date" means a date prior to  a
Participant's  Final  Distribution  Date  which  is  selected  by   the
Participant for the payment of Participant Deferrals in accordance with
rules and procedures established by the Plan Administrator.

          1.12      "Participant" means each Eligible Employee who  has
elected to participate in the Plan.

          1.13 "Participant Deferrals" means the amounts deferred by  a
Participant pursuant to Section 3.01.

          1.14   "Plan"  means  the  IMC  Global  Inc.  1998  Voluntary
Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan.

          1.15 "Plan Administrator" means such person or persons as may
be designated by the Board to administer the Plan.

          1.16 "Plan Year" means the calendar year.

          1.17  "Trust"  means  the IMC Global Inc.  1998  Supplemental
Executive  Retirement Plan, Restoration Plan and  Excess  Benefit  Plan
Trust.

          1.18  "Trustee" means Marshall & Ilsley Trust Company or  any
successor Trustee of the Trust.

          1.19  "Valuation  Date" means the last day of  each  calendar
quarter.
                              ARTICLE II
                             PARTICIPATION

          An  Eligible Employee shall become a Participant by electing,
in accordance with procedures established by the Plan Administrator, to
make Participant Deferrals pursuant to Section 3.01 hereof.

                              ARTICLE III
                               DEFERRALS

          3.01  Participant  Deferrals.   Each  Eligible  Employee  may
elect, in accordance with rules and procedures established by the  Plan
Administrator, on or before the Election Date for a Plan Year, to  make
a  Participant Deferral under the Plan equal to all or any portion  (up
to  100%)  of the Eligible Employee's annual cash bonus for  such  Plan
Year.   Each Eligible Employee may also elect, in accordance with rules
and  procedures established by the Plan Administrator, on or before the
Election  Date for a Plan Year, to make Participant Deferrals equal  to
all  or  any portion (up to 50%) of the Eligible Employee's base salary
for  such  Plan  Year.   Participant Deferrals  under  the  Plan  by  a
Participant  shall  reduce  the  amount  of  the  applicable  type   of
compensation otherwise payable currently to such Participant.

          3.02  Company Contributions to Trust.  As soon as practicable
after  the  end of each Plan Year, and not later than 30 days  after  a
Change  in Control, the Company shall contribute to the Trustee  to  be
held  under the provisions of the Trust, but subject to the  claims  of
the  creditors of the Company in the event of the Company's  insolvency
as  provided in the Trust, such amount as may be necessary  to  provide
the  Trust with assets for the Plan having a fair market value at least
equal to the sum of the Account balances of all Participants as of  the
end of the Plan Year or the date of the Change in Control, whichever is
applicable.   Notwithstanding  the transfer  of  contributions  to  the
Trust,  however, such deferred amounts shall remain obligations of  the
Company  to  the Participants and shall be reflected on  the  Company's
books by separate accounting entries.

          The  provisions of this Section 3.02 may not be amended after
the  date  of  a  Change in Control without the written  consent  of  a
majority in both number and interest of the Participants in this  Plan,
other  than  those Participants who are both (i) not  employed  by  the
Company  or  a subsidiary as of the date of the Change in  Control  and
(ii)  not  receiving nor could have commenced receiving benefits  under
the  Plan  as  of  the date of the Change in Control, both  immediately
prior to the Change of Control and at the date of such amendment.

                              ARTICLE IV
                       ACCOUNTS AND INVESTMENTS

          4.01  Deferred Compensation Accounts.  Participant  Deferrals
made by a Participant shall be credited to the Participant's Account as
of  the first day of the calendar quarter that includes the date(s)  on
which, but for the Participant's election to defer, such amounts  would
have  been  payable to the Participant.  The amount in a  Participant's
Account  shall also be credited as of each Valuation Date with interest
at  the  prime rate published in the "Money Rates" section of The  Wall
Street Journal on the first business day of the calendar quarter ending
on such Valuation Date plus two percentage points (2%).

          4.02   Rollover  of  Previously  Deferred  Amounts.   Amounts
previously deferred as of December 31, 1997 by a Participant under  the
Company's prior deferred compensation arrangement, as set forth in  the
IMC  Global Inc. Management Incentive Compensation Program,  that  have
not  been  paid to the Participant, plus associated earnings, shall  be
credited  to the Participant's Account as of January 1, 1998 and  shall
be  credited  with  interest as of each Valuation  Date  thereafter  as
provided in Section 4.01.

          4.03  Investment of Trust Funds.  Amounts contributed to  the
Trust  by  the  Company shall be invested by the Trustee in  accordance
with  the  provisions  of  the  Trust; provided,  however,  that  Trust
investments  need  not  reflect the interest  to  be  credited  to  the
Accounts of Participants, and the earnings or investment results of the
Trust  shall  not  affect the amounts to be credited  to  Participants'
Accounts under the Plan.

                               ARTICLE V
                       DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS

          5.01  Final  Distribution Date.  Upon a  Participant's  Final
Distribution Date, the Participant (or the Participant's Beneficiary if
the  Participant  is  deceased) shall be paid the Participant's  entire
Account  balance  as  of  the Valuation Date coinciding  with  or  next
following  the Final Distribution Date in a single lump sum payment  as
soon  as  practicable  after  such date; provided,  however,  that  the
Participant  may  elect,  in  accordance  with  rules  and   procedures
established  by the Plan Administrator, to be paid his or  her  Account
balance in annual installments over a period of up to 10 years.

          5.02 In-Service Distribution Date.  Participant Deferrals  to
be  paid on an In-Service Distribution Date, together with the interest
credited  thereon, shall be paid to the Participant as of the Valuation
Date coinciding with or next following the In-Service Distribution Date
in  a  single lump sum payment as soon as practicable after such  date;
provided,  however, that the Participant may elect, in accordance  with
rules and procedures established by the Plan Administrator, to be  paid
such amounts in annual installments over a period of up to 10 years.

                              ARTICLE VI
                          PLAN ADMINISTRATION

          6.01 Administration of Plan.  The Company shall have the sole
responsibility for making contributions to the Trust as provided  under
Article III and shall have the sole authority to amend or terminate, in
whole  or in part, this Plan at any time.  The Plan Administrator shall
have the sole responsibility for the administration of the Plan.

          The  Company  does  not guarantee to any Participant  in  any
manner the effect under any tax law or Federal or state statute of  the
Participant's participation in this Plan.

          6.02 Claims Procedure.  The Plan Administrator shall make all
determinations  as to the right of any person to a benefit  under  this
Plan.   Any  denial by the Plan Administrator of a claim  for  benefits
under  the  Plan  by a Participant or Beneficiary shall  be  stated  in
writing  by  the  Plan Administrator and shall set forth  the  specific
reasons  for  the  denial.  In addition, the Plan  Administrator  shall
afford a reasonable opportunity to any Participant or Beneficiary whose
claim for benefits has been denied for a review of the decision denying
the claim.

          6.03  Powers  and  Duties  of Plan Administrator.   The  Plan
Administrator shall have such duties and powers as may be necessary  to
discharge  its  duties hereunder, including, but  not  by  any  way  of
limitation, the following:

          (a)  to construe and interpret the Plan, decide all questions
               of eligibility and determine the amount, manner and time
               of payment of any benefits hereunder;

          (b)  to  prescribe  procedures to be followed by Participants
               in filing elections or revocations thereof;

          (c)  to  prepare and distribute, in such manner as  the  Plan
               Administrator determines to be appropriate,  information
               explaining the Plan;

          (d)  to  receive from the Company and from Participants  such
               information  as  shall  be  necessary  for  the   proper
               administration of the Plan;

          (e)  to  furnish the Company, upon request, such reports with
               respect  to  the  administration  of  the  Plan  as  are
               reasonable and appropriate;

          (f)  to  receive,  review  and keep  on  file  (as  it  deems
               convenient  and proper) reports of benefit  payments  by
               the  Company  and reports of disbursements for  expenses
               directed by the Plan Administrator; and

          (g)  to  appoint  individuals to assist in the administration
               of  the  Plan  and any other agents it deems  advisable,
               including legal counsel.

          The  Plan  Administrator  shall have  no  power  to  add  to,
subtract  from or modify any of the terms of the Plan, or to change  or
add  to any benefits provided by the Plan, or to waive or fail to apply
any requirements of eligibility for a benefit under the Plan.

          6.04 Rules, Procedures and Decisions.  The Plan Administrator
may adopt such rules and procedures as it deems necessary, desirable or
appropriate.   All  rules,  procedures  and  decisions  of   the   Plan
Administrator  shall  be  uniformly and  consistently  applied  to  all
Participants in similar circumstances.  When making a determination  or
calculation,  the  Plan Administrator shall be entitled  to  rely  upon
information  furnished  by  a Participant, the  Company  or  the  legal
counsel of the Company.

          6.05   Authorization   of   Benefit   Payments.    The   Plan
Administrator  shall  issue directions to the Company  or  the  Trustee
concerning all benefits which are to be paid pursuant to the provisions
of the Plan.

          6.06   Indemnification  of  Plan  Administrator.   The   Plan
Administrator shall be indemnified by the Company against any  and  all
liabilities arising by reason of any act or failure to act made in good
faith  pursuant  to  the  provisions of the  Plan,  including  expenses
reasonably incurred in the defense of any claim relating thereto.

                              ARTICLE VII
                             MISCELLANEOUS

          7.01  No  Right to Employment, etc.  Neither the creation  of
this  Plan  nor anything contained herein shall be construed as  giving
any  Participant  hereunder or other employees of the  Company  or  any
subsidiary  any  right to remain in the employ of the  Company  or  any
subsidiary.

          7.02  Successors and Assigns.  All rights and obligations  of
this  Plan  shall  inure  to, and be binding upon  the  successors  and
assigns of the Company.

          7.03 Inalienability.  Except so far as may be contrary to the
laws of any state having jurisdiction in the premises, a Participant or
Beneficiary  shall  have  no  right to assign,  transfer,  hypothecate,
encumber,  commute or anticipate his or her interest  in  any  payments
under  this  Plan and such payments shall not in any way be subject  to
any  legal process to levy upon or attach the same for payment  of  any
claim against any Participant or Beneficiary.

          7.04 Incompetency.  If any Participant or Beneficiary is,  in
the  opinion of the Plan Administrator, legally incapable of  giving  a
valid  receipt  and  discharge for any payment, the Plan  Administrator
may,  at  its option, direct that such payment or any part  thereof  be
made  to  such  person  or  persons who in  the  opinion  of  the  Plan
Administrator  are  caring  for  and  supporting  such  Participant  or
Beneficiary,  unless it has received due notice of claim  from  a  duly
appointed  guardian or conservator of the estate of the Participant  or
Beneficiary.   A  payment so made will be a complete discharge  of  the
obligations  under this Plan to the extent of and as to  that  payment,
and  neither  the  Plan  Administrator nor the Company  will  have  any
obligation regarding the application of the payment.

          7.05   Unfunded  Plan.   The  rights  and  interests   of   a
Participant  with  respect to the balance in the Participant's  Account
shall  be  solely those of a general creditor of the  Company.   It  is
intended  that the Plan shall be an unfunded plan maintained  primarily
for  the purpose of providing deferred compensation for a select  group
of management or highly compensated employees.

          7.06  Controlling  Law.  To the extent not preempted  by  the
laws of the United States of America, the laws of the State of Illinois
shall  be  the  controlling state law in all matters relating  to  this
Plan.

          7.07  Severability.  If any provisions of this Plan shall  be
held  illegal  or invalid for any reason, the illegality or  invalidity
shall  not affect the remaining parts of this Plan, but this Plan shall
be  construed  and  enforced as if the illegal and  invalid  provisions
never had been included herein.

          7.08  Gender  and Number.  Whenever the context  requires  or
permits, the gender and number of words shall be interchangeable.

          7.09  Expenses.  The expenses of administering the Plan shall
be paid by the Company.

          7.10 Division of the Plan.  The Plan Administrator may direct
a separation of the Accounts of certain Participants under the Plan and
the  transfer  of  such Accounts to another plan.  If  such  action  is
directed, the Plan Administrator shall cause to be determined and shall
direct  the Trustee to set apart that portion of the assets held  under
the Trust that is attributable to the Accounts of such Participants  as
are  designated  in  such  direction by the  Plan  Administrator.   The
portion  of  the  assets held under the Trust so set  apart  shall,  as
directed by the Plan Administrator, either (a) continue to be  held  by
the Trustee under such other plan for the benefit of such Participants,
or  (b)  be  transferred directly to the trustee of  a  separate  trust
established under such other plan and held in trust for the benefit  of
such Participants pursuant to the terms of such other plan.

                             ARTICLE VIII
                       AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

          8.01  Amendment  to  Conform with Law.  The  Company  may  by
amendment make such changes in, additions to, and substitutions in  the
provisions of this Plan, to take effect retroactively or otherwise,  as
deemed  necessary or advisable for the purpose of conforming this  Plan
to  any  present or future law relating to plans of this or  a  similar
nature,  and  to the administrative regulations and rulings promulgated
thereunder.

          8.02 Other Amendments and Termination.  The Company may amend
or  terminate  this  Plan  at  any time, without  the  consent  of  any
Participant or Beneficiary.  Notwithstanding the foregoing,  this  Plan
shall  not  be  amended  or terminated so as to reduce  or  cancel  the
benefits  which have accrued to a Participant or Beneficiary  prior  to
the  later  of the date of adoption of the amendment or termination  or
the  effective  date  thereof, and in the event of  such  amendment  or
termination, any such accrued benefit hereunder shall not be reduced or
canceled.

          8.03  Manner  and  Form  of Amendment  or  Termination.   Any
amendment or termination of this Plan by the Company shall be made only
by action of the Board or any officer of the Company duly authorized by
the  Board.  Certification of any amendment or termination of this Plan
shall be furnished to the Plan Administrator by the Company.

          8.04   Notice   of  Amendment  or  Termination.    The   Plan
Administrator  shall  notify  Participants  or  Beneficiaries  who  are
affected  by  any  amendment  or termination  of  this  Plan  within  a
reasonable time thereof.

Dated:                             IMC GLOBAL INC.


                                   By:
                                   Name:
                                   Title:





                                                     Exhibit 10.iii.(v)


                        FIRST AMENDMENT TO THE
                 IMC GLOBAL INC. 1998 RESTORATION PLAN


     WHEREAS, IMC Global Operations Inc. (the "Company") has heretofore
adopted  and maintains the IMC Global Inc. 1998 Restoration  Plan  (the
"Plan"); and

     WHEREAS,  the  Company  desires  to  amend  the  Plan  in  certain
respects;

     NOW,  THEREFORE, pursuant to the power of amendment  contained  in
Section 10.1 of the Plan, the Plan is hereby amended,  effective as  of
January 1, 1998, in the following respects:

     1.    The second sentence of Section 1.2 is amended to provide  as
follows:

     The  Plan  is  intended  to  be  maintained  and  administered  in
connection  with the "IMC Global Inc. Profit Sharing and Savings  Plan"
for  the  benefit  of  selected employees of the Company  and  adopting
Affiliates  whose benefits under the Qualified Plan are  restricted  by
the  limitations of Sections 401(a)(17), 402(g) and 415 of the Code  or
are  reduced  as a result of voluntary deferrals of compensation  under
the  "IMC  Global Inc 1998 Voluntary Nonqualified Deferred Compensation
Plan".

     2.   Section 4.1 is amended to provide as follows:

          4.1.  Matching Contributions.  For each Plan Year, a Matching
Contribution   shall   be  credited  to  each  Participant's   Matching
Contributions  Account  in an amount equal to (i)  the  excess  of  the
amount  of  the matching contributions that would have been  made  with
respect   to   the   Employee  Contributions   and   Salary   Reduction
Contributions  (as defined in the Qualified Plan) of  such  Participant
for  such  Plan  Year  if Employee Contributions and  Salary  Reduction
Contributions had been made by the Participant under the Qualified Plan
without  regard to the limitations of Sections 401(a)(17),  402(g)  and
415  of  the  Code  and  without  regard  to  voluntary  deferrals   of
compensation  by  the  Participant  under  the  IMC  Global  Inc.  1998
Voluntary  Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan over the  amount  of
the  matching contributions actually made for the Participant under the
Qualified Plan for such Plan Year, reduced by (ii) FICA withholding  on
the amount so determined.

     In  addition,  for  the  Plan  Year ended  December  31,  1998,  a
supplemental   Matching  Contribution  shall  be   credited   to   each
Participant's Matching Contributions Account in an amount equal to  the
difference  between (i) the sum of 100% of the amount  contributed  for
such  Plan  Year  by such Participant pursuant to Sections  4.1(a)  and
4.1(b)  of  the  Qualified  Plan  that  does  not  exceed  3%  of   the
Participant's Compensation (as defined in the Qualified Plan) for  such
Plan  Year and 50% of the amount contributed for such Plan Year by such
Participant  pursuant to Sections 4.1(a) and 4.1(b)  of  the  Qualified
Plan  that  exceeds  3%  but does not exceed 6%  of  the  Participant's
Compensation (as defined in the Qualified Plan) for such Plan Year  and
(ii)  the amount of Employer Matching Contributions (as defined in  the
Qualified  Plan)  contributed for the Participant under  the  Qualified
Plan with respect to payroll periods ending in such Plan Year.

     3.   Section 5.1 is amended to provide as follows:

          5.1.   Profit Sharing Contributions.  For each Plan  Year,  a
Profit  Sharing  Contribution shall be credited to the  Profit  Sharing
Contributions  Account of each Participant for whom  a  profit  sharing
contribution is made for such Plan Year under the Qualified Plan in  an
amount  equal  to  (i) the excess of the amount of the  profit  sharing
contribution  that would have been made for the Participant  under  the
Qualified  Plan for such Plan Year if such profit sharing  contribution
had  been  made to the Qualified Plan without regard to the limitations
of  Sections 401(a)(17), 402(g) and 415 of the Code and without  regard
to voluntary deferrals of compensation by the Participant under the IMC
Global Inc. 1998 Voluntary Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan over
the  amount  of the profit sharing contribution actually made  for  the
Participant under the Qualified Plan for the Plan Year, reduced by (ii)
required  FICA withholding on the amount so determined (if vested)  and
on  the amount of any previously made Profit Sharing Contributions (and
deemed investment earnings thereon) that have become vested during  the
Plan Year.

     4.   Section 6.2 is amended to provide as follows:

     6.2.   Crediting of Contributions.   The Company shall credit  all
Matching  Contributions and all Profit Sharing  Contributions  made  on
behalf  of  a  Participant  pursuant  to  Article  4  and  Article   5,
respectively, to such Participant's Matching Contributions  Account  or
Profit   Sharing  Contributions  Account,  as  appropriate,  within   a
reasonable  period following the end of the Plan Year  for  which  such
contributions are made.

     5.   Section 8.1 is amended to provide as follows:

          8.1.   Distribution of Matching Contributions Account.   Each
Participant shall at all times have a one hundred percent (100%) vested
and nonforfeitable interest in his Matching Contributions Account.   If
a  Participant's  employment with his Employer and  all  Affiliates  is
terminated  for  any  reason, including death,  retirement,  total  and
permanent  disability, resignation or dismissal,  the  balance  in  the
Participant's  Matching Contributions Account  (determined  as  of  the
Valuation  Date  on  or immediately preceding the  date  on  which  the
distribution is processed) shall be distributed to the Participant (or,
in  the event of the Participants's death, to his beneficiary) as  soon
as  administratively practicable after the end of the calendar  quarter
in  which   the  Participant's termination of employment occurs.   Such
payment  shall  be  made in the form of a lump sum  payment.   If  such
Participant is entitled to a Matching Contribution for the Plan Year in
which  his employment terminates that is not reflected in the  Matching
Contributions  Account balance so distributed to the  Participant,  the
amount  of  such  Matching Contribution shall  be  distributed  to  the
Participant as soon as administratively practicable after  the  end  of
the  Plan  Year  in which the Participant's termination  of  employment
occurs.

     6.   Section 8.2 is amended to provide as follows:

     8.2.   Distribution  of Profit Sharing Contributions  Account.   A
Participant  shall  become one hundred percent  (100%)  vested  in  his
Profit Sharing Contributions Account upon the completion of five  years
of  Service  (as  defined in the Qualified Plan).  If  a  Participant's
employment with his Employer and all Affiliates is terminated by reason
of  his  death, his retirement after attaining age 65 or after  he  has
completed five years of Service (as defined in the Qualified Plan), the
balance  in  the  Participant's  Profit Sharing  Contributions  Account
(determined  as  of  the Valuation Date on which  the  distribution  is
processed) shall be distributed to the Participant (or, in the event of
the   Participant's   death,   to   his   beneficiary)   as   soon   as
administratively practicable after the end of the calendar  quarter  in
which the Participant's termination of employment occurs.  Such payment
shall  be  made in the form of a lump sum payment.  If such Participant
is entitled to a Profit Sharing Contribution for the Plan Year in which
his  employment terminates that is not reflected in the Profit  Sharing
Contributions  Account balance so distributed to the  Participant,  the
amount of such Profit Sharing Contribution shall be distributed to  the
Participant as soon as administratively practicable after  the  end  of
the  Plan  Year  in which the Participant's termination  of  employment
occurs.   If  a  Participant's employment with  his  Employer  and  all
Affiliates  is  terminated before the Participant  has  completed  five
years  of Service (as defined in the Qualified Plan) for a reason other
than his death or retirement after attaining age 65, the balance in the
Participant's Profit Sharing Contributions Account shall be forfeited.

     IN  WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused its corporate seal  to
be  hereunto  affixed  by its officers thereunto duly  authorized  this
_____ day of _____________, 1999.

                                   IMC GLOBAL OPERATIONS INC.

                                   By:
                                   Name:
                                   Title:

(corporate seal)

ATTEST:






EXHIBIT 12
<TABLE>
                                IMC Global Inc.
                Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges
<CAPTION>
                                          Years Ended December 31
                            ------------------------------------------------
                             1999       1998      1997       1996      1995
                            ------     ------    ------     ------    ------
<S>                         <C>        <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>
Fixed charges:
Interest charges            $ 154.5    $ 161.1   $  40.2   $  43.6   $  57.8
Rent expense                    7.8        8.5       6.0       5.8       5.0
                            -------    -------   -------   -------   -------
Total fixed charges         $ 162.3    $ 169.6   $  46.2   $  49.4   $  62.8
                            =======    =======   =======   =======   =======
Earnings:
Earnings (loss) from
 continuing operations
 before minority interest   $(465.8)   $ 216.9   $ 224.6   $ 388.7   $ 471.5
Interest charges              154.5      161.1      40.2      43.6      57.8
Rent expense                    7.8        8.5       6.0       5.8       5.0
                            -------    -------   -------   -------   -------
Total earnings              $(303.5)   $ 386.5   $ 270.8   $ 438.1   $ 534.3
                            =======    =======   =======   =======   =======

Ratio of earnings
 to fixed charges             (1.87)      2.28      5.86      8.87      8.51

Adjusted ratio of
 earnings to fixed charges     2.81(a)    3.19(b)   9.84(c)  10.59(d)   8.51
                            =======    =======   =======   =======   =======

(a)The  adjusted ratio of earnings to fixed charges for the year  ended
   December 31, 1999 excludes charges of $758.9 million resulting  from
   the Company's restructuring program.

(b)The  adjusted ratio of earnings to fixed charges for the year  ended
   December  31,  1998  excludes a charge of $195.1  million  resulting
   from  the Company-wide profit improvement program and $14.0  million
   as a result of the loss on the sale of IMC Vigoro.

(c)  The adjusted ratio of earnings to fixed charges for the year ended
   December  31,  1997 excludes a charge of $183.7 million  related  to
   the  write-down  of the historical carrying value of  the  Company's
   25.0 percent interest in Main Pass.

(d)The  adjusted ratio of earnings to fixed charges for the year  ended
   December 31, 1996 excludes a charge of $84.9 million related to  the
   merger of The Vigoro Corporation in to a wholly-owned subsidiary  of
   the Company.
</TABLE>






                                                             Exhibit 13

                      Financial Table of Contents



   Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
   and Results of Operations                                     p.27
   Report of Management                                          p.41
   Report of Independent Auditors                                p.41
   Consolidated Statement of Operations                          p.42
   Consolidated Balance Sheet                                    p.43
   Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows                          p.44
   Consolidated Statement of Stockholders' Equity                p.45
   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements                    p.46
   Quarterly Results (Unaudited)                                 p.72
   Five Year Comparison                                          p.73


                             Introduction
                      --------------------------

Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results
of  Operations  should  be  read  in  conjunction  with  the  financial
statements and the accompanying notes.

IMC  Global  Inc.  (Company  or IMC) is  one  of  the  world's  leading
producers of phosphate and potash crop nutrients, salt and animal  feed
ingredients.

The Company's current operational structure consists of four continuing
business units corresponding to its major product lines as follows: IMC
Phosphates (Phosphates), IMC Potash (Potash), IMC Salt (Salt)  and  IMC
Feed  Ingredients  (Feed  Ingredients). As  a  result  of  the  planned
divestiture of IMC Chemicals (Chemicals), all financial information for
Chemicals  has been stated as discontinued operations.  In early  2000,
the Company decided to explore strategic options, including divestiture
or  a  joint  venture,  for the Salt business  unit  and  a  production
facility located in Ogden, Utah.

Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results
of  Operations highlights the primary factors affecting changes in  the
operating  results  of the Company's continuing operations  during  the
three year period, excluding the impact of certain special charges.  In
1999,  the  Company incurred special charges from continuing operations
of $776.8 million, after tax and minority interest, or $6.78 per share,
comprised  of:  (i) a $95.6 million, or $0.83 per share,  restructuring
charge  related  to  a  Company-wide rightsizing  program  (Rightsizing
Program);  (ii) a $35.0 million, or $0.31 per share, charge related  to
additional asset write-offs and environmental accruals; (iii) a  $521.2
million,  or  $4.55 per share, charge resulting from a  change  in  the
method  of evaluating the recoverability of goodwill; and (iv) a $125.0
million,  or $1.09 per share, charge for deferred income taxes  arising
from  a  recent change in tax law.  As a result of the special  charges
recorded  in  1999,  the  Company expects to  increase  annual  pre-tax
earnings  by  an  estimated $70.0 million, or $0.40  per  share.    The
increase in earnings is anticipated to result from rightsizing and cost
reduction initiatives including a Company-wide headcount reduction.  In
1998,  the  Company incurred special charges from continuing operations
of $123.3 million, after tax and minority interest, or $1.07 per share,
comprised  of:  (i) a $113.4 million, or $0.99 per share, restructuring
charge  related  to a Company-wide profit improvement program  (Project
Profit); (ii) a $9.1 million, or $0.08 per share, charge related to the
Company's  sale  of IMC Vigoro (Vigoro) (Vigoro Sale); and  (iii)  $0.8
million, or $0.01 per share, of other charges.  As a result of  Project
Profit,  the  Company is on target to achieve a reduction in  operating
costs  in  excess  of  $100.0 million over the two year  period  ending
December  31, 2000, with $65.0 million realized in 1999.  The reduction
in  costs resulted from the simplification of the business, shutdown of
high-cost  operations,  exit from low-margin businesses  and  headcount
reductions.   In  1997,  the  Company  incurred  special  charges  from
continuing operations of $112.2 million, after tax, or $1.19 per share,
related to a write-down of the Company's 25.0 percent interest in  Main
Pass  299  (Main  Pass) as a result of a merger with  Freeport-McMoRan,
Inc. (FTX) (FTX Merger).

All  of  these  special charges significantly impacted the  results  of
continuing  operations  of the Company and are referred  to  throughout
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results
of  Operations.  For additional detail on these charges,  see  Note  2,
"Change  in Accounting for Goodwill," Note 3, "Restructuring and  Other
Charges," Note 5, "Other Divestitures," Note 6, "Acquisitions" and Note
12, "Income Taxes," of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

[Chart]

Net Sales
- ---------
(In millions)

  1999           1998            1997
  ----           ----            ----

$2,369.3       $2,383.1        $2,116.0


[Chart]

Gross Margins
- -------------
(In millions)

  1999(a)        1998(a)         1997
  ----           ----            ----

 $584.6         $721.9          $574.9

(a) Before special charges.


[Chart]

Earnings from Continuing Operations
- -----------------------------------
(In millions)

  1999(a)        1998(a)         1997(a)
  ----           ----            ----

 $165.7         $233.1          $182.0

(a) Before special charges.


                         Results of Operations
                               Overview

1999 Compared to 1998
- ---------------------
Net  sales of $2,369.3 million in 1999 were essentially unchanged  from
$2,383.1  million in 1998.  Gross margins in 1999 were $584.6  million,
excluding  special charges of $41.9 million, a decrease of  19  percent
from  comparable  1998  margins of $721.9  million,  excluding  special
charges of $23.1 million.

Earnings  from  continuing operations in 1999 were $165.7  million,  or
$1.45  per share, excluding special charges of $776.8 million, or $6.78
per  share.   Earnings from continuing operations in 1998  were  $233.1
million,  or  $2.03  per  share, excluding special  charges  of  $123.3
million, or $1.07 per share.

Sales  and  earnings  from  continuing operations  for  1999  reflected
significantly reduced phosphate pricing and lower phosphate and  potash
volumes compared to 1998. Partially offsetting the phosphate and potash
reductions were higher salt sales and earnings, driven by a  full  year
of  operations of the salt business unit, which was acquired as part of
the  Harris  Chemical Group, Inc. (Harris) acquisition  in  April  1998
(Harris Acquisition).

The Company incurred a net loss in 1999 of $773.3 million, or $6.75 per
share,  including: (i) $776.8 million, or $6.78 per share,  related  to
the  special charges discussed above; (ii) $155.2 million, or $1.35 per
share,  of  losses resulting from the Company's decision  to  sell  the
Chemicals  business unit, exit the oil and gas business and adjust  the
loss  on  the disposal of IMC AgriBusiness (AgriBusiness);  (iii)  $0.5
million  of extraordinary gains related to the early extinguishment  of
debt; and (iv) $7.5 million, or $0.07 per share, of charges related  to
a  cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle.  The  Company
incurred  a  net  loss  in 1998 of $9.0 million, or  $0.08  per  share,
including:  (i)  $123.3  million, or $1.07 per share,  related  to  the
special  charges  discussed above; (ii) $121.8 million,  or  $1.07  per
share,  of losses from discontinued operations; and (iii) $3.0 million,
or  $0.03  per  share,  of extraordinary gains  related  to  the  early
extinguishment of debt.  See Note 1, "Summary of Significant Accounting
Policies"   and  Note  4,  "Discontinued  Operations,"  of   Notes   to
Consolidated Financial Statements.

1998 Compared to 1997
- ---------------------
Net  sales  of  $2,383.1  million in 1998  increased  13  percent  from
$2,116.0  million in 1997.  Gross margins for 1998 were $721.9 million,
excluding  special charges of $23.1 million, an increase of 26  percent
from comparable 1997 margins of $574.9 million.

Earnings  from  continuing operations in 1998 were $233.1  million,  or
$2.03  per  share, excluding the special charges of $123.3 million,  or
$1.07  per share, discussed above.  Earnings from continuing operations
in  1997 were $182.0 million, or $1.92 per share, excluding the special
charges of $112.2 million, or $1.19 per share, discussed above.

Sales  and earnings from continuing operations for 1998 were driven  by
increased sales by Potash and Phosphates, which improved 13 percent and
six  percent,  respectively, compared to 1997  amounts.   In  addition,
sales and earnings for 1998 included the operations of Salt, which  was
acquired in April 1998.

The  Company incurred a net loss in 1998 of $9.0 million, or $0.08  per
share,  including: (i) $123.3 million, or $1.07 per share,  related  to
the  special charges discussed above; (ii) $121.8 million, or $1.07 per
share,  of losses from discontinued operations; and (iii) $3.0 million,
or  $0.03  per  share,  of extraordinary gains  related  to  the  early
extinguishment of debt.  The Company generated net earnings in 1997  of
$62.9  million, or $0.67 per share, including: (i) $112.2  million,  or
$1.19  per share, related to the special charges discussed above;  (ii)
$18.0  million,  or  $0.19  per share, of  earnings  from  discontinued
operations;   and  (iii)  $24.9  million,  or  $0.26  per   share,   of
extraordinary charges related to the early extinguishment of debt.

<TABLE>
                            IMC Phosphates
<CAPTION>

                                Year ended December 31     %Increase(Decrease)
                            1999        1998         1997     1999    1998
                            ----        ----         ----     ----    ----
<S>                       <C>         <C>          <C>        <C>       <C>
Net sales                 $1,332.4    $1,572.8     $1,484.8   (15)       6
Gross margins             $  224.4(c) $  375.6(d)  $  298.7   (40)      26
As a percentage of net
 sales                          17%         24%          20%
Sales volumes (000 tons)(a)  6,699       7,313        7,105    (8)       3
Average DAP price per
 short ton(b)             $    160    $    178     $    176   (10)       1

(a)Sales  volumes include tons sold captively and  represent  dry
   product tons, primarily DAP.
(b)FOB plant.
(c)Excludes special charges of $10.6 million.
(d)Excludes special charges of $17.2 million.

</TABLE>

1999 Compared to 1998
- --------------------
Phosphates' net sales of $1,332.4 million in 1999 decreased 15  percent
from  $1,572.8  million in 1998.  Lower average sales  realizations  of
concentrated  phosphates,  particularly  diammonium  phosphate   (DAP),
unfavorably impacted net sales by $125.0 million.  DAP prices decreased
throughout  1999  to a low, as of December 31, 1999,  of  approximately
$130  per  short ton as a result of the depressed agricultural economy.
Decreased shipments of concentrated phosphates unfavorably impacted net
sales  by  an  additional $109.6 million.  The majority of  the  volume
decline  resulted from decreased shipments of DAP and  granular  triple
superphosphate (GTSP), which were lower by approximately  nine  percent
and  16  percent, respectively.  The decrease in domestic DAP and  GTSP
volumes  was  a result of lower agricultural commodity prices  and  the
depressed agricultural economy.  Internationally, decreased DAP volumes
primarily resulted from reduced demand from lower crop purchases  as  a
result of low grain prices and higher customer inventories.

Gross  margins in 1999 of $224.4 million, excluding special charges  of
$10.6  million, fell 40 percent from $375.6 million in 1998,  excluding
special charges of $17.2 million.  The decrease was primarily a  result
of  the  decreased prices and volumes discussed above, partially offset
by  favorable  raw  material costs and savings  realized  from  Project
Profit.

1998 Compared to 1997
- --------------------
Phosphates' net sales of $1,572.8 million in 1998 increased six percent
from  $1,484.8  million in 1997.  Increased shipments  of  concentrated
phosphates  contributed an additional $57.7 million to net sales.   The
majority of the volume growth came from increased domestic shipments of
DAP and granular monoammonium phosphate (GMAP), which each increased 17
percent, partially offset by decreased GTSP volumes of 13 percent.  The
increase  in  DAP and GMAP volumes was primarily a result of  a  strong
spring  season, an increase in the number of supply contracts and  spot
sales  to  certain  larger co-ops.  The volume  decrease  in  GTSP  was
primarily   a  result  of  the  availability  in  the  marketplace   of
aggressively priced imports. International sales volumes rose  slightly
compared to 1997 as increased shipments of GMAP and merchant acid  were
partially  offset by decreased shipments of DAP.  In addition,  average
sales  realizations  of  concentrated  phosphates,  particularly   DAP,
favorably  impacted net sales by $20.5 million.  Net  sales  were  also
favorably  impacted  by $6.6 million due to higher  domestic  phosphate
rock sales volumes.

Gross  margins in 1998 of $375.6 million, excluding special charges  of
$17.2  million,  climbed  26  percent  from  $298.7  million  in  1997,
primarily  as  a  result of the increased volumes and prices  discussed
above as well as favorable raw material costs.

<TABLE>
                         IMC Feed Ingredients

<CAPTION>

                                Year ended December 31   %Increase(Decrease)
                                1999     1998      1997     1999     1998
                                ----     ----      ----     ----     ----
  <S>                         <C>       <C>        <C>      <C>       <C>
  Net sales                   $173.5    $164.4     $163.5     6         1
  Gross margins               $ 41.6(b) $ 30.6(c)  $ 40.3    36       (24)
  As a percentage of net sales    24%       19%        25%
  Sales volumes (000 tons)       914       853        826     7         3
  Average feed phosphates
   price per short ton(a)     $  209    $  212     $  217    (1)       (2)

(a)  FOB plant.
(b)  Excludes special charges of $0.7 million.
(c)  Excludes special charges of $1.8 million.

</TABLE>

1999 Compared to 1998
- ---------------------
Sales  for  Feed  Ingredients of $173.5 million in 1999  increased  six
percent  compared  to $164.4 million in 1998, primarily  from  improved
volumes.

Gross  margins of $41.6 million in 1999, excluding special  charges  of
$0.7  million, increased 36 percent compared to $30.6 million in  1998,
excluding  special charges of $1.8 million, primarily as  a  result  of
lower raw material costs and the higher volumes discussed above.

1998 Compared to 1997
- ---------------------
Sales for Feed Ingredients of $164.4 million in 1998 increased slightly
compared to $163.5 million in 1997.

Gross  margins of $30.6 million in 1998, excluding special  charges  of
$1.8  million, decreased 24 percent compared to $40.3 million in  1997.
This margin decrease was primarily a result of a change in the transfer
price of phosphoric acid from Phosphates.

<TABLE>
                              IMC Potash
<CAPTION>
                                  Year ended December 31   %Increase(Decrease)
                                 1999      1998     1997      1999    1998
                                 ----      ----     ----      ----    ----
 <S>                            <C>       <C>      <C>         <C>     <C>
 Net sales                      $692.1    $700.1   $617.4      (1)     13
 Gross margins                  $242.7(c) $283.3   $237.7     (14)     19
 As a percentage of net sales       35%       40%      39%
 Sales volumes (000 tons)(a)     8,110     8,402    8,941      (3)     (6)
 Average potash price per
  short ton(b)                  $   82    $   81   $   70       1      16

(a)  Sales volumes include tons sold captively.
(b)  FOB plant/mine.
(c)  Excludes special charges of $7.7 million.

</TABLE>

1999 Compared to 1998
- ---------------------
Potash's net sales of $692.1 million in 1999 decreased one percent from
$700.1  million in 1998.  This decline was attributable to  unfavorable
domestic  volumes  caused  by  lower agricultural  demand  due  to  low
commodity prices for corn and soybean crops.  Partially offsetting  the
unfavorable domestic volumes were increased export volumes to Asia  and
Latin America.  Average potash sales realizations increased slightly in
1999 compared to prior year levels.

Gross  margins of $242.7 million in 1999, excluding special charges  of
$7.7  million,  decreased 14 percent compared with  $283.3  million  in
1998, primarily as a result of the lower sales volumes discussed above,
as  well as higher Canadian provincial resource taxes, increased  water
control  costs  at  the Esterhazy potash mine and  higher  natural  gas
costs.    See  Note  16,  "Contingencies,"  of  Notes  to  Consolidated
Financial Statements.

1998 Compared to 1997
- ---------------------
Potash's net sales increased 13 percent to $700.1 million in 1998  from
$617.4 million in 1997.  This increase resulted from acquisitions  made
by  the  Company as well as price increases during the year,  partially
offset  by decreased volumes.  Sales for 1998 included a full  year  of
operating  results  for  Western Ag-Minerals,  which  was  acquired  in
September 1997.  The Company also acquired a salt and potash production
facility  located in Ogden, Utah as part of the Harris  Acquisition  in
April 1998.  See Note 18, "Subsequent Events," of Notes to Consolidated
Financial  Statements.  The incremental sales in 1998  from  these  two
acquisitions  was $80.0 million.  Average sales realizations  increased
16  percent  as  a  result of price increases effective  in  March  and
September  1998.  Sales volumes declined six percent as a result  of  a
decrease in domestic shipments of nine percent, partially offset by  an
increase  in  international tonnage of five  percent.   Domestic  sales
volumes  declined  as a result of low demand for agricultural  products
due  to  an excellent harvest coupled with low commodity prices,  while
the  increase  in international shipments was attributable  to  greater
potash  exports  to Brazil and China.  The increase  in  average  sales
realizations, partially offset by decreased volumes, favorably impacted
net sales by $3.0 million.

Gross  margins of $283.3 million in 1998 increased 19 percent  compared
with  $237.7 million in 1997, primarily as a result of the acquisitions
and price increases discussed above.

<TABLE>
                               IMC Salt

<CAPTION>

                                  Year ended December 31    %Increase(Decrease)
                                 1999      1998    1997(d)    1999    1998(d)
                                 ----      ----    -------    ----    -------
  <S>                           <C>        <C>        <C>      <C>       <C>
  Net sales                     $321.7     $177.4      -       81        -
  Gross margins                 $103.7(c)  $ 57.1      -       82        -
  As a percentage of net sales      32%        32%     -
  Sales volumes (000 tons)(a)   11,511      5,761      -      100        -
  Average salt price per
   short ton(b)                 $   28     $   31      -      (10)       -

(a)  Sales volumes includes tons sold captively.
(b)  FOB plant/mine.
(c)  Excludes special charges of $5.6 million.
(d)  Acquired as part of the Harris Acquisition in April 1998.

</TABLE>

The  Salt  business unit was acquired as part of the Harris Acquisition
in  April  1998;  consequently, operating results for  the  year  ended
December  31, 1998 included only partial year activity.  Pro forma  net
sales  and  gross  margins,  adjusted to  include  full-year  operating
results for 1998, were $267.3 million and $95.0 million, respectively.

In early 2000, the Company decided to explore strategic options, including
divestiture or a joint venture, for the Salt business unit.  See Note 18,
"Subsequent Events," of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

1999 Compared to 1998
- ---------------------
Salt's  net sales increased 20 percent to $321.7 million in  1999  from
comparable  net  sales  of $267.3 million in  1998.  The  increase  was
attributable  to  higher 1999 volumes in the highway  deicing,  general
trade and rock salt businesses which were impacted by the milder winter
weather experienced during 1998.

Gross  margins of $103.7 million in 1999, excluding special charges  of
$5.6  million, increased nine percent from comparable gross margins  of
$95.0  million  in 1998. The increase in 1999 margins was  primarily  a
result of the volume increases discussed above.

1998 Compared to 1997
- ---------------------
Salt's  pro forma net sales and gross margins for 1998 were lower  than
comparable pre-acquisition amounts in 1997 of $299.6 million and $122.6
million, respectively, primarily due to the mild weather conditions  in
1998.

             Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

Selling,  general  and  administrative expenses  were  $143.9  million,
$140.7 million and $131.8 million in 1999, 1998 and 1997, respectively,
excluding special charges of $20.6 million and $9.9 million in 1999 and
1998,  respectively.  The increase in 1999 compared to  1998  primarily
resulted from a full year of operations for Salt.  The increase in 1998
compared  to  1997  primarily  resulted from  the  Harris  Acquisition,
partially offset by an overall reduction in general corporate  spending
and  the  Vigoro Sale.  See Note 5, "Other Divestitures"  and  Note  6,
"Acquisitions," of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

                        Other (Income) Expense

Other income consisted primarily of gains on sale of assets and foreign
currency transactions.

                           Interest Expense

The  decrease  in interest expense in 1999 compared with 1998  was  the
result of payments of debt using proceeds received from the divestiture
of  AgriBusiness  and  cash  flows from  operations.  The  increase  in
interest  expense in 1998 compared with 1997 was attributable  to  debt
assumed  as  part  of  the  Harris  Acquisition  and  the  issuance  of
additional  debt  to fund the acquisition. See "Capital  Resources  and
Liquidity,"  as  well  as Note 4, "Discontinued  Operations,"  Note  6,
"Acquisitions"  and  Note  10, "Financing Arrangements,"  of  Notes  to
Consolidated Financial Statements.

                           Minority Interest

Minority interest includes benefits related to special charges of $28.1
million and $31.6 million in 1999 and 1998, respectively.  The decrease
in   minority  interest  in  1999  compared  with  1998  was  primarily
attributable  to  significantly lower IMC-Agrico  Company  (IMC-Agrico)
earnings  in 1999 compared to 1998.  The decrease in minority  interest
in  1998  compared to 1997 was primarily the result of the FTX  Merger.
See Note 6, "Acquisitions" and Note 7, "Minority Interest," of Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements.

                             Income Taxes

See  Note  12,  "Income  Taxes,"  of Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial
Statements.

                            Special Charges

Restructuring Charges
During  the  fourth  quarter  of  1999,  the  Company  implemented  the
Rightsizing  Program  which  was designed to  simplify  and  focus  the
Company's  core  businesses.   The key components  of  the  Rightsizing
Program are: (i) the shutdown and permanent closure of the Nichols  and
Payne  Creek  facilities at Phosphates resulting from  an  optimization
program  that will reduce rock and concentrate production costs through
higher  utilization rates at the lowest-cost facilities; (ii) an  asset
rightsizing  program at Potash resulting from a recently  revised  mine
plan;  (iii)  closure  of a facility at Salt; and  (iv)  corporate  and
business   unit   headcount  reductions.   In  conjunction   with   the
Rightsizing  Program, the Company recorded a special charge  of  $179.0
million,  $95.6 million after tax and minority interest, or  $0.83  per
share, in the fourth quarter of 1999.  For more details related to  the
Rightsizing Program, see Note 3, "Restructuring and Other Charges,"  of
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

During  the  fourth  quarter of 1998, the Company developed  and  began
execution  of  Project Profit.  Project Profit was  comprised  of  four
major initiatives: (i) the combination of certain activities within the
Potash  and  Phosphates business units in an effort to realize  certain
operating  and  staff  function synergies; (ii)  restructuring  of  the
phosphate    rock    mining,   concentrated    phosphate    and    salt
production/distribution operations and processes in an effort to reduce
costs;   (iii)   simplification  of  current  business  activities   by
eliminating   businesses  not  deemed  part  of  the   Company's   core
competencies;   and  (iv)  reduction  of  operational   and   corporate
headcount.  In conjunction with Project Profit, the Company recorded  a
special charge of $193.3 million, $113.4 million after tax and minority
interest, or $0.99 per share, in the fourth quarter of 1998.  For  more
details related to Project Profit, see Note 3, "Restructuring and Other
Charges," of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Write-down of Goodwill
Effective October 1, 1999, the Company elected to change its method for
assessing the recoverability of goodwill (not associated with  impaired
assets)  from  one based on undiscounted cash flows  to  one  based  on
discounted  cash flows. The Company believes the discounted  cash  flow
approach is preferable because it is consistent with the basis used  by
the   Company  for  investment  decisions  (acquisitions  and   capital
projects)  and  takes into account the specific and detailed  operating
plans and strategies of each business and the timing of cash flows. The
adoption  of  the  discounted cash flow method may  result  in  greater
earnings  volatility since any subsequent decreases in discounted  cash
flows of certain segments may result in the write-down of goodwill.

As  a  result of the change to a discounted cash flow methodology,  the
Company  recorded a non-cash write-down of goodwill of $521.2  million,
or  $4.55 per share, in the fourth quarter of 1999. See Note 2, "Change
in  Accounting  for  Goodwill,"  of  Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial
Statements.

Other Charges
In  the  fourth quarter of 1999, the Company recorded a $125.0 million,
or  $1.09  per share, deferred tax provision for a tax basis difference
related  to  the  Company's investment in Phosphate  Resource  Partners
Limited Partnership (PLP).  This special charge was necessitated  as  a
result  of  a  change in the tax law in December 1999.   See  Note  12,
"Income Taxes," of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

During  the  fourth  quarter  of  1999,  and  in  connection  with  the
Rightsizing  Program, the Company undertook a detailed  review  of  its
accounting records and valuation of various assets and liabilities.  As
a result, the Company recorded a special charge of $58.8 million, $35.0
million after tax and minority interest, or $0.31 per share, related to
asset  write-offs  and environmental accruals.  Of  the  $58.8  million
charge,  $38.2  million was included in Cost of goods  sold  and  $20.6
million  was included in Selling, general and administrative  expenses.
See Note 3, "Restructuring and Other Charges," of Notes to Consolidated
Financial Statements.

In 1998, the Company sold the Vigoro business unit, a consumer lawn and
garden  and  professional products business.  In connection  with  this
sale,  the  Company  recorded a special charge of $14.0  million,  $9.1
million  after  tax, or $0.08 per share.  Of the $14.0 million  charge,
$4.1  million was included in Cost of goods sold and $9.9  million  was
included in Selling, general and administrative expenses.  See Note  5,
"Other Divestitures," of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

In   1997,  and  in  connection  with  the  FTX  Merger,  the   Company
relinquished  its  25.0  percent  interest  in  Main  Pass  to  McMoRan
Exploration  Company (MMR), a newly formed public entity consisting  of
the  former  sulphur business of PLP and Main Pass.  As a  result,  the
Company  recorded  a special charge of $183.7 million,  $112.2  million
after tax, or $1.19 per share, to write-down the assets of Main Pass to
their fair value.  See Note 6, "Acquisitions," of Notes to Consolidated
Financial Statements.

                    Capital Resources and Liquidity
                    -------------------------------

The   Company  generates  significant  cash  from  operations  and  has
sufficient  borrowing capacity to meet its operating and  discretionary
spending requirements.

The  Company  generated $658.6 million of EBITDA in 1999 compared  with
$789.8  million  in  1998.  Management places significant  emphasis  on
EBITDA   as  one  of  the  key  standards  for  measuring  consolidated
performance.    Although  EBITDA  is  a  leading  indicator   used   by
management, it is not a replacement of measurement standards defined by
and  required  by  generally  accepted accounting  principles  such  as
operating  earnings,  cash  flows from  operating  activities  and  net
income.

Operating activities generated $458.4 million of cash in 1999  compared
with  $269.1  million  in 1998.  The increase  of  $189.3  million  was
primarily  due to a decrease in working capital. The change in  working
capital  was  the  result of a planned reduction  in  inventory  and  a
decrease in receivables, partially offset by lower payables.

Net  cash provided by investing activities increased $778.8 million  in
1999 from a use of funds of $709.7 million in 1998 to a source of funds
of  $69.1  million in 1999.  The increase was primarily a result  of  a
decrease in acquisitions, reduced capital expenditures and proceeds  of
$295.9  million  from  the  sale  of  AgriBusiness  and  the  Company's
investment in the oil and gas business.

Capital   expenditures  in  1999  were  $248.4  million  and  consisted
primarily of expanded potash capacity; salt business consolidation; and
new   computer  system  and  production  equipment  upgrades.   Capital
expenditures  in  1998 were $367.6 million and consisted  primarily  of
mine  expansion  and  development costs; oil and  gas  exploration  and
development; and system development and production equipment  upgrades.
The  decrease of $119.2 million compared to 1998 was primarily a result
of   reduced  mine  expansion  efforts  and  the  absence  in  1999  of
expenditures for the discontinued operations of Chemicals  as  well  as
the  oil  and  gas  business. The Company estimates  that  its  capital
expenditures  from  continuing operations  for  2000  will  approximate
$170.0  million, $150.0 million after minority interest,  and  will  be
financed primarily from operations.

Cash used by financing activities increased $998.8 million in 1999 from
a source of funds of $441.5 million in 1998 to a use of funds of $557.3
million in 1999.  This increased use of funds was primarily due to  net
debt  payments of $501.6 million in 1999 compared to net debt  proceeds
of  $544.8 million in 1998. Total borrowings decreased by approximately
$500.0  million in 1999, from $3,047.0 million at December 31, 1998  to
$2,548.6  million at December 31, 1999, primarily as a result of  using
cash  flows  from  operations  and proceeds  from  the  divestiture  of
AgriBusiness to reduce debt.

As of December 31, 1999, the Company had the ability to borrow under  a
shelf   registration   statement  which   permits   the   issuance   of
approximately $750.0 million of securities.  As of December  31,  1999,
the  Company  also  had $506.0 million of commercial paper  outstanding
supported   by  $1.0  billion  of  credit  facilities.   Net  available
borrowings  under  these credit facilities at December  31,  1999  were
approximately  $442.2 million.  See Note 10, "Financing  Arrangements,"
of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

The Company may acquire shares of its stock on an ongoing basis and  is
authorized  as  of  December 31, 1999 to purchase  up  to  4.5  million
shares.   Additionally, in early 2000, the Company's Board of Directors
authorized  the  purchase  of up to an additional  5.4  million  shares
through  the  use of a forward stock repurchase program executed  by  a
financial   institution.   Management  considers   market   conditions,
alternate  uses  of cash and shareholder returns, among other  factors,
when evaluating share repurchases.

The Company believes that its cash, other liquid assets, operating cash
flows  and access to capital markets, taken together, provide  adequate
resources  to  fund ongoing operating requirements as  well  as  future
capital  expenditures  related to the expansion of  and  investment  in
existing businesses and development of new projects.

[Chart]

EBITDA(a)
- ---------
(In millions)

  1999        1998        1997
  ----        ----        ----

 $658.6      $789.8      $464.5

(a)Earnings   from   continuing  operations  before  special   charges,
   minority  interest, interest charges, taxes, depreciation, depletion
   and amortization and after PLP distribution.

[Chart]

Capital Expenditures
- --------------------
(In millions)

  1999        1998        1997
  ----        ----        ----

 $248.4      $367.6      $244.0

[Chart]

Debt-to-Total Capitalization
- ----------------------------

  1999        1998        1997
  ----        ----        ----

  70.2%       62.1%       42.4%

                              Market Risk
                             -------------

The  Company  is  exposed  to the impact of interest  rate  changes  on
borrowings,  fluctuations  in  the  functional  currency   of   foreign
operations  and  the impact of fluctuations in the  purchase  price  of
natural  gas, ammonia and sulphur consumed in operations,  as  well  as
changes  in the market value of its financial instruments.  The Company
periodically  enters  into  derivatives in order  to  minimize  foreign
currency risks, but not for trading purposes.

The functional currency of all operations outside the United States  is
the  respective  local currency.  Foreign currency translation  effects
are  included in Accumulated other comprehensive income.   The  Company
uses  foreign  currency  forward exchange  contracts,  which  typically
expire within one year, to hedge transaction exposure related to assets
and  liabilities  denominated in currencies other  than  the  entities'
functional  currencies,  including intercompany  loans.   Realized  and
unrealized  gains  and  losses  on foreign  currency  forward  exchange
contracts  used  to  hedge  the currency fluctuations  on  transactions
denominated  in  foreign  currencies and the  offsetting  realized  and
unrealized  losses  and gains on hedged transactions  are  recorded  in
Other  income  and expense.  The Company had $93.6 million  and  $106.2
million  of foreign currency forward exchange contracts outstanding  as
of  December 31, 1999 and 1998, respectively.  As of December 31,  1999
and  1998,  the difference between the contract amounts and fair  value
was immaterial.

The  Company  also  uses foreign currency forward  exchange  contracts,
which  typically  expire within one year, to reduce the  exchange  rate
risk related to certain forecasted foreign currency transactions.   The
carrying amounts of these contracts are adjusted to their market values
at  each  balance sheet date and recorded in Other income and  expense.
The  Company  had  $156.5 million of foreign currency forward  exchange
contracts outstanding as of December 31, 1999, which are being used for
the  purpose described above.  As of December 31, 1999, the  difference
between the contract amounts and fair value was immaterial.

The Company conducted sensitivity analyses of its derivatives and other
financial  instruments assuming the following:  (i)  a  one  percentage
point adverse change in interest rates on outstanding borrowings;  (ii)
a  ten  percent adverse change in foreign currency exchange rates;  and
(iii)  a  ten percent adverse change in the purchase price  of  natural
gas,  ammonia and sulphur all from their levels at December  31,  1999.
Holding  all other variables constant, the hypothetical adverse changes
would  not  materially affect the Company's financial position.   These
analyses  did not consider the effects of the reduced level of economic
activity  that  could exist in such an environment  and  certain  other
factors.

Further,  in the event of a change of such magnitude, management  would
likely  take  actions  to  further mitigate its  exposure  to  possible
changes.  However, due to the uncertainty of the specific actions  that
would  be  taken  and their possible effects, the sensitivity  analyses
assume no changes in the Company's financial structure.

                             Contingencies
                             -------------

See  Note  16,  "Contingencies,"  of Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial
Statements.

               Environmental, Health and Safety Matters
               ----------------------------------------

                         The Company's Program

The  Company has adopted the following Environmental, Health and Safety
(EHS) Policy (Policy):

       As  a  key  to  the Company's success, the  Company  is
       committed  to the pursuit of excellence in  health  and
       safety,  and environmental stewardship.  Every employee
       will  strive  to  continuously  improve  the  Company's
       performance  and  to  minimize  adverse  environmental,
       health   and   safety  impacts.    The   Company   will
       proactively comply with all environmental,  health  and
       safety laws and regulations.

This  Policy is the cornerstone of the Company's comprehensive EHS plan
(EHS   Plan)  to  achieve  sustainable,  predictable,  measurable   and
verifiable EHS performance.  Integral elements of the EHS Plan include:
(i)   improving  the  Company's  EHS  procedures  and  protocols;  (ii)
upgrading  its related facilities and staff; (iii) performing  baseline
and  verification audits; (iv) formulating improvement plans;  and  (v)
assuring   management  accountability.   The  Company  has  phased   in
implementation  of this EHS Plan and each facility is  in  a  different
stage of plan integration.  The Company conducts audits to confirm that
each  facility has implemented the EHS Plan and has achieved regulatory
compliance,   continuous  EHS  improvement  and  integration   of   EHS
management systems into day-to-day business functions.

The  Company  produces and distributes crop and animal nutrients,  salt
and  deicing  products,  boron-based chemicals and  sodium-bicarbonate.
These  activities  subject the Company to an  ever-evolving  myriad  of
international,  federal, state, provincial and  local  EHS  laws  which
regulate,  or  propose to regulate: (i) product content;  (ii)  use  of
products by both the Company and its customers; (iii) conduct of mining
and   production  operations,  including  safety  procedures  used   by
employees; (iv) management and handling of raw materials; (v)  air  and
water  quality  impacts by the Company's facilities; (vi)  disposal  of
hazardous and solid wastes; and (vii) post-mining land reclamation.

For  new  regulatory  programs,  it is difficult  to  ascertain  future
compliance  obligations  or estimate future  costs  until  implementing
regulations    have   been   finalized   and   definitive    regulatory
interpretations have been adopted.  The Company intends to  respond  to
these  regulatory requirements at the appropriate time by  implementing
necessary physical or procedural modifications.

The  Company  has  expended, and anticipates that it will  continue  to
expend, substantial resources, both financial and managerial, to comply
with  EHS standards.  In 2000, environmental capital expenditures  will
total   approximately  $56.5  million,  primarily   related   to:   (i)
modification or construction of wastewater treatment areas in  Florida;
(ii)   modification   and   construction   projects   associated   with
phosphogypsum  stacks  at  the  concentrates  plants  in  Florida   and
Louisiana; and (iii) remediation of contamination at current or  former
operations.   Additional  expenditures for land reclamation  activities
will  total approximately $15.5 million.  In 2001, the Company  expects
environmental capital expenditures will be approximately $86.9  million
and  expenditures  for land reclamation activities to be  approximately
$13.5 million.  No assurance can be given that greater-than-anticipated
EHS capital expenditures will not be required in 2000 or in the future.
Based on current information, it is the opinion of management that  the
Company's  contingent liability arising from EHS matters,  taking  into
account  established reserves, will not have a material adverse  effect
on the Company's financial position or results of operations.

Product Requirements and Impacts
- --------------------------------
The  Company's primary businesses include the production  and  sale  of
crop  and  animal  nutrients,  salt and deicing  products,  boron-based
chemicals  and sodium-bicarbonate.  International, federal,  state  and
provincial  standards:   (i)  require  registration  of  many   Company
products  before  those  products can be  sold;  (ii)  impose  labeling
requirements  on  those  products;  and  (iii)  require  producers   to
manufacture  the  products to formulations set  forth  on  the  labels.
Various  environmental, natural resource and public health agencies  at
all   regulatory  levels  have  begun  evaluating  alleged  health  and
environmental  impacts that might arise from the handling  and  use  of
products  such  as those manufactured by the Company.   Most  of  these
evaluations are in the initial stages.  During 1999, the United  States
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), the state of California, and The
Fertilizer   Institute  each  completed  independent   assessments   of
potential  risks  posed by crop nutrient materials.  These  assessments
concluded  that,  based on the available data, crop nutrient  materials
generally do not pose harm to human health or the environment.  Despite
these   conclusions,  some  agencies  have  implemented  or  are  still
considering  standards that may modify customers' use of the  Company's
products  because  of the alleged impacts.  It is unclear  whether  any
further  evaluations  that may be conducted will result  in  additional
regulatory  requirements  for the producing industries,  including  the
Company  or  its  customers.  At this preliminary  stage,  the  Company
cannot  estimate the potential impact of these standards on the  market
for the Company's products or on the expenditures that may be necessary
to meet new requirements.

Operating Requirements and Impacts
- ----------------------------------
Permitting
The Company holds numerous environmental, mining and other permits  or
approvals authorizing operation at each of its facilities.  A  decision
by  a  government agency to deny or delay issuing an application for  a
new or renewed permit or approval, or to revoke or substantially modify
an existing permit or approval, could have a material adverse effect on
the  Company's ability to continue operations at the affected facility.
Expansion  of  Company operations also is predicated upon securing  the
necessary  environmental or other permits or  approvals.   Recently,  a
number  of organizations and community groups in a variety of locations
have  relied upon guidance and materials issued by the EPA to challenge
federally  authorized permits that these groups believe  might  have  a
disproportionate  impact  on  minority or  low-income  communities.   A
challenge of this type at one of the Company's facilities, even  though
unfounded,  could impact the ability of that facility to obtain  timely
permits.

In  addition,  over  the  next two to six  years,  Phosphates  will  be
continuing  its efforts to obtain permits in support of its anticipated
Florida mining operations at the Ona and Pine Level properties.   These
properties  contain  in excess of 100 million tons  of  phosphate  rock
reserves.   For  years, the Company has successfully  permitted  mining
properties  in Florida and anticipates that it will be able  to  permit
these  properties.   Nevertheless, a denial of  these  permits  or  the
issuance  of  permits with cost-prohibitive conditions would  adversely
impact the Company by preventing it from mining at Ona or Pine Level.

Mining Operations
In the last several years, regulatory agencies in the United States and
Canada have undertaken a review of potential health impacts from diesel
emissions on miners in underground mining operations.  The Province  of
Ontario  has  adopted,  and the United States Mine  Safety  and  Health
Administration has proposed, limits of exposure to diesel emissions for
all underground mining operations including salt and potash.  Moreover,
in  1998,  the  National Institute for Occupational Safety  and  Health
(NIOSH)  began  a  multi-year study to determine  whether  exposure  to
exhaust  generated  by  diesel equipment  used  in  underground  mining
operations  results  in adverse, long-term health  effects  to  miners.
This  study involves a review of Potash's two potash mines in Carlsbad,
New  Mexico.   The  Company cannot currently estimate  the  extent   of
expenditures that  may be necessary to address conclusions of the NIOSH
study, once completed, or additional regulatory standards that may arise.

Management of Residual Materials
Mining  and  processing potash, salt and phosphate  generates  residual
materials  that  must  be  managed.  Potash  tailings,  which   contain
primarily  salt,  iron and clay, are stored in surface disposal  sites.
Salt  residuals are managed in piles.  Phosphate mining residuals, such
as  overburden and sand tailings, are used in reclamation,  while  clay
residuals  are deposited in clay ponds.  Phosphate processing generates
phosphogypsum  which  is  stored in phosphogypsum  stack  systems.  The
Company  has incurred and will continue to incur significant  costs  to
manage  its potash, salt and phosphate residual materials in accordance
with environmental laws, regulations and permit requirements.

For  potash  and  salt  residuals in Saskatchewan,  the  Department  of
Environmental  and Resource Management (Department)  has  required  all
mine  operators  to  obtain  approval of facility  decommissioning  and
reclamation plans (Plans) that will apply once mining operations at any
facility  are  terminated.   These Plans must  specify  procedures  for
decommissioning  all mine facilities and for handling potash  and  salt
residual materials, including salt piles and potash tailings management
areas.   As  part of these Plans, the Department will require operators
to  provide  financial assurance that the Plans will  be  carried  out.
Along  with  other  members of the Saskatchewan  potash  industry,  the
Company filed its Plans for its Saskatchewan potash mines in 1997.  The
Department  rejected those potash industry Plans that did  not  provide
for  the  underground  disposal of all surface  tailings.   The  potash
industry  is  cooperating with the Department to  evaluate  technically
feasible,  cost-effective  and  environmentally  responsible  disposal.
Costs for decommissioning in accordance with the Plans are likely to be
significant.   However, the Company does not anticipate expending  such
funds  in  the foreseeable future.  Facility decommissioning  will  not
occur  until  a facility has closed, and such closure is  not  imminent
given   the   anticipated   life  of  the   Company's   mines.    Also,
implementation of the Plans has been deferred until the Department  and
the  industry  can  reach  agreement  over  the  appropriate  technical
approach  for long-term potash tailings management.  This approach  may
change as advances are made in tailings management technology.  Changes
also  occur  from  time  to  time in rules  and  regulations  governing
tailings  management.  Finally, the Company will  not  be  required  to
provide  financial  assurance until an appropriate assurance  mechanism
has  been specified by the Department.  For these reasons, the  Company
cannot   predict   with  certainty  the  financial  impact   of   these
decommissioning requirements on the Company.

Monitoring  of  the  Company's Saskatchewan potash  tailing  management
areas  has indicated that some of these areas might have impacted local
groundwater.   The consequences of this impact are unknown  and  it  is
uncertain whether any corrective action will be required.  As a result,
management  cannot currently estimate the financial impact  that  these
groundwater results may have on the Company.

IMC  Salt's  Saskatchewan salt mine also submitted its  decommissioning
plan  in  1997.   The  plan  provided for dissolution  and  underground
reinjection  of the facility's residual salt pile and was conditionally
approved.   The dissolution process has begun; however, the  Department
still  has not specified the type of financial assurance that  it  will
require the facility to provide.

With regard to phosphate processing, Florida law may require Phosphates
to  close  one  or  more  of  its unlined phosphogypsum  stacks  and/or
associated  cooling ponds after March 25, 2001 if the stack  system  or
pond  is  demonstrated to cause an exceedance of Florida's  groundwater
quality standards.  Phosphates has already begun closure activities  at
its  unlined gypsum stack at its New Wales facility in Central Florida.
Phosphates cannot predict at this time whether Florida law will require
closure  of any of its other stack systems.  The costs of such  closure
and  decommissioning  could be significant.   In  addition,  Phosphates
currently  operates an unlined cooling pond at New  Wales.   Monitoring
indicates  that  discharges from the unlined cooling  pond  are  within
Florida groundwater standards.  Phosphates received a permit in  August
1999 to continue operating this pond through March 25, 2001.  Over  the
past  several years, the Company has successfully permitted  this  pond
and  anticipates  that  it  will  be able  to  obtain  future  permits.
However,  if  Phosphates does not receive the permit, it will  need  to
line  or  relocate  the  cooling  pond,  which  is  estimated  to  cost
approximately $45.0 million.

Restructuring Charges
- ---------------------
In  connection  with the Company's Rightsizing Program, Phosphates  has
discontinued  mining  or  processing operations  at  a  number  of  its
facilities including the Payne Creek and Noralyn mines and the  Nichols
concentrates plant.  Such discontinuation will trigger decommissioning,
closure   and  reclamation  requirements  under  a  number  of  Florida
regulations and Company permits.  These activities are estimated to cost
$41.0 million, for which reserves have been established.  Although   the
Company believes that it has reasonably estimated these costs, additional
expenditures could  be required  to  address unanticipated environmental
conditions  as  they arise.

Remedial Activities
- -------------------
Remediation at Company Facilities
Many of the Company's formerly owned or current facilities have been in
operation  for a number of years.  The historical use and  handling  of
regulated chemical substances, crop and animal nutrients and additives,
salt  and  by-product or process tailings at these  facilities  by  the
Company and predecessor operators have resulted in soil and groundwater
contamination.   In  addition,  through the  FTX  Merger,  the  Company
assumed   responsibility  for  contamination  at  some  crop   nutrient
facilities  that  were  owned  or  operated  by  FTX,  PLP   or   their
predecessors.

At  many  of  these facilities, spills or other unintended releases  of
regulated  substances  have occurred previously and  potentially  could
occur  in  the  future, possibly requiring the Company to undertake  or
fund  cleanup  efforts.   In some instances, the  Company  has  agreed,
pursuant  to consent orders with the appropriate governmental agencies,
to  undertake certain investigations, which currently are in  progress,
to  determine  whether  remedial action  may  be  required  to  address
contamination.

At  other  locations, the Company has entered into consent orders  with
appropriate   governmental  agencies  to  perform   required   remedial
activities  that will address identified site conditions.  Expenditures
for  these  known conditions currently are not expected to be material.
However, material expenditures by the Company could be required in  the
future  to remediate the contamination at these or at other current  or
former sites.

The   Company   believes  that,  pursuant  to  several  indemnification
agreements,  it is entitled to at least partial, and in many  instances
complete,  indemnification for the costs that may be  expended  by  the
Company  to  remedy environmental issues at certain facilities.   These
agreements address issues that resulted from activities occurring prior
to  the  Company's acquisition of facilities or businesses from parties
including PPG Industries, Inc.; Kaiser Aluminum & Chemical Corporation;
Beatrice  Companies,  Inc.; Estech, Inc.; ARCO;  Conoco;  The  Williams
Companies;  Kerr-McGee Inc.; and certain other  private  parties.   The
Company has already received and anticipates receiving amounts pursuant
to  the indemnification agreements for certain of its expenses incurred
to date as well as future anticipated expenditures.

During  1999,  under a consent order with the state of South  Carolina,
the Company successfully deconstructed its former fertilizer production
facility  in  Spartanburg,  South  Carolina.   Subsequently,  the   EPA
performed  an  expanded site investigation (ESI) at  this  facility  to
determine  whether  the  Company  will  be  required  to  conduct   any
additional remedial activities.  Because the results of that  ESI  have
not  been  finalized,  the Company cannot determine  the  cost  of  any
remedial  action  that ultimately may be required.   Recently,  several
attorneys  purportedly representing 600 neighbors  of  the  Spartanburg
facility  have  expressed  their intention to  file  suit  against  the
Company  for alleged personal injury and property damage.  Until  these
suits  are  filed, the Company is unable to determine the magnitude  of
potential exposure; however, the Company intends to vigorously  contest
any actions that may be brought.

Remediation at Third-Party Facilities
Along  with  impacting  the sites at which the  Company  has  operated,
parties  have  alleged  that  the Company's  historic  operations  have
resulted  in contamination to neighboring off-site areas or third-party
facilities.  In  some  instances, the Company has agreed,  pursuant  to
consent  orders  with appropriate governmental agencies,  to  undertake
investigations,  which currently are in progress, to determine  whether
remedial  action  may  be  required  to  address  contamination.    The
Company's  remedial liability at these sites, either alone  or  in  the
aggregate,  currently  is  not  expected  to  be  material.   As   more
information  is obtained regarding these sites, this expectation  could
change.

In  September  1999,  four plaintiffs filed Moore  et  al.  vs.  Agrico
Chemical  Company et al., a class-action lawsuit naming Agrico Chemical
Company, FTX, PLP and a number of unrelated defendants.  The suit seeks
unspecified   compensation   for  alleged  property   damage,   medical
monitoring,  remediation of an alleged public health hazard  and  other
appropriate   damages  purportedly  arising  from  operation   of   the
neighboring  fertilizer  and  crop protection  chemical  facilities  in
Lakeland, Florida.  Agrico Chemical Company owned the Landia portion of
these  facilities  for  approximately 18 months during  the  mid-1970s.
Because  the  litigation  is  in its early  stages,  management  cannot
determine  the magnitude of any exposure to the Company;  however,  the
Company  intends  to vigorously contest this action  and  to  seek  any
indemnification  to  which it may be entitled.   Concurrent  with  this
litigation,  the EPA has undertaken on-site and off-site investigations
of  these  facilities to determine whether any remediation of  existing
contamination   may  be  necessary.   Pursuant  to  an  indemnification
agreement  with  the  Company,  The  Williams  Companies  have  assumed
responsibility for any costs that Agrico Chemical Company  might  incur
for remediation as a result of the EPA's actions.

Superfund
- ---------
The Comprehensive Environmental Response Compensation and Liability Act
(Superfund) imposes liability, without regard to fault or to the
legality of a party's conduct, on certain categories of persons who are
considered to have contributed to the release of "hazardous substances"
into the environment.  Currently, the Company is involved or concluding
involvement at less than 20 Superfund or equivalent state sites.  The
Company's remedial liability at these sites, either alone or in the
aggregate, is not currently expected to be material.  As more
information is obtained regarding these sites and the potentially
responsible parties involved, this expectation could change.

Oil and Gas
- -----------
Through  the  FTX  Merger,  the  Company  assumed  responsibility   for
contamination and environmental impacts at a significant number of  oil
and  gas facilities that were businesses operated by FTX, PLP or  their
predecessors.  The Company recorded an additional $18.3 million,  $10.8
million  after  tax,  of  environmental  exit  costs  as  a  result  of
additional  information which became available to the  Company  in  the
fourth  quarter  of  1999  concerning the  Company's  obligations  with
respect  to  previously owned oil and gas properties.  The  Company  is
currently  involved in eight such claims, which allege  destruction  of
marshland  by  oil and gas operations or contamination  resulting  from
disposal  of  oil and gas residual materials.  The Company's  liability
for these claims, either alone or in the aggregate, taking into account
established reserves, is not expected to have a material adverse effect
on  the Company's financial position or results of operations.  As more
information is obtained regarding these claims or as new claims  arise,
this expectation could change.

                         Year 2000 Disclosure
                         --------------------

The  Company completed its Year 2000 readiness initiatives and did  not
experience  any significant problems.  The Company does not  anticipate
any  significant adverse business effects related to this  issue.   The
Company  incurred  approximately $7.5 million in  cumulative  costs  of
projects dedicated solely to Year 2000 remediation.

                  Recently Issued Accounting Guidance
                  -----------------------------------

The  Company  does  not believe that Statement of Financial  Accounting
Standards  (SFAS) No. 133, "Accounting for Derivative  Instruments  and
Hedging Activities," which the Company is required to adopt on  January
1,  2001,  will  have  a  material impact on  the  Company's  financial
statements.

                      Forward-Looking Statements
                      --------------------------

All  statements,  other than statements of historical  fact,  contained
within Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition  and
Results  of  Operations constitute "forward-looking statements"  within
the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995.

Factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those
expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements include, but are
not limited to, the following: general business and economic conditions
in  the agricultural industry or in localities where the Company or its
customers  operate;  weather  conditions;  the  impact  of  competitive
products;  pressure on prices realized by the Company for its products;
constraints on supplies of raw materials used in manufacturing  certain
of the Company's products; capacity constraints limiting the production
of  certain  products;  difficulties  or  delays  in  the  development,
production, testing and marketing of products; difficulties  or  delays
in  receiving  required governmental and regulatory  approvals;  market
acceptance  issues,  including  the failure  of  products  to  generate
anticipated   sales   levels;  difficulties  in  integrating   acquired
businesses  and  in realizing related cost savings and other  benefits;
the  effects of and change in trade, monetary and fiscal policies, laws
and  regulations;  foreign  exchange rates and  fluctuations  in  those
rates;   the   costs  and  effects  of  legal  proceedings,   including
environmental and administrative proceedings involving the Company; and
other  risk  factors  reported  from time  to  time  in  the  Company's
Securities and Exchange Commission reports.

                         Report of Management

Management  of  IMC  Global Inc. is responsible  for  the  preparation,
integrity  and fair presentation of the financial information  included
in  this  report.   The  financial statements  have  been  prepared  in
accordance   with   generally   accepted  accounting   principles   and
necessarily  include  certain amounts that are  based  on  management's
estimates and judgment.

Management  is  responsible  for  maintaining  a  system  of   internal
accounting controls to provide reasonable assurance as to the integrity
and  reliability  of the financial statements; the proper  safeguarding
and  use  of  assets;  and  the  accurate execution  and  recording  of
transactions.   Such  controls are based on  established  policies  and
procedures  and are implemented by trained personnel.   The  system  of
internal  accounting  controls is monitored by the  Company's  internal
auditors   to   confirm  that  the  system  is  proper  and   operating
effectively.  The Company's policies and procedures prescribe that  the
Company and its subsidiaries are to maintain ethical standards and that
its business practices are to be consistent with those standards.

The  Company's financial statements have been audited by Ernst &  Young
LLP  (Ernst & Young), independent auditors.  Their audit was  conducted
in  accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United
States  and  included consideration of the Company's  internal  control
system.   Management has made available to Ernst &  Young  all  of  the
Company's financial records and related data, as well as minutes of the
meetings  of  the  Board of Directors.  Management  believes  that  all
representations made to Ernst & Young were valid and appropriate.

The  Board of Directors, operating through its Audit Committee composed
entirely of non-employee directors, provides oversight to the financial
reporting   process.    The  Audit  Committee  meets   regularly   with
management,  the  internal  auditors and Ernst  &  Young,  jointly  and
separately, to review financial reporting matters, internal  accounting
controls  and  audit  results to assure that all parties  are  properly
fulfilling their responsibilities.  Both Ernst & Young and the internal
auditors have unrestricted access to the Audit Committee.



/s/ J. Bradford James            /s/ Anne M. Scavone
- ----------------------------     -----------------------------
J. Bradford James                Anne M. Scavone
Executive Vice President and     Vice President and Controller
Chief Financial Officer


                    Report of Independent Auditors


To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of IMC Global Inc.

We  have  audited the accompanying consolidated balance  sheet  of  IMC
Global  Inc.  as  of  December  31,  1999  and  1998  and  the  related
consolidated  statements  of operations, cash flows  and  stockholders'
equity  for  each of the three years in the period ended  December  31,
1999.   These  consolidated financial statements are the responsibility
of  the  Company's  management.  Our responsibility is  to  express  an
opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally
accepted  in the United States.  Those standards require that  we  plan
and  perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the
financial  statements  are  free of material  misstatement.   An  audit
includes  examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting  the  amounts
and  disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit  also  includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made
by  management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial  statement
presentation.   We  believe that our audits provide a reasonable  basis
for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above
present  fairly,  in all material respects, the consolidated  financial
position of IMC Global Inc. as of December 31, 1999 and 1998,  and  the
consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for  each  of
the  three  years in the period ended December 31, 1999, in  conformity
with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States.

As  discussed in Note 2 to the financial statements, effective  October
1, 1999 the Company changed its method for assessing the recoverability
of  goodwill.   In  addition, as discussed in Note 1 to  the  financial
statements,  the Company changed its method of accounting for  start-up
activities in 1999 to conform with SOP 98-5, "Reporting on the Costs of
Start-Up Activities."


                           /s/ Ernst & Young LLP
                           ---------------------
                           Ernst & Young LLP


Chicago, Illinois
January 31, 2000

<TABLE>
                 Consolidated Statement of Operations
                 In millions, except per share amounts
<CAPTION>
                                                   Year ended December 31
                                                 1999       1998      1997
                                                 ----       ----      ----
<S>                                             <C>       <C>       <C>
Net sales                                      $2,369.3   $2,383.1  $2,116.0
Cost of goods sold                              1,826.6    1,684.3   1,541.1
                                               --------   --------  --------
        Gross margins                             542.7      698.8     574.9
Selling, general and administrative expenses      164.5      150.6     131.8
Goodwill write-down                               521.2          -         -
Restructuring charges                             175.2      176.1         -
Main Pass write-down                                   -         -     183.7
                                               --------   --------  --------
        Operating earnings (loss)                (318.2)     372.1     259.4
Interest expense                                  154.5      161.1      40.2
Other (income) expense, net
                                                   (6.9)      (5.9)     (5.4)
                                               --------   --------  --------
Earnings (loss) from continuing operations
 before minority interest                        (465.8)     216.9     224.6
Minority interest                                  (0.1)      24.4     124.4
                                               --------   --------  --------
Earnings (loss) from continuing operations
 before income taxes                             (465.7)     192.5     100.2
Provision for income taxes                        145.4       82.7      30.4
                                               --------   --------  --------
Earnings (loss) from continuing operations       (611.1)     109.8      69.8
Discontinued operations:
  Earnings (loss) from discontinued operations    (43.5)       1.1      18.0
  Estimated loss on disposal                     (111.7)    (122.9)        -
                                               --------   --------  --------
Total earnings (loss) from discontinued
 operations                                      (155.2)    (121.8)     18.0
                                               --------   --------  --------
Earnings (loss) before extraordinary item and
 cumulative effect of a change in accounting
 principle                                       (766.3)    (12.0)      87.8
Extraordinary item - debt retirement                0.5       3.0      (24.9)
Cumulative effect of a change in accounting
principle                                          (7.5)        -          -
                                               --------   -------   --------
        Net earnings (loss)                    $ (773.3)  $   (9.0)  $   62.9
                                               ========   ========   ========
Basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share:
  Earnings (loss) from continuing operations   $  (5.33)  $   0.96   $   0.74
  Total earnings (loss) from discontinued
   operations                                     (1.35)     (1.07)      0.19
  Extraordinary item - debt retirement                -       0.03      (0.26)
  Cumulative effect of a change in accounting
principle                                         (0.07)         -          -
                                               --------   --------   --------
        Net earnings (loss) per share          $  (6.75)  $  (0.08)  $   0.67
                                               ========   ========   ========

Basic weighted average number of shares
 outstanding                                      114.5      114.2       94.0
Diluted weighted average number of shares
 outstanding                                      114.5      114.8      94.7

            See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
</TABLE>


<TABLE>
                      Consolidated Balance Sheet
                   In millions, except share amounts
<CAPTION>
                                                          December 31
                                                       1999         1998
                                                       ----         ----
<S>                                                  <C>         <C>
Assets
- ------
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents                            $   80.8    $  110.6
Receivables, net                                        254.2       421.5
Inventories, net                                        439.6       580.6
Net assets of discontinued operations held for sale         -       273.3
Deferred income taxes                                   135.3        91.1
Other current assets                                     18.0         5.5
                                                     --------    --------
    Total current assets                                927.9     1,482.6

Property, plant and equipment, net                    3,250.7     3,697.4
Net assets of discontinued operations held for sale     301.5           -
Other assets                                            715.8     1,276.9
                                                     --------    --------
Total assets                                         $5,195.9    $6,456.9
                                                     ========    ========
Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity
- ------------------------------------
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable                                     $  200.9    $  255.9
Accrued liabilities                                     260.1       240.9
Short-term debt and current maturities of long-term
debt                                                     29.9       408.3
                                                     --------    --------
Total current liabilities                               490.9       905.1

Long-term debt, less current maturities               2,518.7     2,638.7
Deferred income taxes                                   589.6       566.6
Other noncurrent liabilities                            516.6       486.1

Stockholders' equity:
Common stock, $1 par value, authorized 300,000,000
shares; issued 125,163,572 and 125,072,811 shares
in 1999 and 1998, respectively                          125.2       125.0
Capital in excess of par value                        1,698.1     1,697.3
Retained earnings (deficit)                            (411.1)      400.6
Accumulated other comprehensive income                  (37.3)      (66.3)
Treasury stock, at cost, 10,676,276 and 10,738,520
shares in 1999 and 1998, respectively                  (294.8)     (296.2)
                                                     --------    --------
    Total stockholders' equity                        1,080.1     1,860.4
                                                     --------    --------

Total liabilities and stockholders' equity           $5,195.9    $6,456.9
                                                     ========    ========

            See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
                 Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows
                              In millions
<CAPTION>
                                                  Year ended December 31
                                               1999      1998       1997
                                               ----      ----       ----
<S>                                          <C>       <C>        <C>
Cash Flows from Operating Activities
Net earnings (loss)                         $ (773.3)  $   (9.0)  $  62.9
Adjustments to reconcile net earnings
(loss) to net cash provided by operating
activities:
Goodwill write-down                            521.2           -        -
Depreciation, depletion and amortization       232.5       251.7    183.2
Restructuring charges, net of cash paid        116.5       144.0        -
Estimated losses on disposal of businesses     111.7       122.9        -
Minority interest                               (2.5)       14.1    124.4
Main Pass write-down                               -           -    112.2
Deferred income taxes                          136.4         2.9     58.4
Other charges and credits, net                  48.4       (38.4)     2.4
Changes in:
Receivables                                     88.4       (18.2)   (12.3)
Inventories                                     68.8       (81.4)     3.9
Other current assets                           (14.2)       (9.4)     2.1
Accounts payable                               (11.3)      (64.9)    (2.8)
Accrued liabilities                            (59.3)      (79.8)    29.0
Net current assets of discontinued              (4.9)       34.6        -
 operations                                 --------   --------- --------
Net cash provided by operating activities      458.4       269.1    563.4
                                            --------   --------- --------
Cash Flows from Investing Activities
Capital expenditures                          (248.4)    (367.6)  (244.0)
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired              (9.1)    (393.3)   (91.4)
Proceeds from sale of businesses               295.9       44.8        -
Proceeds from sale of investment                12.8          -        -
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and       17.9        6.4      8.8
equipment                                    -------- --------- --------
Net cash provided by (used in) investing
 activities                                     69.1     (709.7)  (326.6)
                                            --------  --------- --------
Net cash provided (used) before financing
 activities                                    527.5     (440.6)   236.8
                                            --------  --------- --------
Cash Flows from Financing Activities
Cash distributions to unitholders of PLP       (21.5)     (11.0)       -
Cash distributions from IMC-Agrico to PLP          -          -   (146.4)
Payments of long-term debt                    (189.7)  (1,303.1)  (515.9)
Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt, net   80.4    2,370.2    805.3
Changes in short-term debt, net               (392.3)    (522.3)  (127.7)
Increase (decrease) in securitization of
 accounts receivable, net                          -      (61.5)     6.0
Stock options exercised and restricted
 stock awards                                    2.4        8.9      5.5
Cash dividends paid                            (36.6)     (36.6)   (29.7)
Purchase of treasury stock                         -       (3.1)  (187.5)
                                            --------  --------- --------
Net cash provided by (used in) financing
  activities                                  (557.3)     441.5   (190.4)
                                            --------  --------- --------

Net change in cash and cash equivalents        (29.8)       0.9     46.4
Cash and cash equivalents - beginning of
 year                                          110.6      109.7     63.3
                                            --------  --------- --------
Cash and cash equivalents - end of year     $   80.8  $   110.6 $  109.7
                                            ========  ========= ========

            See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

</TABLE>

<TABLE>
                 Consolidated Statement of Stockholders' Equity
                      In millions, except per share amounts
<CAPTION>

                                                Capital             Accumulated
                                               in excess  Retained     other                 Total
                           Outstanding Common    of par   earnings comprehensive Treasury stockholders' Comprehensive
                              shares    stock    value   (deficit)    income      stock      equity      income(loss)
                           ----------- ------  --------- --------- ------------- -------- ------------- -------------
<S>                            <C>    <C>      <C>        <C>        <C>         <C>        <C>            <C>
Balance at December 31, 1996   96.1   $ 101.6  $  936.1   $ 413.0    $ (17.2)    $(107.3)   $1,326.2
Net earnings                      -         -         -      62.9          -           -        62.9       $ 62.9
Foreign currency translation
 adjustment                       -         -         -         -      (13.6)          -       (13.6)       (13.6)
Dividends ($0.32 per share)       -         -         -     (29.7)         -           -       (29.7)
Stock options exercised         0.3       0.3       5.2         -          -           -         5.5
Issuance of common stock
 pursuant to acquisitions      22.7      22.7     749.0         -          -         0.2       771.9
Purchase of treasury shares    (5.1)        -         -         -          -      (187.5)     (187.5)
                              -----   -------  --------   -------    -------     -------    --------      -------
Balance at December 31, 1997  114.0     124.6   1,690.3     446.2      (30.8)     (294.6)    1,935.7         49.3
                                                                                                          =======
Net loss                          -         -         -      (9.0)         -           -        (9.0)        (9.0)
Foreign currency translation
 adjustment                       -         -         -         -      (35.5)          -       (35.5)       (35.5)
Dividends ($0.32 per share)       -         -         -     (36.6)         -           -       (36.6)
Stock options exercised and
 restricted stock awards        0.4       0.4       7.0         -          -         1.5         8.9
Purchase of treasury shares    (0.1)        -         -         -          -        (3.1)       (3.1)
                              -----   -------  --------   -------    -------     -------    --------      -------
Balance at December 31, 1998  114.3     125.0   1,697.3     400.6      (66.3)     (296.2)    1,860.4        (44.5)
                                                                                                          =======
Net loss                          -         -         -    (773.3)         -           -      (773.3)      (773.3)
Foreign currency translation
 adjustment                       -         -         -         -       29.0           -        29.0         29.0
Dividends ($0.32 per share)       -         -         -     (36.6)         -           -       (36.6)
Stock options exercised and
 restricted stock awards        0.2       0.2       0.8         -          -         1.4         2.4
Other                             -         -         -      (1.8)         -           -        (1.8)
                              -----   -------  --------   -------    -------    -------     --------      -------
Balance at December 31, 1999  114.5   $ 125.2  $1,698.1   $(411.1)   $ (37.3)   $(294.8)    $1,080.1      $(744.3)
                              =====   =======  ========   =======    =======    =======     ========      =======

                            See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

</TABLE>

1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

   Basis of Presentation
   The  consolidated financial statements include the accounts  of  the
   Company and all subsidiaries which are more than 50.0 percent  owned
   and  controlled.  Prior to its disposition in the fourth quarter  of
   1999,  the  Company's interest in a multi-year oil and  natural  gas
   exploration    program   with   MMR   (Exploration   Program)    was
   proportionately  consolidated by PLP at a rate of  56.4  percent  of
   the  exploration costs and 47.0 percent of the profits derived  from
   oil  and  gas  producing  properties.  Additionally,  prior  to  its
   disposal in 1997, the Company proportionately consolidated its  25.0
   percent  interest  in  the sulphur operations  of  Main  Pass.   All
   significant  intercompany accounts and transactions  are  eliminated
   in  consolidation.   Certain amounts in the  consolidated  financial
   statements  for  periods  prior  to  December  31,  1999  have  been
   reclassified to conform to the current presentation.

   As  discussed in more detail in Note 4, "Discontinued Operations,"
   Chemicals,  AgriBusiness and the Company's oil  and  gas  business
   have been presented as discontinued operations.

   Use of Estimates
   Management  is  required  to  make estimates  and  assumptions  that
   affect  the  amounts  reported  in  the  financial  statements   and
   accompanying  notes.   Actual  results  could  differ   from   those
   estimates.

   Revenue Recognition
   Revenue  is recognized by the Company upon the transfer of title  to
   the  customer,  which is generally at the time product  is  shipped.
   For  certain export shipments, transfer of title occurs  outside  of
   the United States.

   Cash Equivalents
   The  Company  considers  all  highly  liquid  investments  with   an
   original  maturity  of three months or less to be  cash  equivalents
   which are reflected at their approximate fair value.

   Concentration of Credit Risk
   Domestically,  the  Company  sells its  products  to  manufacturers,
   distributors   and  retailers  primarily  in  the   midwestern   and
   southeastern  United  States  and to  governmental  bodies  such  as
   states, provinces, counties and municipalities located in the  Great
   Lakes region of the United States and Canada.  Internationally,  the
   Company's  phosphate and potash products are sold primarily  through
   two  North American export associations. No single customer or group
   of  affiliated customers accounted for more than ten percent of  the
   Company's net sales.

   Inventories
   Inventories   are   valued   at  the  lower-of-cost-or-market   (net
   realizable  value).   Cost for substantially all  of  the  Company's
   inventories is calculated on a cumulative annual-average basis.

   Property, Plant and Equipment/Other Assets
   Property   (including  mineral  deposits),  plant   and   equipment,
   including  assets under capital leases, are carried at  cost.   Cost
   of  significant assets includes capitalized interest incurred during
   the   construction   and  development  period.    Expenditures   for
   replacements  and  improvements  are  capitalized;  maintenance  and
   repair  expenditures,  except for repair and  maintenance  overhauls
   (Turnarounds),   are   charged   to   operations   when    incurred.
   Expenditures   for  Turnarounds  are  deferred  when  incurred   and
   amortized  into  cost  of  goods  sold  on  a  straight-line  basis,
   generally  over  an  18-month period.  Turnarounds  are  large-scale
   maintenance projects that are performed regularly, usually every  18
   to  24  months.  Turnarounds are necessary to maintain the operating
   capacity  and  efficiency  rates  of  the  production  plants.   The
   deferred  portion of Turnaround expenditures is classified in  Other
   assets.

   Depreciation   and   depletion  expenses  for   mining   operations,
   including    mineral    deposits,   are   determined    using    the
   units-of-production  method  based  on  estimates   of   recoverable
   reserves.   Other  asset  classes  or  groups  are  depreciated   or
   amortized  on  a  straight-line basis over  their  estimated  useful
   lives  as  follows:  buildings,  ten  to  45  years;  machinery  and
   equipment, three to 25 years; and leasehold improvements,  over  the
   lesser  of  the remaining useful life of the asset or the  remaining
   term of the lease.

   Goodwill,  representing the excess of purchase cost  over  the  fair
   value  of  net assets of acquired companies, is generally  amortized
   using the straight-line method over 40 years.  At December 31,  1999
   and  1998,  goodwill,  included  in  Other  assets,  totaled  $535.9
   million and $1,064.2 million, respectively.  See Note 2, "Change  in
   Accounting  for  Goodwill" and Note 6, "Acquisitions,"  for  further
   detail regarding goodwill.

   Using  the  methodology prescribed in SFAS No. 121, "Accounting  for
   the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to  Be
   Disposed Of," the Company reviews long-lived assets and the  related
   intangible  assets  for impairment whenever  events  or  changes  in
   circumstances indicate the carrying amounts of such assets  may  not
   be  recoverable.   Once  an  indication of  a  potential  impairment
   exists,  recoverability of the respective assets  is  determined  by
   comparing  the  forecasted  undiscounted  net  cash  flows  of   the
   operation  to  which  the  assets relate, to  the  carrying  amount,
   including  associated intangible assets, of such operation.  If  the
   operation is determined to be unable to recover the carrying  amount
   of  its  assets,  then  intangible assets are  written  down  first,
   followed  by the other long-lived assets of the operation,  to  fair
   value.   Fair value is determined based on discounted cash flows  or
   appraised values, depending upon the nature of the assets.

   Accrued Environmental Costs
   The  Company  produces  and distributes crop and  animal  nutrients,
   salt   and  deicing  products,  boron-based  chemicals  and  sodium-
   bicarbonate.   These  activities subject the  Company  to  an  ever-
   evolving  myriad  of international, federal, state,  provincial  and
   local  EHS laws, which regulate, or propose to regulate: (i) product
   content;  (ii)  use  of  products  by  both  the  Company  and   its
   customers;  (iii)  conduct  of  mining  and  production  operations,
   including  safety procedures used by employees; (iv) management  and
   handling of raw materials; (v) air and water quality impacts by  the
   Company's  facilities; (vi) disposal of hazardous and solid  wastes;
   and  (vii) post-mining land reclamation.  Compliance with these laws
   often  requires  the  Company  to  incur  costs.   The  Company  has
   contingent  environmental liabilities arising  from  three  sources:
   facilities  currently  or  formerly owned  by  the  Company  or  its
   predecessors;  facilities adjacent to currently  or  formerly  owned
   facilities;   and  third-party  Superfund  sites.    At   facilities
   currently  or  formerly  owned  by  the  Company  or  its  corporate
   predecessors,  including FTX, PLP and their corporate  predecessors,
   the  historical  use and handling of regulated chemical  substances,
   crop  and  animal  nutrients and additives, salt and  by-product  or
   process   tailings,   have   resulted  in   soil   and   groundwater
   contamination, sometimes requiring the Company to undertake or  fund
   cleanup efforts.

   Of   the   environmental  costs  discussed  above,   the   following
   environmental  costs  are  charged  to  operating  expense:   fines,
   penalties and certain remedial action to address violations  of  the
   law;  remediation of properties that are currently or were  formerly
   owned  or  operated by the Company, or its predecessors, when  those
   properties   do   not  contribute  to  current  or  future   revenue
   generation; and liability for remediation of facilities adjacent  to
   currently  or formerly owned facilities or for third-party Superfund
   sites.   Contingent  environmental  liabilities  are  recorded   for
   environmental  investigatory and non-capital  remediation  costs  at
   identified  sites  when  litigation has  commenced  or  a  claim  or
   assessment  has been asserted or is imminent and the  likelihood  of
   an  unfavorable outcome is probable.   The Company cannot  determine
   the  cost of any remedial action that ultimately may be required  at
   unknown sites, sites currently under investigation, sites for  which
   investigations   have  not  been  performed,  or  sites   at   which
   unanticipated conditions are discovered.

   Derivatives
   The  Company  is exposed to the impact of interest rate  changes  on
   borrowings,  fluctuations  in  the functional  currency  of  foreign
   operations and the impact of fluctuations in the purchase  price  of
   natural gas, ammonia and sulphur consumed in operations, as well  as
   changes  in  the  market  value of its financial  instruments.   The
   Company  periodically enters into derivatives in order  to  minimize
   foreign currency risks, but not for trading purposes.

   The  functional currency of all operations outside the United States
   is  the  respective  local currency.  Foreign  currency  translation
   effects  are  included  in Accumulated other  comprehensive  income.
   The  Company uses foreign currency forward exchange contracts, which
   typically  expire  within  one year, to hedge  transaction  exposure
   related  to  assets and liabilities denominated in currencies  other
   than  the  entities'  functional currencies, including  intercompany
   loans.    Realized  and  unrealized  gains  and  losses  on  foreign
   currency  forward  exchange contracts used  to  hedge  the  currency
   fluctuations  on transactions denominated in foreign currencies  and
   the  offsetting realized and unrealized losses and gains  on  hedged
   transactions are recorded in Other income and expense.  The  Company
   had  $93.6  million and $106.2 million of foreign  currency  forward
   exchange  contracts outstanding as of December 31,  1999  and  1998,
   respectively.   As  of  December 31, 1999 and 1998,  the  difference
   between the contract amounts and fair value was immaterial.

   The  Company also uses foreign currency forward exchange  contracts,
   which typically expire within one year, to reduce the exchange  rate
   risk  related  to certain forecasted foreign currency  transactions.
   The  carrying  amounts  of these contracts  are  adjusted  to  their
   market  values  at  each balance sheet date and  recorded  in  Other
   income  and  expense.   The Company had $156.5  million  of  foreign
   currency  forward exchange contracts outstanding as of December  31,
   1999,  which are being used for the purpose described above.  As  of
   December  31, 1999, the difference between the contract amounts  and
   fair value was immaterial.

   Adoption of SOP 98-5
   In   April   1998,  the  American  Institute  of  Certified   Public
   Accountants  issued Statement of Position (SOP) 98-5, "Reporting  on
   the  Costs  of  Start-Up  Activities,"  which  mandated  that  costs
   related  to  start-up activities be expensed as incurred,  effective
   January  1,  1999.  Prior to the adoption of SOP 98-5,  the  Company
   capitalized  its  start-up costs (i.e., pre-operating  costs).   The
   Company  adopted  the  provisions  of  SOP  98-5  in  its  financial
   statements  beginning January 1, 1999 and, accordingly,  recorded  a
   charge  for  the cumulative effect of an accounting change  of  $7.5
   million,  or  $0.07 per share, after tax and minority  interest,  in
   order   to   expense  start-up  costs  that  had   been   previously
   capitalized.   The future impact of SOP 98-5 is not expected  to  be
   material to the Company's operating results.

   Recently Issued Accounting Guidance
   The  Company  does not believe that SFAS No. 133, which the  Company
   is  required  to  adopt  effective January  1,  2001,  will  have  a
   material impact on the Company's financial statements.

2. CHANGE IN ACCOUNTING FOR GOODWILL

   Effective October 1, 1999, the Company elected to change its  method
   for  assessing  the recoverability of goodwill (not associated  with
   impaired  assets) from one based on undiscounted cash flows  to  one
   based on discounted cash flows. The Company believes that using  the
   discounted  cash  flow  approach to  assess  the  recoverability  of
   goodwill   is   preferable  because  it  is  consistent   with   the
   methodology  used  by  the Company to evaluate investment  decisions
   (acquisitions  and  capital projects) and  takes  into  account  the
   specific and detailed operating plans and strategies and the  timing
   of   cash  flows  of  each  business.  The  discount  rate  used  in
   determining  discounted cash flows was a rate corresponding  to  the
   Company's  weighted-average cost of capital.  This change represents
   a  change in accounting principle, which is indistinguishable from a
   change in estimate.

   As  a  result  of the change to a discounted cash flow  methodology,
   the  Company  recorded a non-cash write-down of goodwill  of  $521.2
   million,  or $4.55 per share, in the fourth quarter of  1999.   This
   charge  represented the amount required to write-down  the  carrying
   amount  of  goodwill to the Company's estimate,  as  of  October  1,
   1999,  of  the  estimated  future  discounted  cash  flows  of   the
   businesses  to  which  the goodwill relates  using  the  methodology
   described below.

   Effective  October  1,  1999, the Company's  accounting  policy  for
   assessing the recoverability of goodwill is as follows:

      The  Company  evaluates the recoverability of  goodwill  by
      estimating  the  future  discounted  cash  flows   of   the
      businesses  to which the goodwill relates.  This evaluation
      is   made  whenever  events  or  changes  in  circumstances
      indicate  the  carrying  amount  may  not  be  recoverable.
      Estimated  cash flows are determined by disaggregating  the
      Company's   business   segments  to  an   operational   and
      organizational  level  for  which  meaningful  identifiable
      cash  flows  can  be  determined.   When  estimated  future
      discounted cash flows are less than the carrying amount  of
      the   net  long-lived  assets  (tangible  and  identifiable
      intangible)  and  related goodwill,  impairment  losses  of
      goodwill  are  charged to operations.   Impairment  losses,
      limited  to the carrying amount of goodwill, represent  the
      excess  of the sum of the carrying amount of the net  long-
      lived  assets  (tangible and identifiable  intangible)  and
      goodwill  in  excess of the discounted cash  flows  of  the
      business  being  evaluated.  In determining  the  estimated
      future  cash  flows,  the  Company  considers  current  and
      projected  future  levels of income  as  well  as  business
      trends,  prospects  and  market  and  economic  conditions.
      Prior  to October 1, 1999, the assessment of recoverability
      and  measurement  of impairment of goodwill  was  based  on
      undiscounted cash flows.

3. RESTRUCTURING AND OTHER CHARGES

   1999 Restructuring Charge
   -------------------------
   During  the fourth quarter of 1999, the Company announced and  began
   implementing the Rightsizing Program which was designed to  simplify
   and  focus the Company's core businesses.  The key components of the
   Rightsizing Program are: (i) the shutdown and permanent  closure  of
   the  Nichols and Payne Creek facilities at Phosphates resulting from
   an  optimization  program  that will  reduce  rock  and  concentrate
   production  costs through higher utilization rates  at  the  lowest-
   cost  facilities;  (ii)  an  asset  rightsizing  program  at  Potash
   resulting  from  a recently revised mine plan; (iii)  closure  of  a
   facility  at  Salt; and (iv) corporate and business  unit  headcount
   reductions.   In  conjunction  with  the  Rightsizing  Program,  the
   Company  recorded a special charge of $179.0 million, $95.6  million
   after  tax and minority interest, or $0.83 per share, in the  fourth
   quarter of 1999.

   The  Rightsizing  Program (shown below in tabular format)  primarily
   relates to the following:

   Asset Impairments
   The  Rightsizing  Program included the disposal of  property,  plant
   and equipment, as well as the write-down to fair value of assets  as
   a  result  of the decision to close certain facilities and forgo  or
   abandon  certain  mineral properties.  In  order  to  determine  the
   write-down  of  assets affected by the Rightsizing Program,  and  in
   accordance  with SFAS No. 121, the Company performed  an  assessment
   of  future cash flows and, accordingly, adjusted the assets to their
   appropriate fair values.

   The  majority  of  the  impairment occurred at  Phosphates'  Florida
   production  facilities  where property,  plant  and  equipment  were
   written  down by approximately $41.1 million to reflect fair  value.
   The  phosphate  mine and plant closures resulted from  a  facilities
   optimization   program  that  will  reduce  rock   and   concentrate
   production  costs through higher utilization rates  at  the  lowest-
   cost  facilities.   The  write-down  of  impaired  assets  primarily
   consisted   of   certain   facilities  and   associated   production
   equipment.   The  remaining $1.0 million  of  the  asset  impairment
   charge  was  recorded  at  Salt  for the  permanent  closure  of  an
   evaporation plant.

   Additionally,  $8.6  million of property, plant and  equipment,  and
   $6.5  million  of mineral reserves which were deemed  unrecoverable,
   were written off at Potash.

   Non-Employee Exit Costs
   As  a  result of the decision to permanently close certain Phosphate
   facilities described above, the Company recorded a charge  of  $45.1
   million   for   closure   costs.    The   closure   costs   included
   approximately  $40.4  million  for  incremental  environmental  land
   reclamation  of the surrounding mined-out areas with  the  remainder
   for  demolition  costs.   The  Company expects  the  demolition  and
   closure activities to be essentially completed by the end of 2005.

   In  addition,  demolition and closure costs were necessary  for  the
   plant  closure at the Salt location discussed above, in  the  amount
   of  $1.9  million.   Other various non-employee exit  costs  totaled
   $5.5 million.

   Employee Headcount Reductions
   As  part  of  the  Rightsizing Program,  headcount  reductions  were
   implemented   throughout  the  Company.   The  majority   of   these
   reductions   were  a  result  of  the  closing  and/or  exiting   of
   production operations, as discussed above.  To facilitate  headcount
   reductions,   certain  locations  offered  a  voluntary   retirement
   program  for  eligible employees.  In addition, certain  involuntary
   eliminations  of  positions,  which  were  communicated   prior   to
   December  31,  1999,  were  necessary in order  to  achieve  desired
   staffing  levels.  A total of 1,128 employees were  terminated  with
   835  having left the Company by the end of December 31,  1999.   The
   Company  recorded  a charge of $34.2 million for severance  benefits
   related  to  these  employee  headcount  reductions.  Virtually  all
   severance  payments  will be disbursed subsequent  to  December  31,
   1999.

   As  a  result  of  the  employee terminations  necessitated  by  the
   Rightsizing    Program,   settlement,   curtailment   and    special
   termination  charges  of $15.8 million were recorded  in  accordance
   with  SFAS  No.  88,  "Employers'  Accounting  for  Settlements  and
   Curtailments  of  Defined Benefit Pension Plans and for  Termination
   Benefits."   The related liabilities have been classified  in  Other
   noncurrent  liabilities.   See Note 11,  "Pension  Plans  and  Other
   Benefits."

   Inventories and Spare Parts of Exited Facilities
   The  Rightsizing  Program included a major reduction  in  production
   assets  primarily  used in the Phosphates business.   The  reduction
   was  accomplished  through the permanent shutdown of  two  phosphate
   facilities.   Given  the reduction in facilities and  the  resulting
   decrease  in production, historical levels of spare parts  inventory
   that  had  been  maintained  at  these  facilities  were  no  longer
   necessary or warranted.  Therefore, Phosphates recorded a charge  of
   $12.4  million  for the write-down of excess spare  parts  inventory
   which  will  be  disposed.  In addition, Potash  and  Salt  recorded
   similar write-downs of $2.8 million and $0.3 million, respectively.

   Phosphates recorded charges of approximately $3.8 million to  reduce
   the  carrying  value of finished goods inventories  on-hand  to  net
   realizable  value  at  December  31,  1999,  as  a  result  of   the
   facilities closures discussed above.

   Details of the 1999 restructuring charge were as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               Activity
                                           ----------------
                                 1999                             Remaining
                            Restructuring                         Accrual at
                                Charge     Cash Paid Non-Cash December 31, 1999
                            -------------  --------- -------- -----------------
   <S>                         <C>          <C>       <C>          <C>
   Asset impairments:
   Facilities closed prior
    to December 31, 1999       $ 42.1       $    -    $ 42.1        $    -
   Other asset write-offs        15.1            -      15.1             -

   Non-employee exit costs:
   Demolition and closure
    costs                        47.0          0.4         -          46.6
   Other                          5.5            -         -           5.5

   Employee headcount reductions:
   Severance benefits            34.2          5.4         -          28.8
  Settlement, curtailment
   and special termination
   benefits                      15.8            -      15.8             -

   Inventories and spare parts of exited businesses:
   Spare parts inventories       15.5            -      15.5             -
   Finished goods inventories     3.8            -       3.8             -
                               ------       ------    ------        ------
   Total                       $179.0       $  5.8    $ 92.3        $ 80.9
                               ======       ======    ======        ======

</TABLE>

   All  restructuring  charges have been recorded as  a  separate  line
   item  on  the Consolidated Statement of Operations, except  for  the
   finished  goods  inventory  write-down of  $3.8  million  which  was
   recorded in Cost of goods sold.

   1998 Restructuring Charge
   -------------------------
   During  the fourth quarter of 1998, the Company developed and  began
   execution of Project Profit.  Project Profit was comprised  of  four
   major  initiatives: (i) the combination of certain activities within
   the  Potash  and Phosphates business units in an effort  to  realize
   certain  operating and staff function synergies; (ii)  restructuring
   of  the  phosphate  rock  mining, concentrated  phosphate  and  salt
   production/distribution operations and processes  in  an  effort  to
   reduce   costs;   (iii)  simplification  of  the  current   business
   activities  by  eliminating  businesses  not  deemed  part  of   the
   Company's  core competencies; and (iv) reduction of operational  and
   corporate  headcount.   In  conjunction  with  Project  Profit,  the
   Company  recorded a special charge of $193.3 million, $113.4 million
   after tax and minority interest in the fourth quarter of 1998.

   Project Profit (shown below in tabular format) primarily related  to
   the following:

   Asset impairments
   Project   Profit  included  the  removal  of  property,  plant   and
   equipment,  as well as the write-down to fair value of those  assets
   rendered  unusable  due to the decision to close certain  facilities
   and  forgo  or  abandon  certain mineral properties.   In  order  to
   determine  the write-down of assets affected by Project Profit,  and
   in   accordance  with  SFAS  No.  121,  the  Company  performed   an
   assessment  of  future  cash  flows and, accordingly,  adjusted  the
   assets to their appropriate fair values.

   The  majority  of  the  impairment occurred at  Phosphates'  Florida
   production  facilities  where  property,  plant  and  equipment  was
   written   down  by  approximately  $64.4  million  to  fair   value.
   Phosphates  developed a new strategic mine plan  (Mine  Plan)  which
   identified  asset  reductions, lower  operating  costs  and  optimal
   phosphate  rock  management as key drivers in the  restructuring  of
   operations.   The  write-down of impaired assets in connection  with
   the   Mine   Plan  primarily  consisted  of  facilities,  production
   equipment, operating supplies, land and mineral reserves.

   Salt  recorded  an $11.2 million write-down of property,  plant  and
   equipment at its Kansas and Canadian locations, as a result  of  the
   decision  to  consolidate certain facilities and  achieve  operating
   efficiencies.  The majority of the write-down related to  production
   equipment.   An  additional $0.4 million of  asset  impairments  was
   recorded  at  Feed  Ingredients  for  the  permanent  closure  of  a
   limestone rock production facility.

   The  total asset impairment charges of $76.0 million included  $31.8
   million  pertaining to assets which continued to be  utilized  until
   their  respective disposal dates, primarily within  the  first  nine
   months  of  1999.  The estimated fair value of these  assets,  which
   was  depreciated over their respective remaining periods of service,
   reflected estimated operating net cash flows until disposition.   As
   of  December  31,  1999,  all of these  assets  have  been  sold  or
   abandoned.

   Non-employee exit costs
   In  accordance  with  the objective of the Mine  Plan,  to  optimize
   phosphate  rock management, Phosphates decided to permanently  close
   a  high-cost phosphate rock mine.  As a result of this decision, the
   Company  recorded a charge of $18.4 million for the  demolition  and
   other  incremental  costs  of closure of the  mine.   These  closure
   costs   included   approximately  $15.5  million   for   incremental
   environmental  land reclamation of the surrounding mined-out  areas.
   The  demolition and closure activities were still in process at  the
   end of 1999 with an estimate of completion during 2001.

   The  Company also decided to close certain production operations  in
   connection  with  Project Profit, principally the uranium  and  urea
   operations  of Phosphates.  This decision was based on  an  analysis
   of  the future outlook for these products, taking into consideration
   whether  the  operations were part of the Company's core businesses.
   These  operations were determined to be non-core businesses and  the
   Company   recorded  charges  of  approximately  $12.8  million   for
   demolition  and/or closure, including environmental  costs,  of  the
   uranium  and urea production facilities. Additionally, environmental
   and/or  closure  costs  of  $2.4 million  were  recognized  for  the
   closure   of   one  of  the  Company's  evaporated  salt  production
   facilities.   The  Company  estimates  the  demolition  and  closure
   activities will be completed by the end of 2000.

   In   connection  with  Project  Profit,  the  Company   decided   to
   discontinue  its  transportation of ammonia from  Louisiana  to  its
   phosphate  operations  in  Florida.   This  decision  was  based  on
   current  market conditions which secured the availability of ammonia
   to  the  Company  and  which  made the high-cost  transportation  of
   ammonia  from  Louisiana to Florida unnecessary.  As a  result,  the
   Company  recorded  a  charge of $13.2 million for  the  net  present
   value  of  costs associated with permanently idling leased equipment
   used  in the transportation of ammonia from Louisiana. Other various
   exit costs totaled $7.3 million.

   Employee headcount reductions
   As  part of Project Profit, headcount reductions were implemented at
   the  Phosphates,  Feed Ingredients, Salt and Potash  operations,  as
   well  as at the Company's corporate headquarters.  Certain of  these
   reductions   were  a  result  of  the  closing  and/or  exiting   of
   production operations, as discussed above.  To facilitate  headcount
   reductions,  the Company offered a voluntary retirement program  for
   eligible  employees.  In addition, certain involuntary  eliminations
   of  positions, which were communicated prior to December  31,  1998,
   were  necessary  in  order to achieve desired  staffing  levels.   A
   total  of  185 employees accepted the voluntary retirement  plan  by
   December  31,  1998,  with 112 of those employees  having  left  the
   Company  as  of  that  date.  At December 31, 1999,  no  voluntarily
   severed  employees were remaining.  Additionally,  a  total  of  454
   employees were involuntarily terminated and left the Company by  the
   end  of  February  1999.   Virtually  all  severance  payments  were
   disbursed prior to December 31, 1999 with the remaining payments  to
   be disbursed during the first quarter of 2000.

   As  a  result of the employee terminations necessitated  by  Project
   Profit,  settlement, curtailment and special termination charges  of
   $19.7  million  were recorded in accordance with SFAS  No.  88.  The
   related    liabilities   were   classified   in   Other   noncurrent
   liabilities.  See Note 11, "Pension Plans and Other Benefits."

   Inventories and spare parts of exited businesses
   Phosphates  recorded  charges  of  approximately  $17.2  million  to
   reduce  the carrying value of finished goods inventories on-hand  to
   net  realizable  value at December 31, 1998,  as  a  result  of  the
   decision to exit certain businesses.

   Project  Profit  included  a major reduction  in  production  assets
   primarily  used  in  the  Phosphates business.   The  reduction  was
   accomplished  through  the  permanent  shutdown  of  select   mining
   facilities  as well as a cut-back in concentrate facilities.   Given
   the   reduction  in  facilities  and  the  resulting   decrease   in
   production,  historical  levels of spare parts  inventory  that  had
   been  maintained  by  the  Company  were  no  longer  necessary   or
   warranted.   Therefore,  the  Company  recorded  a  charge  of  $8.7
   million for the write-down of spare parts inventory.

   Activity  related  to accruals for Project Profit  in  1999  was  as
   follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                    Accrual at                Accrual at
                                January 1, 1999  Cash Paid  December 31, 1999
                                ---------------  ---------  -----------------
   <S>                               <C>          <C>            <C>
   Non-employee exit costs:
   Demolition and closure costs      $ 33.6       $  6.7         $ 26.9
   Idled leased transportation
    equipment                          13.2          4.4            8.8
   Other
                                        5.3          3.3            2.0
   Employee headcount reductions:
   Severance benefits                  17.4         17.0            0.4
                                     ------       ------         ------
   Total                             $ 69.5       $ 31.4         $ 38.1
                                     ======       ======         ======
</TABLE>

   All  restructuring charges were recorded as a separate line item  on
   the  Consolidated Statement of Operations, except for  the  finished
   goods  inventory write-down of $17.2 million which was  recorded  in
   Cost of goods sold.

   Other Charges
   During  the  fourth  quarter of 1999, and  in  connection  with  the
   Rightsizing Program, the Company undertook a detailed review of  its
   accounting  records and valuation of various assets and liabilities.
   As  a  result,  the  Company  recorded a  special  charge  of  $58.8
   million,  $35.0  million after tax and minority interest,  or  $0.31
   per  share, related to asset write-offs and environmental  accruals.
   Of  the $58.8 million charge, $38.2 million was included in Cost  of
   goods  sold  and $20.6 million was included in Selling, general  and
   administrative expenses.

4. DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS

   IMC Chemicals
   In  December 1998, the Company signed a definitive agreement to sell
   its  Chemicals business unit with the Company retaining  an  ongoing
   minority  economic  interest,  and  based  on  the  terms   of   the
   agreement,  recorded  a  pre-tax charge of  $44.1  million  for  the
   estimated loss on sale.  The sale was not completed during 1999  and
   in  December  1999, the Company received Board of Director  approval
   for  a  plan  to sell the entire business unit.  The Company  is  in
   discussion  with  potential buyers, and anticipates  a  sale  to  be
   completed  by  mid-2000.  An adjustment to  the  estimated  loss  on
   disposal  of  $138.1 million, $85.6 million after tax, was  recorded
   in  the  fourth  quarter  of  1999.  The Consolidated  Statement  of
   Operations  has  been  restated to report the operating  results  of
   Chemicals  as discontinued operations in accordance with  Accounting
   Principles  Board (APB) Opinion No. 30, "Reporting  the  Results  of
   Operations."   Interest expense has been allocated  to  discontinued
   operating results based on the portion of third party debt  that  is
   specifically  attributable  to  Chemicals  and  amounted  to   $27.6
   million  and  $14.9  million  in 1999 and  1998,  respectively.   In
   addition,  $13.7  million  of  allocated  interest  expected  to  be
   incurred in 2000 was included in the estimated loss on sale.

   The  discontinued operations of Chemicals resulted in a tax  benefit
   of  $24.9  million in 1999 and tax expense of $1.3 million in  1998.
   For  1999  and  1998,  Chemicals' revenues were $402.8  million  and
   $311.8 million, respectively.

   Oil and Gas Operations
   In  the  fourth quarter of 1999, the Company decided to  discontinue
   its  oil  and  gas  business  which  primarily  consisted  of  PLP's
   interest   in  the  Exploration  Program.   The  Company  sold   its
   interest,  through PLP, in the Exploration Program for  proceeds  of
   $32.0  million.  The loss on disposal of $22.4 million, $6.7 million
   after  tax and minority interest of $4.6 million and $11.1  million,
   respectively,  was  recorded in the fourth  quarter  of  1999.   The
   Consolidated  Statement of Operations has been  restated  to  report
   the  operating  results of the oil and gas business as  discontinued
   operations in accordance with APB No. 30.

   The  discontinued oil and gas business resulted in tax  benefits  of
   $8.1  million and $4.1 million in 1999 and 1998, respectively.   For
   1999  and  1998, the revenues from oil and gas operations were  $7.0
   million   and  $1.3  million,  respectively.   In  addition,   $18.3
   million,  $10.8 million after tax, of environmental exit costs  were
   recorded in 1999 as a result of additional information which  became
   available  to  the  Company  in the fourth  quarter  concerning  the
   Company's obligations with respect to previously owned oil  and  gas
   properties.

     IMC AgriBusiness
     In  April  1999,  the  Company sold its  AgriBusiness  retail  and
     wholesale  distribution business unit and received $263.9  million
     of  proceeds which were used to reduce the amount of the Company's
     outstanding  indebtedness.  In accordance  with  APB  No.  30,  an
     estimated  loss  on  disposal of $74.2  million,  after  tax,  was
     recorded  in  the fourth quarter of 1998. The Company recorded  an
     adjustment  to the loss on disposal of $19.4 million,  after  tax,
     in   the  fourth  quarter  of  1999.   The  operating  results  of
     AgriBusiness  are  included  in  the  Consolidated  Statement   of
     Operations as discontinued operations.  Interest expense has  been
     allocated to discontinued operations based on the portion  of  the
     Company's   short-term  borrowing  program  that  is  specifically
     attributable  to  AgriBusiness and amounted to $13.2  million  and
     $13.3 million in 1998 and 1997, respectively.

     Income  taxes  associated  with  the  discontinued  operations  of
     AgriBusiness  were  $2.9 million and $13.1 million  for  1998  and
     1997,  respectively.  For  1998 and 1997,  AgriBusiness'  revenues
     were $787.0 million and $872.6 million, respectively.

     For  financial  reporting purposes, the assets and liabilities  of
     discontinued operations to be sold, net of the estimated  loss  on
     disposal,  have  been  classified as Net  assets  of  discontinued
     operations  held for sale. See the table below for the  detail  of
     these assets and liabilities.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         December 31
                                                      1999(a)    1998(b)
                                                      -------    -------
   <S>                                                <C>        <C>
   Assets:
         Receivables, net                            $ 106.0     $  63.7
         Inventories, net                               50.7       157.1
         Other current assets                            4.0         0.5
         Property, plant and equipment, net            231.7       130.4
         Other assets                                    6.5         6.0
                                                     -------     -------
   Total assets                                        398.9       357.7

   Liabilities:
         Accounts payable                               55.9        69.8
         Accrued liabilities                            31.9        11.1
         Other noncurrent liabilities                    9.6         3.5
                                                     -------     -------
   Total liabilities                                    97.4        84.4
                                                     -------     -------
   Net assets of discontinued operations
    held for sale                                    $ 301.5     $ 273.3
                                                     =======     =======

(a)Represents net assets of Chemicals held for sale.
(b)Represents net assets of AgriBusiness held for sale.

</TABLE>

5. OTHER DIVESTITURES

   IMC Vigoro
   In  June  1998, the Company sold the Vigoro business unit for  $44.8
   million.   In connection with this transaction, the Company recorded
   a  special charge of approximately $14.0 million, $9.1 million after
   tax  benefits.   Of  the  $14.0 million  charge,  $4.1  million  was
   included  in  Cost of goods sold and $9.9 million  was  included  in
   Selling, general and administrative expenses.

6. ACQUISITIONS

   All  acquisitions  discussed  below were  accounted  for  under  the
   purchase   method  of  accounting  and,  accordingly,   results   of
   operations  for  the acquired businesses have been included  in  the
   Company's  Consolidated Statement of Operations since the respective
   dates of acquisition.

   Common  stock  issued in 1997 for acquisitions was  $771.9  million.
   Liabilities  assumed  in  acquisitions  were  $1,628.8  million  and
   $357.5 million in 1998 and 1997, respectively.

   Harris
   In  April  1998, the Company acquired Harris for approximately  $1.4
   billion.   Under the terms of the acquisition, the Company purchased
   all  Harris  equity  for approximately $450.0 million  in  cash  and
   assumed approximately $1.0 billion of debt.  The purchase price  was
   allocated  to  acquired assets and liabilities  based  on  estimated
   fair  values  at the date of acquisition.  This allocation  resulted
   in  an  excess  of  purchase  price  over  identifiable  net  assets
   acquired, or goodwill, of $326.0 million being recorded at the  time
   of acquisition.

   FTX
   In  December  1997,  the  Company completed  the  FTX  Merger  which
   resulted  in  the dissolution of FTX.  In connection  with  the  FTX
   Merger,  each  share of common stock of FTX was exchanged  for  0.90
   share  of  the Company's common stock plus one-third of  a  warrant,
   with  each whole warrant entitling the holder to purchase one  share
   of  the Company's common stock for $44.50 per share.  As a result of
   the  transaction,  22.7 million shares were  issued  at  an  average
   market  price  of   $32.28  per  share.   The  warrants,  which  are
   publicly  traded on the New York Stock Exchange and  expire  on  the
   third  anniversary  of  the FTX Merger, were  valued  at  $3.56  per
   warrant.  As a result of the FTX Merger, goodwill of $747.5  million
   was recorded at the time of the merger.

   The  FTX  Merger  resulted  in the Company  relinquishing  its  25.0
   percent  interest in Main Pass to MMR, a newly formed public  entity
   consisting of the former sulphur business of PLP and Main Pass.   In
   connection  with  the  FTX Merger in 1997, the  Company  recorded  a
   special  charge  of  $183.7 million, $112.2 million  after  tax,  or
   $1.19  per share, included in Operating earnings, to write-down  the
   assets of Main Pass to their fair value.

   As  a  result  of the Company's change in methodology for  assessing
   the  recoverability of goodwill, a non-cash write-down of Harris and
   FTX  goodwill of $89.2 million and $432.0 million, respectively, was
   recorded  in  the fourth quarter of 1999.  See Note  2,  "Change  in
   Accounting for Goodwill."

   Other Business Acquisitions
   In  1997, the Company acquired several smaller businesses, including
   a   potash  mine  and  processing  facility  (Western  Ag-Minerals);
   several    retail   distribution   operations   (Frankfort   Supply,
   Sanderlin,  Crop-Maker, So-Green and Hutson Ag Services, Inc.);  and
   a  storage  terminal  company (Hutson Company,  Inc.).   Total  cash
   payments   for   these   acquisitions  were   $91.4   million,   and
   approximately  0.2  million shares of common stock  of  the  Company
   were  issued for $7.9 million.  Hutson Company, Inc. and the  retail
   distribution  operations  were  part  of  AgriBusiness   which   was
   subsequently  sold  by  the Company in  April  1999.   See  Note  4,
   "Discontinued Operations."

7. MINORITY INTEREST

   Minority   interest  included  in  the  Consolidated  Statement   of
   Operations  included  $28.1 million and $31.6 million  in  1999  and
   1998,  respectively,  of benefits related to special  charges.   See
   Note  3, "Restructuring and Other Charges." Prior to the FTX Merger,
   minority   interest  primarily  consisted  of  PLP's  43.5   percent
   interest  in  IMC-Agrico.  Subsequent to the  FTX  Merger,  minority
   interest  was largely comprised of the public unitholders'  interest
   in  PLP  (majority-owned and consolidated by the Company  since  the
   FTX  Merger), including an effective 21.1 percent minority  interest
   in IMC-Agrico.

8. EARNINGS PER SHARE

   Common  shares issuable upon the exercise of options and  warrants
   are  not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share
   in  1999  because  the  Company had a  net  loss  from  continuing
   operations and, therefore, the effect of their inclusion would  be
   antidilutive.   The  difference between the number  of  basic  and
   diluted  weighted average shares outstanding in 1998 and 1997  was
   due  to  dilutive  employee  stock  options.   Stock  options   to
   purchase  approximately  4.6 million and  3.1  million  shares  of
   common  stock  in  1998 and 1997, respectively,  and  warrants  to
   purchase approximately 8.4 million shares of common stock in  1998
   and  1997,  were  not  included  in  the  computation  of  diluted
   earnings  per  share, because the exercise price was greater  than
   the  average  market  price  of the Company's  common  stock  and,
   therefore, the effect of their inclusion would be antidilutive.

9. DETAIL OF CERTAIN BALANCE SHEET ACCOUNTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

   Receivables:
                                                1999         1998
                                                ----         ----
   <S>                                       <C>            <C>
   Trade                                      $ 235.1      $ 349.4
   Non-trade                                     25.0         78.5
                                              -------      -------
                                                260.1        427.9
   Less: Allowances                               5.9          6.4
                                              -------      -------
   Receivables, net                           $ 254.2      $ 421.5
                                              =======      =======

The  carrying  amount  of  accounts  receivable  was  equal  to  the
estimated fair value of such assets due to their short maturity.

   Inventories:
                                                1999          1998
                                                ----          ----

   Products (principally finished)            $ 358.7      $ 468.2
   Operating materials and supplies              97.8        136.3
                                              -------      -------
                                                456.5        604.5
   Less: Allowances                              16.9         23.9
                                              -------      -------
   Inventories, net                           $ 439.6      $ 580.6
                                              =======      =======

     Property, plant and equipment:
                                                1999         1998
                                                ----         ----

   Land                                      $   97.5     $  104.6
   Mineral properties and rights              1,392.5      1,431.7
   Buildings and leasehold improvements         503.7        615.9
   Machinery and equipment                    3,069.0      3,520.8
   Construction-in-progress                     165.9        244.4
                                             --------     --------
                                              5,228.6      5,917.4
   Accumulated depreciation and depletion    (1,977.9)    (2,220.0)
                                             --------     --------
   Property, plant and equipment, net        $3,250.7     $3,697.4
                                             ========     ========

</TABLE>

   As  of  December  31, 1999, idle facilities of the Company  included
   two  concentrated phosphate plants, which will remain closed subject
   to  improved  market  conditions.   The  net  book  value  of  these
   facilities  totaled $ 57.0 million.  In the opinion  of  management,
   the  net  book  value  of the Company's idle facilities  is  not  in
   excess of the net realizable value.

   <TABLE>
   <CAPTION>

   Other assets:
                                                1999        1998
                                                ----        ----
   <S>                                       <C>            <C>
   Goodwill                                  $  535.9       $1,064.2
   Other                                        179.9          212.7
                                             --------       --------
   Other assets                              $  715.8       $1,276.9
                                             ========       ========

   The  decrease in Other assets was primarily due to the  write-down
   of  goodwill in the fourth quarter of 1999.  See Note  2,  "Change
   in Accounting for Goodwill."

   Accrued liabilities:
                                                1999        1998
                                                ----        ----

   Restructuring                             $  108.7      $  36.7
   Interest                                      43.9         47.1
   Payroll and employee benefits                 38.9         62.5
   Other                                         68.6         94.6
                                             --------      -------
   Accrued liabilities                       $  260.1      $ 240.9
                                             ========      =======

   Other noncurrent liabilities:
                                               1999        1998
                                               ----        ----

   Employee and retiree benefits            $  237.6       $ 234.7
   Environmental                               115.9         114.3
   Restructuring                                39.8          44.6
   Other                                       123.3          92.5
                                            --------       -------
   Other noncurrent liabilities             $  516.6       $ 486.1
                                            ========       =======
</TABLE>

10.FINANCING ARRANGEMENTS

     Total  indebtedness as of December 31, 1999 was $2,548.6  million,
     a  $498.4  million decrease from total indebtedness as of December
     31,  1998 of $3,047.0 million. The reduction in total indebtedness
     resulted  from  payments of debt using cash flows from  operations
     and  proceeds from the divestiture of AgriBusiness.

     Short-term borrowings were $10.6 million and $397.0 million as  of
     December   31,  1999  and  1998,  respectively,  which   primarily
     consisted  of  commercial paper, revolving credit  facilities  and
     vendor financing arrangements. The weighted average interest  rate
     on  short-term borrowings was 5.5 percent and 6.1 percent for 1999
     and 1998, respectively.

   Long-term debt as of December 31 consisted of the following:
   <TABLE>
   <CAPTION>
                                                       1999       1998
                                                       ----       ----
   <S>                                               <C>        <C>
   Notes and debentures due 2001-2018, with
    interest rates ranging from 6.50% to 10.75%      $1,724.1   $1,730.2
   Corporate commercial paper                           506.0      596.9
   Industrial revenue bonds, maturing through 2022,
    with interest rates ranging from 3.50% to 7.525%     90.0       92.8
   Revolving credit facilities, variable rates           67.9       66.8
   Other debt                                           150.0      163.3
                                                     --------   --------
                                                      2,538.0    2,650.0
   Less: Current maturities                              19.3       11.3
                                                     --------   --------
   Total long-term debt, less current maturities     $2,518.7   $2,638.7
                                                     ========   ========
</TABLE>

     Substantially  all outstanding commercial paper is  classified  as
     long-term because it is supported by a long-term credit facility.

     In  December  1999, the Company renewed, amended and restated  its
     $350.0  million short-term credit facility, extending the maturity
     date  to  December  2000,  and amended  and  restated  its  $650.0
     million  long-term  credit  facility  maturing  in  December  2002
     (collectively,  Credit  Facilities).  Commitment  fees  associated
     with  the  short-term  and  long-term facilities  are  10.0  basis
     points  and 11.0 basis points, respectively.  The amount available
     for  borrowing  under  the Credit Facilities  is  reduced  by  the
     balance  of  outstanding commercial paper, letters of  credit  and
     guarantees. As of December 31, 1999, the Company had  a  total  of
     $506.0  million of commercial paper outstanding and  $1.0  billion
     of   commercial   paper   back-up   facilities.    Net   available
     borrowings, under the Credit Facilities, as of December  31,  1999
     were  $442.2 million. Outstanding letters of credit as of December
     31,  1999 totaled $51.8 million.  These Credit Facilities  contain
     provisions  which: (i) restrict the Company's ability  to  dispose
     of  a  substantial portion of its consolidated assets; (ii)  limit
     the  creation  of  additional  liens  on  the  Company's  and  its
     subsidiaries'  assets; and (iii) limit the Company's subsidiaries'
     incurrence  of  debt.   These  Credit Facilities  also  contain  a
     leverage ratio test and other covenants.

     The  Company,  through various subsidiaries,  also  maintains  the
     following  credit  facilities: (i)  a  $100.0  million,  five-year
     revolving  credit  facility maturing in  December  2002  (Canadian
     Facility);  (ii)  a  50.0  million  Australian  Dollar,   two-year
     revolving  credit facility maturing in September 2000 and  a  25.0
     million  Australian Dollar, five-year term loan facility  maturing
     in  September  2003  (Australian Facilities);  and  (iii)  a  45.0
     million   Pound  Sterling,  five-year  revolving  credit  facility
     maturing in December 2003 (European Facility).  In December  1999,
     the  Company  amended  the  Canadian and  European  Facilities  to
     conform  their  covenants  to  the  amended  and  restated  Credit
     Facilities' covenants. As of December 31, 1999, $67.9 million  was
     outstanding  under  the European Facility,  while  there  were  no
     outstanding  obligations  under  the  Canadian  Facility  or   the
     Australian  Facilities.   Commitment  fees  associated  with   the
     Canadian  Facility,  the Australian Facilities  and  the  European
     Facility  are 11.0 basis points, 30.0 basis points and 30.0  basis
     points, respectively.

     The  Company  currently guarantees the payment  of  $75.0  million
     principal  amount of industrial revenue bonds due 2015  issued  by
     the  Florida  Polk County Industrial Development  Authority  (Polk
     County  Bonds). As a result of the FTX Merger, the Company is  not
     in  technical compliance with one covenant in such guarantee.  The
     Company has notified the Bank of New York, trustee for holders  of
     the  Polk County Bonds, regarding this issue. The holders  of  the
     Polk  County  Bonds have not sought to accelerate the Polk  County
     Bonds  or  requested  that  any other  action  be  taken.  Because
     solicitation  of  a unanimous waiver of the technical  default  is
     impractical, the Company currently intends to take no action.  The
     Company  does  not  believe that any acceleration,  redemption  or
     refinancing  of  the  Polk  County Bonds  would  have  a  material
     adverse  effect on the Company and its subsidiaries,  taken  as  a
     whole, because the Company believes it would be able to repay  the
     Polk County Bonds from available sources of liquidity.

     As  of  December 31, 1999, the estimated fair value  of  long-term
     debt was approximately $70.0 million less than the carrying amount
     of  such  debt.  The fair value was calculated in accordance  with
     the  requirements of SFAS No. 107, "Disclosures of Fair  Value  of
     Financial  Instruments,"  and  was estimated  by  discounting  the
     future  cash flows using rates currently available to the  Company
     for debt instruments with similar terms and remaining maturities.

     Extraordinary gains of $0.5 million and $3.0 million in  1999  and
     1998, respectively, and extraordinary charges of $24.9 million  in
     1997, related to the early extinguishment of debt.

     Cash  interest  payments were $186.1 million, $145.4  million  and
     $56.8 million for 1999, 1998 and 1997, respectively.

     Scheduled  maturities, excluding commercial paper  borrowings  and
     the revolving credit facilities, are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                      <S>               <C>
                      2000              $   29.9
                      2001              $  251.0
                      2002              $  307.7
                      2003              $  214.1
                      2004              $   11.7
                      Thereafter        $1,160.3
</TABLE>

11.PENSION PLANS AND OTHER BENEFITS

   The  Company  has non-contributory pension plans for a  majority  of
   its  employees.   Benefits are based on a combination  of  years  of
   service  and compensation levels, depending on the plan.  Generally,
   contributions  to the United States plans are made to  meet  minimum
   funding requirements of the Employee Retirement Income Security  Act
   of   1974,  while  contributions  to  Canadian  plans  are  made  in
   accordance  with Pension Benefits Acts, instituted by the  provinces
   of  Saskatchewan  and  Ontario.  Certain  employees  in  the  United
   States  and  Canada, whose pension benefits exceed Internal  Revenue
   Code  and  Revenue Canada limitations, respectively, are covered  by
   supplementary non-qualified, unfunded pension plans.

   The  plans'  assets  consist mainly of corporate equity  securities,
   United  States government securities, corporate debt securities  and
   units of participation in a collective short-term investment fund.

   Effective  January 1, 1998, the Company transitioned from a  defined
   benefit  pension  plan to a defined contribution  plan  for  certain
   employees  who elected to do so (Transition).  The Company accounted
   for  the  Transition in accordance with SFAS No. 88.  The impact  of
   the curtailment as a result of the Transition was not material.

   The  Company  also  provides certain health care benefit  plans  for
   certain  retired employees (Benefit Plans).  The Benefit  Plans  may
   be  either  contributory  or non-contributory  and  contain  certain
   other  cost-sharing  features such as deductibles  and  coinsurance.
   The  Benefit Plans are unfunded.  Employees are not vested and  such
   benefits are subject to change.

   The   following   table  sets  forth  pension   and   postretirement
   obligations  and  plan  assets  for the  Company's  defined  benefit
   plans, based on a September 30 measurement date, as of December 31:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                        Pension Benefits     Other Benefits
                                         1999      1998      1999      1998
                                         ----      ----      ----      ----
   <S>                                 <C>        <C>       <C>       <C>
   Change in benefit obligation:
   Benefit obligation as of January 1  $ 426.4    $ 391.8   $ 197.8   $ 175.3
   Service cost                           12.4       10.6       2.6       2.6
   Interest cost                          29.3       27.5      12.9      11.0
   Plan amendment                         (2.0)         6.1       -       4.1
   Effect of settlements                  (8.6)     (31.0)        -         -
   Actuarial (gain) loss                 (36.7)        41.3   (20.3)     17.2
   Benefits paid                         (27.2)     (48.1)    (10.8)     (9.1)
   Acquisitions                              -       36.4         -         -
   Other                                   5.9       (1.2)      4.5      (3.3)
   Curtailments                          (12.4)      (7.0)     (7.3)        -
                                       -------    -------   -------   -------
   Benefit obligation as of
    December 31                        $ 387.1    $ 426.4   $ 179.4   $ 197.8
                                       =======    =======   =======   =======
   Change in plan assets:
   Fair value as of January 1          $ 350.9    $ 380.8   $     -   $     -
   Actual return                          72.0        0.5         -         -
   Company contribution                   16.6       37.5      10.6       9.1
   Effect of settlements                 (11.6)     (57.9)        -         -
   Acquisitions                              -       38.1         -         -
   Asset transfer                         (2.3)         -         -         -
   Benefits paid                         (27.2)     (48.1)    (10.8)     (9.1)
   Other                                   1.7          -       0.2         -
                                       -------    -------   -------   -------
   Fair value as of December 31        $ 400.1    $ 350.9   $     -   $     -
                                       =======    =======   =======   =======
   Funded status of the plan           $  13.0    $ (75.5)  $(179.4)  $(197.8)
   Unrecognized net (gain) loss          (14.7)      74.5     (13.1)      7.4
   Unrecognized transition
    liability (asset)                      0.1       20.7      (1.5)     (1.6)
   Unrecognized prior service
    benefit (cost)                        17.9       (0.5)     (6.5)     (5.3)
                                       -------    -------   -------   -------
   Prepaid (accrued) benefit cost      $  16.3    $  19.2   $(200.5)  $(197.3)
                                       =======    =======   =======   =======

   Amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheet:
   Prepaid benefit cost                $  56.9    $  69.7   $     -   $  17.1
   Accrued benefit liability             (42.4)     (64.8)   (200.5)   (214.4)
   Intangible asset                        1.8       14.3         -         -
                                       -------    -------   -------   -------
   Total recognized                    $  16.3    $  19.2   $(200.5)  $(197.3)
                                       =======    =======   =======   =======
   </TABLE>

   The  acquisition  amounts relate to pension liabilities  and  assets
   assumed   in   conjunction   with  the  Harris   Acquisition.    The
   curtailment  and  settlement amounts included in  the  tables  above
   were  primarily recorded as part of the Rightsizing Program and  the
   sale  of AgriBusiness in 1999 and Project Profit in 1998.  See  Note
   3,   "Restructuring  and  Other  Charges,"  Note  4,   "Discontinued
   Operations" and Note 6, "Acquisitions."

   Amounts  applicable to the Company's pension plan with accumulated
   benefit obligations in excess of plan assets were as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     1999        1998
                                                     ----        ----
   <S>                                             <C>           <C>
   Projected benefit obligation                    $ 134.0       $ 191.4
   Accumulated benefit obligation                  $  93.6       $ 147.0
   Fair value of plan assets                       $  78.9       $  96.3

</TABLE>

   The Company's actuarial assumptions were as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                    Pension Benefits     Other Benefits
                                     1999      1998     1999     1998
                                     ----      ----     ----     ----
   <S>                               <C>       <C>     <C>       <C>
   Discount rate                     7.75%     7.0%    7.75%      7.0%
   Expected return on plan assets     9.5%     9.9%       -           -
   Rate of compensation increase      5.0%     5.0%       -           -

</TABLE>

     For  measurement purposes, a 6.8 percent annual rate  of  increase
     in  the per capita cost of covered pre-65 health care benefits was
     assumed for 1999, decreasing gradually to 4.7 percent in 2004  and
     thereafter; and a 7.1 percent annual rate of increase in  the  per
     capita  cost  of covered post-65 health care benefits was  assumed
     for   1999, decreasing  gradually  to  5.0  percent  in  2004  and
     thereafter.

     The components of net pension and other benefits expense were:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                    Pension Benefits      Other Benefits
                                  1999    1998    1997  1999    1998   1997
                                  ----    ----    ----  ----    ----   ----
   <S>                            <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>
   Service cost for benefits
    earned during the year        $ 12.4 $ 10.6 $ 13.0 $  2.6 $  2.6 $  1.9
   Interest cost on projected
    benefit obligation              29.3   27.5   18.3   12.9   11.0    5.3
   Return on plan assets           (33.6) (33.5) (18.1)     -      -      -
   Net amortization and deferral     5.1    2.8    2.8   (0.9)  (1.4)  (1.8)
   Curtailments and settlements      6.3   19.4    2.8   (0.7)   0.5      -
                                  ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------
   Net pension and other benefits
    expense                       $ 19.5 $ 26.8 $ 18.8 $ 13.9 $ 12.7 $  5.4
                                  ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ======

</TABLE>

   The assumed health care cost trend rate has a significant effect  on
   the  amounts reported.  A one-percentage-point change in the assumed
   health care cost trend rate would have the following effects:

<TABLE>

                                                  One            One
                                               Percentage     Percentage
                                                 Point          Point
                                                Increase       Decrease
                                             -------------  -------------
   <S>                                           <C>          <C>
   Effect on total service and interest cost
    components                                   $   0.9      $   (0.7)
   Effect on postretirement benefit obligation   $  10.0      $   (9.5)

</TABLE>

   The  Company  has  defined contribution and  pre-tax  savings  plans
   (Savings  Plans) for certain of its employees in the  United  States
   and  Canada.   Under  each  of the Savings Plans,  participants  are
   permitted  to  defer  a  portion  of  their  compensation.   Company
   contributions  to  the Savings Plans are based on  a  percentage  of
   employee  contributions.   In  1998,  the  Company  added  a  profit
   sharing  feature  to  the Savings Plans for salaried  and  non-union
   hourly  employees  as a replacement for traditional  pension  plans.
   The  Company contribution to the new profit sharing feature is based
   on   the   employee's  age  and  pay  and  the  Company's  financial
   performance.   The expense attributable to these Savings  Plans  was
   $14.5  million,  $18.1 million and $8.5 million in  1999,  1998  and
   1997, respectively.

   In   addition,  the  Company  provides  benefits  such  as  workers'
   compensation and disability to certain former or inactive  employees
   after employment but before retirement.

12.INCOME TAXES

   Two  of  the  Company's three potash operations that are subject  to
   Canadian  taxes,  IMC  Kalium Canada Ltd.  and  IMC  Central  Canada
   Potash  Inc., are included in the consolidated United States federal
   income tax return filed by the Company.

   Deferred  income  taxes  reflect the net tax  effects  of  temporary
   differences  between  the  amounts of  assets  and  liabilities  for
   accounting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes.

   Significant  components  of the Company's deferred  tax  liabilities
   and assets as of December 31 were as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                     1999          1998
                                                     ----          ----
   <S>                                            <C>             <C>
   Deferred tax liabilities:
   Property, plant and equipment                  $  733.7        $  824.2
   Partnership tax basis difference                  125.0               -
   Other liabilities                                 209.0           132.1
                                                  --------        --------
   Total deferred tax liabilities                  1,067.7           956.3
   Deferred tax assets:
   Alternative minimum tax credit carryforwards      149.8           137.4
   Net operating loss carryforwards                   90.6            96.7
   Postretirement and postemployment benefits         51.6            45.8
   Foreign tax credit carryforward                    25.3            24.6
   Reclamation and decommissioning accruals           38.7            22.3
   Sale of AgriBusiness                                  -            20.0
   Restructuring charges                             171.7            58.1
   Other assets                                      146.5           136.0
                                                  --------        --------
   Subtotal                                          674.2           540.9
   Valuation allowance                               (60.8)          (60.1)
                                                  --------        --------
   Total deferred tax assets                         613.4           480.8
                                                  --------        --------
   Net deferred tax liabilities                   $  454.3        $  475.5
                                                  ========        ========
</TABLE>

   As  of  December 31, 1999, the Company had alternative  minimum  tax
   credit  carryforwards of approximately $149.8 million, net operating
   loss  carryforwards  in the amount of $226.6  million,  foreign  tax
   credit carryforwards in the amount of $25.3 million, investment  tax
   credit  and  other  general  business credit  carryforwards  in  the
   amount  of $10.7 million and a carryover of charitable contributions
   in the amount of $8.7 million.

   The  alternative  minimum tax credit carryforwards  can  be  carried
   forward  indefinitely.   The net operating loss  carryforwards  have
   expiration  dates ranging from 2003 through 2011.  The  foreign  tax
   credit  carryforwards  have  expiration  dates  ranging  from   2001
   through  2003  .   The  investment  tax  credit  and  other  general
   business  credit  carryforwards have expiration dates  ranging  from
   2000  through  2006.   The  charitable contributions  carryover  has
   expiration dates ranging from 2000 through 2001.

   Due   to   the  uncertainty  of  the  realization  of  certain   tax
   carryforwards,  the  Company has established a  valuation  allowance
   against these carryforward benefits in the amount of $60.8 million.

   Some  of  these carryforward benefits may be subject to  limitations
   imposed  by  the Internal Revenue Code.  Except to the  extent  that
   valuation  allowances  have been established, the  Company  believes
   these  limitations will not prevent the carryforward  benefits  from
   being realized.

   A  change in the tax law in December 1999 necessitated the recording
   of  a  $125.0  million  deferred  tax  liability  for  a  tax  basis
   difference related to the Company's investment in PLP.

   The  provision for income taxes from continuing operations  for  the
   years ended December 31 consisted of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           1999        1998        1997
                                           ----        ----        ----
   <S>                                   <C>         <C>         <C>
   Current:
   Federal                               $  18.4     $  25.7     $  11.9
   State and local                           8.1         2.3         3.7
   Foreign                                  80.4        43.1        48.3
                                           106.9        71.1        63.9

   Deferred:
   Federal                                  41.5       (20.7)      (37.0)
   State and local                           9.9        (2.9)       (8.4)
   Foreign                                (12.9)        35.2        11.9
                                            38.5        11.6       (33.5)
   Provision for income taxes            $ 145.4     $  82.7     $  30.4

   The  components of earnings from continuing operations before income
   taxes,  and  the effects of significant adjustments to tax  computed
   at the federal statutory rate, were as follows:

                                           1999        1998        1997
                                           ----        ----        ----
   Domestic earnings (loss)              $(581.5)    $  32.9     $  (5.0)
   Foreign earnings                        115.8       159.6       105.2
                                         -------     -------     -------
   Earnings (loss) from continuing
    operations before income taxes       $(465.7)    $ 192.5     $ 100.2
                                         =======     =======     =======
   Computed tax at the federal
    statutory rate of 35%                $(163.0)    $  67.4     $  35.1
   Foreign income and withholding taxes     47.8        40.9         4.9
   Percentage depletion in excess of basis (39.5)      (26.1)       (9.5)
   Partnership tax basis difference        125.0           -           -
   State income taxes, net of federal
    income tax benefit                      (4.3)       (0.3)       (3.0)
   Benefit of foreign sales corporation     (7.9)       (4.4)       (5.6)
   Write-down and amortization of
    goodwill                               191.1         8.8           -
   Other items (none in excess of 5% of
    computed tax)                           (3.8)       (3.6)        8.5
                                         -------     -------     -------
   Provision for income taxes            $ 145.4     $  82.7     $  30.4
                                         =======     =======     =======
   Effective tax rate                        n/m        43.0%       30.3%
                                         =======     =======     =======

n/m  not meaningful

     The  following  supplemental information  presents  earnings  from
     continuing  operations  before  income  taxes,  excluding  special
     charges,  and  the related reconciliation of the effective  income
     tax rate before the impact of such special charges:

                                           1999        1998        1997
                                           ----        ----        ----
   Domestic earnings                    $ 121.6      $ 210.4     $ 178.7
   Foreign earnings                       143.5        159.6       105.2
                                        --------     -------     -------
   Earnings from continuing operations
    before income taxes                 $ 265.1      $ 370.0     $ 283.9
                                        =======      =======     =======
   Computed tax at the federal
    statutory rate of 35%               $  92.8      $ 129.5     $  99.4
   Foreign income and withholding taxes    44.7         41.2         4.9
   Percentage depletion in excess of
    basis                                 (41.0)       (26.1)       (9.5)
   State income taxes, net of federal
    income tax benefit                      5.9          6.4         4.0
   Benefit of foreign sales corporation    (7.9)        (4.4)       (5.6)
   Amortization of goodwill                 8.7          8.8           -
   Other items (none in excess of 5% of
    computed tax)                          (3.8)       (18.5)        8.7
                                        -------      -------     -------
   Provision for income taxes           $  99.4      $ 136.9     $ 101.9
                                        =======      =======     =======
   Effective tax rate                      37.5%        37.0%       35.9%
                                        =======      =======     =======

</TABLE>

     The  Company  has no present intention of remitting  undistributed
     earnings of foreign subsidiaries aggregating $445.5 million as  of
     December 31, 1999, and accordingly, no deferred tax liability  has
     been  established  relative to these earnings.  If  these  amounts
     were  not  considered  permanently  reinvested,  a  deferred   tax
     liability of $52.1 million would have been required.

     Income  taxes  paid, net of refunds received, were $93.4  million,
     $84.9   million  and  $51.6  million  for  1999,  1998  and  1997,
     respectively.

13.CAPITAL STOCK

   Pursuant to a Stockholder Rights Plan adopted by the Company in  May
   1999,  a dividend of one preferred stock purchase right (Right)  for
   each outstanding share of common stock of the Company was issued  on
   June  21,  1999,  to  stockholders of  record  on  that  date.   The
   Stockholder Rights Plan replaced a prior plan that expired  on  June
   21, 1999.  Under certain conditions, each Right may be exercised  to
   purchase   one  one-thousandth  of  a  share  of  Series  D   Junior
   Participating Preferred Stock, par value $1 per share,  at  a  price
   of  $90,  subject to adjustment.  Each one one-thousandth  share  of
   this  preferred  stock is designed to participate in  dividends  and
   vote  on  essentially equivalent terms with a whole share of  common
   stock.   The  Rights  generally become exercisable  apart  from  the
   common  stock only if a person or group acquires 15 percent or  more
   of  the outstanding common stock or commences a tender offer for  15
   percent  or  more  of  the  outstanding  common  stock.   After  the
   acquisition  by  a  person or group of 15 percent  or  more  of  the
   outstanding common stock, or a tender offer for 15 percent  or  more
   of  the outstanding common stock, each Right will entitle the holder
   (other  than  the  person making the acquisition  or  tender  offer,
   whose  rights become null and void) to purchase, at the then-current
   exercise  price  of the Right, a number of shares  of  common  stock
   having a market value at that time of twice the exercise price.   If
   the  Company  is acquired in a merger or other business  combination
   transaction,  or  50 percent or more of its consolidated  assets  or
   earnings  power  are  sold after a person or group  has  become  the
   owner  of  15  percent or more of the Company's  outstanding  common
   stock,  each holder of a Right will have the right to receive,  upon
   exercise of the Right, the number of shares of common stock  of  the
   acquiring  company that at the time of the transaction will  have  a
   market  value  of  two times the exercise price of  the  Right.  The
   Rights  may be redeemed at a price of $0.01 per Right under  certain
   circumstances prior to their expiration on June 21, 2009.  No  event
   during 1999 made the Rights exercisable.

14.STOCK PLANS

   The  Company  has  various stock option plans  (Stock  Plans)  under
   which  it  may grant non-qualified stock options, stock appreciation
   rights  (SARs)  and  restricted stock awards  to  officers  and  key
   managers  of  the Company, accounted for under APB Opinion  No.  25,
   "Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees."  The Company also has  a
   non-qualified  stock  option plan for non-employee  directors.   The
   Stock  Plans, as amended, provide for the issuance of a  maximum  of
   16.3  million  shares of common stock of the Company  which  may  be
   authorized but unissued shares or treasury shares.

   Under  the terms of the Stock Plans, the option price per share  may
   not  be  less than 100 percent of the fair market value on the  date
   of  the grant.  Stock options and SARs granted under the Stock Plans
   extend  for  ten  years and generally become exercisable  either  50
   percent  one  year after the date of the grant and 100  percent  two
   years  after  the  date  of the grant, or in  one-third  increments:
   one-third  one  year  after the date of the  grant,  two-thirds  two
   years  after the date of the grant and 100 percent three years after
   the date of the grant.

   In  conjunction with the FTX Merger, outstanding FTX  stock  options
   for  officers  and key managers were converted into options  of  the
   Company  to  acquire approximately 1.4 million Company shares  at  a
   weighted  average  exercise price of $25.02 per share.   Outstanding
   FTX  stock  options for non-employee directors of FTX were converted
   into  options  of the Company to acquire approximately  0.1  million
   Company  shares at a weighted average exercise price of  $18.50  per
   share.   Additionally,  FTX SARs and stock  incentive  units  (SIUs)
   were  converted  into  approximately 0.1 million  Company  SARs  and
   approximately  0.2  million  Company SIUs  based  on  the  Company's
   common  stock  at  weighted average exercise prices  of  $15.63  and
   $24.44   per   share,  respectively.   Due  to  change  of   control
   provisions,   all  converted  FTX  options,  SARs  and   SIUs   were
   considered fully vested at the date of the FTX Merger.  See Note  6,
   "Acquisitions."

   Officers  and  key  managers also may be awarded stock  and/or  cash
   upon  achievement of specified objectives, generally over three-year
   periods,  under a 1996 long-term incentive plan.  Final payouts  are
   made  at  the  discretion  of  the  Compensation  Committee  of  the
   Company's  Board of Directors whose members are not participants  in
   this  plan.   Approximately  $4.9 million,  $7.5  million  and  $8.6
   million   was   charged  to  earnings  in  1999,  1998   and   1997,
   respectively,  for  performance  awards  earned  for  the   relevant
   three-year period under the 1996 long-term incentive plan.

   Excluding  the SARs and SIUs converted in conjunction with  the  FTX
   Merger discussed above, there were no SARs granted in 1999, 1998  or
   1997.   For  the SARs, a total of 26,586 shares, 69,357  shares  and
   8,525  shares  were exercised in 1999, 1998 and 1997,  respectively.
   For  the  SIUs,  a  total  of  286 shares  and  49,663  shares  were
   exercised  in 1999 and 1998, respectively.  There were no  exercises
   during  1997, as SIUs did not exist at the Company prior to the  FTX
   Merger.   When  exercised, all SARs and SIUs are settled  with  cash
   payments to employees.

   The following table summarizes stock option activity:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                  1999                  1998                 1997
                          --------------------------------------------------------------
                                     Weighted              Weighted             Weighted
                                      Average               Average              Average
                                     Exercise              Exercise             Exercise
                           Shares      Price     Shares      Price      Shares    Price
                          --------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                       <C>         <C>       <C>         <C>       <C>        <C>
Outstanding at January 1  7,354,816   $ 29.30   5,972,350   $ 29.05   3,805,519  $ 27.33
Granted                   1,964,164     20.88   2,008,245     28.61   1,222,219    37.63
 Exercised                   84,143     16.37     350,966     18.12     297,162    18.88
 Cancelled                  776,957     31.37     274,813     32.28     161,419    36.68
 Converted FTX options            -         -           -         -   1,403,193    25.02
                          ---------   -------   ---------   -------   ---------  -------
Outstanding at
 December 31              8,457,880   $ 27.30   7,354,816   $ 29.30   5,972,350  $ 29.05
                          =========   =======   =========   =======   =========  =======
Exercisable at
 December 31              4,971,217   $ 29.03   4,530,065   $ 27.91   4,216,057  $ 25.26
                          =========   =======   =========   =======   =========  =======
Available for future grant
 at December 31           5,088,699               574,338             2,307,770

</TABLE>

     Data  related  to  significant  option  ranges,  weighted  average
     exercise  prices  and  contract lives  as  of  December  31,  1999
     follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                               Options Outstanding         Options Exercisable
                        --------------------------------  --------------------
                                     Average    Weighted              Weighted
                          Number    Remaining    Average               Average
                            of     Contractual  Exercise  Number of   Exercise
Range of Exercise        Options       Life       Price    Options      Price
- -----------------       ---------  -----------  --------  ---------    -------
<S>                     <C>           <C>       <C>       <C>          <C>
$12.65 to $16.50          644,627     2 years   $ 15.13     301,427    $ 16.05
$16.51 to $25.00        3,768,627     3 years     21.17   1,810,825      20.99
$25.01 to $37.50        1,918,851     7 years     30.77   1,170,073      30.51
$37.51 to $40.88        2,125,775     7 years     38.72   1,688,892      38.94
                        ---------                         ---------
                        8,457,880     5 years   $ 27.30   4,971,217    $ 29.03
                        =========                         =========
</TABLE>

     The  assumption regarding the stock options contractual  life  was
     that  100  percent of such options vested in the first year  after
     issuance  rather than ratably according to the applicable  vesting
     period as provided by the terms of the grants.

     If  the  Company's stock option plans' compensation cost had  been
     determined  based on the fair value at the grant date  for  awards
     beginning  in  1995, consistent with the provisions  of  SFAS  No.
     123, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation," the Company's  net
     earnings  and  earnings per share would have been reduced  to  the
     following pro forma amounts:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                       1999          1998         1997
                                       ----          ----         ----
   <S>                               <C>           <C>          <C>
   Net earnings (loss):
   As reported                       $(773.3)      $  (9.0)     $ 62.9
   Pro forma                         $(783.5)      $ (16.5)     $ 51.4

   Net earnings (loss) per share:
   Basic                             $ (6.75)      $ (0.08)     $ 0.67
   Pro forma-basic                   $ (6.84)      $ (0.14)     $ 0.55
   Diluted                           $ (6.75)      $ (0.08)     $ 0.67
   Pro forma - diluted               $ (6.84)      $ (0.14)     $ 0.54

</TABLE>

   For  the  pro  forma disclosures, the estimated fair  value  of  the
   options  is amortized to expense over their expected six-year  life.
   These  pro  forma  amounts are not indicative of anticipated  future
   disclosures  because SFAS No. 123 does not apply  to  grants  before
   1995.   Weighted  average fair values of options as of  their  grant
   date  during  1999,  1998  and 1997 were $7.91,  $9.82  and  $12.74,
   respectively.  Because  the Company's employee  stock  options  have
   characteristics  significantly  different  from  those   of   traded
   options,  and  because changes in the subjective  input  assumptions
   can  materially  affect  the  fair value estimate,  in  management's
   opinion  the  existing  models  do not  provide  a  reliable  single
   measure of the value of the employee stock options.  The fair  value
   of  these options was estimated at the date of grant using the Black
   Scholes  option  pricing model using the following weighted  average
   assumptions:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                               1999     1998     1997
                                               ----     ----     ----
     <S>                                     <C>      <C>       <C>
     Expected dividend yield                   0.95%    0.90%     0.85%
     Expected stock price volatility           29.0%    29.1%     25.0%
     Risk-free interest rate (7 year
      government)                               6.6%     4.7%      5.8%
     Expected life of options                6 years  6 years   6 years

</TABLE>

15.COMMITMENTS

   The  Company purchases natural gas, ammonia, electricity and  coal
   from  third parties under contracts extending, in some cases,  for
   multiple  years.   Purchases under these contracts  are  generally
   based  on  prevailing  market prices.  These  contracts  generally
   range  from  one  to four years. The Company has  entered  into  a
   third-party  sulphur purchase commitment, the  term  of  which  is
   indefinite.    Therefore,  the  dollar  value   of   the   sulphur
   commitments  has been excluded from the schedule below  after  the
   year 2004.

   The   Company   leases   plants,   warehouses,   terminals,   office
   facilities, railcars and various types of equipment under  operating
   and  capital leases.  Lease terms generally range from three to five
   years, although some leases have longer terms.

   A  schedule  of  future minimum long-term purchase  commitments  and
   minimum  lease payments under non-cancelable operating  and  capital
   leases as of December 31, 1999 follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                    Purchase    Operating    Capital
                                   Commitments    Leases      Leases
                                   -----------  ---------    -------
   <S>                                <C>          <C>       <C>
   2000                             $  329.4     $  23.2      $  2.4
   2001                                169.3        21.1         1.9
   2002                                162.4        16.9         0.6
   2003                                159.6        12.6           -
   2004                                157.2         9.4           -
   Subsequent years                    112.5        34.3           -
                                    --------     -------      ------
                                    $1,090.4     $ 117.5         4.9
   Less: Amount representing
          interest                                               0.1
                                                              ------
   Present value of minimum
    capital lease payments                                    $  4.8
                                                              ======

</TABLE>

   Assets  recorded under capital leases were $11.5 million  and  $21.6
   million  at  December  31,  1999 and  1998,  respectively,  and  are
   classified  as  machinery and equipment.  Rental expense  for  1999,
   1998  and  1997 amounted to $42.9 million, $54.5 million  and  $35.0
   million, respectively.

   International Minerals & Chemical (Canada) Global Limited, a wholly-
   owned  subsidiary  of  the  Company, is committed  under  a  service
   agreement  with  Potash Corporation of Saskatchewan  Inc.  (PCS)  to
   produce  annually  from  mineral reserves  specified  quantities  of
   potash  for  a  fixed fee plus a pro rata share of total  production
   and  capital  costs  at  the  potash  mines  located  at  Esterhazy,
   Saskatchewan.  This agreement extends through June 30, 2001  and  is
   renewable  at  the  option  of  PCS for  five  additional  five-year
   periods.   Potash produced for PCS amounts to an annual  minimum  of
   approximately 0.5 million tons, but not more than approximately  1.1
   million  tons.  During 1999, production of potash for  PCS  amounted
   to  approximately 0.8 million tons, or 24 percent of  the  Esterhazy
   mines' total tons produced.

   In  November  1998,  Phosphate Chemicals  Export  Association,  Inc.
   (PhosChem),  of  which the Company is a member, reached  a  two-year
   agreement through the year 2000 to supply DAP to the China  National
   Chemicals  Import and Export Corporation (Sinochem).  This agreement
   provides  Sinochem  with  an  option  to  extend  the  agreement  to
   December  31,  2002.   Sinochem is a state company  with  government
   authority  for  the  import of fertilizers into  China.   Under  the
   contract's terms, Sinochem will receive monthly shipments at  prices
   reflecting the market at the time of shipment.

   In  November  1999,  the Company amended its  phosphate  rock  sales
   agreement  with U.S. Agri-Chemicals Corp., a wholly-owned subsidiary
   of  Sinochem.  The new agreement provides for the sale of  phosphate
   rock until 2024.

   In   December  1999,  Canpotex  Limited  (Canpotex),  an   exclusive
   offshore  marketing company for Saskatchewan potash  producers  that
   receives 35 percent of its potash product from the Company,  entered
   into  contracts with major Chinese customers.  These contracts  will
   result in shipments to China during the first half of 2000 equal  to
   or  slightly  higher than the amount sold to China in all  of  1999.
   These  contracts  were  completed  at  prices  unchanged  from   the
   previous year.

16.CONTINGENCIES

   Mining Risks
   Since  December 1985, the Company has experienced an inflow of water
   into  one  of  its  two  interconnected  potash  mines  located   at
   Esterhazy,  Saskatchewan.   As a result, the  Company  has  incurred
   expenditures,  certain  of  which due  to  their  nature  have  been
   capitalized  while others have been charged to expense,  to  control
   the  inflow.  Since the initial discovery of the inflow, the Company
   has  been able to meet all sales obligations from production at  the
   mines.   The  Company has considered alternatives to the operational
   methods employed at Esterhazy.  However, the procedures utilized  to
   control  the  water inflow have proven successful to date,  and  the
   Company  currently  intends to continue conventional  shaft  mining.
   Despite  the  relative success of these measures, there  can  be  no
   assurance  that the amounts required for remedial efforts  will  not
   increase  in  future  years  or  that  the  water  inflow,  risk  to
   employees  or remediation costs will not increase to a  level  which
   would cause the Company to change its mining process or abandon  the
   mines.

   Potash Antitrust Litigation
   The  Company was a defendant, along with other Canadian  and  United
   States  potash producers, in a class action antitrust lawsuit  filed
   in  federal  court in 1993.  The plaintiffs alleged  a  price-fixing
   conspiracy among North American potash producers beginning  in  1987
   and  continuing until the filing of the complaint.  The class action
   complaint  against  all  defendants,  including  the  Company,   was
   dismissed  by  summary  judgment  in  January  1997.   The   summary
   judgment dismissing the case was appealed by the plaintiffs  to  the
   United  States  Court of Appeals for the Eighth  Circuit  (Court  of
   Appeals).   The  Court  of Appeals in a divided  opinion  (2  to  1)
   rendered its decision reversing the grant of summary judgment as  to
   certain  defendants,  including the Company,  and  affirming  as  to
   certain  other defendants.  The dissent strongly disagreed with  the
   majority  opinion,  stating  that the  majority  had  erred  in  not
   affirming   the  dismissal  of  the  case  as  to  all   defendants.
   According  to  the dissent, all of the defendants were  entitled  to
   summary  judgment.   The Company, along with  the  other  defendants
   remaining  in  the case, obtained a rehearing of the case  from  the
   entire  Court  of Appeals and the decision of the Court  of  Appeals
   was  vacated.   The  case was reargued before the  entire  Court  of
   Appeals  on September 13, 1999, and the Court of Appeals found  that
   the class had failed to present evidence of collusion sufficient  to
   create  a  genuine issue of material fact and affirmed the dismissal
   of the complaint by summary judgment.

   In  addition, in 1993 and 1994, class action antitrust lawsuits with
   allegations  similar to those made in the federal  case  were  filed
   against  the  Company  and other Canadian and United  States  potash
   producers in state courts in Illinois and California.  The  Illinois
   case  was dismissed for failure to state a claim.  In the California
   litigation,  all proceedings have been stayed pending  the  decision
   of the Court of Appeals.

   FTX Merger Litigation
   In  August 1997, five identical class action lawsuits were filed  in
   Chancery  Court in Delaware by unitholders of PLP.  Each case  named
   the  same  defendants and broadly alleged that  FTX  and  FMRP  Inc.
   (FMRP)  had breached fiduciary duties owed to the public unitholders
   of  PLP.   The  Company was alleged to have aided and abetted  these
   breaches  of  fiduciary duty.  In November 1997,  an  amended  class
   action  complaint was filed with respect to all cases.  The  amended
   complaint  named  the  same defendants and  raised  the  same  broad
   allegations.    The  defendants  moved  the  Court  to  dismiss  the
   amended complaint in November 1998, and the cases were dismissed  in
   May 1999.

   In May 1998, the Company and PLP (collectively, Plaintiffs) filed  a
   lawsuit  (IMC  Action)  in Delaware Chancery Court  against  certain
   former  directors  of  FTX  (Director  Defendants)  and  MMR.    The
   Plaintiffs  alleged that the Director Defendants, as  the  directors
   of  PLP's  administrative managing general partner FTX, owed  duties
   of  loyalty  to  PLP and its limited partnership  unitholders.   The
   Plaintiffs  further  alleged that the Director  Defendants  breached
   their  duties  by causing PLP to enter into a series of interrelated
   non-arm's-length  transactions  with  MMR.   The   Plaintiffs   also
   alleged that MMR knowingly aided and abetted and conspired with  the
   Director Defendants to breach their fiduciary duties.  On behalf  of
   the  PLP  public  unitholders, the Plaintiffs sought  to  reform  or
   rescind  the contracts that PLP entered into with MMR and to  recoup
   the  monies  expended  as a result of PLP's participation  in  those
   agreements.  On November 10, 1999, the Plaintiffs and MMR  announced
   a  settlement  of  the IMC Action pursuant to which  MMR  agreed  to
   purchase  PLP's  47.0  percent interest in the Exploration  Program,
   which  includes three producing oil and gas fields plus an inventory
   of exploration prospects and leases, for a total of $32.0 million.

   In  May  1998, Jacob Gottlieb filed an action (Gottlieb  Action)  on
   behalf  of  himself  and  all  other  PLP  unitholders  against  the
   Director Defendants, MMR and IMC asserting the same claims that  IMC
   asserted  in  the  IMC  Action.  Because IMC  and  PLP  had  already
   asserted  these claims, in July 1998 IMC filed a motion  to  dismiss
   the  Gottlieb Action.  The court has not set a briefing schedule for
   IMC's  motion to dismiss, and the plaintiff has made no  substantial
   activity  in this case within the past year.  IMC has recently  been
   advised  that  the  plaintiff  intends  to  withdraw  the  complaint
   without prejudice.

   Pine Level Property Reserves
   In  October  1996, IMC-Agrico signed an agreement with  Consolidated
   Minerals, Inc. (CMI) for the purchase of real property, Pine  Level,
   containing  approximately  100.0  million  tons  of  phosphate  rock
   reserves.   In connection with the purchase, Phosphates  has  agreed
   to   obtain  all  environmental,  regulatory  and  related   permits
   necessary to commence mining on the property.

   Within  five  years from the date of this agreement,  Phosphates  is
   required  to  provide notice to CMI regarding one of the  following:
   (i)  whether  Phosphates  has  obtained  the  permits  necessary  to
   commence  mining  any part of the property; (ii) whether  Phosphates
   wishes  to  extend  the permitting period for  an  additional  three
   years  (Extension  Option); or (iii) whether  Phosphates  wishes  to
   decline  to extend the permitting period when the permits  necessary
   to  commence  mining the property have been obtained, Phosphates  is
   obligated  to  pay CMI an initial royalty payment of  $28.9  million
   (Initial  Royalty).  In addition to the Initial Royalty,  Phosphates
   is  required  to  pay CMI a mining royalty on phosphate  rock  mined
   from the property to the extent the permits are obtained.

   The  Company anticipates submitting permit applications by mid-2001.
   In  the event that the permits are not obtained by October 2001, the
   Company  presently intends to exercise the Extension  Option,  at  a
   cost  of $7.2 million (Extension Fee).  This Extension Fee would  be
   applied toward the Initial Royalty.

   Environmental Matters
   The  Company's contingent environmental liability arises from  three
   sources:  facilities currently or formerly owned by the  Company  or
   its  predecessors;  facilities adjacent  to  currently  or  formerly
   owned facilities; and third-party Superfund sites.

   At  facilities  currently or formerly owned by the  Company  or  its
   corporate  predecessors,  including FTX,  PLP  and  their  corporate
   predecessors, the historical use and handling of regulated  chemical
   substances,  crop and animal nutrients and additives, salt  and  by-
   products  or  process tailings have resulted in soil and groundwater
   contamination.   Spills  or other unintended releases  of  regulated
   substances  have  occurred  previously  at  these  facilities,   and
   potentially  could  occur  in  the future,  possibly  requiring  the
   Company  to  undertake or fund cleanup efforts.  At some  locations,
   the  Company  has  agreed,  pursuant  to  consent  orders  with  the
   appropriate    governmental   agencies,   to    undertake    certain
   investigations to determine whether remedial action may be  required
   to  address  contamination.   At other locations,  the  Company  has
   entered  into consent orders with appropriate governmental  agencies
   to   perform   required  remedial  activities  that   will   address
   identified site conditions.

   During  1999,  under  a  consent  order  with  the  state  of  South
   Carolina,   the  Company  successfully  deconstructed   its   former
   fertilizer  production  facility  in  Spartanburg,  South  Carolina.
   Subsequently,  the  EPA  performed  an  ESI  at  this  facility   to
   determine  whether  the  Company will be  required  to  conduct  any
   additional  remedial activities.  Because the results  of  that  ESI
   have  not been finalized, the Company cannot determine the  cost  of
   any  remedial  action  that ultimately may be  required.   Recently,
   several  attorneys  purportedly representing 600  neighbors  of  the
   Spartanburg  facility have expressed their intention  to  file  suit
   against  the  Company  for  alleged  personal  injury  and  property
   damage.   Until  these  suits are filed, the Company  is  unable  to
   determine the magnitude of potential exposure; however, the  Company
   intends to vigorously contest any actions that may be brought.

   In  a  limited  number  of cases, the Company's  current  or  former
   operations   also   allegedly  resulted  in  soil   or   groundwater
   contamination   to   neighboring  off-site  areas   or   third-party
   facilities.  In some instances, the Company has agreed, pursuant  to
   consent  orders with appropriate governmental agencies, to undertake
   investigations,  which  currently  are  in  progress,  to  determine
   whether  remedial  action may be required to address  contamination.
   Four  plaintiffs  filed a class action lawsuit,  Moore  et  al.  vs.
   Agrico   Chemical  Company  et  al.,  which  names  Agrico  Chemical
   Company,  FTX, PLP and a number of unrelated defendants.   The  suit
   seeks  unspecified compensation for alleged property damage, medical
   monitoring,  remediation  of an alleged  public  health  hazard  and
   other appropriate damages purportedly arising from operation of  the
   neighboring  fertilizer and crop protection chemical  facilities  in
   Lakeland,  Florida.   Agrico  Chemical  Company  owned  the   Landia
   portion  of these facilities for approximately 18 months during  the
   mid-1970s.   Because the litigation is in its early  stages,  it  is
   difficult  to  determine  the  magnitude  of  any  exposure  to  the
   Company;  however,  the Company intends to vigorously  contest  this
   action  and to seek any indemnification to which it may be entitled.
   Concurrent with this litigation, the EPA has undertaken on-site  and
   off-site  investigations of these facilities  to  determine  whether
   any   remediation  of  existing  contamination  may  be   necessary.
   Pursuant  to  an  indemnification agreement with  the  Company,  The
   Williams  Companies have assumed responsibility for any  costs  that
   Agrico  Chemical Company might incur for remediation as a result  of
   the EPA's actions.

   Superfund,  and equivalent state statutes, impose liability  without
   regard  to fault or to the legality of a party's conduct, on certain
   categories  of  persons that are considered to have  contributed  to
   the   release   of  "hazardous  substances"  into  the  environment.
   Currently,  the  Company  is involved or concluding  involvement  at
   less than 20 Superfund or equivalent state sites.

   Finally,  through the FTX Merger, the Company assumed responsibility
   for  contamination and environmental impacts at a significant number
   of  oil  and gas facilities that were operated by FTX, PLP or  their
   predecessors.   The  Company is currently  involved  in  eight  such
   claims,  which  allege  destruction of  marshland  by  oil  and  gas
   operations or contamination resulting from disposal of oil  and  gas
   residual  materials.    The Company intends  to  vigorously  contest
   these  claims  and to seek any indemnification to which  it  may  be
   entitled.

   The  Company  believes  that,  pursuant to  several  indemnification
   agreements,  it  is  entitled  to at  least  partial,  and  in  many
   instances  complete,  indemnification for  the  costs  that  may  be
   expended  by the Company to remedy environmental issues  at  certain
   facilities.   These  agreements address issues  that  resulted  from
   activities   occurring  prior  to  the  Company's   acquisition   of
   facilities  or  businesses  from parties including  PPG  Industries,
   Inc.;  Kaiser  Aluminum & Chemical Corporation; Beatrice  Companies,
   Inc.;  Estech,  Inc.;  ARCO; Conoco; The Williams  Companies;  Kerr-
   McGee  Inc.;  and  certain other private parties.  The  Company  has
   already received and anticipates receiving amounts pursuant  to  the
   indemnification agreements for certain of its expenses  incurred  to
   date as well as any future anticipated expenditures.

   Other
   Most  of  the  Company's export sales of phosphate and  potash  crop
   nutrients   are   marketed  through  two   North   American   export
   associations, PhosChem and Canpotex, respectively. As a member,  the
   Company  is, subject to certain conditions, contractually  obligated
   to  reimburse the export association for its pro rata share  of  any
   losses  or other liabilities incurred.  There were no such operating
   losses or other liabilities in 1999, 1998 and 1997.

   The  Company  also  has  certain other contingent  liabilities  with
   respect to litigation, claims and guarantees of debt obligations  to
   third  parties  arising  in the ordinary course  of  business.   The
   Company  does  not believe that any of these contingent  liabilities
   will  have  a  material  adverse impact on the  Company's  financial
   position, results of operations or liquidity.

17.OPERATING SEGMENTS

   The  Company's reportable segments are strategic business units that
   offer  different products and services.  They are managed separately
   because  each  business requires different technology and  marketing
   strategies.

   As  of December 31, 1999, the Company had three reportable segments:
   Phosphates,  Potash  and  Salt.  The Company  produces  and  markets
   phosphate  crop  nutrients  through the  Phosphates  business  unit.
   Potash  crop nutrients and industrial grade potash are produced  and
   marketed  through the Potash business unit. Salt produces  salt  for
   use   in   road  deicing,  food  processing,  water  softeners   and
   industrial applications.

   The  accounting  policies of the segments  are  the  same  as  those
   described  in  the summary of significant accounting policies.   All
   intersegment  sales prices are market-based.  The Company  evaluates
   performance  based on operating earnings of the respective  business
   units.

   The  Notes  to the Consolidated Financial Statements include  detail
   related  to acquisitions, discontinued operations, divestitures  and
   special  charges and should be referred to when viewing the  segment
   information herein.

   Segment information for the years 1999, 1998 and 1997 was as
   follows(a):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                 IMC        IMC      IMC
                              Phosphates  Potash(b) Salt(b)  Other(c)  Total
                              ----------  --------- -------  --------  -----
   <S>                        <C>         <C>      <C>       <C>      <C>
   1999
   Net sales from external
    customers                 $1,237.9    $  639.2 $  319.4  $  172.8 $2,369.3
   Intersegment net sales         94.5        52.9      2.3         -    149.7
   Gross margins(d)              213.8       235.0     98.1      (4.2)   542.7
   Operating earnings(loss)(e)    53.9       106.1     51.7    (529.9)  (318.2)
   Depreciation, depletion
    and amortization              72.8        69.6     40.3      49.8    232.5
   Total assets                1,620.7     1,341.6    986.8   1,246.8  5,195.9
   Capital expenditures           85.2        88.2     40.2      34.8    248.4

   1998
   Net sales from external
    customers                 $1,393.9    $  604.2 $  176.1  $  208.9 $2,383.1
   Intersegment net sales        178.9        95.9      1.3       3.1    279.2
   Gross margins(f)              358.4       283.3     57.1         -    698.8
   Operating earnings(loss)(g)   189.4       253.4     18.8     (89.5)   372.1
   Depreciation, depletion
    and amortization              84.5        54.0     26.5      48.7    213.7
   Total assets                1,792.2     1,364.9  1,119.3   2,180.5  6,456.9
   Capital expenditures           76.2       159.7     28.1      41.6    305.6

   1997
   Net sales from external
    customers                 $1,312.5    $  537.7 $      -  $  265.8 $2,116.0
   Intersegment net sales        172.3        79.7        -     32.3     284.3
   Gross margins                 298.7       237.7        -     38.5     574.9
   Operating earnings(loss)(h)   257.4       214.8        -   (212.8)    259.4
   Depreciation, depletion
    and amortization             100.5        35.9        -     26.0     162.4
   Total assets                1,752.2       891.1        -  2,030.6   4,673.9
   Capital expenditures           82.3       123.3        -      8.4     214.0

(a)   The  operating  results and assets of entities acquired  during
      the  three  year  period are included in the segment  information
      since  their  respective  dates  of  acquisition.  The  operating
      results  of Chemicals, AgriBusiness and the oil and gas  business
      have  not been included in the segment information above as these
      businesses  have  been  classified  as  discontinued  operations.
      However,  the assets of Chemicals, AgriBusiness and the  oil  and
      gas  business have been included as part of total assets  in  the
      Other column.
(b)   In  early  2000,  the  Company  decided  to  explore  strategic
      options,  including divestiture or a joint venture, for the  Salt
      business unit and a production facility located in Ogden, Utah.
(c)   Segment  information  below  the  quantitative  thresholds  are
      attributable to two business units (Feed Ingredients and  Vigoro)
      and  corporate  headquarters.  Vigoro  was  sold  in  June  1998.
      Corporate    headquarters    includes    the    elimination    of
      inter-business unit transactions and the goodwill recorded  as  a
      result of the FTX Merger in 1997.
(d)   Includes  special  charges  of  $41.9  million  related  to   the
      Rightsizing    Program,   additional   asset    write-offs    and
      environmental accruals.
(e)   Includes  special  charges of $758.9  million  related  to  the
      Rightsizing    Program,   additional   asset    write-offs    and
      environmental accruals and the goodwill write-down.
(f)   Includes special charges of $19.0 million primarily related  to
      Project Profit and $4.1 million related to the Vigoro Sale.
(g)   Includes special charges of $195.1 million primarily related to
      Project Profit and $14.0 million related to the Vigoro Sale.
(h)   Includes  a  special charge of $183.7 million  related  to  the
      write-down of Main Pass.

</TABLE>

     Financial  information  relating to the  Company's  operations  by
     geographic area was as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                      1999           1998          1997
                                      ----           ----          ----
  <S>                               <C>            <C>           <C>
  Net Sales(a)
  United States                     $1,257.4       $1,196.1      $1,044.2
  China                                363.6          405.6         459.6
  Other                                748.3          781.4         612.2
                                    --------       --------      --------
  Consolidated                      $2,369.3       $2,383.1      $2,116.0
                                    ========       ========      ========

(a)   Revenues  are attributed to countries based on location  of
      customer.   Sales  through Canpotex, one of the Company's  export
      associations,  have been allocated based on the  Company's  share
      of  total  Canpotex sales.  Amounts reflect continuing operations
      only.

                                     1999(a)         1998          1997
                                     -------         ----          ----
  Long-Lived Assets
  United States                     $3,063.0       $3,944.0      $3,233.2
  Canada                               638.9          634.7         378.5
  Other                                264.6          395.6             -
                                    --------       --------      --------
  Consolidated                      $3,966.5       $4,974.3      $3,611.7
                                    ========       ========      ========

(a)  Excludes net assets of discontinued operations held for sale.

</TABLE>

18.SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

   In  early  2000,  the Company decided to explore strategic  options,
   including  divestiture  or a joint venture, for  the  Salt  business
   unit  and  a production facility located in Ogden, Utah.   Any  sale
   would be subject to certain conditions including the execution of  a
   definitive agreement and the receipt of certain approvals.

   Also  in  early  2000, the Company announced Board  of  Directors'
   authorization  to  repurchase up to  5.4  million  shares  of  its
   common stock through a forward stock purchase program executed  by
   a financial institution.

<TABLE>
                     Quarterly Results (Unaudited)(a)
                 Dollars millions, except per share amounts
<CAPTION>

Quarter(b)                          First   Second Third   Fourth(c)  Year(c)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                 <C>    <C>     <C>      <C>      <C>
1999
Net sales                         $ 667.3  $ 660.3 $ 521.5  $ 520.2  $2,369.3
Gross margins                       198.4    167.6    97.2     79.5     542.7
Operating earnings (loss)           163.4    131.0    64.6   (677.2)   (318.2)

Earnings (loss) from continuing
 operations                          71.0     53.1    14.6   (749.8)   (611.1)
Total loss from discontinued
 operations                          (2.8)    (0.9)   (1.4)  (150.1)   (155.2)
Extraordinary item - debt retirement    -        -       -      0.5       0.5
Cumulative effect of a change in
 accounting principle                (7.5)       -       -        -      (7.5)
                                  -------  ------- -------  -------  --------
Net earnings (loss)               $  60.7  $  52.2 $  13.2  $(899.4) $ (773.3)
                                  =======  ======= =======  =======  ========
Basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share(d):
Earnings (loss) from continuing
 operations                       $  0.62  $  0.47 $  0.13  $ (6.54) $  (5.33)
Total loss from discontinued
 operations                         (0.02)   (0.01)  (0.01)   (1.31)    (1.35)
Extraordinary item - debt retirement    -        -       -        -         -
Cumulative effect of a change in
 accounting principle               (0.07)       -       -        -     (0.07)
                                  -------  ------- -------  -------  --------
Net earnings (loss) per share     $  0.53  $  0.46 $  0.12  $ (7.85) $  (6.75)
                                  =======  ======= =======  =======  ========

Quarter(b)                         First  Second(e) Third  Fourth(f) Year(e,f)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1998
Net sales                         $ 536.0  $ 690.3 $ 556.1  $ 600.7  $2,383.1
Gross margins                       153.6    202.2   163.9    179.1     698.8
Operating earnings (loss)           116.2    154.4   131.7    (30.2)    372.1

Earnings (loss) from continuing
 operations                          57.2     59.0    47.0    (53.4)    109.8
Total earnings (loss) from
 discontinued operations             (9.2)    28.0    (9.2)  (131.4)   (121.8)
Extraordinary item - debt retirement (2.7)       -    (0.9)     6.6       3.0
                                  -------  ------- -------  -------  --------
Net earnings (loss)               $  45.3  $  87.0 $  36.9  $(178.2) $   (9.0)
                                  =======  ======= =======  =======  ========

Basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share(d):
Earnings (loss) from continuing
 operations                       $  0.50  $  0.52 $  0.41  $ (0.46) $   0.96
Total earnings (loss) from
 discontinued operations            (0.08)    0.24   (0.08)   (1.15)    (1.07)
Extraordinary item - debt retirement(0.02)       -   (0.01)    0.06      0.03
                                  -------  ------- -------  -------  --------
Net earnings (loss) per share     $  0.40  $  0.76 $  0.32  $ (1.55) $  (0.08)
                                  =======  ======= =======  =======  ========

(a)See  Notes  to  Consolidated Financial Statements  for  detail
   related to acquisitions, discontinued operations, divestitures,  and
   special charges.
(b)The  operating results and assets of entities acquired  during
   the  period  are  included  in the quarterly  financial  information
   since   their  respective  dates  of  acquisitions.   All  quarterly
   amounts have been restated to reflect Chemicals and the oil and  gas
   business as discontinued operations.
(c)Fourth  quarter  operating results from continuing  operations
   includes  special  charges of $758.9 million, $776.8  million  after
   tax  and  minority  interest, or $6.78 per  share,  related  to  the
   Rightsizing  Program, additional asset write-offs and  environmental
   accruals, the goodwill write-down and a change in tax law.
(d)Due  to weighted average share differences, when stated  on  a
   quarter  and  year-to-date basis, the earnings  per  share  for  the
   years  ended December 31, 1999 and 1998 do not equal the sum of  the
   respective earnings per share for the four quarters then ended.
(e)Second  quarter  operating results from continuing  operations
   includes  special charges of $14.0 million, $9.1 million after  tax,
   or $0.08 per share, related to the Vigoro Sale.
(f)Fourth quarter operating results from continuing operations include
   special  charges  of $195.1 million, $114.2 million  after  tax  and
   minority interest, or $1.00 per share primarily  related to  Project
   Profit.

</TABLE>

<TABLE>


                          Five Year Comparison(a)
                 Dollars millions, except per share amounts
<CAPTION>

                                               Year ended December 31
                                1999(b,c)  1998(c,d) 1997(e) 1996(f,g) 1995(f)
                                ---------  --------- ------- --------- -------
<S>                              <C>       <C>      <C>      <C>       <C>
Statement of Operations Data:
Net sales                        $2,369.3  $2,383.1 $2,116.0 $2,143.3  $2,132.7
Gross margins                       542.7     698.8    574.9    596.3     632.9
Operating earnings (loss)          (318.2)    372.1    259.4    426.4     514.6

Earnings (loss) from continuing
 operations                        (611.1)    109.8     69.8    121.7     195.2
Total earnings (loss) from
discontinued operations            (155.2)  (121.8)     18.0     13.5      23.8
Extraordinary item - debt retirement  0.5      3.0     (24.9)    (8.1)     (3.5)
Cumulative effect of a change in
 accounting principle                (7.5)       -         -        -         -
                                 --------  -------  -------- --------  --------
Net earnings (loss)              $ (773.3) $  (9.0) $   62.9 $  127.1  $  215.5
                                 ========  =======  ======== ========  ========
Diluted earnings (loss) per share:
Earnings (loss) from continuing
 operations                      $  (5.33) $   0.96 $   0.74 $   1.25  $   2.09
Total earnings (loss) from
 discontinued operations            (1.35)    (1.07)    0.19     0.14      0.25
Extraordinary item - debt retirement    -      0.03    (0.26)   (0.08)    (0.04)
Cumulative effect of a change in
 accounting principle               (0.07)        -        -        -         -
                                 --------  -------- -------- --------  --------
Net earnings (loss) per share    $  (6.75) $  (0.08)$   0.67 $   1.31  $   2.30
                                 ========  ======== ======== ========  ========
Balance Sheet Data (at end of period):
Total assets                     $5,195.9  $6,456.9 $4,673.9 $3,485.2  $3,521.8
Working capital                     437.0     577.5    389.1    582.6    507.6
Working capital ratio               1.9:1     1.6:1    1.6:1    2.7:1    2.0:1
Long-term debt, less current
 maturities                       2,518.7   2,638.7  1,235.2    656.8    741.7
Total debt                        2,548.6   3,047.0  1,424.1    711.9    889.5
Stockholders' equity              1,080.1   1,860.4  1,935.7  1,326.2  1,090.4
Total capitalization              3,628.7   4,907.4  3,359.8  2,038.1  1,979.9
Net debt/total capitalization        70.2%    62.1%     42.4%    34.9%    44.9%

Other Financial Data:
Cash provided by operating
 activities                      $  458.4  $  269.1 $  563.4 $  486.7 $  513.8
Capital expenditures                248.4     367.6    244.0    209.0    146.0
Cash dividends paid                  36.6      36.6     29.7     34.5     33.2
Dividends declared per share         0.32      0.32     0.32     0.32     0.31
Book value per share                 9.43     16.28    16.98    13.80    11.25

(a)See  Notes  to  Consolidated Financial Statements  for  detail
   related to acquisitions, discontinued operations, divestitures,  and
   special charges.
(b)Operating  results  from  continuing  operations  includes   special
   charges  of  $758.9 million, $776.8 million after tax  and  minority
   interest,  or  $6.78 per share, related to the Rightsizing  Program,
   additional   asset  write-offs  and  environmental   accruals,   the
   goodwill write-down and a change in tax law.
(c)Restated to reflect Chemicals and the oil and gas business  as
   discontinued operations.
(d)Operating  results  from  continuing  operations  includes   special
   charges  of  $209.1 million, $123.3 million after tax  and  minority
   interest,  or  $1.07 per share primarily  related to Project  Profit
   and the Vigoro Sale.
(e)Operating  results  from  continuing  operations  includes  a
   special  charge  of  $183.7 million, $112.2 million  after  tax,  or
   $1.19 per share  related to the write-down of Main Pass.
(f)Restated  to  reflect the merger with The  Vigoro  Corporation
   which was accounted for as a pooling of interests.
(g)Operating  results  from  continuing  operations  includes  a
   special  charge of $84.9 million, $59.9 million after tax, or  $0.62
   per  share,  related  to a restructuring of the Company  immediately
   after the merger with The Vigoro Corporation.

</TABLE>

- ---------------------------

(a)Earnings  from  continuing  operations  before  special  charges,
   minority  interest, interest charges, taxes, depreciation, depletion
   and amortization and after PLP distribution.



                                                             EXHIBIT 21


                    SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT


     Certain of IMC Global Inc.'s subsidiaries are listed below.  These
subsidiaries  are all included in the Company's consolidated  financial
statements,  and collectively, together with IMC Global  Inc.,  account
for  more  than  90  percent of consolidated net sales,  earnings  from
continuing operations before income taxes.


                                  Jurisdiction of      Percent
                                   Incorporation      Ownership
                                   -------------      ---------

IMC Global Operations Inc.            Delaware           100%
IMC-Agrico Company                    Delaware          53.5%
IMC Global Potash Holdings Inc.       Delaware           100%
International Minerals & Chemical
 (Canada) Global Limited              Canada             100%
The Vigoro Corporation                Delaware           100%
KCL Holdings, Inc.                    Delaware           100%
IMC Kalium Ltd.                       Delaware           100%
IMC Central Canada Potash Inc.        Delaware           100%
IMC Kalium Carlsbad Potash
 Company                              Delaware           100%
IMC Kalium Canada Ltd.                Canada             100%
Western Ag-Minerals Company           Nevada             100%
Phosphate Resource Partners
 Limited Partnership                  Delaware          51.6%
IMC Inorganic Chemicals Inc.          Delaware           100%
IMC Global Australia Pty. Ltd.        Australia          100%
 (Australia)

A  number of subsidiaries are not shown, but even as a whole they
do not constitute a significant subsidiary.




                                                             Exhibit 18



Mr. J. Bradford James
Executive Vice President and
   Chief Financial Officer
IMC Global Inc.
2100 Sanders Road
Northbrook, IL  60062


Dear Mr. James:

Note  2 of the notes to consolidated financial statements of IMC Global
Inc.  incorporated  by reference in its Form 10-K for  the  year  ended
December  31,  1999 describes a change in the method of accounting  for
determining goodwill impairment from the undiscounted cash flow  method
to the discounted cash flow method.

We  conclude  that  such change in the method of accounting  is  to  an
acceptable alternative method which, based on your business judgment to
make  this  change  for  the  stated  reason,  is  preferable  in  your
circumstances.

                                       Sincerely,


                                    /s/ Ernst & Young LLP
                                  ---------------------------
                                         Ernst & Young


Chicago, Illinois
January 31, 2000



                                                             EXHIBIT 23




                   CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

      We  consent  to the incorporation by reference in  the  following
Registration  Statements  of  IMC  Global  Inc.  and  in  the   related
prospectuses of our report dated January 31, 2000 with respect  to  the
consolidated  financial statements of IMC Global Inc.  incorporated  by
reference in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) for the year ended December
31, 1999.


                        Commission File No.

                    --------------------------
                    Form S-3          Form S-8
                    --------------------------

                    333-27287        333-00189
                    333-40377        333-00439
                    333-70797        333-22079
                                     333-22080
                                     333-38423
                                     333-40377
                                     333-40781
                                     333-40783
                                     333-56911
                                     333-59685
                                     333-59687
                                     333-70039
                                     333-70041




ERNST & YOUNG LLP
Chicago, Illinois
March 23, 2000






                                                             Exhibit 24



                           POWER OF ATTORNEY


          The  undersigned,  being a Director  and/or  Officer  of  IMC
Global Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), hereby constitutes
and  appoints  Douglas  A.  Pertz, J. Bradford  James  and  Rose  Marie
Williams  his  or her true and lawful attorneys and agents,  each  with
full  power  and  authority (acting alone and  without  the  other)  to
execute  and  deliver in the name and on behalf of the  undersigned  as
such  Director and/or Officer, the Annual Report of the Company on Form
10-K  for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1999 (the "Annual Report")
under  the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and to  execute
and deliver any and all amendments to the Annual Report for filing with
the  Securities  and  Exchange Commission; and in connection  with  the
foregoing,  to do any and all acts and things and execute any  and  all
instruments  which  such attorneys and agents  may  deem  necessary  or
advisable to enable the Company to comply with the securities  laws  of
the  United  States  and  of any state or other  political  subdivision
thereof.  The undersigned hereby grants unto such attorney and  agents,
and  each  of  them, full power of substitution and revocation  in  the
premises  and hereby ratifies and confirms all that such attorneys  and
agents may do or cause to be done by virtue of these presents.


Dated this ____ day of March, 2000





/s/ Richard L. Thomas
- -----------------------------
Richard L. Thomas


                           POWER OF ATTORNEY


          The  undersigned,  being a Director  and/or  Officer  of  IMC
Global Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), hereby constitutes
and  appoints  Douglas  A.  Pertz, J. Bradford  James  and  Rose  Marie
Williams  his  or her true and lawful attorneys and agents,  each  with
full  power  and  authority (acting alone and  without  the  other)  to
execute  and  deliver in the name and on behalf of the  undersigned  as
such  Director and/or Officer, the Annual Report of the Company on Form
10-K  for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1999 (the "Annual Report")
under  the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and to  execute
and deliver any and all amendments to the Annual Report for filing with
the  Securities  and  Exchange Commission; and in connection  with  the
foregoing,  to do any and all acts and things and execute any  and  all
instruments  which  such attorneys and agents  may  deem  necessary  or
advisable to enable the Company to comply with the securities  laws  of
the  United  States  and  of any state or other  political  subdivision
thereof.  The undersigned hereby grants unto such attorney and  agents,
and  each  of  them, full power of substitution and revocation  in  the
premises  and hereby ratifies and confirms all that such attorneys  and
agents may do or cause to be done by virtue of these presents.


Dated this ____ day of March, 2000





/s/ Joseph P. Sullivan
- -----------------------------
Joseph P. Sullivan


                           POWER OF ATTORNEY


          The  undersigned,  being a Director  and/or  Officer  of  IMC
Global Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), hereby constitutes
and  appoints  Douglas  A.  Pertz, J. Bradford  James  and  Rose  Marie
Williams  his  or her true and lawful attorneys and agents,  each  with
full  power  and  authority (acting alone and  without  the  other)  to
execute  and  deliver in the name and on behalf of the  undersigned  as
such  Director and/or Officer, the Annual Report of the Company on Form
10-K  for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1999 (the "Annual Report")
under  the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and to  execute
and deliver any and all amendments to the Annual Report for filing with
the  Securities  and  Exchange Commission; and in connection  with  the
foregoing,  to do any and all acts and things and execute any  and  all
instruments  which  such attorneys and agents  may  deem  necessary  or
advisable to enable the Company to comply with the securities  laws  of
the  United  States  and  of any state or other  political  subdivision
thereof.  The undersigned hereby grants unto such attorney and  agents,
and  each  of  them, full power of substitution and revocation  in  the
premises  and hereby ratifies and confirms all that such attorneys  and
agents may do or cause to be done by virtue of these presents.


Dated this ____ day of March, 2000





/s/ Douglas A. Pertz
- -----------------------------
Douglas A. Pertz


                           POWER OF ATTORNEY


          The  undersigned,  being a Director  and/or  Officer  of  IMC
Global Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), hereby constitutes
and  appoints  Douglas  A.  Pertz, J. Bradford  James  and  Rose  Marie
Williams  his  or her true and lawful attorneys and agents,  each  with
full  power  and  authority (acting alone and  without  the  other)  to
execute  and  deliver in the name and on behalf of the  undersigned  as
such  Director and/or Officer, the Annual Report of the Company on Form
10-K  for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1999 (the "Annual Report")
under  the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and to  execute
and deliver any and all amendments to the Annual Report for filing with
the  Securities  and  Exchange Commission; and in connection  with  the
foregoing,  to do any and all acts and things and execute any  and  all
instruments  which  such attorneys and agents  may  deem  necessary  or
advisable to enable the Company to comply with the securities  laws  of
the  United  States  and  of any state or other  political  subdivision
thereof.  The undersigned hereby grants unto such attorney and  agents,
and  each  of  them, full power of substitution and revocation  in  the
premises  and hereby ratifies and confirms all that such attorneys  and
agents may do or cause to be done by virtue of these presents.


Dated this ____ day of March, 2000





/s/ Donald F. Mazankowski
- -----------------------------
Donald F. Mazankowski


                           POWER OF ATTORNEY


          The  undersigned,  being a Director  and/or  Officer  of  IMC
Global Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), hereby constitutes
and  appoints  Douglas  A.  Pertz, J. Bradford  James  and  Rose  Marie
Williams  his  or her true and lawful attorneys and agents,  each  with
full  power  and  authority (acting alone and  without  the  other)  to
execute  and  deliver in the name and on behalf of the  undersigned  as
such  Director and/or Officer, the Annual Report of the Company on Form
10-K  for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1999 (the "Annual Report")
under  the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and to  execute
and deliver any and all amendments to the Annual Report for filing with
the  Securities  and  Exchange Commission; and in connection  with  the
foregoing,  to do any and all acts and things and execute any  and  all
instruments  which  such attorneys and agents  may  deem  necessary  or
advisable to enable the Company to comply with the securities  laws  of
the  United  States  and  of any state or other  political  subdivision
thereof.  The undersigned hereby grants unto such attorney and  agents,
and  each  of  them, full power of substitution and revocation  in  the
premises  and hereby ratifies and confirms all that such attorneys  and
agents may do or cause to be done by virtue of these presents.


Dated this ____ day of March, 2000





/s/ David B. Mathis
- -----------------------------
David B. Mathis


                           POWER OF ATTORNEY


          The  undersigned,  being a Director  and/or  Officer  of  IMC
Global Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), hereby constitutes
and  appoints  Douglas  A.  Pertz, J. Bradford  James  and  Rose  Marie
Williams  his  or her true and lawful attorneys and agents,  each  with
full  power  and  authority (acting alone and  without  the  other)  to
execute  and  deliver in the name and on behalf of the  undersigned  as
such  Director and/or Officer, the Annual Report of the Company on Form
10-K  for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1999 (the "Annual Report")
under  the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and to  execute
and deliver any and all amendments to the Annual Report for filing with
the  Securities  and  Exchange Commission; and in connection  with  the
foregoing,  to do any and all acts and things and execute any  and  all
instruments  which  such attorneys and agents  may  deem  necessary  or
advisable to enable the Company to comply with the securities  laws  of
the  United  States  and  of any state or other  political  subdivision
thereof.  The undersigned hereby grants unto such attorney and  agents,
and  each  of  them, full power of substitution and revocation  in  the
premises  and hereby ratifies and confirms all that such attorneys  and
agents may do or cause to be done by virtue of these presents.


Dated this ____ day of March, 2000





/s/ Harold H. MacKay
- -----------------------------
Harold H. MacKay


                           POWER OF ATTORNEY


          The  undersigned,  being a Director  and/or  Officer  of  IMC
Global Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), hereby constitutes
and  appoints  Douglas  A.  Pertz, J. Bradford  James  and  Rose  Marie
Williams  his  or her true and lawful attorneys and agents,  each  with
full  power  and  authority (acting alone and  without  the  other)  to
execute  and  deliver in the name and on behalf of the  undersigned  as
such  Director and/or Officer, the Annual Report of the Company on Form
10-K  for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1999 (the "Annual Report")
under  the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and to  execute
and deliver any and all amendments to the Annual Report for filing with
the  Securities  and  Exchange Commission; and in connection  with  the
foregoing,  to do any and all acts and things and execute any  and  all
instruments  which  such attorneys and agents  may  deem  necessary  or
advisable to enable the Company to comply with the securities  laws  of
the  United  States  and  of any state or other  political  subdivision
thereof.  The undersigned hereby grants unto such attorney and  agents,
and  each  of  them, full power of substitution and revocation  in  the
premises  and hereby ratifies and confirms all that such attorneys  and
agents may do or cause to be done by virtue of these presents.


Dated this ____ day of March, 2000





/s/ James M. Davidson
- -----------------------------
James M. Davidson


                           POWER OF ATTORNEY


          The  undersigned,  being a Director  and/or  Officer  of  IMC
Global Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), hereby constitutes
and  appoints  Douglas  A.  Pertz, J. Bradford  James  and  Rose  Marie
Williams  his  or her true and lawful attorneys and agents,  each  with
full  power  and  authority (acting alone and  without  the  other)  to
execute  and  deliver in the name and on behalf of the  undersigned  as
such  Director and/or Officer, the Annual Report of the Company on Form
10-K  for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1999 (the "Annual Report")
under  the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and to  execute
and deliver any and all amendments to the Annual Report for filing with
the  Securities  and  Exchange Commission; and in connection  with  the
foregoing,  to do any and all acts and things and execute any  and  all
instruments  which  such attorneys and agents  may  deem  necessary  or
advisable to enable the Company to comply with the securities  laws  of
the  United  States  and  of any state or other  political  subdivision
thereof.  The undersigned hereby grants unto such attorney and  agents,
and  each  of  them, full power of substitution and revocation  in  the
premises  and hereby ratifies and confirms all that such attorneys  and
agents may do or cause to be done by virtue of these presents.


Dated this ____ day of March, 2000





/s/ Rod F. Dammeyer
- -----------------------------
Rod F. Dammeyer


                           POWER OF ATTORNEY


          The  undersigned,  being a Director  and/or  Officer  of  IMC
Global Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), hereby constitutes
and  appoints  Douglas  A.  Pertz, J. Bradford  James  and  Rose  Marie
Williams  his  or her true and lawful attorneys and agents,  each  with
full  power  and  authority (acting alone and  without  the  other)  to
execute  and  deliver in the name and on behalf of the  undersigned  as
such  Director and/or Officer, the Annual Report of the Company on Form
10-K  for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1999 (the "Annual Report")
under  the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and to  execute
and deliver any and all amendments to the Annual Report for filing with
the  Securities  and  Exchange Commission; and in connection  with  the
foregoing,  to do any and all acts and things and execute any  and  all
instruments  which  such attorneys and agents  may  deem  necessary  or
advisable to enable the Company to comply with the securities  laws  of
the  United  States  and  of any state or other  political  subdivision
thereof.  The undersigned hereby grants unto such attorney and  agents,
and  each  of  them, full power of substitution and revocation  in  the
premises  and hereby ratifies and confirms all that such attorneys  and
agents may do or cause to be done by virtue of these presents.


Dated this ____ day of March, 2000





/s/ Raymond F. Bentele
- -----------------------------
Raymond F. Bentele


                           POWER OF ATTORNEY


          The  undersigned,  being a Director  and/or  Officer  of  IMC
Global Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), hereby constitutes
and  appoints  Douglas  A.  Pertz, J. Bradford  James  and  Rose  Marie
Williams  his  or her true and lawful attorneys and agents,  each  with
full  power  and  authority (acting alone and  without  the  other)  to
execute  and  deliver in the name and on behalf of the  undersigned  as
such  Director and/or Officer, the Annual Report of the Company on Form
10-K  for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1999 (the "Annual Report")
under  the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and to  execute
and deliver any and all amendments to the Annual Report for filing with
the  Securities  and  Exchange Commission; and in connection  with  the
foregoing,  to do any and all acts and things and execute any  and  all
instruments  which  such attorneys and agents  may  deem  necessary  or
advisable to enable the Company to comply with the securities  laws  of
the  United  States  and  of any state or other  political  subdivision
thereof.  The undersigned hereby grants unto such attorney and  agents,
and  each  of  them, full power of substitution and revocation  in  the
premises  and hereby ratifies and confirms all that such attorneys  and
agents may do or cause to be done by virtue of these presents.


Dated this ____ day of March, 2000





/s/ Pamela B. Strobel
- -----------------------------
Pamela B. Strobel






<TABLE> <S> <C>


<CAPTION>
<S>                                                  <C>
<ARTICLE>                                            5
<MULTIPLIER>                                         1000
<PERIOD-TYPE>                                        YEAR
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                                    DEC-31-1999
<PERIOD-END>                                         DEC-31-1999
<CASH>                                                   (72,100)
<SECURITIES>                                             152,900
<RECEIVABLES>                                            260,100
<ALLOWANCES>                                               5,900
<INVENTORY>                                              439,600
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                                         927,900
<PP&E>                                                 5,228,600
<DEPRECIATION>                                         1,977,900
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                         5,195,900
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                                    490,900
<BONDS>                                                2,518,700
<COMMON>                                                 125,200
                                          0
                                                    0
<OTHER-SE>                                               954,900
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                           5,195,900
<SALES>                                                2,369,300
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                                       2,369,300
<CGS>                                                  1,826,600
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                          1,991,100
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                         689,400
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                               0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                                       154,500
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                         (465,700)
<INCOME-TAX>                                             145,400
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                                     (611,100)
<DISCONTINUED>                                          (155,200)
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                              500
<CHANGES>                                                 (7,500)
<NET-INCOME>                                            (773,300)
<EPS-BASIC><F1>                                            (6.75)
<EPS-DILUTED><F1>                                          (6.75)
<FN>
<F1>
Earnings per share has been calculated in accordance with Statement  of
Financial  Accounting Standard No. 128, "Earnings Per Share,"  and  is,
therefore, stated on a basic and diluted basis.
</FN>


</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission